1

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Tallblin……………………………………….…………………145
Two Goblins in Armor…………………………………….146
Credits……………………………..……………………………….3
Wereblin……………………………………………..…………147
Backers………………………………………...…………………..4
Grid Tanks………………………………………………..……148
Welcome to the Retroverse……………...……………….11
Low Poly Guard…………………………………………148
Chapter 1: Magic Items….………………12 Holo-Beasts……………………………………………...……149
Glitched Equipment…………………………..……………..23 Jetpack Bugbear……………………………………….……150
Consumables………………………………………..….……..25 Karma Chameleon…………………………………….……151
Gold and Treasures…………………………………..……..48 Killer Doll………………………………………………………153
Chapter 2: Creatures…………………....50 Kobolds…………………………………………………………154
Animatronic Horror………………………………....……....50 Laser Pup………………………………………………………156
Arcade Mimic…………………………………………………..51 Laser-Tooth Tiger…………………………………..………157
Ami’s Claw……………………………………………………...53 Miditaur…………………………………………………...……158
B-ugz…………………………………………………………...…54 Muddies……………………………………………………...…159
Cheezers……………………………………………………..….69 Neo Bandits……………………………………………...……160
Chrome Ooze…………………………………………………...71 OTOTO………………………………………………………...…162
Cyblight…,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,72 Piritheti………………………………………………………….163
Ankylobuto…,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,…,76 Pizza……………………………………………………………...164
Ankylotaur……………………………………………………....77 Power Wolf…………………………………………………...166
Arrowdactyl…………………………………………………....78 Schrödinger's Beast……………………………………..…167
Bee-Rex…………………………………………………………..79 Undying Slasher……………………………………….……168
Chainsawrus…………………………………………….……..84 Woebone………………………………………………………169
Cockat-Rex……………………………………………………...85 Zoromin Beast…………………………………………….…170
Displaceiosaur………………………………………………...86 Chapter 3: The Retroverse……...172
Donamimus………………………………………………….…87 Creating a Face………………………………………………174
Gravisaurus…………………………………………………….88 Flair………………………………………………………………175
Magnetadon………………………………………………...….89 World Map…………………………………………………..…177
Piranhadon……………………………………………………..90 Our Cube……………………………………………………….182
Velocilisk…………………………………………………………91 Adventure Table…………………………………………...200
Waspinosaurus……………………………………………….92
Chapter 4: The Challenge of
Yggdrasaur…………………………………………………..…93
Disco Assassin……………………………………………...…95 Warren’s Grove………………………………203
Beat Dragon……………………………………………………98 The Grove……………………………………………………..206
Code Dragon……………………………………………….…102 Drunk-E-Cheezers…………………………………………209
Laser Dragon……………………………………………....…108 Back in Warren’s Grove……………………………….…225
Neon Dragon………………………………………………..…113 Castle Indomitable…………………………………...……227
Tesla Dragon………………………….………………………118 Once More into the Grove…………………………....…252
Xenon Dragon…………………………..……………………123 A Singular Point……………………………………….……253
Elementals…………………………………….………………128 Vending Machines………………………………..……261
Flanoids………………………………………………...………133 The Arena…………………………………………...……275
Glass Shadow………………………………………...………136 Cimt’rry’s Castle………………………………….……288
Booblin……………………………………………………….…138 Endings…………………………………………………………318
Cawblin…………………………………………………………139 Secret Ending……………………………………………...…319
Godblin……………...……………………………………….….140 Appendix A: Safety………………………320
Gobblin………………………………………………………….142 Appendix B: Inspiration……………..321
Gooblin…………….……………………………………………142
Appendix C: OGL Content………….323
Jawblin…………………………..………………………………143
Robolin…………………………………….……………………144
Appendix D: Maps………………………...325
Character Sheet……………………………...337
2

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 I want to thank everyone who has stopped to give
us a like in social media, those who shared us with
their friends, and everyone who backed our
LEAD DESIGNER: CHRIS LOCK Kickstarter. You are the ones who keep this
project alive, and it means the world that you
LEAD ART: LLUIS ABADIAS support this crazy thing called the Retroverse.
I want to thank Chris for being the most
amazing person to work with. Whose words keep
ADDITIONAL DESIGN BY: SCOTT inspiring every piece of my art, and whose
BORLAND, KATRINA BRESNICK, friendship is among the most valuable things I
have.
KEVIN HARRIS I want to thank my family and friends for their
much-needed unconditional inspiration and
EXECUTIVE PRODUCERS: CECILY encouragement.
Thank you, and welcome to the Retroverse
WINTERS, ATIRA AND PARKER (beware of the laser dog).

GAUGHAN, COLEH -Lluis Abadias

Thanks for Playing!

The Retroverse has been an amazing project to
work on. Never in my life would I have imagined
that a fun venture like this would receive so much
support! I want to extend a thank you to everyone
within the tabletop community that has
supported, encouraged, and loved us through this
journey. We’re only part of the way to where we
want to be, and we hope you will continue down
this path with us!
I would like to thank a few people who are
special to me as well.
Lluis is the other half of this project. It would
never have existed without him. All the artwork
you see here is his!
My GM, Dave who has patiently taught me how
to be a better storyteller over the years.
My Father and Mother, for showing me the value
of unconditional love.
My children, who inspire me to be cooler every
day.
See you all again soon!

-Chris Lock

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Our Backers
Thank you so much for supporting, testing, playing,
celebrating, and putting your story into our world!
OneCritWonder Paul Gibbs Andrew Dao Uzarall Rosemary Guest 292968850
Firestryfe Matthew JRez Sunshadeau Arts Tropeano Kevin Webber
Zeroun Blue Haentschke Sterling Benjamin Clarke Guest 1825415596 Rachel Lian Rae
Jesse Smith Hannah McBride Jeanette Briggs Bob Skerry Tim Dubbelman Huffman
Gabi SignatorySea Andrew Nome James Redmond Christopher Seth Johnson kyle claset
Paul Hubbard Krystal Riccio David Nett Garland Jack Sibley Leland Miller
Brian Bergdall Keith Stanley SDG Interactive Gwen McEntyre Joshua Graves Benjamin Brinkley
Scott Borland Quincy Jackson Publishers Andrew Fallows Aaron Pike Jason
james stark Anna Alison Moore Caitlin Crowley Stuntman Mike Gregory Stangel
Kevin Harris Eric Ramos Thomas HOARAU Cory Smith Dustin Parks Jeremy Danger
jusmhar Luke Wilson MrProtoman Justin Shiroff XD Miniatures Tharp
Ryan Jay Tallsquall Mr.Keltz Bayley Gillier Kelly Davis Robert Linford
Morgenlander Frank Carr Paul Rivera Christopher Paintingswow Chad
Robert Ojeda Travis Haney Johnny Vargas Richardson Joey "Gnomedic" Reiko A Meyers
Juan Casillas Albert Price James Cross Matty Barranco Jack Talon
Derek R Boudreaux David Fry Eric Williamson Michael Perkins Trinity Knot Studio Kieren Pae
Alex Wilson Sam Brockelbank Churchill Emmo Lütringer Ala Loic
Matthew Evans J. J. Sloane Carlos Jared Ryker Jennifer Prickett Foxwood Games
Chandra Robillard Anjuli Smith Donald Thompson David Wood Dan Garcia Garrett
Nathanaël Roux Stefan Persson magnarinfectus NumberTenOx Nathan Pallotta Ayleron
Foster E KalessinTheFirst Stefán Þór Reykdal Samantha Darcy David Folmsbee Kezreck
Benjamin D King Chase Christopher Just_DM_things Nicolas Desjardins Matt Trombley
Jackson Jelenic J.k. Charm Mayfield Eric Renner Tyler Courtney
chrstphrdoornbs Runnings Tom Louis Tomasz Wieczorek Tyler Bowman George P. Seims
Logicspren Ian Scott The Goddamn DM Sean Alchorn Cristian Raymond
Jeffrey Arnold Alex Klemens Robert Stoffel Luke Dukedrake25 Weishaar
Reese Elliott Marc Schubert Clive Barker Chad Dominique Shelby Cobb Treble
Connor Lamb Matt Hoadley Cooper Vaughn Dragon Turtle Nate Ng AlonsoPratt
Jacob Shelley Sarah Brodeur- Owen St.Gelais Games Adam Nelson Logan Sparks
Christopher Wynn Campbell JEREMY D. Shannan Crowe Jacky Leung Justin Simek
Adam Masishin Aya G KLEINHANS Krystal Matthew J Daniel Boonie
Craig Aldridge Claylex Morgan Christensen Weidman Nathan Miller
explosivedonut4 Zett Kienna Shaw Mara Reynolds Jake Friday Courtney Custodio
Joseph Davis Jen Cawley Fish in the Pot Nathan Jacobson Mark Harrington Benjamin Kirk
BrightPhoenix Matthew Bernard Reichertz Matthew "J Wall" Marz AJ Darrow
CDGuano Abernathy Curt Carbonell Wallace Sporelock Morgan
Roxanne Larson Dark Beast Lucas Duff Otteredlegos WindShadow64 David Jones
ColeH Sarah Alan Sells Squeegeelord Nathan Weber Thomas Kienzle
Amy Van De dearsylvan Jakkaru Miguel Terran Empire stefan
Water Darren Cooke Louis DaRos Ben Prime Publishing Hannah Bishop
Leigh Matthew Doiron Atira and Parker Gabriel Paduganan Chaoticanarachy Cory Longenecker
Fletcher Ryan North Gaughan Zoë Adams Matt Jarman Kevin Lemke
Sean Cardwell Bryce Perry G_Q Jay Man Felicia Sible Corey Tess
Jeff Blackshear Robert Bass deleted The Creative Fund Mythmakers Jordan Saba
Craig Campbell Gorgone Joshua Opper by BackerKit Designs John Cowdery
Wes Farnsworth Kate Stefan J. Carney Vali 3 Theater Max Funkey Megan S.
Caleb Coppola Matt Corley Joshua Advisory Board Michael Maris Jamieson Mockel
Jess Washburn Ji Hee Son Shanabarger Renee Hupp Óskar Örn Gargoyle Soup
Michael Morris Adam Lyzniak Joshua Neal Thornbloom Eggertsson Jon Howe
Scott Davenport Jonas Berg Adam Sayre Jose Martin Rob Hobart
Michael Paul Ross Leiser Bytes N' Brews Jeremy Welker Urdampilleta Josh M
Blanton Orcansee Game John A Walz and Kristy Dalangini Aldama Kyle Cress
Aras Sivad Works Katie Walz Stephen Holt Guest 1835705234 Collin May
Chris Sies Anthony Carrie Fowler jhobbs myshade1973 Kyle Riley
Bradley Polk Anthony Ryan Hennesy Eduardo Caitlin Rory O'Neil
Torn Pixie Jason Mical Ralph Levi Clark Ryan M Gianforte Oliver Rowson Darion Nutter
Nyarlana Jiffy Roger C. Jones Megan Roy Hayley MacDonald Laura
4

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Drew morgan Pete Kauhanen James Killen Aaron McCall AnotherSpectre Alex Boake
Patrick OShea GoldSkulltula Guest 450170274 Stuart Watkinson Roh Cody Blaschke
Ray Caffrey Christopher Bill Garrett Marz Marziano JP jack
Connor Thompson Stewart Rob Lamerton Carlos Irizarry Michael Wood Doug
Levi Burtner David Wilson Matt Aaron Donahoo Alejandro Romero Joshua
Mr. Luchador Ryan Percy Alex Schmalzel Nicholas Matthew Garry Grant F
Maeryn Althea Adam G. Brooks Philip McRae philip treier Cullen Petersen Jordan
Tover Teemu Helasharju Matthew Jirau Brian Lopez Snarkayde (Philip) Jon
Gary Dowell Devon Mosier Michael Tree Warren Nichols Aaron Chleborad Action Jackson
Jon Schneider Michael Letterle John Guyette Chris Pipinou Ben Fowler Eric Dziver
David King AJ Freeburg Zoulot Colleen Tim Annan Jesse David Wan
Lizzie Mueller Richard Luoma Brad McAlpine Mykal Wane T
Tyler Peterson Sean Murphy nanditheg Saege
Lawrence Joshua Kerns Scott Vandervalk Matthew
Holbrook Greg Leatherman Aubrey Massey Devon Trube
Skye the English joshua palmer Matthew Glass Josh del Villar
Gamer Andrew Debbie Dom Cruz
Andrew Swink Dustin Maribelle Jordan Running
Brian Fields James Ho Michael Tyler Kerr Matthew Lee
Barfu Jessica Salter Myers
Tom Munkres Est Cal
Tyler Swanger Eli Martin
Vikrant Misra Ishmael Zarkov
Kevin Hall Jay Bickford
Sam Messor Gideon L. Reece
Quin StrayDog
Chulain
Ben Zakes
Chance Clement
David
Justin Joye
Brad Czarnata
Tony K.

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 GmMxt Paul Ashley Chris Tardie Bohu Brian Zuber
Danielle Stull Brendan Cronan Mika Charlebois Dennis Adishwara John-Morgan jdubiel
codedude3 Evil Midnight Tony Swallow Johnny Guereque Rodgers Parker Sikkema
Daniel Bernath Lurker Bran Max Myerff1 Stephanie
Isaiah Tim Garris Hannah Steinman Susan Thompson Lily Podolskaya McNamara
Castreek Cecily Winters Eric Jaeckel Lauren Eames KevinRanch Nick GIlder
Keith James Justin Alexander Thomas Rogers Robert Max Alexander Sally Pritchard
Dickinson Miguel Warlock Gerard Pernes Freeman Wilfinger Richard Cole
Eric Lohmeier Patreon Psybernary Audryana Knippert Jamey Belin J.P. Starsey
Richard Easton Lindauer Cameron Lee Irby Kieran Mclaughlin chris johnson jtc1975
Tamalavitch Josh Simons Adam Brooks Michael Clarke Jess V. Jesse Anderson
Malfias Fandible JB Glendinning jacobingalls Christian Silva Jared Cram
Zach Bertram Rianne Goodman Rodney Leeson Craig Mistlebauer Mike Wieczorek Phoebe Zeitler
Logan Worm Adam Edenfield Kyle Lawrence Tristan T. PerrosCabra Anna Morgan
Mathew Chase Zachary Hoagland Andersen Cleigh Goldberg
Breitenbach ABS Patrick Krogh Nick Hamelburg Nicolò Antonucci Chris Zito
killervp DrSbaitso Jensen Sean O'Dell Trinket Marc
Austin Beatty Natalie Vincent Buck Bebarce El-Tayib Neil Jensen Silver Citadel
AdrianaWeaver Nicholas Greder Christopher Brown Sebastian Hans Erin Fiser Jon Hygom
Jason Myers Luna L Vernon Nick Garcia Wilhelm Hamke Tyler Etter Gislason
Matt Scherbring PinkZeppelin13 Nicolò Lardelli Jere Manninen David Walton Jace
Chris Lamerton Andrew Rachunok brandon reynolds Nick Anne Dinosaur Josh Jasper
Owain Boardman Matt Drwenski Cerxi Kristopher R McDowall Dan Beining
Jorah Kai muttonchop Ryan Gooley Janelle Cooper Hannah Pentreath Pizzademon
Cosmic Ehrhart Brian Tyler Faith Travis Odin Eric Pinero
Dungeon Momster Hunter Richardson Cranium Squirrel Ryan Bader Mattingly Jason Bean
Eri .. aka j3w3l Jonathan Seastedt Hawk Johenson ryan treangen Erik Ottosen Cimarron Wills
Oddtwang Kalvin Gearhart James Wiken Dreamin Askew Kevin Smith Alec Payne
Christopher Larry Dixon Nathaniel Brown Stephen M Ryan Harris Quentin Acord
Wilkinson Will Kerr Zachary Monea Toothman Tyler Brisbin Herkules Ehrhardt
Alex Stachowski EpsylonRhodes logan dake Matt Frazita Ben Krebs James
Holly Zach Stevens Andrew Carson Red Scare Noah Sklar PotatoHollow
Clint knight artorias Kyle Kenneth Miller Pascal Englund Ian Shaw
joseph Morise Casey Talyen Alex DG Rudolph
Nick Whitney Kei Imamura Danielle Berry- Jacen Quinn Crasius Clay Hodges
Ellu Ngoko Wes Klaassen Massey Tyler Lee Ali Roberts Rae
Michael Evans Philip Snyder Bill Wantuck Mathew Calder Brian Goubeaux Wyrdrune
Connor Anita B Michael Branham AntiSqueaker Eric Ramirez Tommy
Alan Karas Rrok Anrolle Eve Seitchik Jed Locquiao Gaëtan Voyer- William Crowe
Rob Peters Robert Allin Bradford T Duncan Gage Blidy Perrault Robin Gonzales
Harriet Walker Kylee Wilson Kyle The Pike Joseph Le May Purps
Josh Phillips Jerry2die4 Arkanjil GTaichou Spencer Spencer Foust
Brian Lynch Chad Long Brett Gordon Bryce Lavoie BroPhones Artúr Németh
Dwight Wade (Tecrogue) akimika Dana Boychuk Mike Bobrith
Colin McLaughlin Guest 41473792 RIdley Litton Brennan Mitzel Bot_Jake Peter Clark
Zachary Pollak James Fazardo VaultsOfExtoth apisano Calamity's Child Brent Floyd
Anthony Wallace Willborex Nathaniel Terhune Alic Szecsei Andrew Stauffer Cory Law
Relentless Rex Zach Shallbetter Guest 137979570 derekticon Todd A. Lee Yeong Chee
Michael Jordan Crafton Shawn Noah Waterman Lieron Logan Wassenaar
Eric Evilsizor John Christopher Robert Grice zerokiba Chris Marten Xandar Miller
Casey Shreve Dingman Banks Stephen Kaleb Oswin Erin Hansen
Three-eyed Rat Bryce Hiles Riley Fraser Eichenberger Scara Isaiah
Tootsie David Jacobs Andrew Ian Stoneking Devlin Cainsf
KnKplayDnD Jenny Stephane Gelgoot philip hindley Jason Salomone Mike Hourigan
Catriona E Wood Andrew Heath novaraiser Aaron Ingles Steven Barnes Jeff Mach
Devon Cox Darkulic Halcyon Adam Crandall Jack Anthony
Sasha "TK" De'ath Nathan Van Son Scott J. Dahlgren James Dickson Karina Reitz "LibrariaNPC"
Kim Metzger Kalen S. Lewis Nicholas Reeves Michael Guerette Ben Richardson DeMinico
Francisco Ferrer TJ Martin Nina Dyer Kalanyr Michael Bunicci Elvenstreak
Evan Louks Ryan Acheson Francois Poudrier Emily Jar Elysium Ervin
Tyler Daniel Peterson Darian Billowitz Micah R. Maloney Alexandre Perras Rich Horner
6

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Andrew Cubes Syd O. Victoria H Alexandra Wilson Paul Gregg Barlow
Corey Traiss Megan Brown Jamie Lurker Bees Diamond C.
Dalton Legendary Pants Brian A Johnson Daniel Iglesias Tradoseo Moebus
Paul Benson Gary Blunt bob Leonard Wing Rubahhitam Thomas Freed
Cody Matthew Joanna Bartenstein Princess Lawrence
Ryan Reed Highsmith Marcinkowska Megan Violett Alan Cohen McClurkin
Kaj Sjostrand Lucas Henderson Fynikz Carl Camp Matt Cook Zack G
Preston Parker Spartyblb Sam Roache Tim Hall Andrew Sean Duffy
Robert Nolan Alex Iptok Melluso Eric Hellickson Edgardo Cruz Schwerdtfeger Jacob
Bridger Burt Corey McAtee astera Sean Christopher Sam Peter
Corey Rautenberg Chris Neves James Ladd Charles Richer RadiantPython Beau Parsons
Aric Jared Edens Rabtar Rob Olsen Beau Crabtree Mike Bertrand
robert kim Ian Prado Jack Coleman Richard Lee Hurst Kevin Scott Lynner Maddi
Justin Vona Chewanko Case Pendleton Thoams Harvell Ryan Glasgow Lukasz Furmaniak
Alex phelps Anna Stinnett January_Silence MrFlame Will Wright Mugianesi
Peter Roads Andrew Arneson Nick Diffraktor Comrade_Silver Anthony
Josh K Natalie Wallace Stacey BasedWeebus deleted Eury
charles coalson Jessica Lyn Noxi Doug Fuscia Chase Novak Mads Rune
Elisabeth Sandoval Randell Paul McHugh Zachary Shiotoma Haugstad
Robert Nicholas O'Bryan Joe Brian Cowan Riccardo Rumor Conor
Vitamancer Adan Yanez Lucas Raines Joe Cherney K-Yote Max Miller
Ian SerVaas JoeyR Shawn Fennessey Nathan Grainger BogWitchMain koolfy
Nick pater Nayomie Jade Nasty Sauce Boy DrunkenGeebee Samitefan1 Ryan Christopher
Joshua Kevin M Kelley Dallas Hetrick Marcus Eddie Carlos Escarsa Gavitt
Charlie Kendall Emily Escovar Taylor Goehring Vanderloop Fiona Redmond Roger Lafave
Justin Wrenn Matthew Goranson Crouza Matt Krieg Robert Brunck Eric
T Eric Pickney Zachary Wease Chris Chaney Dan Cox Matt Belford
Justin Gillman Timothy Egelston Anastasia Chomas Ten Nick FrozenThrog
Jason Breth nora Valerie Joseph Whitley Jacob Carruthers Benjamin Rees
Claude Weaver III Rick van der Nom Joshua M Knutson Phenix Cavner Susan Marie
sofie franks Meiden Qimzanzxqnr Bartimaeus Josh Raymond Richfield
Larry Hetrick FractalCola Fiona Shojahon Aeryk Samuel
Erik Nell Frosty1723 Astrid Shatursun Lindsey Evan Zrinsky
Kenneth Michael Kevin Myers Joe Mark Molea Colby Elliott
Alexander Burks Tremarche Julian Stanley / Ian Boyte Matthew S. lonelydistance
Nelson Glasford Steven Aiello Ebon Gryphon BardicJester Dentino Michael Barry
James Cameron The Miniboss Games Sam de Jong Matthew Marchitto Harold Bosstick
Mccloy Amanda Jackson Ashimal Jorge Rivera Meriore Trevor
Riley Crowder Syrus Turner Matthew WIlkins MichaelComeau Peter JD Mcintosh Steven Vocke
Jason Hennigan Dorian Smith Justin Barnett Sergio McCook Will Nicholas Darling
Edward Kuruliouk Morgan Williams Blake Monway Tyler Neice Jason Denver Hall Brandon M.
Callie Josh Waddell micmacp rob Andrew Barron Merlannin
Fabio Endrizzi Ben Warkentin Peter Inman Matthew Puusalu Jessica Joseph Rhodes
Thibault Martin- Lisa Nunez Sean Batter Matthew Chissell Nathan Houle Old Gods Gaming,
Lagardette Brent Cain Jason Gettel CthulhusDream Elliot LLC
Aaron Callie Cyaneus Ensis James Colleran Gabriel Wagner Andael
Bobby Seppi Celina Pfarr Dave Burak Christopher Ben Hamilton Sprague Minger
Dumat Sean Kelleher Tao Neuendorffer Gabe Miller Thanodin Stephanie Wong
Mike Shema Alfie Flaherty Nick Bender Wade Cottell SeanPNG
Scott Rebeka Piccolo Zachary Steven Quinn Okra
Sydney Blood James Amundsen Antonio Vasquez Stanislav Ivanov Anonymous Bobby Skelton
Trenton Mark Eberhardt Dan Murray Tyler Jake Mattinson Connor Jackson
Greg C-M Anna Kopinska Charles Ryan Robbins Sean Connolly Tyler Loring
Andreas Walters Jordon Daniel Ross Lucian Kahn marcus John Murphy Raven
Steven Setzer Kevin Alison Madden DamagedDice Ryan Haynes Brian
Jurnee Jakes Tim Gonzalez Gemini Duality Duarte Cruz Noah Chock MeleeMagthere
Ian Lee Cody Warren Serpent Sea Britton Combs Andrew Anderson
Trevor Brendan Brown Games The Bearded Noah Storz Wheatley
Skagragler Alyssa Audet KaCee Bunn-Smith Vegan Callum Ballantyne Zackery Cantrell
Tyler Mascia Patrick Stockinger Josiah Forrest Garner Vlad Giulvezan Jason Miller
Kaldgord Sylva Corey Tindall Michæl S Reese Lumina Stephanie
7

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Michael Jacobson Brian Mochrie Bai Ley Michael Schoen Quinn Crandall Tyler Gerber
Mason Justin Forkner Matt Soucy michael Aaron Rosemary Harris
Kieran Mitchell Ryan Jillian Z armstrong Sam Costidell JonahLore
williamsjakeb Adrian Arcoleo Tracy Vierra Jeremy Johnson Adam Jones Drew Alderson
Muddogg Matheus Borges Andrew Christian Gardiner Michael Popp rathiri
Liam Boone Ziderich Devin Hero Anthony Post Apocalyptic Quinn Armstrong
Hunter Houston Doug Atkinson Junior Santiago- Kirkpatrick Gamer GlitchedInGrey
toomuchlettuce Adam Poisal Jack Nolan Thomas (Maxadon96) Verdestrom
Benjamin Weaver penn poutanen Derrian Greer Nicholas Jaross Arkhane Asylum Chris Gwinn
VerdeD4 Joshua Frazer Ty Oliver Slater Publishing Montana Bobinski
Michael Creel Mark A. Wilson Leon Pena Noah Bruemmer Jacob Montgomery Trent Leclair
Giancarlo Aversa Ash Christians Zach Rotz Michael New Stefan M. Second Class
Raiden Ryan Austin TJ Tompkins Feltmann Elitist
Reid Barker Eric Feay Ryan McCoy Abby Wentzel Carissa Black Ryan Kent
Alexander Taylor Bleir Jeff Jorgensen Gary Oak Courtney Benjamin Francis Erin
Iavarone Nicholas King Serasi William Daly Russell
Brayden Tiberius Krisal Gile Ian Rugg Phoenix Moncus Preston Poland Ventimeglia
Scobie Dan Hernandez Mary Bennett Will Helsing Sam Parsons Joshua Herrington
Ryan Curran Jeremy Auer Gregory Morris Kevin Cherry Jeremy Sterling dudeman mcfex
Nick Zachariasen Oni Garlicki Taylre Griffin Jacob Crowley Adam Royster Jeffrey Morgan
Brenden Charles Prause Spike Edmond Bryan English Gale Fierre BobGoblin
Roidon Luke Renz kaitokaito Holcy Furlong Chance Win
Samuel Levesque Rhys Cottle-Vinson E. S. Dickenson Tori Phil Kenyon Brandon Benes
Daniel Hudson Deanna Bushman Jesse james klein Joel Shelby Davis
Daniel Lamoureux Daniel Hojnowski Nick Duncan Lint Jonathan Tyler Hulsey
Veronica Hamilton Daniel Dakota Russell Jd Crouch Andrew Lesher Greg Barnsdale
AndrewFarmer09 Adam David TDog60 DMDoom Prehistoric Duck Sky Poole
Mike Lindsey Dunlop Nicholas Kandas Steven McSeveney Lamp Eric Szypulski
LaserFowl Tj Dozier Hannah Kimble Kestner Bailey Martin Brandon Thornton
Arthur Mike Minich Alex Kobs Joshdk Andrea Rose Ann Dillon VanBuskirk
Zach Amarant josh nelson Phillip Ada Paul Veenstra Alex D.
Robert JESUS BARRON German Daniel BeadsJr Colin Wilson James Yardley
Stephen Grote Thomas Anderson Boso Jack Elphinstone Thedrawingpony Shougo Amakusa
RobbieEsson Forrest Perrin de Charles Mayfield Warren Sybil Jesse Ingram
Marcus N. Wiles Graaff Christian Scharkus Melvin Zero Caige Greg Katopody
Sean Ringrose Zen Bottles Markus Olofsson Hannah House Alain Bourgeois Parker Brantley
IllustriousIllusionis Frazer Gault Jared Pyron Draugdae Dell Fleo
t Kyrre Havik Benjamin Smith Shelby Besse Spellhawks Press Dakota Dohr
Ari Weaver Jonathan John P. John J. Berting Jacques Menasche John Highwind
Joseph Stecher Matthew Simpson Michael Martin psudonym55 Jarrett Martin Tayot84
Jacob Berman Nnpatel87 Kaleton Martinson Petelo4f Jared Silfies Coty Seth
Wesley Allen Kevin Adams Christopher Banks Alex Jackiw Tony McDowell John Templeton
Taylor Fitzgerald Andrew Skarda Syrakkis Lopez Charles Koeppel Michael Craig
Wilson ORC DAD Zachery Gaskins orcrist86 Endless Mike Adams
Benjamin Greene John Cleary Falon Deimler Derrick Brunette Casey Candice
Chris Morgan Aaron Craig Aster James Knevitt ConorJ Devon Santos
Matyas Matlo Kyle Challen andres sosa Tyler Matthews Jonathan Baldwin Alex Ellis
Jon Roth Ali Abdullah Drake Booth Tanner Banks Jack Cross Karl Slagle
Dylan Stup BusinessOtter Frank Doherty Craig Cormier Jeff Bauersfeld Adam Zellmer
Brendan Serpa David Rurun Kristine MacLeod Matthew Rebecca Lawrence
Bryan Taylor Kenny Chris P Aguilera Vanderweel Eduardo Caimares
Arielle Moyer Chris S Alex Shrew Sean Waffles Nanci Patterson Matthew Boone
Tiberia Ryan Fowler Herrington McAuliffe Brandon J Petrie Steven
Alan Elliman Rina Holly Dingwall Christopher Stoner Sean Riedinger Derek Phaneuf
Noah Morris-Fry luca peter bouldry Jamie parsons Abigail Rogers TheLetterB
Erica Wallin John Crowley RoboGerbil Daniel Wismer Eric Bajus Jeremy Kear
Carl Brost Irving Thadeus Red Elizabeth Ellis Robbie Forrest G.
jayoungr Royale John Adrian Basilio Leslie Porter Alberto Gonzalez Emerson
john Thomas Thomas Watchorn Mark Sherman Kelsey DeVries Lucky Dice
HardwarJo ReyLang MarioGMan25 Izaak Spiers Dean Piechalski Matt Skinner
Christopher Arce Vaughn Mayer Vivas Kaul Jeremy Handler Ethan Slack David Sweeney
8

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 david milka Erik Heathcote Jacqueline Krzysztof Brett Matschke Edward Fadigan
Kim Detro Daniel Lily Niehaus Domański Gabrielle Seaborn Todd Biggs
Kristen Winslow Thor Holmquist Britt M Jernigan Karina Reitz Jennifer Ryan Sundberg
Thomas Jacob Guest Krazie Zach Gavin Boutdy Stephen Hallowich
Cody Swatek Nicolas Pirot 2041889705 Bertrand Lucia Gaudenzi Mark
Steven Lord Samuel Creelman Jayden Masato Keenan Sawyer Karene Michelle Katz
Stephen K Jeff Joecken Lewis Joseph Oleson Conor Toleson Conner
Sandy Ruiz Philip Boyle Jim Ryan Brad Austin Woodward Todd Richards
David Stanley Firbaelvan Henry Perez Alessandro Maggi Chip Warden Jaime Colon
Amber Carnes Caitlin Williams Jonathan Green Kyrra Mechanomaly
Rory Buckaroo Gabriel Gray Matthew Keck Derrick Davis old beetle
William Koebke Chris Durst Josh Evans Jamie Flood Max F. Sebastian Müller
Chris Savoie Nash Michaud Joanna Wanfried Abel LEFEL Mike Elston Troy
Rudy Jahchan Morgan Gate- limitless FERNANDEZ Robert West James Briggs
Eric Daugherty Leven Kristopher Pring James Woodman Eric Semrow
Dan Bacon Philip Matthew Roy Harry Hannah Carlan
bejan paknia Maranda Williams Tom Burdak Ted Rouse
Joshua Wright Art H Orion Burke J Silverstein
Ryan A Duchene Mike Wisnefsky Wayne Liberty crystaliswave
Otherjoe Cody Dylan Haskins Mujestica
Nathan Gross Colin Lemen cliff Phyllis Ashley
Tam Elliott xXDarkHour96Xx Jack Plant
Pablo Graham Norton Yan Guillemette
Adam Harju Deziree Larson Sean Hunt
Graham Russell timepatches Benjamin
RedMageGizmo John Bookwalter Olschewski
Andy Lau Jr. Justin Carter
Shauna Steve ayellowbirds
Michael McGowan Linrandir Joseph Wood
Jordan Kearns Samuel West Stephen Durell
Nicolas DiFurio josiah Luke Biskup
Richard Erickson Jonathan Perosa Jamal L Wilkins
Joe Meyer Jacob Kemp
Grant Vargas Kotaabear
Christopher Grey Nick Roth
Stefan Buiter Jordan Bajzert
Brett Buterbaugh Shaun M.
Chris Quaintance-
Ian Edwards
Genevieve Eric Enloe
Noah Sterrett Stephen Gushue
Stern Ian Wallis
Darren Thompson Aaron
Pokeroots Daniel Beeching
Adam Souza Keith Hershey Jr
Remy Coupe Adam
Gareth Wendlowsky
Christian Vinetas Leif Isaacson
Rob Miller Margaret A.
adam jacobsen Toby
Sheldon Justin Tecca
KooeyHundreds Demu
S. Katz Ethan
Marcus Robert
timothy Darklight
Joe Sturwold Interactive
Alec Hunter
Ryan Austin
Bo
Stephanie Turner
VonEther
9

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 10

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 GAME MASTER’S BEATS
Within these pages is one of many dives into the
world of the Retroverse. It is intended to be
bombastic, humorous, and more than a little silly.
The Retroverse is a universe inspired greatly by
music, games, books, movies, and fashion of the
80's, 90's and early 2000's. It resides in a place of
half faded memories, barely remembered songs,
lost childhood friends, outdated styles, and time
corroded files. This world does not follow the
traditional rules for fantasy settings but is mired
in them all the same. The Rule of Cool is written
into the spirit of this game and is the only one that
should be adhered to strictly. As with all things,
your Game Master (GM) has the final say in how
their world operates.
The Retroverse was built around 5E. There
should be little problem bringing existing 5E
content into this world or taking Retroverse
content into another 5E setting. Any enemies,
items, spells, or otherwise in red bold is not
included within this text. Please refer to other 5E
and Open Gaming License rule sets for their use.
Every quest starts with a [TL;DR] (Too Long;
Didn't Read) version of the contents. If you simply
want to run straight into the action, then read
these. For more detailed explanations of the story,
please read the full text. We have denoted places
in which we believe characters should progress a
level. If you believe this is too rapid or slow, please
adjust in the way you see fit.
Additionally, this game is built to be a safe and
fun experience for everyone, regardless of race,
religion, gender identity and expression,
nationality, sexuality, or otherwise. It is up to all of
us to build a welcoming place for our fellow
players and game masters. When planning the
story, discuss some of the possible tropes or
difficult subjects that may come up by playing this
game and work towards group consent when
dealing with harsh real-world issues. Likewise, if
you find something in our game that you feel is
problematic, please let us know and we will do
our best to remedy it.
Thank you so much for helping us test Lasers
& Liches. We hope you have as much fun playing
our game as much as we did making it. If you have
any comments or concerns, you can contact Chris
on Twitter @Snickelsox or Lluis on Twitter
@LluisAbadias. Stay safe in the Vector Wilds!

11

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 The Retroverse is full of countless strange and
wonderful artifacts. Many seem familiar, and it’s
possible you’ve seen some incarnation of these
items in your dreams. There are so many
universes out there, so many possible realities for
the Retroverse to intersect, nearly every magical
item of every conceivable timeline ends up here at
least once.

101.5 "The Hammer" FM

Weapon (warhammer), legendary (requires
attunement)
You gain +2 to attack and damage rolls made with
this magical weapon. A magical, if somewhat
impractical looking, warhammer with a bulky and
weathered boombox radio serving as the head. It
has a variety of strange abilities, making it
incredibly powerful in the hands of a master beat-
brawler.
Pump Up the Volume. The Hammer holds a
total of 11 charges of “volume” that can be
expended for additional effects. If the attuned
creature hits a target with a critical hit, the
hammer regains 1 charge. It regains all expended
charges at dawn if it has at least 1 charge left. If it
has no charges left, it regains all charges after 1
week.
Come On, Feel the Noise. On a hit, you may
expend 1 charge of volume to add 1d6 thunder
damage to your damage roll.
You Spin Me Round. As a bonus action, you
may expend 2 charges of volume to empower
your next attack with feedback. On a hit with the
empowered strike, the target must succeed a
Constitution saving throw (DC 16) or have
disadvantage on the next attack roll it makes
before the end of its next turn.
Push It Real Good. As an action, you may
expend 4 charges of volume to cast Thunderwave
at 1st level. (DC 18).
Like a Hurricane. As an action, you can expend
6 charges of volume to cast Call Lightning at 3rd
level (DC 16). One each consecutive turn, you can
freely use 1 additional charge to keep the spell
going for that turn. If you continue the spell with
volume charges, you do not have to maintain
concentration on the spell as the hammer fulfills
that condition; you also cannot use any of the
hammer’s other abilities, except Pump Up the
Volume, on your turn but can still use it as a
weapon.
Turn It Up To 11. As an action, you can expend 11
charges of volume to slam the weapon into the
ground with terrible force. Each creature of your
choice within 30 feet must make a Constitution
saving throw (DC 20), taking 12d6 thunder
damage and being knocked prone on a failed save
or half damage and not being knocked prone as
much on a successful one. After using this ability,
you must also make a Constitution saving throw
(DC 10), destroying the hammer on a failed save.
The DC for this saving throw permanently
increases by 1 each time you use this ability.

12

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 AEN Glasses
Wondrous items, common
Within the Retroverse exists an invisible tangle of
ethereal threads that cobble together what is
known as the Arcane Eye Network, or AEN. The
main function of the glasses is to share photos or
video streams between people. Each set contains
the capacity to record video and to tune into live-
streams of others with the glasses. While
watching a live video, you also can send the
streamer text messages in a collective chat box.
Video and chats displayed can either be an opaque
overlay or completely obscure your vision based
on your preferences. Every function of the device
is controlled by eye movements and/or voice
commands.
Each user of the device is assigned an account
ID and any recorded videos or streams are tagged
with this individual’s ID. Magical authentication
prevents most tampering and stealing of IDs, even
if using different sets of glasses. While recording,
there is a noticeable red light on the corner of the
glasses. Covering the light or casting illusion
magics on it will prevent the glasses from
functioning until the obstruction is removed.
In some lands these devices are common,
streaming out every nook and cranny of local life.
In other places this technology is almost unheard
of. Some adventurers make their livelihood with
these devices, relying on their viewers and
sponsorships to continue their unusual lifestyle.
Alter Ego Cape
Wondrous item, common (requires attunement)
Using your action to do a rapid twirl while
wrapping this cape around you will allow you to
use the spell Alter Self twice per day. You may
only change your appearance into a single
predetermined alter ego, chosen while attuning,
and stay that way until you twirl in the cape again
to end the spell. Your alter ego shares all the
same stats and equipment that you do.
Anaglyphic Glasses
Wondrous item, rare
This set of spectacles has one red lens and one
blue lens. When worn, it shades the world in these
colors and makes everything seem slightly askew.
Any checks relying on sight made while wearing
these glasses, including attacks, are made with
disadvantage. However, the wearer gains the
benefits of the spell True Seeing while looking
through the lenses.

After Image Cape

Wondrous item, very rare (requires attunement)
When you make a melee attack while wearing this
cape, you can create a shadowy afterimage of a
single attack. Regardless of if you hit with the
initial attack or not, you may immediately use a
bonus action to make the exact same attack with
advantage. On a hit, roll the damage dice again,
dealing half the damage (minimum of 1) against
the target. The afterimage attack is not capable of
causing status effects, only damage.

13

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Ancel’s Fist
Wondrous item, uncommon (requires
attunement)
This white gloved fist swirls around its owner in a
slow and lazy circle. It can easily be pushed out of
the way and does not resist anything unless it is in
combat. It cannot unclench and can only be used
to punch things. You can use your bonus action to
mentally command the fist to strike a foe within 5
feet of you. Make an unarmed attack with
proficiency, adding your Intelligence modifier to
the attack roll. The fist deals 1d4 + your
Intelligence modifier bludgeoning damage. You
can choose to spend your bonus action to charge
the punch, striking an enemy up to 10 feet away
and doing 2d4 + your Intelligence modifier
bludgeoning damage.
Rumors swirl about fists that have been
magically enchanted by powerful wizards. Said to
sparkle or to be coated in gold, they allegedly
strike with more accuracy and force than their
normal counterparts. Sparkling variations are
rare, use d6 for damage dice, and deal force
damage. Gold variations are very rare, use d8 for
damage dice, and deal radiant damage.
Arcane Kicks
Wondrous item, rare or very rare (requires
attunement)
These remarkable shoes have custom designs on
them that match with the flashing lights on the
bottom. Not only are they a treat to look at, when
attuned to, they grant +1 to Charisma and
Dexterity saving throws and resistance to some
types of damage. The color of the lights
determines what types of resistance they grant.
14
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Light Color (Rare) Damage Type Resisted
Light Green Acid
Blue Cold
Red Fire
Yellow Lightning
Deep Green Poison
Orange Thunder
Light Color (Very Rare)
Rainbow Force
Deep Purple Necrotic
Light Purple Psychic
White Radiant
Aimi’s Chainblade Hand
Wondrous item (hand, chainsaw), very rare
(requires attunement)
A complex robotic hand that can completely
mimic the actions of the wearer. To use this item,
one of your hands must be removed at the wrist
and this item must be put in its place. During the
attunement process, the hand grafts onto the
wrist and can be mentally controlled like a normal
hand afterword’s. It can be removed and mentally
commanded. While in this state, it behaves the
same as the spell Mage Hand with the following
exceptions: It is solid, does not float, has a
strength of 10, 10 AC, and 1 hit point. If it is
incapacitated in this state, it must be reattached to
you for 24 hours before it is usable again.
Additionally, when the hand is attached to you,
you can use a bonus action to transform it into a
chainsaw blade or back into a hand. It behaves like
a normal chainsaw but gains the following
properties: It is no longer heavy and takes the light
property. It cannot be refueled, instead refilling its
energy after the wielder finishes a long rest. It
loses the two-handed property.
Curse. Those who attune with this item will
begin to be hunted by the original owner’s
discarded hand, Aimi’s Claw. It knows exactly
where the wielder is at all times and will not stop
hunting them until they are dead and Aimi’s
Chainblade Hand is removed.
 Bandi’s Idol Mask
Wondrous item, very rare (requires attunement)
This strange tiny mask is made of simple wood,
carved with forgotten runes, and adorned with
brightly colored feathers. Once attuned, it floats
beside you, making no attempt to hide. It does not
speak, cannot be interacted with, and will avoid
capture or damage by phasing away from danger.
It will take the full force of one attack for you.
Using your reaction, you mentally command it to
interpose itself between yourself and an attack
you are aware of. It takes the full force of the
attack, shielding you entirely from any damage or
effects. Once it has done this, it disintegrates into
nothing and is lost forever.

Bamf Hammer
Weapon (Warhammer), uncommon
This hammer is a little silly looking with garish
colors steaking up and down its length. If you land
a critical hit against an opponent, this magical
weapon deals an additional 2d6 psychic damage.
A large exclamation appears above the foe that
describes the sound the attack makes. For
Example, “Boff” “Pop” or “Thwack”. After a critical
hit, you have advantage on the next Intimidation
check you make during the next minute.
Ban Hammer
Weapon (Warhammer), very rare (requires
attunement)
You gain a +1 bonus to attack and damage rolls
made with this magic weapon.
This hammer has three charges of the spell
Banishment . When you hit a creature with this
weapon, you can use a bonus action to expend
one use and cast the spell on them (spell save DC
= 8 + proficiency bonus + Charisma modifier). If
you land a critical hit with this weapon, the target
creature has disadvantage on the saving throw to
resist the spell. Expended uses are recharged at
dawn.

Bastion's Great Hero Armor

Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
A mundane looking cover-all style pajamas with
the powers of a superhero hiding within. Attuned
creatures gain AC as if they are wearing Plate
armor, negating the Strength requirement and
Stealth disadvantage. They also gain resistance to
Acid, Cold, Fire, and Lightning damage. The suit
has a plethora of powers available to the user but
is somewhat unreliable when they are called
upon. It has a maximum of 6 charges, recovering
1d4 at dawn each day. When using a power, roll a
d20. On a 15-20, the power you wish to use is
selected. On a 10-14, you must choose another
15

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 power and it activates instead. On a 2-9 the GM
chooses a power to activate instead. On a 1, no
power activates but a charge is still consumed. All
powers use a single charge. Once a power has
been used, it cannot be selected again until dawn
the next day.
Flight. You cast the Fly spell on yourself,
though your movements are less than graceful in
the air. Anytime you move more than 10 feet on
your turn and attempt to land, you must succeed
on a Dexterity saving throw (DC 16) or take 1d6
bludgeoning damage.
Sight. You can see through non-magical solid
objects to a radius of 30 feet for 1 minute. You can
choose exactly how deeply to see into things, with
anything between you and where you are
concentrating appearing transparent, except for
bones and metal, which appear as bright white
outlines of themselves. You can see through up to
1 foot of stone and 3 feet of wood or dirt. You
cannot see through magical walls or barriers or
any amount of lead or metal. After this feature
has ended, you must succeed on a Constitution
saving throw (DC 15) or be blinded for 1 minute.
Speed. You cast Haste on yourself. The speed is
difficult to handle in the clumsy suit and you must
make a Dexterity saving throw (DC 18) anytime
you move more than 20 feet and stop. On a failed
save, you stumble and roll forward 5 more feet
and take 1d6 bludgeoning damage. You can
choose to fail this save to arrive exactly where
you intended after rolling.
Strength. For the next minute, your Strength
score is increased by +4 or to 24, whichever is
higher. However, you must roll a d20 when
interacting with non-magical objects. On a 1, you
accidently break whatever object you were
handling.
Invisibility. You cast Invisibility on yourself. If
this power was not the one you intended to select,
its duration is dropped to 5 minutes.
Laser Vision. For the next minute, you can cast
the Laser Beam spell as an action. Charisma is
your spellcasting modifier. The lasers shoot from
your eyes.
Bound. You cast the Jump spell on yourself.
Each time you jump more than 10 feet in the air,
you must succeed on a Dexterity saving throw (DC
16
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
16) or take 1d6 bludgeoning damage, regardless of
how high you jumped.
Invulnerability. Until the start of your next turn,
you become immune to all non-magical damage
and resistant to all magical damage. However,
critical hits against you, from any source, deal
double damage (after calculating critical hit
damage).
Pyrokenesis. You cast the Fireball spell at 3rd
level. Charisma is your spellcasting modifier.
Powerful Will. You cast the Dominate Person
spell on a target within range. If this spell is not
the one you originally intended to choose, the
target has advantage on their saving throw to
resist the spell. Your spellcasting modifier is
Charisma.
Precognition. You gain advantage on the next
ability check, attack roll, or saving throw you make
during the next minute.
Altered Size. You cast the spell Enlarge/Reduce
on yourself. If this spell is not the one you
originally intended to use, the least beneficial
option of the spell happens, growing or shrinking
in response to the immediate concerns in your
surroundings.
In addition, the pajamas look somewhat ill-
fitting and silly, causing you to have Disadvantage
on all Charisma based ability checks. They can be
worn under other clothing but none of the special
powers can be called upon if more than half of it
is hidden. It will morph with your body, allowing
you to use it even if changes into another
creature.
Bee-Holders
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
A pair of yellow and black striped gauntlets that
buzz with energy. Whenever you make a ranged
or melee attack roll, you can use a bonus action to
coat the weapon or ammo in bees, dealing an
additional 1d4 piercing and 1d4 poison damage on
a hit. You can use this ability after making the
attack but before you know the result.
Additionally, once per day you can withdraw up
to 1 ounce of honey from a special slide on the
side of each of the gloves.
 Bedlam Crystals
Wondrous items, legendary (requires attunement)
A collection of 7 precious stones, brimming with
concentrated power that can alter reality around
them. While each one is strong in its own right, a
creature who has all 7 can attune to the collection
and gain seemingly unlimited power. Each
gemstone has their own properties.
Yellow. You become immune to lightning
damage, gain a fly speed equal to your movement
speed, and add 2d6 lightning damage to each
attack you make or damaging spell you cast.
Pink. You become immune to psychic damage,
cannot be charmed or frightened, and your mind
cannot be altered or read.
Blue. You become immune to cold damage and
all non-magical armor and weapons you use
become +2 magical items while you are using
them.
Green. You become immune to acid damage,
no longer age, no longer need to eat and drink, are
immune to exhaustion, and no longer need to
sleep (a long rest becomes 4 hours meditating).
Red. You become immune to fire damage and
cannot be killed by traditional means. If you die,
you respawn 2d4 days later in a ball of fire in the
nearest unoccupied spot where you died. You
must reattune to the crystal after respawning.
White. While attuned to this item, you gain the
ability to handle massive amounts of magic
energy. You become immune to force damage
and can attune to up to 10 magical items (the
crystal included).
Purple. You are immune to necrotic damage
and have advantage on all saving throws to resist
magical effects and spells.
Using these gems as part of a spell component
fulfills the requirement but will not consume the
crystal, even if the spell says it does. Doing this
drains the energy from the crystal and you lose
attunement to it. You will be unable to attune to it
or use it as a spell component until it recharges,
either through time (2d6 months), or through a
special quest.
If you attune to all 7 crystals, you can use a
bonus action to draw from a special well of
energy and assume a more powerful form. You
revert back to your original state at the end of
17
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
your next turn unless you have a precious gem
worth at least 500 gp. At the end of each of your
turns, you can freely crush the precious gem to
extend your abilities until the end of your next
turn. You may continue doing this so long as you
have gemstones to use. You cannot use the
Bedlam Crystals to extend the duration. While in
this new form, you keep the benefits of each
crystal and gain the following additional features:
• Your movement speed is tripled.
• You are immune to all non-magical
damage and resistant to all magical
damage and attacks from magical
weapons.
• If you fail a saving throw, you can choose
to succeed instead.
• You can take an extra action on your turn.
• You recover 2d20 hit points at the end of
your turn.
• Your Strength and Dexterity scores are
increased by 6, to a maximum of 30.
• You can cast 3rd level or lower spells
without expending a slot.
Belt of the Champ
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
While wearing this belt, you are infused with the
power of champions of old. You have advantage
on rolls to escape grapples, can use a bonus
action to add your Charisma modifier to melee
damage rolls, and double your Charisma modifier
for Performance checks. Once per day, you can
shout the command word to gain these additional
benefits for 1 minute: Your Strength score is
increased to 20, you are resistant to non-magical
damage, and allies within 30 feet of you can
substitute your Charisma modifier for their own
on Charisma based ability checks, attacks, save
DCs, or saving throws.
BFB-9001
Weapon (blaster rifle), rare
A large, strange looking blaster from a dimension
of great strife. It takes an entire energy core to
shoot once and must spend 12 hours cooling
down before it can be shot again. When shot, it
fires a large plasma projectile with a range of
60/240, dealing 10d10 radiant damage on a hit. In
 addition, when fired, several invisible rays
automatically target anything within a 60-foot
cone. Any creatures within the cone must make a
Dexterity saving throw (DC 15), taking 4d10 radiant
damage on a failed save or half as much damage
on a successful one.
Buster Bracelet
Ranged Weapon (30/120), rare (requires
attunement)
This bright blue metal bracelet locks onto your
wrist and can only be removed by you. It can be
activated freely expand into a large cylinder that
extends a few inches beyond your hand. The
action is instantaneous and, once transformed,
you can fire energy shots out of it as an attack.
You choose the type of shot. You are proficient
with this weapon when attuned to it.
• Burst: You fire a small ball of energy at a
target within range as a single attack. Each
shot does 1d6 lightning damage.
• Charge: Using your bonus action, you can
charge a single shot and release it as a
single attack. The bolt deals 4d4 lightning
damage.
• Overcharge: Sacrificing your movement
and a bonus action, you hold your ground
and overload your shot, releasing it as a
single attack. The bolt deals 6d6 lightning
damage. You can only choose this option
once on your turn, before you make any
other attacks with this weapon and cannot
use this weapon until the start of your
next turn.
Cape of Calm
Wondrous item, uncommon
This cape smells of lavender, is always cool, and
wafts gentle music that only the wearer can hear.
Creatures who wear it are incapable of intense
emotion and achieve a zen like state. This doesn’t
mean they don’t still do violent or malevolent
acts; they just do so calmly. If this cape is placed
on an unwilling creature, they must succeed on a
Charisma saving throw (DC 15) or be under the
effects of this cape until they can remove it.
18
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Cape of Bees
Wondrous item, uncommon
This cape has a pattern of alternating black and
yellow horizontal stripes. You can shout the
command word and use your action to flap open
this cape to cast Ether Bees at 2nd level (Save DC =
8 + your Charisma modifier + your proficiency
bonus). You must finish a long rest before you can
use this item again.
Cape of Explosions
Wondrous item, rare
If you land a critical hit on a creature, you can
immediately use a bonus action to turn, swirling
your cape in an awesome way, and face away
from your enemy. They are then engulfed in a
small explosion, dealing 6d6 fire damage. You
look so cool that you have advantage on any one
Charisma check made for the next minute. If you
use this feature, you may not attack again, except
with reactions, until the start of your next turn.
You can use this cape a number of times equal to
your Charisma modifier (minimum of once) before
finishing a long rest.
Cape of Stylish Falling
Wondrous item, uncommon
This cape will allow you to reduce your falling
speed to 30 feet per round and to land safely,
without taking any damage. However, it will only
activate if you do sweet flips in the air while you
fall. Make a Performance or Acrobatics check (DC
10), activating the cape on a success. The cape
grows bored of the same flips and so you must
become more elaborate each time you use it,
adding +1 to the activation DC each time the cape
is used.
Chaiyks Armor
Armor (plate), rare
Armor created for special warriors in the
Nachoverse to fight more peculiar threats there. It
is large and square, with a latticework that makes
it nearly impossible to grab forcefully. While
wearing it you gain the following attributes:
• You gain +1 to your AC and +3 to AC
against attacks made by ooze creatures
 • You have advantage on saving throws or
checks to resist being restrained, grappled,
or knocked prone.
• You have disadvantage on Dexterity saving
throws.
Chicken Pendant
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
This pendant is full of the rage of chickens. When
you are hit with a melee or ranged attack, you can
use a reaction to concentrate this rage onto the
attacking creature. For the next minute, they are
harried by extradimensional chickens that appear
from just out of sight. The chickens cannot be
interacted with directly, only avoided. At the end
of each of the target’s turns, they must make a
Dexterity saving throw (DC 18), taking 2d6 piercing
and 2d6 slashing damage on a failed save, or half
as much on a successful one. You must finish a
long rest before this pendant can be used again.
In addition, the pendant magically produces 6
fresh chicken eggs at dawn each day.
Cubetroller
Wondrous item, legendary
Often hidden away in the deepest vaults,
protected by ageless dragons, or passed for
generations inside a sect of world defenders, are
the cubetrollers. These items resemble an
19
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
average, jumbled puzzle cube but are so much
more. Each one is linked to the planet Cube, with
its formation matching Cube’s current
configuration. If the cubetroller is shifted, Cube
itself instantaneously shifts to match it, as do any
other cubetrollers. Once a cubetroller has been
used, it vanishes. It is unknown whether the
magical item is destroyed or simply moves to
another location. There are very few cubetrollers
in the Retroverse and the exact number and
location of each item is unknown.
Daegon’s Cape
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
This cape is always damp and whispers
unintelligible words to you at night. It smells of
fish and others find it appalling, giving you
disadvantage on Charisma checks. Warlocks gain
the use of one extra Invocation of their choice
while wearing this cape. If you use that Invocation,
your bonus action that turn is used to vomit up
one small, rotten, dead fish, dealing 1d10 psychic
damage to you.
 Dire Gem
Wondrous item, uncommon
These strange stones are infused with unstable
living energy that permanently changes some
creatures they contact. If a beast, construct,
elemental, monstrosity, ooze, or plant spends a
short rest touching the stone, by choice, accident,
or force, they become a dire version of
themselves. Dire creatures in the Retroverse are
not always the same as other realities; they are
typically stronger and often have strange
mutations. They also lose themselves to the
alteration, their minds being overcome with
hostile intent and losing any connections they had
to their previous life. The bonds of a familiar,
animal companion, or similar, are lost in this
transformation and, while not impossible to
recover, are almost never reestablished.
The creature is changed in the following ways.
• Its size is moved up one stage.
• Its hit points are doubled.
• Its natural AC increases by 2.
• Its movement speed is increased by 10
feet.
• Its attack damage is doubled.
• Its save DC increases by 4
• It gains a random (d10) mutation.
Mutations do not stack with the above
changes and instead replace them.
d10 Mutation
1 It can make one additional attack on its turn.
2 It has advantage on Strength and Dexterity checks
3 Its hit points are tripled.
4 Its natural AC increases by 4.
5 Its damage dice increase one stage.
6 Once pre day, if an attack drops it to 0 hit points
but doesn’t outright kill it, it can drop to 1 hit point
instead.
7 Attacks it makes are critical hits on a 19 – 20.
8 It can use a bonus action to take the dash,
disengage, or dodge action.
9 It gains a breath weapon that is released in a 15-
foot cone, recharges on 5 – 6, and deals piercing
damage equal to its strongest attack (DC is 8 + its
Constitution modifier + its proficiency bonus).
10 Roll 2d10, rerolling this result or duplicates.
20
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
There are variations of these stone brimming with
elemental power. When used to create a dire
creature, they add an additional damage die of the
stone’s element to the creature’s attacks and
change its breath weapon (if applicable) to the
same damage type. These elusive stones are even
more rare than a base Dire Gem.
Rare: Acid gem (acid), ice gem (cold), flame
gem (fire), electric gem (lightning), sick gem
(poison), and boom gem (thunder).
Very rare: Magic gem (force), death gem
(necrotic), mind gem (psychic), and holy gem
(radiant).
Divine Arms
Weapons (a battleaxe, halberd, and longsword),
legendary (requires attunement)
You gain a +3 bonus to attack and damage rolls
made with any of these weapons. You can only
ever attune to a single one, the weapon
remembering your energy even after centuries or
multiple reincarnations.
These three weapons are imbued with the
force of creation and have been passed down to
heroes and villains alike for countless eons. They
are well documented throughout history, but their
exact location is a regular mystery, becoming lost
often and only appearing again in times of great
need. The weapons themselves have been the
center of uncountable battles, from small fights
between fated warriors to epic wars crossing
dimensions. Though they are not sentient, they do
have the ability to reject attunement by creatures
unworthy to wield them. In addition to the attack
and damage bonus, each weapon has the
following properties:
• When you have all your hit points, you can
release an energy wave as a ranged
attack. It has a range of 30/60 and deals
force damage equal to the weapon’s
attack. Spells and other effects cannot be
used in conjunction with this attack.
• You are aware of any precious gems
within 30 feet of you. You know their
general direction but not their exact
location.
• By using a bonus action, you can allow the
weapon to consume a gemstone worth at
 least 100 gp. This wreathes the weapon in
magical energy for the next minute,
adding an extra damage die of force
damage to each attack.
• Once per week, you can call upon the
knowledge of the weapon’s previous
wielders. For one minute, your
consciousness enters a foggy expanse,
and a single past user (of the GM’s choice)
comes to speak with you. You can ask
them any question you would like but they
may not know the answer or respond
truthfully, depending on their personality.
Your physical body is blind and paralyzed
during this time.
• Each Divine Arm weapon is strong against
one of its opposing Divine Arm weapons.
While using the legendary weapons, the
battleaxe user has advantage on attacks
against the halberd user, the halberd user
has advantage on attacks against the
sword user, and the sword user has
advantage on attacks against the battleaxe
user.
21
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
El-Chip
Wondrous item, varies (requires attunement)
These small chips alter the fabric of weapons and
armor. By spending a short rest becoming attuned
to the chip, you can permanently alter a set of
non-magical armor or a non-magical weapon by
placing the chip on the item, transferring your
attunement to the new item in the process. The
chip changes the damage type of the weapon or
grants resistance to the armor based on the chip
used. The item is altered in appearance to reflect
the changes but is still considered non-magical.
No more than one chip can be used on a single
item and losing attunement to the item returns it
to its mundane state, losing the chip in the
process. For ranged weapons, this can be used to
augment up to 12 pieces of ammunition or a
single energy core.
Different chips vary in rarity.
Uncommon: Cold, Fire, Lightning.
Rare: Acid, Poison, Psychic, Thunder.
Very Rare: Force, Necrotic, Radiant.
Excali-Chair
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
You have +3 to your attack and damage rolls
made with this weapon.
While attuned, you are proficient with this
improvised weapon. It deals 1d10 + your Strength
modifier damage.
Attuned creatures have advantage on Death
Saving Throws, are immune to poison damage
and being poisoned, and can cast the Light spell as
a bonus action on the chair. Whenever the wielder
has less than half of their hit points, they can use
their reaction to use a single hit dice to heal
themselves.
Fanny Pack of Holding
Wondrous item, uncommon
This satchel has an interior space that is far larger
than its outside dimensions, around 6 inches in
diameter and 8 inches deep. The fanny pack can
hold up to 150 pounds, not exceeding a volume of
16 cubic feet. The bag weighs 2 pounds, regardless
of its contents. Retrieving an item from the bag
requires an action. Because of its size, you do not
have to take off the bag while in combat.
 The bag is made of a resilient synthetic
material. If it takes more than 10 piercing or
slashing damage, or is overloaded, or torn, the
pack ruptures and its contents are scattered on
the Astral Plane. If the fanny pack is turned inside
out, all the contents spill out, unharmed. The
fanny pack must be put right again before it can
be used again. There is enough air inside for a
breathing creature of medium size or smaller to
breath for 1 minute before they begin to suffocate.
If you place a Fanny Pack of Holding inside an
extradimensional space, or vice versa, the Fanny
Pack of Holding and whatever item created the
extradimensional space are both destroyed as a
gate to the Astral Plane is opened. The gate is
opened at the point that the two items were
combined. Any creature within 10 feet of the plane
when it opens can be sucked into the portal, being
placed at a random location within the Astral
Plane. The gate closes quickly and cannot be
reopened.
22
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Fizzlekin’s Fizzy Fizzler
Wondrous item, very rare (requires attunement)
A fantastic spinning noisemaker that shoots out
magically charged sparks and resonates against
arcane harmony. Whenever a creature casts a
spell, you can use a reaction to expend a number
of charges equal to the level the spell was cast at
to Counterspell at the same level. If you do not
have a spellcasting modifier, this item allows you
to use your Charisma score as you loudly frazzle
the spellcaster. You can also use this frantic
flapper to fizzle magical abilities that have a
recharge time (such as a dragon’s breath
weapon). Whenever a creature would use such an
ability, you can use a number of charges equal to
the creature’s CR to subject their ability to an
equivalent Counterspell casting, fizzling the ability
on a success. The fizzler has can hold a maximum
of 6 charges and recovers a single charge at dawn
each day, so long as it had not been used the
previous day. There is rumored to be a
legendary variation, foretold, forged, and
unfortunately forgotten by Fizzlekin
themselves, that can hold up to 18 fizzle
frazzle charges.
Garden Cape
Wondrous Item, common
This brown cape is the exact color of moist dirt
and smells of earth. You can lay this cape on the
ground, and it becomes a patch of fertile earth.
You can then plant any fruit or vegetable seed,
planting a maximum of 3 varieties. The
plant will never grow beyond 5 cubic feet,
however, fruit trees and such will still bear
full sized fruit but yield less than a
traditionally sized tree. By grabbing the
clasps of this cape, you can pull it up. The
plants form into the cape, creating a
beautiful garden mural on it. The plants
grow as if they were in favorable light and
conditions. Unless it is a specialty plant, it never
requires water or maintenance.

Glitched Equipment
Through the eons, magical equipment is created,
lost, destroyed, discovered, and generally moved
through many hands and stores. Because of the
unique dimension-scraping of the Retroverse,
magical equipment is more common here, but not
without a cost. Most magical equipment that
makes it through the trip becomes glitched, with
older items having a much higher chance of this.
This means that adventuring spirits can gain
access to some magical items quicker and more
cheaply than in other realities. It also means many
of these adventurers are corrupted early in their
careers and will eventually be forced to accept the
corruption or go to great lengths to restore
themselves and fight without their beloved
equipment.
Glitch Ammunition
the armor. These layers cannot be removed until
the curse is lifted. While wearing this armor,
corrupted creatures that hit you with a ranged or
melee attack roll deal additional damage equal to
the AC bonus of the armor.
Glitch Potions
Potion (any)
Any potion can be a glitched potion. Glitched
potions move down on the rarity scale by one
stage compared to their original versions, except
for common potions, which remain the same.
They act exactly the same as the original potion
except for corrupting the user. Glitched potions
give one layer of corruption per level of rarity of
the original potion, with originally common
potions instantly inflicting one layer and potions
that were originally legendary inflicting five
layers.

Weapon (any ammunition), common (+1),

uncommon (+2), or very rare (+3) Glitch Power Wand
You have a bonus to your attack and damage rolls Weapon (any), common (+1), uncommon (+2), or
made with this corrupted magic ammunition. The very rare (+3) (requires attunement)
bonus is determined by the ammunition’s rarity. While using this wand, you gain a bonus to spell
The ammunition is indistinguishable from normal attack rolls determined by the wand’s rarity.
magic ammunition until it is fired, at which time Curse. This wand is cursed and attuning to it
its appearance becomes distorted with glitching extends the curse to you until you are targeted by
patterns and corruption becoming visible on the a remove curse or similar magic. Discarding the
surface. As soon as you fire the ammunition, you wand fails to remove the curse. You gain a
must make a Corruption Saving Throw with number of corruption levels equal to the bonus of
disadvantage. the wand. These levels cannot be removed until
the curse is lifted. Additionally, your saving throws
Glitch Armor against spells cast by corrupted creatures are
reduced by a number equal to the spell attack
Armor (any), common (+1), uncommon (+2), or
bonus of the wand.
very rare (+3) (requires attunement)
You have a bonus to AC while wearing this armor.
The bonus is determined by the armor’s rarity.
The armor is indistinguishable from normal magic
armor (except for requiring attunement) until you
have attuned to it, at which time the armor’s
appearance becomes distorted with glitching
patterns and corruption becoming visible on its
surface.
Curse. The armor is cursed and attuning to it
extends the curse to you until you are targeted by
a remove curse or similar magic. Doffing the
armor fails to remove the curse. You gain a
number of corruption layers equal to the bonus of
23

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Glitch Shield
Weapon (any), common (+1), uncommon (+2), or
very rare (+3) (requires attunement)
While holding this shield, you have a bonus to AC
determined by the shield’s rarity. This bonus is in
addition the shield’s normal bonus to AC.
Curse. The shield is cursed and attuning to it
extends the curse to you until you are targeted by
a remove curse or similar magic. Removing the
shield fails to remove the curse. You gain a
number of corruption levels equal to the bonus of
the shield. These levels cannot be removed until
the curse is lifted. Corrupted creatures ignore the
magical bonus to AC granted to you by this shield.
Glitch Weapon
Weapon (any), common (+1), uncommon (+2), or
very rare (+3) (requires attunement)
You have a bonus to your attack and damage rolls
made with this corrupted magic weapon. The
bonus is determined by the weapon’s rarity. The
weapon is indistinguishable from a normal magic
weapon (except for requiring attunement) until
you have attuned to it, at which time the weapon’s
appearance becomes distorted with glitching
patterns and corruption becoming visible on its
surface.
24
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Curse. This weapon is cursed and attuning to it
extends the curse to you until you are targeted by
a remove curse or similar magic. Discarding the
weapon fails to remove the curse. You gain a
number of corruption layers equal to the bonus of
the weapon. These layers cannot be removed until
the curse is lifted. Damage against corrupted
targets made with these weapon is reduced by a
number equal to the attack and damage bonus
granted by these weapons.
Goblothrus’s Breakaway Armor
Armor (plate), rare (requires attunement)
A strange and garish set of plate armor. You gain
+1 to your AC and +2 against fiends, goblinoids,
and undead. Though it has a ramshackle design, it
is just a resilient as regular plate armor.
Curse. Once you don this armor, you can’t doff
it unless targeted by a remove curse spell or
similar magic. If you are hit with a critical hit, the
falls apart instantly, dropping to the ground in
small chunks. The armor pieces disappear into a
pocket dimension and the armor will reassemble
itself on you at dawn of the next day. While
attuned to this armor, you cannot wear any other
armor (except for shields), even while the armor
is broken.
There is a very rare golden variant of this
armor while allows you to take two critical hits
before breaking. It has the same abilities
otherwise.
 Hammer Pants
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
Thin and billowing pants that can stretch over
nearly any other garment. They are slightly garish
but are surprisingly comfortable. They are imbued
with magic, allowing access to modified versions
of Feather Fall and Spiritual Weapon .
• Feather Fall can be activated at will by
shouting the command words and doing
a small dance. It can be used 3 times a
day, recharging all uses after finishing a
long rest.
• Spiritual Weapon can be activated as an
action by holding your hand forward in a
“stop” pose and shouting the command
words. The spiritual weapon cannot leave
your hands and can only take the shape
of any type of hammer. If you do not have
a spellcasting ability modifier, use your
Charisma modifier + your proficiency
bonus. You can use this ability 3 times a
day, recharging all uses after finishing a
long rest.
Hardlight Projector
Wondrous item, common
This small device has several miniscule spikes and
clamps that allow it to stick to most mundane
surfaces. Once activated it creates a single
hardlight hologram projection in an unoccupied
space of your choosing, within 30 feet of the
object. The projection can take any number of
shapes that fall into two basic categories: active
and static. All projections of this device glow a flat
primary color and are easily recognizable as
projections. If you move or destroy the device, the
projection disappears.
• Static creations can be any basic object,
such as a wall or bench. The size of the
object can be up to a 10-foot cube. The
object can hold up to 500 pounds but will
be destroyed by more weight or being
attacked. The projection cannot move, has
10 hit points, and an AC of 10.
• Active creations can be interacted with or
move on their own accord. They may be
no larger than a Medium sized creature or
standard weapon. Weapons created this
25
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
way shatter if the total attack roll is 15 or
above (after dealing damage). Creatures
created this way must have a CR of ½ or
less. They share all attributes of their
template except for having only 1 hit point.
The creature cannot move outside of the
projection range and can only follow the
instructions Attack or Defend
If a projection is destroyed, you must spend a
short rest recalibrating the device before another
projection can be created.
HDD Shield
Armor (shield), rare (requires attunement)
You gain +1 to your AC when using this magical
shield.
Whenever you are subjected to a damaging
spell or effect that requires you to succeed on a
saving throw to take half damage you can use a
reaction to store some of the damage in the
shield. If your saving throw is successful, you
instead take no damage and the damage you
would have taken is stored in the shield (before
applying vulnerabilities and resistances). The
shield has no effect if you fail the saving throw.
The next time you make an attack roll, you can
use a bonus action to add the stored damage to
the attack. You must choose to add the damage to
the attack before making the attack roll. You can
only have the damage from one spell or effect
stored at a time. You can release the stored
energy harmlessly as a bonus action. You can
store and release a number of spells equal to
your proficiency bonus before finishing a long
rest.
In addition, the shield has a special pen that
allows attuned creatures to store and recall
written information on the shield. This can include
arcane information, though the shield can only be
used to store the information, not the magical
energy of words. The storage capacity for
information is not endless but can store several
libraries worth of books easily.
 Headband of Heroes
Wondrous item, very rare (requires attunement)
While wearing this band, your Dexterity score
increases to 22. This item has no effect if your
Dexterity score without the headband is equal to
or greater than 22. There are many headbands
throughout the world, each one carrying a
different additional effect. You can only be
attuned to one headband at a time.
Red. Your Strength score increases by 1, to a
maximum of 20.
Orange. Your Charisma score increases by 1, to
a maximum of 20.
Blue. When you engage in two weapon fighting,
you can add your ability modifier to the damage
of the second attack.
Purple. You can double your proficiency bonus
when using tools you are proficient with.
Cyan. Your Intelligence score increases by 1, to
a maximum of 20.
White. Your Wisdom score increases by 1, to a
maximum of 20.
Black. Your natural AC is increased by 1.
Horrific Dagger
Weapon (dagger), very rare (requires attunement
by an evil creature)
You gain a +1 bonus to your attack and damage
rolls made with this magic weapon. If a creature is
frightened by you, the bonus is +3. This weapon is
imbued with the nefarious energy of horrific
hunters and stained with the blood of countless
innocent creatures. Once per day, you can cast the
spell fear with the blade (save DC = 8 + your
proficiency bonus + your Charisma modifier).
26
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Hoverboard
Wondrous item, rare (requires Dexterity of 13)
This small board floats around 1 foot above the
ground and cannot fly up or down, though a
creature can use it to make a long jump. It has a
flying speed of 60 feet, a weight limit of 400
pounds and can be ridden only by a single Medium
sized or smaller creature. It cannot be ridden on
vertical surfaces but gently sloping horizontal
surfaces, including water and difficult terrain,
impede it in no way. It has 4 hours’ worth of
energy, becoming inert once the energy is used. It
recharges all spent energy after 12 hours of
nonuse.
HP Tank
Wondrous item, uncommon (requires
attunement)
Whenever you receive magical healing from a
spell or effect, and some of the healing goes
above your maximum hit points, you can use a
reaction to store that magical energy inside this
tank. You can continue to gather and store healing
energy up to half your maximum hit points. As an
action, you can open the container and heal
yourself hit points equal to the extra healing you
have stored. Once it has been opened, all the
healing energy it contained it released and any
healing that exceeds your maximum hit points is
lost. This item cannot store healing received from
potions and can only store and release energy
once after every short or long rest. You cannot
store temporary hit points.
Imago-Box
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
This is an average looking, 4-foot cube cardboard
box. By painting its sides into a rough imagining of
an average land vehicle, it will become that
vehicle. It cannot become a different vehicle after
this and must be a land vehicle whose primary
function is travel (meaning you could not create a
tank or battle bus) and is no larger than a 20-foot
cube. Other creatures can use or ride in the
vehicle. As an action, you can touch the vehicle to
push back your imagination and see the vehicle’s
box form, expelling all creatures inside to the
nearest unoccupied space. You can then fold the
 box down to a flat 1-foot cardboard square. As an
action, you can unfold the box again, returning it
to its full vehicle form.
Very rare: Can be used to create a land, air, or
sea vehicle that is no larger than a 40-foot cube,
Legendary: Can be used to create a land, air,
sea, or space vehicle that is no larger than a 120-
foot cube.
The very rare and legendary forms can have
mundane weapons that are typical to the type of
vehicle (such as cannons or space torpedoes).
Work with your GM to determine the exact
equipment that is on your vehicle.
Kai Spheres
Wondrous item, very rare (requires attunement)
Small orbs of orange and black that pulse with the
energy of something beyond comprehension.
There are 7 in total, though attuning with multiple
spheres uses only one attunement spot. Once a
creature has attuned to all 7, a being of
impossible power and size is summoned. Though
they are not malevolent, their mere presence can
have lasting effects on the world. The creature
will grant the summoner one wish, without
restrictions and with no attempt to warp the
summoner’s intent (though some unexpected
consequences occasionally happen).
Once the wish has been made, the spheres
disappear for one year, reappearing in random
places in the world they inhabit after that time.
The same wish cannot be granted twice, with the
intent of the spell being the focus, not the exact
wording. Sets of these spheres exist in multiple
realities, with the creature and rules for wishes
varying slightly among them.
27
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Kaiju Scale
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
This bizarre scale is brimming with the power of a
kaiju. As a bonus action, you can channel that
energy to gain some aspects of the kaiju for 1
minute. After using this item, you gain a level of
exhaustion and cannot use the scale for 1 week.
• Your Strength score is increased to 30
• At the start of each of your turns, you
have 30 temporary hit points.
• You deal double damage to objects and
structures.
• You are immune to being charmed,
stunned, or frightened.
• You gain a breath weapon like a
dragonborn (the type is determined by the
GM when the scale is found). If you already
have a breath weapon, its range and
damage is doubled.
• As an action and by using half your
movement that turn, you can stomp the
ground. All creatures within 120 feet of
you must succeed on a Dexterity saving
throw (DC = 8 + your Strength modifier +
your proficiency bonus) or be knocked
prone. Mundane items and structures in
this range take 3d12 damage (before
doubling).
Key Sword
Weapon (Longsword), uncommon (requires
attunement)
This magical weapon is something only the
resolute of will can wield. You do not choose this
weapon, it chooses you. It comes in many
different forms depending upon the pendant you
have attached to it. In its natural state, with no
pendant, it resembles a large steel house key that
has been sharpened on every edge to a mirror
finish. Along the length of the blade are notches,
adding to the key aesthetic. This magical weapon
has the following abilities regardless of the form,
unless the rules for that form specifically say so:
• +1 to all attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon (this bonus is
overwritten by a pendant that grants a
higher bonus).
 •1 charge of the Knock spell per day. While you have this pendant equipped, your Key
•You can materialize or dematerialize this Sword gains the following abilities:
weapon to or from your hand as a bonus • This weapon deals fire damage instead of
action. It will always appear regardless of slashing damage.
what plane or reality you are in. • You have resistance to fire damage while
When you change the pendant on this weapon, wielding the Key Sword.
it changes the shape and nature of it. It takes one • Once per day, you can break the spiked
action for the Key Blade to change forms when circle apart and dual wield them. They
you swap pendants, during which time it is have the properties of a short sword and
unusable. The pendants themselves are all of you are proficient with them. They remain
varying rarity as not all magics made to interact in this state for 1 minute before
with the Key Sword are made the same. This is a dematerializing and becoming unusable
sample of all the pendants available but there are until the end of your next turn. When you
hundreds more that exist, many lost and rematerialize the Key Sword it comes back
scattered in Ragnalöck. whole, in the shape it was before you used
Dawn’s Horizon Pendant. (Legendary, Any this feature.
alignment) This pendant is a black humanoid
heart which seems to suck in the light around it. It
changes the Key Sword into a from which shares
many aspects of the Spirit Eater and Ultimae
forms. A black dragon’s wing extends as the blade,
with the fingers creating sharp points. An angelic
wing creates the key frill at the top. The handle is
encircled by a devil’s wing and an angel’s wing,
representing the balance this Key Sword
maintains. While you have this pendant equipped,
your Key Sword gains the following abilities:
• +3 to all attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon.
• This weapon deals an additional 1d6
necrotic or radiant damage on a hit. The
damage choice is chosen by the wielder,
but it requires a bonus action to shift from
one to the other.
• Once per day, you can emit a thin beam of
necrotic or radiant damage from the tip of
this weapon. Make a ranged attack roll
against a target within 60 feet, on a hit
they take 3d6 necrotic or radiant damage,
your choice.
Flame’s Bond Pendant. (Rare, Any alignment)
This pendant is a polished metal circle with nine
sharp points around it. It changes the Key Sword
into two metal circles, the handle and the key frill,
covered in the same style of spikes as the
pendant. The circles are connected by a large but
skinny metal X. The entire weapon has red
highlights that accentuate the deadly nature of it.

28

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Full Eclipse Pendant. (Uncommon, Any
alignment) This pendant is a small platinum gear.
It changes the Key Sword into a thick and wide
blade. Several offshoots of heavy metal complete
the key frill at the top. The handle is covered in
dark iron bars. While you have this pendant
equipped, your Key Sword gains the following
abilities:
• +2 to all attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon against targets of Large
size and higher.
• An attack roll made with this weapon is a
critical on a 19 or 20 if the target has an
AC of 20 or higher, an 18 – 20 if the
target’s AC is 25 or higher.
Moonlight. (Uncommon, Any alignment) This
pendant is a simple hollow silver star. It changes
the Key Blade into a thin metal sword with a metal
star creating the key frill. The handle is
surrounded in a golden metal ring. While you have
this pendant equipped, your Key Sword gains the
following abilities:
• This weapon deals an additional 1d6
radiant damage.
• Once per day, you can cast Magic Missile
from the end of this weapon, without
using a spell slot.
Promise Pendant. (Rare, Lawful or Good
alignments only) This pendant is a small yellow
star. It changes the blade of the Key Sword into
two thin, sharp, and strong rods. The handle is
surrounded in angelic feathers, and the blade
flares out at the end in a series of brilliant spikes.
It looks ornate and fragile but is actually quite
resilient. While you have this pendant equipped,
your Key Sword gains the following abilities:
• An attack roll made with this weapon is a
critical on a 19 or 20.
• You gain a +1 bonus to your spell save DC
and spell attacks while wielding the Key
Sword.
Vacuous Heart Pendant. (Legendary, Evil
alignments only) This pendant is a piercing black
dragon’s eye. It changes the Key Sword into a one-
sided blade resembling a black dragon’s wing
extended out, with the edge being on the top part
of the wing. The handle is covered in tough black
leather the key frill is made of long, sharp teeth. It
29
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
is light and quick. While you have this pendant
equipped, your Key Sword gains the following
abilities:
• +3 to all attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon.
• This weapon gains the Versatile property.
• Once per day, when you kill an enemy with
this sword, you can use a bonus action to
let the blade feast on their soul. The
energy from this interaction will heal you
the maximum number of hit points equal
to 3 of the creature’s hit dice.
Saturn Smasher Pendant. (Uncommon, Any
alignment) This pendant is a yellow crescent
moon. It changes the Key Sword into a strange
orange and purple club, with a large cosmic rings
as the key frill. The handle is covered by large
goose feathers that pulsate a magical aura. While
you have this pendant equipped, your Key Sword
gains the following abilities:
• This weapon deals bludgeoning damage
instead of slashing damage.
• When attacking an enemy with this
weapon, you can use a bonus action to
make an extra attack against that same
enemy with this weapon.
Twin Drive Pendant. (Rare, Neutral alignments
only) This pendant is a glowing red square that
emits tiny holographic shapes. It changes the Key
Sword into a curved blade with a holographic
emitter at the end. The emitter creates a sharp
square-shaped light that slices into foes. The
handle is inside of a rotating disc, allowing it to
swivel and lock into different positions. This
makes it great for offensive or defensive use. Its
otherworldly design does not respond to more
overbearing alignments, requiring mental finesse
to use. While you have this pendant equipped,
your Key Sword gains the following abilities:
• You gain +1 to your AC while wielding this
Key Sword.
• Once per day, you can mentally command
this Key Sword to move and attack on its
own. You must remain completely
stationary, using your full concentration
while this happens. Using your action, you
can command the sword to move up to 30
feet and to make an attack, using the
 same stats as if you had made the attack
yourself. You can do this for one minute,
after which the Key Sword vanishes and
cannot be rematerialized until the end of
your next turn.
If a creature attempts to grab the weapon,
they must succeed on a Strength contest
against you or be unable to hold onto it. If
they succeed, they grab the sword only for
it to vanish from their hands, ending this
ability immediately.
Twin Fates Pendant. (Very Rare, Good or Evil
alignments only) This pendant resembles a small
shuriken. It changes the Key Sword, giving it a long
black blade with a spiked half-circle as the key
frill. The handle is covered by a black steel ring of
spikes. The entire weapon is silver with black
accents, creating a checkerboard feel to the
sword. While you have this pendant equipped,
your Key Sword gains the following abilities:
• +2 to all attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon.
• This weapon has three charges that can be
used to cast either Cure Wounds or Inflict
Wounds . You can use your action to use
either spell, using one of the three total
charges. The expended charges recharge
at dawn on the following day. Once per
day, you can spend one of your Hit Die,
rolling it and adding the total to your use
of either spell.
Perfect Pendant. (Legendary, Good alignments
only) This pendant is a bright blue heart with
angelic wings adorning it. It changes the Key
Sword into a long broadsword-like blade covered
in intricate latticework that resembles an angel’s
wings. The handle and key frill are made of the
same latticework and all of it hums a pale white
aura. Despite the delicate work that creates this
Key Sword it never seems to bend or transfigure.
While you have this pendant equipped, your Key
Sword gains the following abilities:
• +3 to all attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon.
• +2 to your spell save DC and spell attacks
while wielding the Key Sword.
• Once per day, you can roll a 1d4 and
recharge a spell slot equal to the die roll. If
30
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
the die rolls a number for a spell slot
higher than you have access to, then you
recharge a spell slot of the next highest
level you can use.
Your Cessation Pendant. (Rare, Evil or Chaotic
alignments only) This pendant is a fire-blackened
shield. It changes the blade of the Key Sword into
a thick black core. Tiny chains wrap around the
whole of the blade. The handle is surrounded in
hellish wings and the key frill is blocky, making
this weapon resemble a long black hatchet. It is
sturdy and deadly. While you have this pendant
equipped, your Key Sword gains the following
abilities:
• +2 to all attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon.
• Once per day, when you succeed on an
attack roll against a target, you can use
your bonus action immediately to cause
the chains to slither off the blade and
ensnare your opponent. They must
succeed on a Strength saving throw (DC
15) or be retrained until the start of your
next turn, at which time the chains vanish
off the enemy and reappear on your Key
Sword.
Kuri Guitar
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
This musical instrument can be used as a
spellcasting focus so long as you are proficient
with it. While using it as a focus, you gain +1 to
spell attack rolls and spell save DC and you ignore
half cover when making a spell attack. You can
use a bonus action to shred a few quick notes on
the guitar, boosting the spell attack bonus or spell
save DC to +2.
In addition, the guitar has an invisible hatch on
the back, that can be easily accessed by an
attuned, creature and behaves exactly like a
Fanny Pack of Holding. Other creatures can access
the hatch if they know it is there, but the guitar
does attempt to repel them, dealing 2d6 psychic
damage to the target each time they reach inside
the hatch or start their turn while reaching in.
 Fthagn’s Multi-gauntlet
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
The magical metal gauntlet appears well worn
and covered in faded stickers while inside it is full
of strange switches and buttons that cannot be
seen from the outside. Creatures who wear it can
feel the secret mechanisms inside that correlate
to different weapons the glove has the ability to
summon. As a bonus action, you can expend a
charge to trigger the devices inside to summon
any common or uncommon magical weapon with
no more than a +1 bonus to attack and damage
rolls. You are considered attuned to weapons
summoned in this way, cannot summon more
than one weapon at a time (or up to 6 pieces of
ammunition), the weapon disappears after 1
minute or if out of the gauntlet at the start of your
next turn, and the same weapon cannot be
summoned twice before finishing a long rest. The
glove has 5 charges and recovers 1d4 charges at
dawn. If the gauntlet is reduced to 0 charges, the
last weapon it summoned becomes permanent, is
bonded to the glove and cannot be removed; the
glove itself then becomes inert.
Inscribed on the underside is “Property of
Fthagn” and the entire glove radiates with
otherworldly energy. If the attuned creature is
empowered by or in the service of an Elder Thing,
Old One, or other truly Alien entity, the glove has
10 charges and recovers 1d8 at dawn.
Master Viewer
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
This strange device resembles a camera with two
small levers on either side. An attuned creature
can hold them up to their eyes and either pull one
lever to take a snapshot of the area they are
currently viewing or pull the other lever to scroll
through and view the 12 most recent shots. The
shots are not static but present a real time view
into the area at the exact perspective the original
shot was taken. The oldest shot is removed and
replaced if more than 12 shots are taken.
Curse Variant. Not every Master Viewer is
cursed but some are. Cursed ones often take
snapshots that, when viewed later, depict future
gruesome fates for the viewer or those close to
them. Once a fate has been seen, they will
31
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
eventually come true unless changed by an
extreme act of fate, a god, or a wish spell.
Murphy’s Armor
Armor (plate), legendary (requires attunement)
This bulky armor looks like a mix between a
guard’s uniform and a train. The wearer is nearly
invincible but is slow, moving in jerky staccato
movements. While wearing the armor, you have
the following attributes.
• Your movement is reduced to no more
than 25 feet per turn, even if using the
Dash action.
• You have disadvantage on any Dexterity
based checks and saving throws.
• You cannot use the finesse property with
any weapon.
• You have resistance to bludgeoning,
piercing, and slashing damage.
• You are immune to non-magical ranged
attacks.
• The suit has a long retractable dagger in
both arms, which you ate proficient with.
They deal 1d8 piercing damage and land a
critical hit on a 19 or 20. They can be used
for each use of your attack action.
• You have a magical compartment on each
of your legs that can stow any one-handed
weapon. Drawing the weapons is the same
as drawing or stowing a normal weapon.
• When using weapons with the Heavy
property, you deal additional damage
equal to your proficiency bonus.
Curse. When you don this armor, you have 1
hour before it becomes permanently intermingled
with your own
body. After
this happens,
it cannot be
removed by anything
less than a wish
spell, even if
you die.
 Neo Shackles
Wondrous item, uncommon
These brightly glowing shackles appear to be
made of pure light. They shine intently and are
very warm to the touch. The owner can pull on
the chain to produce an additional cuff, up to a
maximum of 10 cuffs. They can be applied to two
resistant creature’s arms by using a bonus action
after a successful grapple. Additional sets of arms
require additional actions.
When a creature is restrained by these cuffs,
they may make an Athletics or Sleight of Hand
check daily, DC 25, to escape. If they fail, they take
3d10 radiant damage. If this leaves them with 0 hit
points or less, they instead drop to 0 hit points
and are unconscious.
Night Whip
Weapon (whip), rare
You have a +2 bonus to attack and damage rolls
made with this magical weapon. When using this
weapon against fiends or undead, the bonus is +3.
If you land a critical hit with this weapon, the whip
casts the spell heart container on the target,
automatically hitting. The whip has three charges
of the spell, all being recharged at dawn.
Nine-Ball of Prophecy
Wondrous item, uncommon
This black ball is about the size of a large
grapefruit with a “9” symbol on the top. It allows
you to cast Augury once per day. If you ask the
ball a question and then flip it over, a small block
inside will churn through the liquid inside the orb
and then surface. The answer to your question will
be on this block and falls under three categories:
positive, uncertain, or negative.
Positive Answers Uncertain Answers Negative Answers
The outlook is Better you don’t Try not to count
positive know on it
All signs point to a Try again later Very Unlikely
yes
Absolutely Outlook hazy, The stars say no
cannot predict
now
32
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Omni-kit
Wondrous item, common
A small rectangular leather pouch with a zipper
following the length of it. There is a small,
unmarked dial worked into the side of the pouch.
The user can turn the dial once per day, changing
the contents inside to that of any number of kits.
The pouch can recreate artisan’s tools, disguise
kits, forgery kits, gaming sets, herbalism kits,
navigator’s tools, or thieves’ tools. The items
inside are considered well-crafted but can be
broken like any other kit tools.
The items inside the set last exactly 24 hours
after the items are created, fading away after that
time. For example, a painting created using only a
brush, and none of the paint, from painter’s
supplies set would be fine, but the ink used from a
forgery kit would fade away.
Omni-tool
Wondrous item, common
A simple footlong orange rod. It glows faintly and
always feels surprisingly hefty. It can
instantaneously turn into any regular tool, such as
a wrench, hammer, or screwdriver. The user only
needs to think of the tool they need while holding
this object and it will transform into a faintly
glowing, orange version of that tool. It cannot
become fine tools, like those needed for fine
artistry or lockpicks, but can be as large as a
crowbar or as small as a set of tweezers.
If used for attacking, this is considered an
improvised weapon.
Orb of Fudged Equations
Wondrous item, very rare (requires attunement)
A small crystal orb trinket attached to a thin chain
and hook. Inside the orb, smudged and stretched
numbers swirl around in a black haze. Once per
day you can use your reaction to call upon the
power of the orb to augment the outcome of an
attack. If you roll an attack, and the total for the
roll is 20 or more, activating this orb will make the
attack a critical hit.
 Phoenix Cape
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
This cape has the feathers and ashes of an ancient
Phoenix woven into its design. Using your action,
you can activate it to be engulphed in the
restorative energy of a phoenix. You recover all hit
points, spells slots, class abilities and points, racial
abilities, and lose any exhaustion levels. This
consumes the cape in the process and the phoenix
escapes. The phoenix will heal all allies within 120
feet a number of hit points equal to their level
times 10 and then vanish in a puff of fire and
smoke.
Pocket Palace
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
This small 2-inch cube opens up to reveal a pocket
dimension featuring a miniature castle grounds,
holding a half mile square of land with a large
mansion in the center. The inside acts as a
permanent version of the Magnificent Mansion
spell, with the near-transparent servants
attending the grounds outside the mansion as
well. The grounds are on the same cycle as the
outside world, having a day and night, and
seasons equal to the world they inhabit (thought
the immediate weather may differ). Typically,
there is already a mansion inside from the
previous user and, during the attunement process,
you can choose to keep it the same, alter it, or
completely remake the building and surrounding
land. Any items stored inside the mansion, that
are not native to it, are ejected from the box to the
nearest unoccupied space if their resting place is
changed.
Creatures you permit can easily enter by
placing their hand over the opening and shouting
the travel command word (which you choose).
They appear in front of the mansion, with their
form and equipment shrinking down to match the
size of the box’s interior. They can stay there as
long as you permit it. To exit, they must reach up
to the sky and say the travel command word,
appearing in their normal size in the nearest
unoccupied space outside the box. It is impossible
to keep creatures here against their will.
The box repels anything from entering it that
you do not wish. Mundane items will simply
33
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
bounce off the entrance while unwelcome
creatures wishing to enter must know the travel
command word and succeed on a Charisma
saving throw (DC 20) or be unable to enter. Spells
can be cast into the box from outside by making
the same Charisma saving throw, though they are
shrunk to match the box’s interior if they pass
through. Sounds can be heard inside, adjusting in
volume to sound no louder than a mild
thunderclap inside or a quiet whisper outside. If
unwelcome creatures successfully enter, they
must repeat the saving throw once every hour or
be expelled to the nearest unoccupied space. The
box has 50 hit points, an AC of 12, and is immune
to non-magical damage. If it is destroyed, any
contents or creatures not native to the box return
to their original size and are expelled in the
nearest unoccupied space.
Pop King’s Clothes
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
A bedazzled sequin suit, complete with sparkling
gloves, hat, and shoes. Legends say this ensemble
once belonged to one of the greatest bards that
ever lived. Some of that energy still flows through
these clothes, granting a smidgen of that power to
the wearer.
You cannot wear any other armor while
wearing this clothing set and you must be wearing
every part of it to gain the benefits of this item
set. You may use Unarmored Defense or shields
while using this set. The set must be repaired
monthly to retain its power.
• Any undead of CR 1 or less can be
commanded by you, even taking control
from their creator. Using your action, you
can force one undead to make a Wisdom
saving throw (DC 15) coming under your
control on a failure. The undead must be
able to hear you and can only do things
that are within its capabilities. You can
command a maximum of 6 undead at a
time. All undead regain control of
themselves when you begin a short or
long rest. You must use a bonus action to
instruct any number of undead under your
command. You can attempt to gain
control over an undead a number of time
 equal to your proficiency bonus before
finishing a long rest.
• You are exceptional at dancing and
singing. You have advantage on any
Performance checks involving these
actions.
• Increase your Dexterity and Charisma by 2
points, to a maximum of 22.
• You can defy gravity in an amazing lean.
When targeted with a ranged attack, you
can use your reaction to add +2 to your AC
against the attack.
• As a bonus action, you can take the
Disengage action and moonwalk
backwards 15 feet.
Powered Glove
Wondrous Item, very rare (requires attunement)
This bulky glove is covered in buttons and knobs
that are difficult to understand. After some
experimentation, the user will discover all the
power behind this strange device. The glove can
do each of these abilities once daily, the abilities
being recharged at dawn of the next day.
• Can cast these spells each, once daily at
their original spell level: Chrome Sheen,
Grasping Graves, Heart Container, Esuna
Burst, Wall of Sound, and Regen Aura.
• By entering in a specific code on the glove
buttons, you can rewind time by a small
instant. Using a reaction, you can force the
last roll to be rerolled.
• You can crank the strength dial up as a
bonus action, boosting your Strength
score by 4 points, to a maximum of 24, for
10 minutes.
34
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Power Blade
Weapon (any edged weapon), very rare (requires
attunement)
One half of an epic weapon spoken of only in
prophecies or legends. Each half is just as
effective as a normal version of the weapon (such
as an axe or sword). When the two halves are
combined, the wielder will gain untold power.
When you are attuned to a single blade, you
gain +1 to attack and damage rolls made with this
weapon. Your strength score is increased by 2,
with your new maximum increasing to 22. You are
immune to radiant or necrotic damage, with each
weapon half granting immunity to the other
damage type. The weapons deal double damage
to objects and structures.
When you are attuned to both blades (a
process that combines them into a single
weapon), you gain +3 to attack and damage rolls
made with this weapon. Your Strength score
increases by 4, with your new maximum
increasing to 24. You are immune to necrotic and
radiant damage. The weapon still deals double
damage to objects and structures. If you lose
attunement to the combined weapon, it splits back
in two and both weapons vanish, reappearing in a
random spot in the multiverse.
Additionally, with the half or full weapon, you
can shout the magical activation words as a bonus
action to choose an allied creature within 60 feet
of you to gain the same benefits of this weapon to
a single non-magical weapon of your choice for 1
hour. You must finish a long rest before using this
ability again.
Prism Dagger
Weapon (dagger), legendary (requires
attunement)
This weapon is a small hilt with a shimmering
clear crystal where a blade would normally start.
When sunlight or bright light hits the crystal, a
multi-colored rainbow blade appears. The blade is
transparent but completely solid.
You gain +3 to attack and damage rolls made
with this weapon. Typically, it deals piercing
damage unless a creature is vulnerable to any
type of damage, other than bludgeoning or
slashing. If a creature is vulnerable to a damage
 type, the prism blade becomes dominated by that
type of light and energy on contact with the
enemy, dealing whatever type of damage the
creature is vulnerable to. If a creature is
vulnerable to multiple damage types, the blade
picks one randomly and deals that type of
damage.
Proton Blade
Weapon (longsword), legendary
The hilt of this sword looks like something a mad
scientist would create. It is covered in wires, dials,
and knobs. These accoutrements seem to be
totally useless though and only the on/off switch
and “trap” switch do anything noticeable. Once the
device is switched on, a blade of swirling blue and
orange energy crackles out from the hilt. While
on, this sword acts as a +2 weapon and deals 2d6
radiant damage on a hit. If attacking undead or
fiends, this sword behaves like a +3 weapon and
deals 3d6 radiant damage on a hit.
If an undead is an incorporeal creature, such as
a ghost or banshee, you can attempt to trap them
in the hilt. Once such a creature is dropped to 0 hit
35
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
points by this weapon, you can use a bonus action
to activate the trap function. The ghost must
succeed on a Constitution saving throw (DC 10) or
be trapped in the device. For every undead
trapped, the weapon deals an additional 1d6
radiant damage. You may have a maximum of 3
undead trapped in the device and after 1 week
inside the weapon, the spirit is refined and
released to a plane of its deserving.
Quicksave Key
Wondrous item, legendary
A strange key with the runes “F5” inscribed on it.
As an action, you can say the command word to
cast the spell checkpoint on yourself and up to
2d4 willing creatures within 30 feet of you. Each
creature must stay within that range of you for 1
hour and must not significantly alter themselves
(by using spells, using class or species abilities,
healing or losing hit points, etc.) or the spell
immediately ends for that creature. During that
hour, the key can consume gemstones given from
the affected creatures in order to recreate their
equipment per the spell; otherwise, the spell
simply acts to recreate their body. After the hour,
the quicksave key magically creates the statuettes
needed for this spell. The quicksave key cannot be
used again until 1 year has passed.
 Racing Stripe Cape
Wondrous item, uncommon
This cape has a cherry red stripe going down the
center on a white background. It grants the wearer
10 extra feet of movement on their turn, but only
if the wearer makes cool race car sounds while
they move.
Rain-Bow
Wondrous item, uncommon (requires
attunement)
Touching the bow causes it to shed bright light in
a color of your choice in a 20-foot radius, and dim
light for an additional 20 feet for 1 hour. You can
use the bow in this way three times before
finishing a long rest. The color of the bow grants
you resistance to a corresponding type of damage
from spells or other magical effects. You can
choose any color but can only gain resistance to a
single damage type at a time from this item. Red-
fire, yellow-lightning, orange-thunder, blue-cold,
green-acid, violet-psychic, white-radiant.
In addition, while the bow is glowing, you can
add your proficiency bonus (or double it if you are
already proficient) to Animal Handling and
Persuasion checks made on beasts, celestials, or
fey creatures.
Red Shirt
Wondrous item, common
This shirt can be worn over armor or as
underclothing. If you wear it while taking a short
or long rest, you gain 1d12 temporary hit points
when the rest ends.
Cursed. While wearing this shirt, you have
disadvantage on death saving throws and
automatically fail your first one.
Re:Dex
Wondrous item, common
This handheld index automatically records the
basic information, such as species and
appearance, of any creatures that come within 5
feet of it. It records any battle information the
user gains while in melee with a creature, such as
resistances or witnessed abilities. Once per day,
you can spend a short rest examining a willing or
dead creature to gain the full knowledge of their
36
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
capabilities (per their stat block). Though this
record describes a creature’s capabilities and a
general understanding of their species, it does not
store any defining information of individual
creatures.
Reset Button
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
A big red button that must be pressed with intent
(though understanding is not required), with
accidental presses being ignored. Pressing the
button creates an instance of the plane you are
on. Anytime within the next year, you can press
the button again to return the entire plane to that
instance, undoing everything that has happened
between those moments. You will have no
memory of the time between presses. The
instance is not perfect and the longer the space
between the initial button press and the second
press, the more glitches will be present in the
plane. Work with your GM to determine exactly
how much of the plane has been altered.
Once this item has been used to reset the
plane to the previous instance, it is completely
destroyed. If you press the button and then lose
attunement to the item any time within the next
year, the button is broken, or if you do not press
the button a second time within a year, the
instance is lost.
Ribbon Wand
Wondrous item, uncommon
When using this wand as an arcane focus, you can
use a bonus action to perform a small dance with
it to add your Dexterity modifier to any damage or
healing from the spell.
 Saving Bell
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
Allied creatures within 10 feet of this item have
advantage on death saving throws. Once per day,
if you or an allied creature within 30 feet of the
bell fails 2 death saving throws, the bell chimes,
casting mass healing word , targeting any allied
creatures at 0 hit points within the range of the
spell first. Any remaining healing targets are
chosen by you.
Semi-Silent Radio
Wondrous item, common
This radio picks up sounds and waves that are
inaudible to most creatures. If the radio is within
120 feet of an aberration, fiend, or undead, it will
begin to produce a hissing static, the sound of
which is distinct to each type of creature type and
grows in volume the closer the creature is. If the
creature attempts to speak, the sound is heard as
a roaring garble. However, if the radio is within 10
feet of the creature, and the creature speaks, the
radio will translate the will and intent of the
speech into broken Common. This radio has a 3-
hour charge which is recharged at dawn and can
be turned on or off freely.
Sez-Sez
Wondrous item, rare
A small game of matching patterns and flashing
lights which up to 6 creatures can play. Each
creature enters a contest to match the patterns as
37
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
quickly and accurately as possible. Roll an
Intelligence, Perception, or Insight check (player’s
choice) and the highest number is the winner. The
first time this game is played after dawn, the spell
hypnotic pattern is cast on the losers (DC 15) with
the winner being the object of their charmed state.
Curse. Some of these games are possessed by
the will of the devil Cymun, who wants nothing
more than to spread their controlling game far
and wide. These games are indistinguishable from
the regular ones except they cast the spell
dominate person on all who play (DC 20). Cymun
will then command the dominated creatures to
play the game with as many people as possible,
spreading the domination like a strange plague.
Slap Bracelets of Power
Wondrous item, common
These bracelets are covered in bright designs that
symbolize their magical properties. They can be
easily taken off or applied as a bonus action or
given to another character; but can only be taken
if the wearer is unconscious or the thief rolls a
successful Sleight of Hand against the wearer’s
Perception. It is only possible to wear three at a
time, as any more will make the magic unstable
and ineffective. You cannot gain the effects of two
of the same kind.
The GM chooses the type or determines it
randomly when one is found or created.
 D100 Slap Bracelet of… Effect
1 Acid Power +1 acid damage to acid-based attacks.
2 Bludgeoning Power +1 bludgeoning damage to bludgeoning-based attacks.
3 Cold Power +1 cold damage to cold-based attacks.
4 Fire Power +1 fire damage to fire-based attacks.
5 Force Power +1 force damage to force-based attacks.
6 Lightning Power +1 lightning damage to lightning-based attacks.
7 Necrotic Power +1 necrotic damage to necrotic-based attacks.
8 Piercing Power +1 piercing damage to piercing-based attacks.
9 Poison Power +1 poison damage to poison-based attacks.
10 Psychic Power +1 psychic damage to psychic-based attacks.
11 Radiant Power +1 radiant damage to radiant-based attacks.
12 Slashing Power +1 slashing damage to slashing-based attacks.
13 Thunder Power +1 thunder damage to thunder-based attacks.
14 Acid Resistance -1 acid damage against acid-based attacks.
15 Bludgeoning Resistance -1 bludgeoning damage against bludgeoning-based attacks.
16 Cold Resistance -1 cold damage against cold-based attacks.
17 Fire Resistance -1 fire damage against fire-based attacks.
18 Force Resistance -1 force damage against force-based attacks.
19 Lightning Resistance -1 lightning damage against lightning-based attacks.
20 Necrotic Resistance -1 necrotic damage against necrotic-based attacks.
21 Piercing Resistance -1 piercing damage against piercing-based attacks.
22 Poison Resistance -1 poison damage against poison-based attacks.
23 Psychic Resistance -1 psychic damage against psychic-based attacks.
24 Radiant Resistance -1 radiant damage against radiant-based attacks.
25 Slashing Resistance -1 slashing damage against slashing-based attacks.
26 Thunder Resistance -1 thunder damage against thunder-based attacks.
27 Large Breath Can hold breath for 1 minute longer than normal.
28 Strength Accuracy +1 to strength-based attack rolls.
29 Dexterity Accuracy +1 to dexterity-based attack rolls.
30 Dark Vision Extend natural Dark Vision by 10 feet.
31 Quick Feet Add +5 feet to base walking speed.
32 Stabbing Can be taken off and used as a common dagger.
33 Extra Health +4 temporary hit points received after finishing a short rest.
34 Heavyness User is 20 pounds heavier.
35 Lightweight User is 20 pounds lighter.
36 Corruption Resistance +1 to Corruption Saving Throws.
37 Strength Saving +1 to Strength saving throws.
38 Dexterity Saving +1 to Dexterity saving throws.
39 Constitution Saving +1 to Constitution saving throws.
40 Intelligence Saving +1 to Intelligence saving throws.
41 Wisdom Saving +1 to Wisdom saving throws.
42 Charisma Saving +1 to Charisma saving throws.
43 Awareness +1 to passive perception.
44 Eagle Eyes +5ft. to the range of any ranged weapon attack.
45 Rest Heal +2 additional hit points after finishing a short rest.
46 Kung-Fu +1 to unarmed attack rolls
47 Acrobatics +1 to Acrobatics checks
48 Animal Handling +1 to Animal Handling checks
49 Arcana +1 to Arcana checks
50 Athletics +1 to Athletics checks

38

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 51 Deception +1 to Deception checks
52 History +1 to History checks
53 Insight +1 to Insight checks
54 Intimidation +1 to Intimidation checks
55 Investigation +1 to Investigation checks
56 Medicine +1 to Medicine checks
57 Nature +1 to Nature checks
58 Perception +1 to Perception checks
59 Performance +1 to Performance checks
60 Persuasion +1 to Persuasion checks
61 Religion +1 to Religion checks
62 Sleight of Hand +1 to Sleight of Hand checks
63 Stealth +1 to Stealth checks
64 Survival +1 to Survival checks
65 Passive Perception +1 to Passive Perception
66 Dual Attacks +1 to attack rolls made with a secondary weapon in your off hand.
67 Dual Striking +1 to damage rolls made with a secondary weapon in your off hand.
68 Death Resistance +1 to death saving throws
69 Magical Healing +1 to hit points recovered while casting a healing spell.
70 Wild Magic Add or subtract 1 from rolls made for wild magic.
71 Ki Energy +1 ki point to your total available.
72 Hacking +1 hack point to your total available.
73 Sneak Attacks +1 damage to rogue sneak attacks.
74 Laying on Hands +1 to hit points recovered when using lay on hands on a creature.
75 Bardic Inspiration +1 to Bardic Inspiration dice you use.
76 Turning Undead +1 to your Turn Undead save DC.
77 Extended Rage Your rage lasts 1 turn longer than normal.
78 Druidic Attacks +1 to attacks rolls made while using Wild Shape.
79 Druidic Damage +1 to damage rolls made while using Wild Shape.
80 Extra Wind +1 to all attacks made after using the Second Wind feature during that turn.
81 Shiny Hunter +1 to damage against shiny variant creatures.
82 Smiting +1 to damage when making a Smite spell or attack.
83 Wizardry +1 to damage from spells cast from a rod, scroll, or wand.
84 Shattering +1 to damage when using the Weapon Shatter feature.
85 Corruption Slaying +1 damage when attacking corrupted creatures.
86 Aberration Slaying +1 damage when attacking aberrations.
87 Beast Slaying +1 damage when attacking beasts.
88 Celestial Slaying +1 damage when attacking celestials.
89 Construct Slaying +1 damage when attacking constructs.
90 Dragon Slaying +1 damage when attacking dragons.
91 Elemental Slaying +1 damage when attacking elementals.
92 Fey Slaying +1 damage when attacking fey creatures.
93 Fiend Slaying +1 damage when attacking fiends.
94 Giant Slaying +1 damage when attacking giants.
95 Humanoid Slaying +1 damage when attacking humanoids.
96 Monstrosity Slaying +1 damage when attacking monstrosities.
97 Ooze Slaying +1 damage when attacking oozes.
98 Plant Slaying +1 damage when attacking plant creatures.
99 Undead Slaying +1 damage when attacking undead creatures.
100 Extra Slapping Gain the benefits of 5 bracelets by wearing this, not including this bracelet. (Total 6)

39

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Space Shoes
Wondrous item, uncommon (requires
attunement)
This strange footwear has a series of belts and
buckles that strap over your shoes or feet,
securing them in place. Bulky and awkward, they
have magical and mundane parts inside that allow
a creature to jump higher. These shoes have 3
charges of the jump spell, which you can activate
by shouting the command word. The duration of
the spell is extended to 10 minutes. The shoes
regain all expended charges at dawn.
Curse. These shoes are cursed and attuning to
them extends the curse to you. You can’t remove
the shoes unless you are targeted by the remove
curse spell or similar magic. While wearing the
shoes, your Dexterity score is decreased by 2 and
difficult terrain costs four times as much
movement as normal terrain.
Sonic Boots
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
While wearing these boots you can use a bonus
action to take the Dash, Disengage, or Dodge
action on your turn. If you take the Dash action
your base walking speed is quadrupled. While
running like this, you can run up vertical surfaces
or across water as if they were difficult terrain. If
you end your turn or stop as part of your action
while on a vertical surface or on water, you begin
to fall.
Spyff’s Goggles
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
This simple set of eyewear is brimming with
imaginative energy. While looking through them,
you can tap into your imagination to bend the
rules of the world you see.
• You can spend a short rest playing with a
mundane stick or other object that
vaguely resembles a non-magical
weapon. To your eyes, the object then
becomes that weapon and it acts like it to
the outside world, though they see its
true form.
• You can use a bonus action to “augment”
any attack you make with imagination
energy. The attack deals extra damage
40
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
equal to your Charisma modifier. The
damage type can be acid, cold, fire,
lighting, or thunder.
• Once per day you can cast Hallucinatory
Terrain as an action, with a duration of 10
minutes. During that time, the terrain is
completely real to you, so long as you are
looking through the goggles. You cannot
take anything from the imagined space,
but you can move freely through it and
interact with the environment. If the spell
ends while you are in the illusion, and you
are inside a real object’s space, you take
10d10 force damage and are pushed to
the nearest unoccupied space or to where
you cast the spell, whichever is closer. If
you are not inside an object when the
spell ends, the illusion simply collapses
around you.
Curse. While looking through these goggles,
you have disadvantage on Perception and Insight
checks as the world through the goggles is close
to reality but has a surreal twist.
Strategy Guide
Wondrous item, legendary (requires attunement)
During a short rest, you can use this item to see
up to 24 hours in the future. You live out the
potential future day in a matter of seconds, seeing
through your future self’s eyes. After using this
item, you remember the possible future you saw,
including any information gained from your vision.
However, the ghost of a potential future and the
actual future is hard for the mind to reconcile,
imposing Disadvantage on any Intelligence or
Wisdom saving throws you make for the next 24
hours (this penalty is not reflected in your vision
into the future). Once this item has been used, it
cannot be used again for 2d8 days.
 Ultra-Slingshot
Weapon (slingshot), common
This slingshot appears to have been modified by a
mad scientist as it is covered in tubes, wires, and
knobs. When you ready a shot, a small, perfectly
shaped stone, appears with a flash in the pouch.
While aiming, you can turn a small knob with your
Sunglasses of Protection thumb to charge the stone with elemental energy.
Wondrous item, uncommon (requires The stone then deals 1 additional damage of the
attunement) damage type chosen. The damage type can be
These dark sunglasses are charged with magical acid, cold, fire, or lightning.
energy. You gain +1 to your AC as long as you
wear them somewhere on your person.
Additionally, while looking through them, you
have advantage on saving throws against being
blinded. You can use your reaction to flip the
glasses on whenever you’re forced to make a
saving throw of any kind. While looking through
the glasses, you are blind in dim or less light.

Tiger’s Eye
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
A glass tiger’s eye that is brimming with fury. If
you replace one of your own eyes with it, you gain
the following attributes.
• You gain darkvision up to 60 feet, or an
additional 15 feet if you already have
darkvision.
• When making an unarmed attack, your
hands become claws, dealing 2d6 + your
Strength modifier slashing damage. This
attack is considered magical.
• You gain +3 to Stealth checks. Universal Reversal Card
• You can bite a creature, your teeth Wondrous Item, Legendary (required attunement)
extending into long fangs for the duration Whenever a creature targets you with a spell or
of the attack. The attack deals 2d8 + your uses an ability that attempts to copy or steal your
strength modifier piercing damage. This magic, soul, hit points, or otherwise take essential
attack is considered magical. life force or arcane energy from you, you can use
• You have advantage on Intimidation your reaction to activate this card. The effect is
checks. completely reversed, either targeting the attacker
• When fighting felines, lycan felines, or with the spell, bestowing whatever benefit they
other creatures possessing a Tiger’s Eye, wished to receive onto you, or taking their ability
you have advantage on unarmed attacks from them. If you gain an attribute from using this
against them. card, that you would not normally have, you have
the ability or spell for 10 minutes before the
power dissipates. You can only use this item once
before finishing a long rest.

41

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Wide Lens
Wondrous item, very rare (requires attunement)
This pendant resembles a large monocle. The
thick glass circle is enclosed by a thin ring of iron
and hung on a tiny iron chain. It is completely
useless as a looking glass as the beveled glass
distorts the world beyond recognition. Fate,
however, can see just fine though the glass and
opens up more possibilities for the wearer. When
you make an attack roll, you land a critical hit on a
19 or 20; you also have a critical failure on a 1 or a
2.
Curse. This item is cursed. Attuning to it curses
you until you are targeted by the remove curse
spell or similar magic. Removing the item fails to
remove the curse. If you destroy the item you take
10d10 psychic damage and permanently lose sight
in one eye, but the curse is lifted. You can also
remove the curse on yourself by having another
creature attune themselves to the item.
Wind Hook
Wondrous item, rare (requires attunement)
A small wristband with a simple design and a
black square in the center. As a bonus action, you
can shout the command word and a strong black
cable, headed by an obsidian spike, will shoot out
and up to 120 feet. The cable can support and
move weight up to 500 pounds, breaking if used
to move more. Using the command word again
will cause the cable to retract, up to your desired
length, pulling you along with it. In some cases, it
can behave like a ranged weapon. In such cases,
you are proficient with the attack, it deals 1d4
damage on a hit, and is considered magical for the
purposes of overcoming resistances. On a hit, you
can choose to have the item simply attack and
retract or to pierce and remain in the target. If you
attempt to pull an object or enemy towards you, it
must be of your size category or smaller and
within the weight range; you must win a Strength
contest for creatures or a Strength check for
objects (DC 6 for items under 50 pounds, DC 12 for
items over 50 pounds, DC 15 for items over 100
Pounds, DC 18 for items over 200 pounds, DC 22
for items over 400 pounds), if you fail the
Strength check by 5 or more, the cable breaks.
Pulling yourself towards an object requires no
42
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
check but is impossible if it is not a stationary
structure or at least double your own weight. An
Athletics or Acrobatics check may sometimes be
required if using this item for difficult
maneuvering, with the DC decided upon by your
GM when needed, though something as simple as
scaling an average castle wall should be a
relatively low check, if any at all. The cable itself
has an AC of 22 and 1 Hit Point, requiring magical
repair if it is cut or broken.
World Spine
Weapon (Greatsword), very rare (requires
attunement)
This blade more resembles a computer chip than
any actual blade. It is flat, wide, and covered in
circuits. The hilt has a small red orb the holds a
Neutral Good, True Neutral, or Neutral Evil A.I.
construct. The A.I. will only speak to the user and
grant the full powers of this sword to those
whose alignment is in the same family (Neutral)
as its own; otherwise it behaves simply as a +2
weapon.
If the wielder shares the same alignment
family as the weapon, it grants the following
abilities after attuning.
• It is a +3 weapon.
• It offers handy advice when asked. The
advice is from its own perspective and
may not always be the correct advice.
• It will record your most epic moments and
regale others with you amazing deeds. It
will not lie but will embellish the stories.
• When attacking an enemy with corruption,
this sword does double damage.
 Xaber
Weapon (any sword), very rare (requires
attunement)
You gain +2 to attack and damage rolls made with
this weapon. It deals an extra damage dice (based
on the type of sword) of radiant damage. You can
use a bonus action to charge the blade, releasing
a burst of radiant energy the next time you make
an attack roll. Creatures within 5 feet of your
target, including the target but excluding yourself,
must make a Dexterity saving throw (DC 15),
taking 2 damage dice of radiant damage on a
failed save, or half as much on a successful one.
You can use this charge 5 times before finishing a
long rest.
Xarche Edge
Weapon (dagger), rare (base), very rare (super),
legendary (ultra) (requires attunement)
A strange and twisted blade that more resembles
cutlery than a traditional weapon. You gain +1 to
attack and damage rolls made with this magic
weapon.
Additionally, the dagger has 1d10+1 charges of
the Xarche spell embedded in it. Using a bonus
action, you can use the spell against a target
immediately after hitting them with the dagger.
Once the spell uses have been depleted, they
cannot be recovered, though the +1 bonus
remains.
The Super Xarche Edge is a more powerful
form of the original. You gain +2 to attack and
damage rolls made with this weapon. It has
2d10+2 charges of the Xarche spell and the spell
deals double damage to a creature type of your
choice. You can change the type of creature after
finishing a long rest and can choose from:
Celestials, Elementals, Fey, Fiends, or Oozes. Once
the spell uses are depleted, they cannot be
recovered, though the +2 bonus remains
The Ultra Xarche Edge has all the attributes of
the Super variation, has +3 to attacks and damage
rolls, and has 4d10+4 charges of the Xarche spell.
It recovers 1d10 charges at dawn each day. If it
drops to 0 charges, it cannot recover more,
though the +3 bonus remains. You can also
change the selected creature type after finishing a
short rest.
43
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Zoromin’s Unholy Blade
Weapon (short sword), legendary (requires
attunement)
This blade, also known as the Leviathan Slayer
and Wandering Sunblade, is an accursed sword
masquerading as a holy relic.
In a forgotten past, Zoromin existed as a
swirling black titan. Its power was unmatched, and
none could stand against it, not even the gods.
Thus, the powers came together and devised a
way to destroy the being. Slowly, they pulled it
into many planes of existence, splitting its power
into 12 realities. When the bonds between
Zoromin’s selves were split, the gods struck. They
fought each piece of Zoromin, locking the being
into native beasts of the land. In a last attempt at
victory, Zoromin secretly drew a 13 th part of itself
into an average blade, resting on a long plan that
would reawaken its power.
The animals Zoromin was forced into did not
age, they did not die, they grew. Eons passed, and
the animals grew to titanous proportions. Their
bones outgrew their flesh in places, becoming like
a stone carapace. The 12 beasts in 12 realities
sought out barren places or deep forests where
they could rest and grow. Now, after becoming
titans of their own, they wait for Zoromin’s Blade
to release their part of Zoromin’s whole. Once all
13 parts come back together, Zoromin will once
again be reborn in the blade wielder’s body. This
must never happen.
Abilities. While attuned to this weapon, it
grants the following abilities:
• It is a +2 weapon, +3 against Huge or
larger sized creatures.
• When held aloft in sunlight it reflects the
lights in scattered rays. The rays tighten
together into a focused beam when the
sword is facing the nearest living creature
of Huge size or larger, even if the creature
cannot be seen.
• You take half damage from falling.
• If climbing a creature, you have advantage
on all rolls for climbing or holding on to
that creature.
• If the sword spends 1 hour drinking in the
fresh blood of a Huge sized or larger
creature, that the sword assisted in killing,
 it can store the power of that creature
within itself. Once per week, the wielder
can use a bonus action to summon that
power, transforming themselves into the
creature the sword consumed the blood
of, via the polymorph spell. The wielder
can stay in this form for up to 1 minute
after transforming and has access to
every power the creature had, except lair
actions. It takes a bonus action to
transform out of this form.
44
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Sentience. Zoromin’s Unholy Blade is a sentient
neutral evil weapon with an Intelligence of 18, a
Wisdom of 18, and a Charisma of 9. It has hearing
and darkvision out to a range of 120 feet.
The weapon speaks in an ancient language for
which there is no record. It communicates with its
wielder telepathically in 13 different masculine
and feminine voices. It can read magic runes
written in any language, though it may not be able
to tell you the purpose.
Personality. Zoromin is not direct in its ways. It
will often give the wielder just enough truth mixed
with lies to push the wielder towards Zoromin’s
goals of reunion. This is what the blade wants
above all and it does not care who it uses to
accomplish this goal. Zoromin does understand
the importance of keeping its wielder alive and
does not restrict access to information or power if
the wielder takes small detours from Zoromin’s
goals.
Zoromin often presents itself in a very placid
and expressionless manner, making it impossible
to read. This may seem like complete
emotionlessness, but it that is the opposite of
what is happening. Zoromin is engulphed in
hardened hate and rage, the boiling anger
evaporated long ago, leaving nothing but the resin
of fury. Zoromin is cold and direct and will not
suffer an emotional user.
Cursed. This weapon is cursed. Those that
attune to the sword become pale and gaunt. Their
eyes become sunken, hollow, and ringed with
darkness. They have a faint dark aura around
them that makes them appear to be evil, even if
that is not their alignment. This does not affect
the creature’s vitality, just their appearance.

CONSUMABLE MAGIC ITEMS
The following is a list of consumable magic items.
They are typically above and beyond something
you can buy at an average shop. They must be
crafted by specialists, found in the wild, or sold at
specialty shops. They each can be used once,
breaking, emptying, or losing power after their
use. Their cost is a suggestion, and the actual cost
should be determined by supply and the
character’s desire.
1-UP (2,500 gp)
Wondrous item, legendary
A small token with the symbol “+1” inscribed on it.
If a creature dies while this token is on their
person, they are immediately resurrected. They
are brought back with full hit points, all of their
abilities and magic are recovered (as if taking a
long rest), each layer of corruption they had is
removed, and any lingering diseases or statis
effects are removed, and any curses on them are
broken. Another creature can use their action to
use this item on a different creature who has been
dead for 1 minute or less. Once this item has been
used on a creature, they cannot be resurrected by
it again for 1 week.
Air Bubble Gum (10 gp)
Wondrous item, common
A special gum designed to blow miraculous
bubbles. If you spend 1 minute chewing the gum,
you can then use an action to blow a large bubble
that covers your head. It has 10 minutes’ worth of
air and becomes strong enough to withstand
normal movement, go underwater, or survive the
vacuum of space. It pops if you take any damage
other than psychic, or after 10 minutes.
45
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Astro-ration (5 gp, 1 day)
Wondrous item, common
A collection of freeze-dried fruits, meat and
vegetable paste in a tube, compressed water
tablets, and dehydrated ice cream. They are in a
round half-pound pack, the size of an average
apple; capable of resisting extreme heat, cold, and
the vacuum of space. The food does not spoil and
is designed to be eaten in nearly any environment.
Boostshroom (100 gp)
Wondrous item, uncommon
This small mushroom is grown in magically
enchanted soil that gives it amazing properties.
Each one is similar in appearance and there is no
way to determine its exact effects from regular
observation. When consumed, roll on the table to
determine the effect. The mushroom’s effects last
for 1 minute and consuming more than 2 in a day
poisons a creature and instantly drops their hit
points to 0.
d100 Effect
1-5 Your skin becomes hard and metallic colored.
You have a natural AC of 13 and your
movement speed is halved.
6-10 You become invisible
11-20 You gain a fly speed equal to your movement
speed.
21-30 Your attacks deal an extra 1d6 fire damage.
31-45 You gain the “enlarge” effect of the
enlarge/reduce spell.
46-60 You gain the “reduce” effect of the
enlarge/reduce spell.
61-70 You have advantage on Dexterity saving
throws and gain a climbing speed equal to your
movement speed.
71-80 You are healed 2d4 + 2 hit points.
81-90 Your attacks deal an extra 1d6 cold damage.
91-95 The next time an attack would drop you to 0 hit
points but not outright kill you, you instead
drop to 1.
95-97 You are resistant to all damage and shine light
in a 30-foot radius.
98-100 You drop to 0 hit points and begin making
death saving throws.
 B-ug Core (varies)
Wondrous item, varies
Sometimes when a b-ug is killed, they drop a
small, concentrated part of their essence. These
gems are stable corruption energy and looking
inside reveals reflections of what type of b-ug
they came from. They are valued as collectors’
objects, subjects of arcane study, and tools of mad
combatants. A gem is worth gp equal to the b-ug’s
CR times 100 (b-ugz below CR 1 will not produce a
core) and has many possible functions.
When casting a spell, it can be used as any
material component (including items that are not
gems) so long as the gp value is equivalent. If
used for a spell, the gem is consumed (even if the
spell would not normally do this) and the caster
immediately takes one level of corruption.
As an action, a creature can crush the gem,
reviving and commanding the b-ug directly (who
acts on the summoning creature’s turn) until the
start of their next turn. The user then gains one
level of corruption.
If a b-ug comes into contact with a core for a
higher CR b-ug, it can use its action to bond with it,
becoming the b-ug the core dropped originally
came from.
Googly Eyes (25 gp)
Wondrous item, common
This set of comical eyes has a resilient adhesive
on one side that last for 24 hours and can
withstand most environments, including water
and intense heat. When attached to a creature,
that creature gains proficiency in Perception. Once
the adhesive wears off or the eyes are removed,
the eyes lose their effect.
Holo-Decoy (150 gp)
Wondrous item, common
This is a small disc you can adhere to most
surfaces and create a soundless holographic
projection of a creature or object. The projection
can move but can never leave the base. A creature
looking at the projection must touch it or make an
Investigation check (DC 12) to determine that it is a
hologram. The projection lasts for 24 hours, after
which the device shorts out and is unusable.
Hyper Water (100 gp)
Potion, common
This brown water is made by highly skilled
alchemists who roast rare beans and somehow
create a non-magical concoction that can boost
even the most mundane people. When you drink
this liquid, you can instantly use one hit die to
recover hit points equal to your roll. Additionally,
you can ignore the effects of your highest level of
exhaustion for 8 hours, excluding death. However,
this concoction does not use magic, simply
boosting your natural restorative ability. Because
of this, you can only benefit from two uses before
finishing a long rest. Additionally, the creation
must be fresh, created within 7 days of
consumption or properly canned, to be effective.

Hairspray (10 gp)

Wondrous item, common
This small can of sticky mist can be used to keep
your hair in amazing shapes for a long time. It
takes one minute to apply it and can only be used
on medium to long hair. Afterword, you receive a
+1 bonus to all Charisma based checks for the
next 8 hours.

46

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Hyper Water Concentrate (250 gp)
Potion, uncommon
This is a distilled and concentrated version of
Hyper Water. When you drink this liquid, you can
instantly spend two hit die to recover hit points
equal to your roll. Like regular Hyper Water, this
only augments your natural healing ability.
Additionally, you can ignore the effects of your
two highest levels of exhaustion for 8 hours,
excluding death. However, due to its concentrated
nature, you can only benefit from this water once
before finishing a long rest. Additionally, this
concentration will stay fresh for 30 days before
becoming ineffective.
Pack of Slap Bracelets (100 gp)
Wondrous item, common
A small foil sleeve containing 4 random common
slap bracelets and 1 rare or ultra-rare bracelet. (5
total). When a character opens this item, roll 5
times on the Slap Bracelets of Power table. The
final roll will always be the rare or ultra-rare
bracelet. Roll a d20, if it is 1-15, the bracelet is rare;
16-20 will give the owner an ultra-rare bracelet.
Rare bracelets have some silver or gold
highlights along their face. They have the abilities
of two bracelets, rolled into one. Roll once again
on the Slap Bracelets of Power table to determine
what additional abilities this bracelet has. For
example, a rare Slap Bracelet of Fire Power and
Plant Slaying would grant +1 fire damage to fire-
based attacks and +1 to damage against plant
creatures.
Ultra-rare bracelets have holographic versions
of their art that shimmer in the light. They have
the abilities of two bracelets and double their
power. For example, an ultra-rare Slap Bracelet of
Fire Power and Plant Slaying would grant +2 fire
damage to fire-based attacks and +2 to damage
against plant creatures.
Pixie Sugar (25 gp)
Wondrous item, common
This small tube of sugar has been enchanted with
fey magic for rapid absorption. Consuming this
small pack of sugar crystals will negate the
effects of your highest level of exhaustion and
allow you to take two reactions per round, for 1
47
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
minute. Using this more than once in 24 hours will
cause you to gain another level of exhaustion
once the effect wears off.
Potion Diffuser (10 – 500 gp based upon
the rarity of the potion)
Wondrous item, common
This special nozzle can be attached to the top of a
potion as an action, causing the potion to spray
out in a fine mist. All creatures within 15 feet of
the potion gain some of the potion’s effects,
though the efficacy is reduced. The duration,
healing, or damage is divided by the number of
creatures in range and split equally among them
(rounded down to the nearest number or 5-
minute increment.).
For example. If using a common healing potion
with 3 creatures in range, and the total healing
was 7, each creature would be healed 2 hit points.
If using a potion with a duration of 1 hour, each
creature would be under the effects of the potion
for 20 minutes.
This does not change the DC of a potion and
potions without a direct healing effect, damaging
effect, or duration (such as a potion that grants a
wish spell or permanent ability changes) simply
fail if used with this item.
Power Pill (100 gp)
Wondrous item, uncommon
A small yellow capsule designed to assist in
fighting undead creatures. As a bonus action, a
living creature can consume the pellet, granting
them resistance to all non-magical damage dealt
by undead creatures. The effects last for 1 minute
and only a single capsule can be consumed before
finishing a long rest.
Spooky Snack (20 gp)
Wondrous item, common
A small, ghost-shaped cookie imbued with the
essence of courage and curiosity. As a bonus
action, a creature can eat one and, for the next
minute, has advantage on saving throws to resist
fear effects, has advantage on Insight and
Investigation checks, and advantage on Perception
checks that rely on smell. The snacks cause
extreme hunger though, requiring a creature to
 eat and drink double the normal amount they
normally would before finishing a long rest, or
they wake from the rest with a level of
exhaustion. The benefits of the snack can only be
gained once before finishing a long rest.
Sticker of Enchantment (+1, 25 gp; +2, 100
gp; +3, 500 gp)
Wondrous item, varies
Stickers of various colorful designs that shimmer
with magical energy. As a bonus action they can
be placed on any mundane weapon, shield, or
armor set to grant a bonus to attack and damage
rolls or AC, depending on the item, for the
duration. The item gains its bonuses and is
considered magical for 1 minute, after which time
the effect wears off. The stickers are permanent
and cannot be removed by anything less than a
wish spell. The stickers are ineffective on any item
that has 5 or more of these stickers on them.
Placing a sticker on an item that is already
magical has no effect, even if the magical effect of
the sticker is stronger than the magical item’s or
the magical item does not grant bonuses to
attack, damage, or AC.
48
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Valhallan Spray Paint (200 gp)
Wondrous item, rare
This can of spray paint has the distilled will of the
great champions of Valhalla mixed into it. A
creature can use an action to spray it on
themselves and be imbued with the power of
legends. Until the end of their next turn, every
attack roll, saving throw, or ability check the
painted creature makes is made with advantage.
Unfortunately, the will of such fables overwhelms
most mortals. After 1 minute, the painted creature
drops to 0 hit points and falls unconscious. For
the next 24 hours, all saving throws, including
death saving throws, are made at disadvantage.
Vid Disc (1 - 50 gp)
Wondrous Item, common - rare
A small disc that contains a holo-video on it. The
video can be watched during a long rest or a short
rest that lasts a minimum of 2 hours. After the
rest ends, 2d4 creatures who watched the video
gain inspiration or the use of a cliché (GM’s choice)
for the next 12 hours. At the discretion of the GM,
there may be limited cliché’s available, based
upon the type of video in the disc. Though the
video can be watched many times, the bonus is
only granted upon the first viewing.
GOLD AND TREASURES
In the Retroverse, not all things can be distilled
down to simple gold, tickets, or credits. Some
things are more valuable than the sum of their
parts. A plastic figurine, given enough rarity, can
be worth the entire output of a small nation,
provided you can find a buyer. Some adventurers
start their careers as simple collectors but quickly
find the rush of holding an ancient foil card too
wonderful to stop.
Due to the ever-changing nature of the
Retroverse, relics from many different realities
find their way in. Some are so rare in their own
world that even having a single one in the
Retroverse is nothing short of a miracle.
 TYPES OF TREASURES
Like everything else, rai very wildly. Rarity Value

Treasure within the Retroverse comes in several Common 10 gp

different types that scale in cost based on the Uncommon 50 gp
rarity of the item. Rare 100 gp
Very Rare 500 gp
Small Collectables Legendary 1,000 gp
This includes, but is not limited to, trading cards,
Signed 5,000 gp
milk caps, special coins, tops, marbles, tickets, and
One-of-a-kind 10,000 gp
stamps. Their value depends on their rarity.

Rarity Value Media

Common 1 gp
This includes, but is not limited to cassettes,
records, CDs, movies, books, magazines, posters,
Uncommon 5 gp
and games. Their value depends on their rarity.
Rare 10 gp
Very Rare 50 gp Rarity Value
Legendary 100 gp Common 5 gp
Signed 500 gp Uncommon 25 gp
One-of-a-kind 1,000 gp Rare 500 gp
Very Rare 2,500 gp
Large Collectables Legendary 5,000 gp
This includes, but is not limited to, figurines, Signed 10,000 gp
costumes, displays, block sets, and game systems.
One-of-a-kind 25,000 gp
Their value depends upon their rarity.

49

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


ANIMATRONIC HORRORS
At one time these wretched things entertained
young children and inebriated adults. They had
smiling faces, jerky excited movements, and songs
galore. But age and evil intentions have mutated
them into nightmarish beings of mold and metal.
Their toothy grins have stretched back, exposing
permanent aggression. Their jovial eyes have
gone dead, hanging lifelessly in mechanical
sockets. Regardless of their origins, these
machines are now nothing more than suits of
destruction.
Power Armor. Evil creatures have an unnatural
fondness for these machines. Having a metal
skeleton already prepared, they set to work
augmenting them. With a few modifications to
the original design, they are able to turn a once
beautiful thing into a golem or mech suit for
themselves. Small creatures can crawl inside of
50
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
one they have worked on and pilot it like power
armor. Larger evil creatures give the Animatronic
Horror a bit of autonomy, usually placing them as
a guardian or trap.
Packs a Punch. Animatronic horrors may look
flimsy or degraded, but their core is terrifyingly
strong. Just one has the power to devastate an
unsuspecting party. Thankfully, the parts needed
to create one are few and far between, making
groups of them a rare sight. Should a group come
together, great bloodshed is an assured outcome.
Nightmares. On occasion, the ill intent and evil
around one of these creations will infuse it with a
will of its own. It will wait until a creature
attempts to pilot them and the slaughter the pilot.
It begins lo feed off their life force but will soon
grow hungry for more. Its twisted intent warps
the body, covering it in shadows and suffusing
 organic claws and teeth into its design.
Animatronic nightmares are terribly destructive
and aptly named.
Nightmares. On occasion, the ill intent and evil
around one of these creations will infuse it with a
will of its own. It will wait until a creature
attempts to pilot them and the slaughter the pilot.
It begins lo feed off their life force but will soon
grow hungry for more. Its twisted intent warps
the body, covering it in shadows and suffusing
organic claws and teeth into its design.
Animatronic nightmares are terribly destructive
and aptly named.
51
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
ARCADE MIMIC
A peculiar mimic variant that has found a way to
exist in the outside world, turning their back on
the cold corridors of depilated dungeons and
rotting ruins. By harnessing the power of
electricity, either through a regular power system
or by internal storage, they are able to project
many forms of entertainment on their screens. A
weak telepathic field helps them to create what
creatures around them would find most
appealing. Though they primarily target
humanoids, they have been known to create novel
games for creatures who would normally not be
attracted to such a thing. More than a few
foolhardy game designers have sought to
examine and replicate the games within an arcade
mimic, only to become food for the creatures
themselves.
Brain Food. Arcade mimics drain the life force
of any creatures who play them. Though they will
eventually eat their target for nourishment, this
mental energy is a high priority to them. They will
use the consumed brainwaves to create more
compelling, realistic, and mind-bending games. A
young arcade mimic may only be able to create 8-
bit games or grainy video while one who has
devoured the minds of many targets can create
virtual reality simulations that are nearly
indistinguishable from real life. In most cases,
victims of arcade mimics die quite happy.
Huge Variant
Some arcade mimics become powerful enough to
become host to many games at once or to create
massive multiplayer stations. They have a
challenge rating of 5 (1,800 XP) and the following
traits:
They are Huge sized
Their HP is 110 (13d12 + 26)
Their AC is 15 (natural armor)
Their Alluring Screen ability has a DC of 14 and
can charm up to 4 creatures at once.
 52

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 AIMI’S CLAW Undead Nature. Aimi’s Claw does not require
Once the hand of a great vanquisher of evil, this air, food, drink, or sleep.
undead claw now hunts down those who seek to
gain its previous owner’s power. A dark spirit
infiltrated this hand, forcing the owner to brutally
remove it before the unholy infection spread. In
the years since its separation it has festered in evil
and slowly transformed into something utterly
horrific. It lies dormant, waiting for the pulse of
energy signaling the discovery of its brother hand.
Aricniclaw. Aimi’s Claw has sprouted several
additional fingers and spikes that aid it in attacking
and traversal. The bones in the wrist have also
sprouted and grown into a long stinger. It attacks
relentlessly with everything it has, often going for
the face to blind or disable a target. It is fond of
hiding in small corners or boxes and then
surprising its target with a lunging embrace of
spines.
Soul Drive. The evil spirit infecting the claw has
long since lost the memory of its purpose. It only
remembers its unending hate for its original
owner. Once someone attunes to Aimi’s
Chainblade Hand it will begin to hunt them down
relentlessly. I fit finds the target, it will wait to
attack them until the most opportune moment.
Once it has killed its target it will simply leave the
body and Aimi’s Chainblade Hand and go to rest in
hiding until the item is attuned to another
creature.

53

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 B-UGZ Incurable. B-ugz are corruption incarnate. It is
Glitch, errors, mistakes in a corporal form. impossible to separate the corruption from the
Sometimes the swirling infinity that is the beings without completely eradicating them.
Retroverse intersects with other realities, or even Unlike other creatures, they cannot gain new
itself, and these aberrations are spawned. layers of corruption. The layers of corruption they
Mistakes of creation, they serve only to spread are considered to have from creation is equal to
their corruption to others. To them, average life is their CR + 1 (with less than CR 1 b-ugz having 2
the corruption and they have an undeniable need total). If these layers are cured or removed, the b-
to fix it. They will not stop until they are ugz simply cease to exist, disappearing in a fog of
destroyed. static. More powerful b-ugz are often immune to
The Bigger They Are. B-ugz come in many this effect, requiring eradication by traditional
different shapes and sizes. Though they all have a means.
slightly insectoid nature, they can vary wildly. The
size and strength of the bug is determined by the
severity of the dimension shearing that created
them. Most times they are small nuisances that
even normal townsfolk can deal with. However,
there are tales of b-ugz powerful enough to
challenge the gods. Such a being could mean the
end of an entire reality if it truly existed.
Viral. B-ugz want nothing more than to spread
their corruption into the world around them. They
desire to see an entire dimension consumed in the
same illogical processes that fuel them. They
attack in packs but do not seem to hold any
authority over one another. Many bold wizards
have tried to contain and control the b-ugz. These
fools have always been attacked by their captives,
becoming so corrupted that they simply fade
away.

54

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 55

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 56

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 57

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 58

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 59

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 60

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 61

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 62

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 63

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 64

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 65

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 66

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 67

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 68

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 CHEEZER'S HEAD
This large head once served as a calling card for
the Drunk-E-Cheezers line of restaurants. Now it
serves as a deity, presiding over the last
remaining Drunk-E-Cheezers establishments. In
truth, this is only a mere shell of the mighty
Cheezers, but the power this shell can create is
enough for lesser beings to worship the head. No
one knows who came first though. Did the
worship of a strange mascot spawn the powerful
god Cheezers? Or did the divine use subtle
influence to have constructs built in their image?
Electric Breath. Like a dragon, the Cheezers
Head can gather energy and fire a bolt of
electricity. This power comes from the Cheezers
deity, as this frail form could never amass that
kind of energy. The distinction is lost on most
adventurers though, as all they see is a maw filled
with lightning. Worshipers of Cheezers consider
dying to this blast to be the most divine act of
cleansing.
Hoofs. The head itself is mostly immobile,
being only able to swivel and pivot in place. So,
two massive hoofs, an extension of Cheeser's
retribution, are on ramshackle wheels. They chase
the unworthy and slam down on them with
reckless strength. As they are an extension of an
extension, they lose power if the get too far away
from the head.

CHEEZERS TRUE
With the full weight of children’s imaginations and
corporate capital behind them, Cheezers (True) is
a force to be reckoned with. It is unknown if this
truly is the final form of Cheezers, though it is
unlikely. So long as the mascot lives in the hearts
and minds of children and the faithful, Cheezers
will be beyond death. Anyone who can kill this
avatar, however, will cause quite a blow to the
corporation. And to children’s hearts everywhere.

69

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 70

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 CHROME OOZE
A highly reflective ooze the prefers to hide in
brightly lit areas. It spreads itself thin on metal
surfaces to blend in, favoring building fixtures or
clean weapons. This disguise can sometimes
backfire if it chooses and area full of rusty metal,
making the item it coats stand out like a shiny
sore thumb.
Clever Guard. Powerful beings will often hide
many of these shiny slimes into their homes or
dungeons. Having them cover magical relics,
become mirrors in their bed chambers, or even
delicate trim on a painting. The ooze will wait
patiently until called upon and swarm the
intruders. Some may even command the ooze to
cover their bodies, bestowing their magical
resilience onto the wearer.
Magic Reflection. Examining the ooze closely
will reveal sparkling, magic-infused diamond dust
flowing throughout its form. This glittering
substance defends the ooze against most magical
attacks. It also gets on everything it touches and is
nearly impossible to remove, due to its resistance
to even magical cleaning.

71

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 and more resilient, but also noisier. This is
CYBLIGHT compounded by the hivemind’s ability to stay
linked, even across the barriers of dimensions.
The Cyblight is and are a technological infection
What one drone learns, a warrior in another time
that is futile to resist. As soon as it gains a
and galaxy can also know. It allows the Cyblight to
foothold in a reality, it must be relentlessly
stay contiguous across all realities with no
purged, down to the last drone. If the infection is
noticeable variation.
allowed to spread, it can take over an entire plane
The full power of this hivemind and its
of existence. Each new infected will immediately
innerworkings is not understood. It is speculated
fall under control of the hive mind and work
that the Cyblight use each brain as a
relentlessly to further the reach of the Cyblight.
supercomputer, pushing every brain to their peak
The only purpose the Cyblight seems to have is to
capacity to achieve reality bending tasks.
spread their infection, but those that have studied
Consciousness is spread among this sea and
the phenomenon have theorized that they are
millions of minds can work on the same issue at
actually following the well calculated instructions
once, making a single Cyblight potentially more
of a single mind. Whether a single commanding
capable than the most advanced computing
consciousness, a nirvana of all minds, or a lone
technology available in a single reality.
drone, the Cyblight is a threat to all living things.
Mechanical Matriarchy. Though the Cyblight
Nano-Infection. The Cyblight spread their
are a hivemind, they have long since grown
infection directly, forcing it into another
beyond a point where that was beneficial to
organism’s blood. Tiny nano-bots are injected into
expansion. With unlimited consciousness, came
the body and, within seconds, take control. Any
unlimited noise. With noise, came disorder. With
living creature can be infected and even the
disorder, came death. For this reason, the first
recently deceased can be brought back into
Krige, a Cyblight Queen, was created. She brought
servitude. Though the Cyblight can infect
harmony to the disorder and has been known to
creatures of any size or shape, they seem to
speak directly for the Cyblight on occasion. She is
prefer intelligent humanoids as they adapt more
not a leader, merely a channeler of the Cyblight
easily to the transformation process.
hivemind. She understands the ebbs and flows of
The recently infected lack the ability to spread
billions of linked minds and works to direct the
the infection themselves and are little more than
energy towards goals that benefit the collective.
obedient automatons. The Cyblight will command
To the casual observer though, she appears to be
the recently infected to go to the nearest Cyblight
the Cyblight Queen, general, and mother.
base, a den of stolen and adapted technology, to
If a Krige should perish, the Cyblight will go into
undergo a transformation. Based on their abilities
a temporary state of disarray. Within hours
before the infection, they may be changed into a
though, a new Krige is created, seamlessly
Drone, Warrior, Elite, or something far worse.
replacing the previous one. It is unknown if the
Once this transformation is complete, it is almost
new Krige is a truly original being or if the original
impossible to save the infected, even with
Krige’s consciousness is simply inhabiting the new
powerful magics.
body. The Krige is almost always a female of
This infection takes over the host’s mind and
remarkable intelligence; this habit is thought to
body completely after 1 week. It is considered a
stem from the absorption of several insectoid
disease and can be cured by disease ending
colony species early in the Cyblight’s existence.
effects or spells during this week. After which
Cyber Undeath. Fully converted Cyblight do not
time, removing the link and curing the infection
require air, food, drink, and can survive in
requires more drastic measures.
extremely hazardous conditions with no ill effects.
Hivemind. The Cyblight is a hivemind of
Instead of sleep, they require four hours of
consciousness, the minds of those infected being
charging at a Cyblight base or with an auxiliary
stored in the collective intelligence of the Cyblight.
power supply. They suffer a level of exhaustion
With each new infection, the mind grows smarter

72

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 CYBLIGHT INFECTED
The recently infected are little more than zombies.
They pose almost no threat to non-hostile
creatures and will only attack if it is beneficial for
the Cyblight collective. Since the Cyblight are so
large, it is unlikely that the killing of a single
infected will even be noticed. However, if
threatened, they will use any power at their
disposal to defend themselves, other Cyblight, or
their objective. While doing this, they are almost
as capable as they were before the infection
though they may have lost the link to their deity,
patron, powerful virtues, or lose the dexterity
needed for some spells.
The infected are not fully converted to the
collective as soon as they are infected and may be
for every 24-hour period they are not able to able to rebel against it for a short time. After a
charge. If they spend 24 hours charging, they week though, or after their full transformation,
recover from all levels of they will succumb completely to the hivemind. To
exhaustion, sometimes become a full member of the Cyblight they must
including death make it to a Cyblight base and spend one week
brought on by undergoing the transformation process,
exhaustion. Though permanently changing it into any number of
they share many traits horrors. Infected can spend several years on this
with undead, quest to a base and will not let anything stand in
they are not their way.
technically Any living creature (and some non-living) can
undead be infected. When this happens, simply use their
creatures. natural stat block. Their body only slightly
changes, such as their eyes gaining distinct green
shades or their body being covered in subdermal
robotic latticework, while their allegiance shifts
completely to serving the hivemind.

CYBLIGHT DRONE
Cyblight drones make up the bulk of the collective.
They are slow-moving automatons that serve a
handful of purposes. Despite their grotesque
appearance, they do not engage in violence
regularly. When they are called to action, they use
their tools to gruesomely kill opponents and then
infect them with the nano-machines. What they
lack in offensive capabilities, they make up with
sheer numbers. Once a horde of drones begins
shambling towards you, the best option is to flee.

73

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 74

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 CYBLIGHT WARRIOR
Armed with edged weapons, laser projectiles, and
energy shields, the cyblight warriors are a force to
be reckoned with. Like the drones, they make up
for any weaknesses with sheer mass of numbers.
Unlike the drones, the warriors can be swift and
deadly. They typically do not have quite the
mobility they had before becoming infected, but
they compensate by becoming terribly resilient. A
handful of cyblight warriors is enough to decimate
most small villages or outposts.

CYBLIGHT ELITE
The cyblight elite guard the inner sanctums of the
Krige or are sent as shock troops into areas of
heavy resistance. They are masters of combat and
are armed to the teeth with augmentations meant
to slaughter quickly and efferently. They have
access to small dimensional portals that allow
them to pull weapons, ammo, resources, and any
number of surprises from the Cyblight armory.
They are intelligent and massive, chosen from the
crème of those assimilated. Even a single elite is
enough to ravage militias and well-trained
platoons.

75

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Hard Head. These creatures are extremely
DINOSAURS stubborn, giving into a competitor only when
mortally wounded. If they find an object they
Dinosaurs in the Retroverse did not evolve in the
cannot move, they will remember it, coming back
same way as most realities. Due to the nature of
to try their growing strength against it
glitching, magic, and time altering effects of the
occasionally. This process may happen for years
plane, they have developed many strange
and seems to be an indicator for how large the
features that would not have come around
creature will become. Given enough time, the
naturally.
ankylobuto will grow strong enough to best
ANKYLOBUTO anything it has imprinted on, the upper bounds of
Ankylobuto are brutish herbivores that see this power being something few are willing to test.
anything standing in their way as a challenge to
be overcome. As they grow, they test themselves
against whatever might be stronger than them.
This begins against their siblings or small trees
but can eventually lead to testing against
buildings or even dragons. They do not typically
kill the beasts they fight against, instead
preferring to simply show dominance and drive
them away. This has led to many animals
instinctively avoiding ankylobuto, making the
dinosaurs’ stomping grounds relatively free of
predators.
Hard Shell. The ankylobuto have a tough outer
shell with a large set of horns on their head. The
shells hide a large set of wings that will propel
them in the air for a short time but are not large
enough to sustain long flight. Their face and leg
armor are made from the same polished
carapace, making it nearly impossible for edged
weapons or teeth to find purchase. A long
hammer-shaped tail serves as their last
defense as they can quickly spin
their whole body, transferring
all their momentum for a
crushing
blow.

76

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 ANKYLOTAUR
A gentle herbivore, so long as there are no
hunters within its territory. This beast has a sixth
sense that allows it to detect the fear, bloodshed,
and hunger created by a hunter and their prey.
Large predators will often stay clear of an
ankylotaur’s domain, allowing the peaceful
herbivores and meek scavengers to thrive. This
can sometimes create a lush bubble of prey that
pops when the ankylotaur dies, resulting in a
predatory bloodbath. Thankfully, ankylotaur have
a lengthy lifespan and tend to live in small groups.
Hunting Hunters. Ankylotaur do not kill hunters
on sight, only when they can detect the distinct
feelings of a hunt. They will seek out the hunter,
even if it is predator vs predator, and do
everything they can to slaughter them. If the role
of hunter in a situation is unclear, the ankylotaur
will not hesitate to kill them both. Only when the
feeling of the hunt is gone from their territory, will
they resume their peaceful nature. It goes without
saying; hunting an ankylotaur is an unwise thing
to do.

77

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 ARROWDACTYL
An ancient relative of the mighty phoenix, this
flying menace has a nasty habit of setting itself
ablaze. It also has a long-horned beak, perfectly
shaped for piercing through thick foliage or water
to spear large prey. Few people targeted by this
awful creature have lived to tell about it.
Fire Scales. The scales of this pterosaur are
covered in a thin sheen of flammable fluid
which it can ignite with a small spark gland
near its beak. Its scales and flesh are highly
resistant to fire, and it can say lit until
the fluid has all burned away, with no
ill effects. It lacks the amazing
regenerative powers of the phoenix
but the few survivors of arrowdactyl
attacks say the dinosaur seemed
to heal any wounds while alight.

78

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 BEE-REX horrifying type of honey. Referred to as blood
A fusion of bee resilience and tyrannosaurus honey, it’s deep red, tastes vaguely of iron and is
strength; these creatures create massive, miles- made when a bee-rex consumes meat. A special
long hives and can take down whole kingdoms if digestive system can dissolve a creature entirely;
given the chance. Created as an attempt to imbue mixing with saliva-like substances, then the bee-
bees with greater resilience, the experiments rex is able to regurgitate Blood Honey for itself or
quickly took over, backfiring in the worst way others to consume at a later date. A hive can
possible. They spread out from captivity, began create gallons daily, if given enough raw material
breeding, and are now simply part of the world. to process. Though disgusting in origin, it has
Beehave. Thanks to millions of years of great healing properties and is highly sought after
perfectly refining bee society, the bee-rex by necromancers for the energy wrapped in it.
creations were able to very quickly establish a
collective hierarchy. Unlike regular bees, the
queen, called the bee-rex empress, directly reigns
over the rest of the hive, sometimes by force. Bee-
rex are exceedingly short tempered, resulting in
frequent conflict in the hive. If enough negative
energy builds up in a hive, the bee-bex may turn
on the empress, overwhelming them and making
blood honey from their carcass.
Blood Honey. It is unlikely even a single bee-rex
could be sustained by the nectar from a flower
field, much less an entire hive. To this end, bee-rex
have adapted their carnivorous appetite to make a

79

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 80

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 BEE-REX EMPRESS
The massive ruler of bee-rex, the most powerful
empresses often contend for the mantle of the
Retroverse’s most dangerous titan. They are not
content to sit in the back and create more drones,
often striding out to defend their hive personally.
Their buzzing is a reality crackling roar that sends
even dragons running in fear. Though they
command vast platoons of bee-rex, they are the
real danger of any hive, a true army of one.
81
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Honey Hungry. A bee-rex empress never stops
growing from the second they are chosen to lead.
Every year, they will molt their scaly and fuzzy
shell, consuming it as their new skin hardens. As
they grow more powerful, their hunger grows
even greater. They will, in turn, create more bee-
rex drones to send into the world, hunting down
more living creatures, creating more blood honey,
and continuing this cycle. The empress’ shed skin
is of special interest to some scholars, as it seems
to have enough latent life energy that it should be
capable of autonomy if not consumed by the
empress.
 Queen Bee. There is an insectoid intelligence in
the empress. They are able to plan and strategize
as well as an average human. While not difficult
to outthink for more experienced generals, the
sheer size and power of a bee-rex hive makes
direct battle with them a bloody task. Histories
show instances of hiveborn riding bee-rex into
battle, a deadly alliance that other species have
had limited success in achieving. What exactly the
hiveborn and bee-rex hives could offer each other
to force such cooperation is a closely guarded
hiveborn secret.

82

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 83

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 CHAINSAWRUS
This strange raptor-like creature has adapted a
mechanical idea into a biological advantage. They
have a series of spines on their head that spin on
a line of flexible cartilage. The cartilage quickly
connects or disconnects in dozens of spots,
allowing the chainsawrus to open and close its
mouth easily. The dinosaur has a small magnetic
ball near the back of its skull which it can charge
at will, activating the slim iron plates in the saw
cartilage. When it does this, the spines rotate
rapidly around the head, creating an organic
chainsaw like effect and a distinctive whine.
Recharge. The energy and iron required to
sustain this ability is massive, making the
chainsawrus a voracious hunter. They will hunt
creatures to extinction if given the chance. When
no other creatures are around to eat, they will
turn on their own kind rapidly.

84

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 COCKAT-REX
A huge and deadly hunter; distant cousin to the
cockatrice. This beast roams the land, petrifying
prey and chomping stone and bones. It is fast,
cunning, and the very definition of an apex
predator.
Even a Scratch. The cockat-rex has the ability
to turn an opponent into stone with the slightest
scratch. It has thick spines guarding its neck and
back, a set of sharp thorns on its tail, and
hundreds of hair-like barbs covering its flesh. Any
one of it claws, barbs, spines, thorns, or teeth can
cause the petrifying effect to set in. Once a target
has been turned, this dinosaur will feast on the
stone carapace until it reaches the bloody center.
It has no trouble crunching massive amounts of
rock and dirt in its powerful jaws.

85

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 DISPLACEIOSAUR
An underwater hunter that kills most of its prey
before the victim even knows the dinosaur was
there. These cruel beasts stalk sea waters with a
rapid viciousness that seems to know no bounds.
They have developed a form of illusion magic that
allows them to appear in multiple places at once
or to be more than one creature. They use this
advantage to singlehandedly swarm other
creatures, disorienting them before going in for
the kill. Sometimes this is for food, many times it
is for fun.
Refracted Lights. The body of a displaceiosaur
is riddled with shiny and slightly magical scales.
These scales bend and distort light that hits the
creature, making it nearly impossible to detect
their true location by sight alone. When
threatened, it can activate the latent magic in the
scales to create duplicates of itself or to disappear
completely. These scales are highly sought after
by illusionists.
Stingers. As an added insult, these creatures
have developed stinging tentacles that can stun
its prey, leaving them dead in the water. If the
victim was a particularly hard one to subdue, the
displaceiosaur will often swim
around the stunned target,
gloating in its way
before
going in for
the kill.

86

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 DONAMIMUS
This creature has a strange set of hollow horns
with highly complex muscles inside. By pushing
air through the horns, they can recreate any
sound they have heard, including speech. They can
use this ability to scare or trick predators or to
lure their own prey in. They can also create
beautiful and haunting melodies, often as a
mating call and also as a form of speech between
themselves. If traveling in dinosaur country, be
wary of soft giggles and soft harmonies.
Dino-musicians. Donamimus are so adept at
creating music that they can use it in much the
same way a bard can. They can encourage allies
and weaken foes with their soulful tones or
righteous beats. While they do not have the ability
to cast spells, their music is a type of wondrous
magic all its own. They are hunted viciously, their
young ones being highly prized as pets to be
trained for the delight of high society.

87

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 GRAVISAURUS
This beast is covered in small stones and hard
crystals, making it resilient to both swords and
sorcery. Its head and face are encased in a
sweeping solid stone and bone fusion. The
composite is inlaid with naturally occurring runes
that allow it to slightly distort gravity on itself.
Using this ability, it can smash against foes with
several times the force it would normally be able
to.
Natural Runes. The magical marking on its
head plate is a natural occurrence. They are not
born with them, but they develop over time
without any aid from the dinosaur or outside
forces. For this reason, and due to their organic
stone appearance, it is speculated that these were
originally offspring of one of Zoromin’s beasts.
How such a being was able to mate is unclear but
the resemblance to the much larger beings is
uncanny.

88

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


MAGNETADON
This dinosaur is relatively vulnerable compared to
other species like it. It has soft pliable skin and no
strong horn, claws, or sharp teeth. It makes up for
this by creating a small but strong magnetic field
around itself, gathering rocks and minerals to use
89
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
as weapons and armor. Some stones, having been
pressed against the flesh for so long, fuse with
the skin and give the magnetadon a protective
carapace. Older magnetadons have collected
multicolored rocks and crystals from throughout
their life and are beautifully vibrant.
Headstrong. The one natural protection it has, a
highly evolved magnetic tooth that acts like a
bone plate on its head, prevents horns and such
from becoming permanent. This is not a problem
as the magnetic field is strongest in the skull,
allowing the magnetadon to quickly cobble
together offensive or defensive headgear. What
the magentadon assembles on its head depends
on what materials are available and can vary from
a few simple horns to a large plow. Once they are
done with the stones, they will drop them,
creating a small, magnetized lump.
Magentadon. This rare variant has infused
itself with so many gems and bits of magical
equipment, it has begun to glow a faint purple
hue. It gains the Magic Resistance ability which
gives it advantage on saving throws against spells
and other magical effects. This increases its CR to
8 (3,900 XP).
 PIRANHADON
This water-dwelling dinosaur has adapted to hunt
both in and out of water. A vicious bite and a set
of gills allows it to hide in the water until the time
is right. A miniscule dinosaur, they tend to hunt in
small packs of six or more. Once they kill a
creature, they drag it underwater and pick it to the
bone within minutes.
They are excellent swimmers and capable land
striders. Their skin coloration is great for hiding
underwater but tends to make them stand out
while hunting on land. Just because you can see
them, does not mean you are safe.

90

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 VELOCILISK
Named because of its resemblance to another
mythical creature, the Velocilisk is more closely
related to arachnids than stone-turning lizards. It
is extremely rare to see one fully exposed and the
monstrous visage does shock some into a
paralyzed state, though this is a side effect of
their terrible form, not an inlaid ability.
Trappers. Velocilisks use their powerful arms
to claw into most anything, allowing them to
climb up sheer walls or even upside down. Their
claws are made of a metal and bone composite
that can sheer into solid stone and they use this to
their advantage. They will find an ideal hunting
spot and then begin digging into the stone,
creating a small burrow trap. When unsuspecting
prey comes by, they lash out with their six arms
and strong jaw to drag the creature inside the
trap. Once there, it is a quick job to slaughter they
prey in the confined burrow. They will gorge
themselves and then move on to make a new
trap.

91

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 WASPINOSAURUS
Vicious predators that revel in pain, inflicting as
much of it as possible in their lives as they can.
They are extremely aggressive, attacking almost
anything they see without provocation. While this
strategy often gets them injured, evolution has
spun this in their favor, giving them the tools
needed to create and survive an onslaught.
Rage Dinosaur. The aggression of a
waspinosaurus is something that is well known
but little understood. Studies of their habitats and
eating habits suggest that they enjoy striking fear
or pain in other creatures, including their own.
There is a brutality to waspinosaurus life that
begins immediately after hatching and continues
to death. Some have theorized that
waspinosaurus derive some sort of essential
sustenance from the misery around them, which
would explain why they often make their homes
near war fields or even portals to hellish
dimensions.
No Mercy. There is no structure to a
waspinosaurus family. After laying eggs, a mother
will watch over them just long enough for them to
hatch. The mother will typically allow the
hatchlings to fully emerge from their shells
before trying to consume them; an act that
almost flirts with kindness for their species. The
ones she devours serve
as distraction while the
others flee, starting the
cycle anew.

92

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 YGGDRASAUR
A massive dinosaur who can grow large enough
to support forests, villages, and even cities on its
back. It slowly traverses the land, seeming to
wander randomly but following some sort of
higher instinct. Infant yggdrasaurs are large
enough to grow a small grove on their backs and
some religions claim the entire world rests on the
shoulders of an ancient yggdrasaur. So much of
what is understood about the yggdrasaurs is
wrapped up in mythology and religious doctrine
that it is impossible to parse out the facts about
the creatures. They are mortal, but their sheer
incomprehensible size makes them
indistinguishable from gods to some.
Always Moving. Yggdrasaurs never stop their
slow plodding path. It may take them a day to
make it a mile or less. When threatened, an
amazing feat to accomplish, they can move quite
rapidly and the destruction this causes is
considered a natural disaster. Thankfully, the
yggdrasaur will naturally avoid heavily populated
areas, though they have been known to crush
remote cabins and outposts.
93
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
How they sustain this incredible mass is not fully
understood, as no amount of food could possibly
nourish them adequately. Religious texts say they
“eat the stars from the sky” and their paths follow
a line “towards the next edible star.” More
scholarly explanations theorize that the plants
and other life on its back are leeched on by the
yggdrasaur. This would create a strange
relationship in which the dinosaur could be
compared to a large parasite; a theory refuted
harshly by those that worship the creatures.
Migrating Population. When a new yggdrasaur
is born, some members of the parent dinosaur
will opt to leave their home to guard the newborn.
The travelers they meet along the way, and the
families they create, serve as the seed of the next
civilization to live on the yggdrasaur. It can take
several centuries for an yggdrasaur to fully grow
into adulthood and so the cultures on the backs of
parent and child yggdrasaurs may be wildly
different by the time they meet again.
 94

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 DISCO ASSASSIN any officials that may know who owns the
Swift and versatile, the Disco Assassin is a machine.
mechanical nightmare of blades and light. A
variant of metal golems, they serve their masters
unerringly and may be passed down for
generations. Their terrible reputation as royal
slayers have made them forbidden across the
realms. This has not stopped them from being
used, it has just made them a more valuable
commodity to scheming lords.
Adapting Strategy. Disco Assassins are not
simple-minded constructs. They can understand
and carry out complex and difficult contracts. If
given enough information, they can prioritize
targets, understand and avoid political fallout, and
sabotage key items. Because of this, they are
often better at their job than most living beings,
understanding complex situations without having
the emotional weakness that would slow down
their actions.
In addition, their physical forms are highly
suited to most kinds of tasks. Their amazingly
dexterous hands can manipulate delicate objects
or swing blades with deadly fury. Their arms and
legs are identical, allowing them to walk upright,
on all fours, climb easily, walk upside-down, or
wield weapons on each appendage. This can make
them difficult to read as they have the appearance
of a humanoid but can move more like a crab or
spider.
Their head serves a unique function as well.
The segmented mirrors that comprise the dome
can emit many colors of light in flickering patterns
that can easily beguile a foe. It also serves as a
failsafe. If a Disco Assassin is rendered incapable
of escaping, it will begin a self-destruct sequence.
The head will flash briefly and then release a huge
fiery explosion, full of glass shrapnel. This is a
last-ditch option and will only be used if the Disco
Assassin cannot escape capture.
Highest Bidder. Due to the fine craftmanship
required to create or maintain a Disco Assassin, it
is rare for anyone to own more than one. This also
means anyone wishing to hire the Disco Assassin
must be willing to pay far more than an assassin
of flesh and bone costs. This premium ensures the
owners can repair their Disco Assassin and pay off

95

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 96

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Dazzle Dragons. Dazzle dragons draw their
RETROVERSE DRAGONS energy from the beauty and nurture that light
provides. They are often bright and vibrant in both
Dragons of the Retroverse can be roughly
body and mind. If their own inner light is
categorized into two different groups, Source and
extinguished, a Dazzle dragon will begin to wither
Dazzle. This categorization is based on where they
away unless they can reignite the spark that keeps
draw their power from. Source dragons draw their
them sustained. It is believed that the first Dazzle
power from the building blocks of creation. This
dragons were born of unstable dreams and
includes Code, Beat, and Tesla dragons. Dazzle
starlight.
Dragons draw their power from luminescence and
the life-giving nature of light. Dazzle dragons
include Laser, Xenon, and Neon. Rarer breeds of
dragons, such as Radon and Trash dragons, defy
this convention by apparently holding some of
both parts of both categories or little of from
either. It is a matter of much debate among
dragonologists to put the right dragon in the right
category.
Source Dragons. Dragons in this category
derive their power from the sources of creation.
Whatever the building blocks of the world are,
they can channel it as power. In this way, they are
less natural beings and more avatars of the force
they represent. The first dragons in these lines are
theorized to have simply appeared one day, fully
formed, in a miraculous yet unceremonious birth.

97

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 BEAT DRAGON
Beat dragons are directly connected to the Beat of
the World. They spend their formative years
developing their taste in music and then pick out
that specific tune from the Beat of the World’s
cacophony. Most beat dragons develop a taste in
things like techno, rock, hip-hop, pop, or metal; a
few rarer breeds find they love country or blues.
The genre they attune to augments their
appearance, morphing their visage into that of a
punk-rock like dragon or a soulful bluegrass
dragon. Once they have spent several years with
their genre, they tend to shun all others, making
relations with others of their species quite
strained.
Free Spirits. Beat dragons have no sense of
home, or rather, the whole world is their home.
They travel where the winds and their whims take
them. Constantly seeking new and exciting
experiences and becoming bored of places
quickly. They may decide to settle in a place for a
decade or so, but this is never a permanent
residence. When they begin to move on, they will
pack all of their belongings, or only the stuff
worth keeping, and leave without a second
thought.
98
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
In those rare years when they decide to stay in
a location, usually for mating but sometimes for
pleasure, they often pick caves that have been
worn away by erosion. They look for smooth walls
that can reflect their music back at them and
amplify it outward as much as possible. This
means they will usually find places near vast
water, the chances of hollow caves being greater
there.
Hunting Siren. These dragons are omnivores,
eating whatever is most easily available. When
hunting live prey, they will mimic the sounds of
the hunted species, drawing them in close for the
kill. They use this ability to play pranks on other
creatures, confusing squirrels and humanoids
alike, to the dragon’s great delight.
World Music. Beat dragons slowly become
more and more connected to the Beat of the
World as they grow older. As they draw more
power from this source, they grow exponentially
stronger, and they can bolster their strength even
further by writing and performing epics in their
chosen genre. This act of creation harmonizes
their rhythm and can eventually make them
powerful enough to change some of the Beat of
the World’s tunes.
Ancient beat dragons can write songs of such
epic strength that they can change the very fabric
of reality. By harmonizing, chorusing, and then
leading the Beat of the World with such a song,
they can force the rhythm to their own will,
changing the tempo and intensity. When this
happens, the realm shakes and cracks as it
attempts to become harmonious with the beat
dragon’s will. If they lose control, the Beat of the
World will shift back to its original state, causing
more widespread destruction.
Inner Tempo. Beat dragons have the ability to see
how your own inner beat thumps and how it
resonates with those around you and the world
itself. Those with strong, harmonious beats are
powerful creatures, while those with off-tempo
rhythms are often weak and sickly. Some
powerful beat dragons can change your inner
tempo, but it is painful and life altering process,
not to be done flippantly.
Choosey Friends. Beat dragons only find true
kindred spirits in those that share their taste in
 whose twisting and breaking of The Beat is
regularly seen as offensive to the dragon.
Bass Bobbles. The most precious gift you can give
a beat dragon is a well done, original composition.
The more skilled your creation, the more reverie
they will give your gift. Their treasure troves are
often full of works by master musicians, from
original sheets, to signed albums, or instruments
used by those artists they admire. In some rare
cases, they may abscond with a talented musician
and keep them in their dens as “honored guests.”

A Beat Dragon’s Lair

Beat dragons rarely settle for more than a
handful of years and so their lairs can seem
sparse compared to other dragons. The try to find
great, hollow caverns, with large smooth walls
throughout. They will often alter the cave, using
natural sunlight, flowing water, and rushing wind
to move instruments in monotonous ways. This
creates an eerie, droning music that is pervasive
throughout the entire lair. Stopping a single note,
be it dripping water or automatic organs, will send
the beat dragon into a rage as it hunts down the
source of the disturbance.

Lair Actions
On imitative count 20 (losing initiative ties) the
dragon takes a lair action to cause one of the
following effects. The dragon can’t use the same
effect two rounds in a row.
• A cacophony of raucous music fills the
lair. Each creature other than the dragon
music. Other beat dragons, with the wide variety
must make a Constitution saving throw
of disparate tastes, very rarely get along. They can
(DC 15), taking 14 (4d6) thunder damage
be particularly picky when choosing a mate, the
and 7 (2d6) psychic damage on a failed
two dragons grilling each other on music tastes
save, or half as much on a successful one.
until they either bond or end the meeting,
• Discordant tones interrupt all other
sometimes violently.
sounds. No creatures in the lair can be
They have a great fondness for bards, but only
heard, their voices simply being cancelled
those that play the beat dragon’s favorite genre.
out and spells that require a verbal
However, a particularly talented bard can
component failing. This effect lasts until
sometimes sway a beat dragon’s opinion and
initiative count 20 on the next round.
expose them to new and wonderful music. Only
• A nearly imperceptible thrum disrupts and
beat dragons who expand their horizons live to
permeates every creature in the lair
become powerful enough to sway the Beat of the
except the dragon. It weakens their
World. They are less amenable to synth weavers,
connection to the Beat of the World,
making it impossible to land a critical hit

99

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 •

100

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 (though a 20 on an attack roll is still an
automatic hit) and they have critical
failures on a 1 or 2.
Regional Effects
The region containing a legendary beat dragon’s
lair is warped by the dragon’s magic, which
creates one or more of the following effects:
• The wind and rain become melodious,
creating a beautiful song, within 6 miles of
the lair.
•
101
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Mundane sickness and disease cannot find
purchase in creatures within 3 miles of the
lair. Sick creatures brought into the area
recover twice as fast.
• Artists of every sort are often struck with
inspiration revolving around the beat
dragon’s favorite genre of music. They find
it incredibly easy to create their best work
with almost no effort on their part.
If the dragon is killed, these effects fade over 2d6
months.
 CODE DRAGON regenerate and produce energy, while whisking
Beings of mystery brought to life created by the away the waste into nothing.
Code itself; these dragons are one of the most Because of this, they do not need to stay in
powerful creatures within the Retroverse. They places that support life. Their domains can be on
channel the Code through their bodies, altering streaking comets, deep in the void between
their very structure and feeding off their own worlds, in the core of a star, or in the walls of
power. There are two known types, pure and memory. They can adapt their bodies or their
corrupt, and it is impossible to tell them apart environment to suit their will.
until it is too late. Both find disorder an Sight Beyond Sight. The bone plate that grows
abominable concept, though the madness of over code dragon eyes is not a hinderance to
corruption skews the idea of what order is to the them. In fact, it is a defense mechanism. Code
corrupt code dragon. These two types of the same dragons see things beyond what we see, beyond
dragon are always in constant opposition, fighting the magic, much further than those with true
an impossible war of logic and creation. sight. Seeing the truth of creation and the
Will of the Code. The origins of code dragons facsimile we perceive, both at the same time, is
remain a mystery. No recorded instances of code enough to break the mind of most living
dragon mating or births exist. Most theories creatures. Their blindness is voluntary and an
propose these dragons spontaneously appear, like intentional alteration on the code dragon’s part.
many things the Code creates; others argue that Even with this blindness coming so young, most
code dragons are normal dragons who have come code dragons gain a touch of madness before
into contact with a particularly powerful they can protect themselves.
Retroverse shear, changing them in much the
same way b-ugz are created. Most theories accept
that the code dragon is not just in touch with the
Code, but that it a manifestation of it. An avatar of
this power built in a way that we can fathom.
Code dragons do grow, starting as wyrmlings
and growing into ancient beings. They start life
with eyes that are rapidly covered by bone plates.
This plate protects them from the falsehoods of
reality, allowing them to see only the truth. Once
their eyes have been covered, when they are
considered young dragons, their true power
awakens. Their “wings” begin to sprout, fabrics
torn in reality that allow them to fly in a sort of
swinging fashion. They open a tear and stick to it,
will another tear into existence, and fling
themselves to the new tear, sticking to it. These
tears close themselves rapidly and pose no
continual threat but are devastating to those who
touch open ones.
Perpetual Sustainment. Once a code dragon
reaches adolescence, their ability to influence the
Code becomes strong enough to sustain them.
Wyrmlings will hunt for food but older code
dragons simply create the nutrition they need
within themselves. Ancient ones do away with
even the need for food, forcing their cells to

102

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Once blind, they are able to focus on just one kind
of sight, that of the Code. They see the atoms that
comprise your body. They see the DNA that
creates your past. They see the software that
determines your personality. They see inside,
though, and beyond reality.
103
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Rewrite. Not only can code dragons see the
building blocks of creation, but they also have the
ability to alter it as well. Doing so within their own
bodies is easy, such as creating their “wings” or
altering their breath weapon. But they can also
express their will beyond themselves, to a point.
Altering locations to their will is relatively simple
but imposing their will on sentient beings is more
challenging. The more complex the code or the
further from the code dragon’s body, the harder it
is to manipulate.
They use this ability to create their lairs,
changing them into inscrutable messes of physics.
Their domains are often non-euclidian nightmares,
with pathways that are maddening just to
traverse. They are immense, yet impossibly small;
dense but spaced among realities; extant but
totally immeasurable. Only the brave and strong
of will dare set foot in the entrance. Those that do,
find that entire civilizations have risen and fallen,
new worlds created and destroyed, and new gods
birthed, all within this impossible space. Or
sometimes it is a simple blank room. Their
methods are inscrutable, impossible to discern the
madness from impossible genius.
I’m Not Crazy. Code dragons do not fraternize
with other dragons, or most other beings for that
matter. When they do, they speak with physical
and mental impressions. They create illusory
shapes and impose feelings or concepts onto a
being. Like a powerful game of charades,
intelligent creatures can pick up the truths a code
dragon may reveal in their speech. Be wary of
speaking with a code dragon though, as they have
little concern for your mental wellbeing. Whatever
constructs you have created to understand the
world around you; they will easily smash even
when only speaking in trite pleasantries.
Glitched Gold. Treasures normally precious to
other dragons are completely meaningless to
code dragons. They can easily manifest any gold
or jewels they need in their lairs. The true
treasures of a code dragon are oddities of such
dense code that they have little influence on
them. Code anomalies, crystalized Beat of the
World rhythms, trans-dimensional relics,
condensed corruption, spirits of legendary heroes,
or even smaller code dragons. They will take
 these items and lock them far away from beings
who seek them, protecting their plane from these
reality rending relics. They will show no mercy to
those who use these items to create disorder.
Variant Rule: Corrupted Code Dragon.
A corrupted code dragon has all the same stats
as a normal code dragon, except they start with
5 layers of corruption. Wyrmlings can have a
maximum of 10 layers, adolescents can have 15
layers, adults can have 20 layers, and ancients
can have 25 layers of corruption. They cannot be
killed by having too many layers of corruption,
but they can be killed by the effects of any of the
corruption layers. They also cannot be cured of
corruption or even have a single layer removed
from them. Be warned, the random nature of
corruption will wildly change the difficulty of a
fight against a code dragon with many
corruption layers.
104
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
A Code Dragon’s Lair
A code dragon can make their lair in any place
imaginable and take some joy in creating
environments only they can successfully navigate.
Simply finding their lairs is its own endeavor as it
could just as easily rest in a holly knoll as it could
be in the thin line between parallel realities. The
gateway inside could be in the past, require you to
have already visited it in another lifetime, or only
exist for scant moments during astral alignment.
The rules are inconsistent and follow an unhinged
logic that even arcane insight does little to
illuminate.
Inside the lair is a confusing maze of tricks
against perception turned reality. Hyperbolic and
surreal geometry leads any intruders (and
sometimes the dragon itself) in endless circles as
they grapple with what is and is not possible in
the lair. Pure code dragons typically follow harsh
lines of reason, understood concepts that, while
typically impossible, flow within the internal logic
of the lair. Corrupted code dragons have no such
compulsion, creating lairs with no internal
consistency, where the rules can change based on
the slightest disturbance.
Escher paintings, glitching video games, non-
euclidian horror, truly alien structures, dark mirror
worlds; these are the things code dragon lairs
most closely resemble. Often these
concepts are mixed together, with a bit more
random inspiration, to create something truly
impossible. Code dragons, in all their
strength, are not above dippinginto other
realities to take inspiration for their lairs.
Lair Actions
On initiative count 20 (losing initiative ties), the
dragon takes a lair action to cause one of the
following effects. The dragon can’t use the same
effect two rounds in a row.
• The walls, ceiling, and floor of the lair
become opaque, and the dragon can move
and attack through them as if they were
not there; though other objects, creatures,
and effects interact with them normally. It
can do this until initiative count 20 on the
next round. If this effect ends while the
code dragon is inside a wall, it takes 33
 (6d10) force damage and is pushed to the
nearest unoccupied space.
• If the dragon is corrupted, each creature in
the lair must make a corruption saving
throw. If it is a pure code dragon, each
creature with one or more levels of
corruption must succeed on a Constitution
saving throw (DC 15) or take 9 (2d8) force
damage.
• It creates a wireframe version of another
dragon. The dragon cannot be a code
dragon and must have a CR lower than the
code dragon. The wireframe dragon has
105
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
hit points equal to its CR multiplied by 10
(or its natural hit points, whichever is
lower), all of its other stats are its own. It
takes its turn immediately after the code
dragon and disappears on initiative count
20 on the next round. Adult dragons can
do this once per day and ancient dragons
can do it three times a day.
Regional Effects
The region containing a legendary code dragon’s
lair is warped by the dragon’s magic. How you
define a region, or even what “containing” means,
 will often be insufficient when describing the
location of a code dragon’s lair or where these
effects take place. These changes may happen
anywhere, with no direct connection to the
location to the lair, though they do typically take
place on the same plane of existence. The code
dragon’s magic creates one or more of the
following effects.
• An invisible field surrounds a 3-mile area,
rejecting corrupted or non-corrupted
creatures from the area, depending on the
code dragon’s corruption.
• Some creatures in a 1-mile radius continue
to live the same day over and over.
Depending on the creature, they may not
even realize this is happening.
• Every living thing within 1 mile area gains
truesight. Some mundane items suddenly
gain sentience.
These effects end immediately if the dragon dies.

106

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 107

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 LASER DRAGON
Laser Dragons are highly intelligent and
diplomatic. They enjoy mental exercises and revel
in solving problems in unexpected and
unconventional ways. The truest way to a laser
dragon’s heart is with a clever riddle or historical
reference. They also have an insatiable desire for
nostalgia, collecting trinkets and knowledge of the
past, in the same way other dragons collect gold.
However, this penchant for mind bending and
dated references can make them come across as
snotty know-it-alls, which they sometimes
genuinely are.
Laser dragon wyrmling scales are pale with
only a slight purple or ruddy red hue. They have a
large horn on their nose that they use to help
target prey in their early years. As they mature,
their coloration darkens to somewhere along the
purple to red scale and their horn increases in
size, becoming a rough spear. Every laser dragon
is born with several sets of eyes, though the
smaller sets are sealed shut until they reach
certain ages. Their neck is covered in small spikes
that reach a high crescendo on their back, then
taper again to their tail, which flairs in large spikes
again. They are long and gangly, with a wingspan from lack of food. Some take it upon themselves
that makes them appear several times larger than to cultivate plants and livestock near their homes,
they actually are. allowing them to stay nearest their great portals
Past Glory. Fallen medieval kingdoms, cities to the rose-colored past.
devastated by disease, ghostly lunar outposts, Conflict Averse. There are few things laser
these are some of the favored spots of laser dragons hate worse than direct combat. Their
dragons. They enjoy the solitude and serenity slender frames and frequent malnourishment
offered by once great places that have fallen. make them an easy target for stronger dragons.
Laser dragons revel in the past, often adopting They would prefer to be left to their research of
speech and mannerisms that may be centuries past cultures. They are usually amenable to any
out of date. These empty environments offer who come into their domain seeking knowledge,
them the one thing they crave most, history. so long as they are careful with the nostalgic
Libraries, museums, data-logs, churches, theaters; artifacts. If the laser dragon finds a kindred spirit
all these things let the laser dragon experience in a visitor, they are loath to let them go without
the past of the world and build the minutia of its pouring out their adoration for the tiny minutiae
personality. of each and every relic, a process that could take
Wild game is often scarce in these years if not interrupted. This is the main way in
environments, making adequate food difficult to which a laser dragon shows its superiority to
come by. Instead of venturing out, the laser others.
dragon will simply content itself with smaller When a fight is unavoidable, the laser dragon
game. It would rather go hungry than stop its will do its best to trick or beguile the opponent. It
endless quest for nostalgia. This means that most may hire mercenaries or send ancient golem
laser dragons become gaunt and can even grow ill defenders at the enemies. Its favorite method is

108

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 simply to scorch an enemy with its laser breath,
hoping to inflict a critical injury before the fight
even starts. If cornered, it will fight long enough to
maim the opponents, then flee to a safe place.
This is unless the laser dragon is protecting its
horde, in which case it will fight with terrible
ferocity and gladly give its life to save what it
holds most dear.
Scale Shock. Though laser dragons may avoid
physical conflict, they revel in making stronger
opponents look foolish. Whether it be in a game of
chess, a rigged game of chance, or a game of life-
and-death, laser dragons are willing to bet a lot on
their own intelligence and cunning. This is
109
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
especially true against other dragons and doubly
so for dragons that have directly slighted them.
They may hold a grudge for decades or even
centuries, slowly bringing their plans of ruin to the
rival dragon. The “ruin” is often making the enemy
dragon appear to be so foolish or incompetent
that they submit through pure shame; not an easy
task, but one the laser dragon will commit itself to
wholly. When done right, it will seem like the laser
dragon had nothing to do with the woes that
befall their target.
They do occasionally form bonds with beat
dragons over a mutual love of music. They may
trade bits of their treasures with one another for a
time. Inevitably, these friendships are broken over
a difference in taste. Laser dragons cannot suffer
someone with bad taste and will unburden
themselves of the offender with little fanfare.
Since their hordes are not treasure in the
traditional sense, they are not often the target of
rival dragon raids.
 110

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 1st Editions. Laser dragons collect relics of the
past, especially loving ephemeral pop-culture
artifacts. Their hordes include original film reels,
first edition collector’s cards, forgotten music
records, signed copies of books, statuettes of
fictional characters, recreations of legendary
weapons, original props, old posters, and myriad
other items that many might consider fad trash.
They only stash as much gold as necessary to get
by but will gladly keep gaudy clothing, jeweled
accessories, magical items, and the like. They may
be willing to trade for items within their horde, if
you offer them something of equal or lesser
value. They are always looking to expand their
collection and are deviously shrewd traders.
111
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Charging My Laser. Unlike most dragons, the
laser dragon possesses the ability to charge their
breath. They can temporarily stockpile energy into
small battery-like bones in their throat, releasing
it all in a devastating blast.
A Laser Dragon’s Lair
Laser dragons love quite places rich with history.
They will usually avoid cities but may occasionally
stay in some abandoned parts of them. Likewise,
pure wilderness repels them. The sweet spot for a
laser dragon’s lair is a place once brimming with
high technology that nature has reclaimed.
 Lair Actions
On initiative count 20 (losing imitative ties), the
dragon takes a lair action to cause one of the
following effects.
• The laser dragon has spent much time
preparing their lair against intruders. A
verbal shout releases a hidden trap at an
enemy. The trap could be a series of
lasers, a spike pit, or even a simple log and
rope. The trap has +6 (adult) or +8
(ancient) to hit and deals 22 (4d10, adult)
or 55 (10d10, ancient) damage. The
damage type is one that is appropriate to
the nature of the trap.
• Beguiling lasers shine from unknown
places all around the lair. Creatures must
succeed on a Dexterity saving throw (DC
20) or be blinded by the lasers until the
end of their next turn.
112
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Regional Effects
The region containing a legendary neon dragon’s
lair is warped by the dragon’s magic, which
creates one or more of the following effects:
• Intelligent creatures within 18 miles of the
lair are imbued with a strong desire to
revisit their childhood. They speak in old
slang, wear outdated clothing, and often
treasure things that remind them of the
past. They also suffer from deja’vu
frequently, sometimes several times in a
day.
• Useless but valuable trinkets and
collectables begin to phase in from other
realities into hard-to-reach locations
within 6 miles of the lair.
• Small energy sources, such as batteries or
arcane crystals, last twice as long as they
normally would. This effect ends if they
are taken more than 1 mile away from the
lair.
If the dragon dies, these effects end
immediately though creatures may still enjoy the
styles they have adopted, and collectables
will stay where they were.
 NEON DRAGON Party Life. With little regard for the confines
Neon dragons are aloof and careless, often and consequences of mortal existence, neon
getting themselves into sticky situations because dragons live their life the fullest. They consume
of a need to party. Some neon dragons spend the richest food, mingle with elusive stars, indulge
hundreds of years in a humanoid form, soaking up in dangerous pleasures, live with no remorse, and
all the extravagancies that nightlife has to offer. expect others around them to do the same. They
They are amazing hosts, generous to their don’t force people into a destructive lifestyle but
partiers, and not quite smart enough to stay out any that willingly choose to live alongside a neon
of trouble. dragon are subject to its whims and desires. A cult
Young neon dragons are born with scales of a of charisma can sometimes form around these
shiny primary color. The color itself is influenced beings and neon dragons can pressure their
by their parents but does not always follow that friends very harshly. If one such person should
pattern. As they grow, their blood and intestines
begin to glow the color of their scales. An adult
neon dragon has blindingly bright neon eyes and
faint pulses of light can be seen rippling under
their scales. Their inner glow makes them a
wondrous sight to behold.
In a humanoid form, they prefer to wear
immaculate clothing that accentuates their neon
color. They may choose to hide their eyes, but
many consider hiding their inner self to be
appalling. It is not uncommon to see a purple
neon dragon wearing a finely tailored purple suit,
hair beaded with royal violet pearls, and glowing
byzantium eyes.
As a dragon, they have a set of horns that
sprout outwards and an additional set that curl
around the first set. They have a thin membrane
frill that follows along their spine onto their tail; it
glows with the same bioluminescence of their
blood. They have long legs and arms that come to
razor-sharp points. Their wings are thick and
leathery with pulsing veins of neon visible on the
underside.
Cityscapes. Neon dragons are enamored with
the vibrant lights and loose lifestyle of the city.
Since they may spend centuries as a humanoid,
their lairs will typically be large penthouses or
expansive nightclubs. Their homes always have
enough space for them to extend into their dragon
form, something they consider the ultimate party
trick. Older neon dragons will begin to expand
their domain beyond just their club or tower,
stretching to take command over whole blocks or
even the full city itself.

113

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 succumb to the harshness and dangers a life of
party brings, neon dragons will hold a feast in
their honor, resuming their draconic form and
consuming the body in mourning. Strange though
it may be, those drawn in by a neon dragon’s
magnetism consider this a great honor.
Political Power. Neon dragons generally abide
other dragons, so long as they do not cause harm
to the city the neon hold so dear. The exception to
this rule is other neon dragons. Rather than battle
by force, neon dragons battle through political
distortions, financial strength, and clout. This
usually begins as a friendly competition but can
turn into a deadly political game if two neon
dragons grow too powerful within the same city.
Treasured Friends. True riches are not found in
gold and jewels, though neon dragons do amass
those. True treasures to neon dragons are friends
and the adoration of others. Their financial wealth
is a thing to be shared, in hopes of winning over
114
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
creatures to their side. A neon dragon may extend
their wealth beyond simple extravagancies and
begin to funnel it into their communities. Older
neon dragons will build parks, fund schools,
renovate hospitals, improve apartments, and
dedicate their time to helping those in need.
Though this may seem like simple altruism, it is
fueled by the selfish desire to be revered, though
the end result for citizens is the same. The
ultimate dream for a neon dragon is to amass
enough wealth and clout to own the entire city,
sitting atop the highest building, on a throne made
of love, adoration, and swag.
A Neon Dragon’s Lair
Neon dragons make their homes in high
penthouses and beautiful estates. They loathe
living on the streets and would rather die than live
in the isolated country. They are not content until
 they have taken a place in the tallest building in
the city. Sometimes they will even have a building
constructed just for this purpose.

Lair Actions
On initiative count 20 (losing imitative ties), the
dragon takes a lair action to cause one of the
following effects.
• The dragon overcharges nearby light
sources and breathes life into them. The
lights flare and a neon hardlight projection
of a bodyguard steps out from the light.
They have the stats of a Muddie and glow
brightly, casting light in a 15-foot radius
around their body. The neon dragon can
summon 1d6+1(adult) or 1d10+1 (ancient)
hardlight bodyguards at once and can
dismiss them all as a lair action. No more
can be summoned until all the bodyguard
have been dismissed or destroyed. They
will follow the commands of the neon
dragon to the best of their ability. If a
bodyguard goes further than 300 feet
away from the neon dragon, it fades away.
The bodyguards last 12 hours unless they
are dismissed or defeated.
• A dense fog of neon billows out in a 15-
foot-raidus sphere centered on a point the
dragon can see within 120 feet of it.
Creatures in the fog, or those that enter it
for the first time, must succeed on a
Constitution saving throw (DC 15), or
become sluggish and have their
movement halved for 1 hour. Creatures
that succeed on the saving throw are
immune to the fog’s effects for 24 hours.
The fog remains in place for 1 minute or
until blown away by a strong wind.
Additionally, the dragon may use
another lair action to ignite this fog. It only
needs to see the fog and be within 120 feet
of it. Any creatures in the fog must make a
Dexterity saving throw (DC 15), taking 14
(4d6) fire damage on a failed save, or half
as much damage on a successful save.

115

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Regional Effects
The region containing a legendary neon dragon’s
lair is warped by the dragon’s magic, which
creates one or more of the following effects:
• Creatures within 1 mile of the lair gain
advantage on Performance checks when
playing a musical instrument, performing
acrobatic tricks, acting in a play, or other
endeavors where the goal is solely
entertainment.
• All magic cast within the area leaves a
visible neon trail or aura, based on what
type of magic it is. Magical items always
glow faintly and leave a trail wherever
they are moved. The aura is not bright,
116
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
does not normally obscure vision, and can
last a few second to a minute, depending
on the power of the magic.
• Creatures within 6 miles of the dragon’s
lair find themselves drawn to the luster of
city fashion. They will have a subconscious
need to look their best and will passively
seek out attire that matches their
surroundings and their style. Creatures
who do not normally wear clothing will
regularly preen and groom and may even
pick up small trinkets to adorn themselves
with. Even the rats and pigeons shine with
pride over their appearance.
If the dragon dies, these effects end immediately.
 117

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 TESLA DRAGON as the joy of success, only on what could be done
By far one of the most peculiar dragons within the better. In this way, they can become hyper
Retroverse, both in body and mind. The tesla focused on a task and sometimes spend years
dragon is a biological representation of a working on something without taking a break.
mechanical idea, something they strive to When not creating new wonders or
expound upon. They love tinkering with magic, abominations, they seek out likeminded creators
machinery, and man, seeking to merge the three to brag to or learn from. They tend to favor
in the in a transcendent union. gnomes because of their industrious nature but
Ether Gliders. Tesla dragons are an interesting often find inspiration in the wo’nari or rai. They
breed of dragon, in that they have no wings but love to talk about new ways of bending reality
still exhibit enough draconic traits to be almost as much as they love attempting it. A
considered a dragon. Some biologists debate this, particularly adept scientist may have a tesla
but the vast intelligence of the tesla dragons dragon following the scientist around from
proves them to be above drakes or wyverns, a adolescence until death, the dragon gaining an
distinction tesla dragons will gladly make entire life’s worth of work in what appears to
themselves. them to be a short time.
The point of contention, and the reason they
lack wings, is because tesla dragons are born with
a small arcane turbine. This turbine acts in the
same way a jet engine does, compressing power
and expelling it for propulsion. They collect energy
in this structure, magical and mundane, and
forcefully expel it out, keeping just enough to send
up to large spines on their backs. The spines act
like wind sails for magical energy, allowing the
tesla dragon to skate along the ether winds with
ease. When they fly, they streak across the sky in
a straight line, going impossible speeds and
banking with wonderful grace.
Tesla dragon wyrmlings do not have the ability
to fly for long, going for short hops as they learn
to cultivate the energy within their turbine. Once
they reach adolescence, they can fly for hours
without tiring. By adulthood, it is rumored they
can reach enough velocity to escape the planet.
Ancient tesla dragons can sometimes break
between the barriers of realities by using a
combination of ludicrous speed and pumping
massive amounts of magical energy through their
bodies.
Insatiable Curiosity. Tesla dragons have an
unstoppable need to create and tinker within the
worlds around them. They are often unsatisfied
with how the universe currently behaves, knowing
they could create more efficient or marvelous
ways to do things, if only they could try one more
time. When a project of theirs fails, they do not
dwell on the disappointment, as that is as fleeting

118

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Playing God. Tesla dragons can sometimes let
their ideas get out of hand. Nothing excites them
more than the possibility of creating something
entirely new out of the parts the universe
provides. This can often lead to wonderful
advancements in medicine, arcane power, or
technological ability. It has also led down some
darker roads, creating abominations or threats to
whole realities when the tesla dragon makes a
miscalculation or abandons their morality.
119
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
If a discovery is to be made, tesla dragons will
stop at no extreme to get there. They do not enjoy
working on sentient and unwilling creatures,
unless they are sure they will succeed.
Unfortunately, only ancient tesla dragons can
even come close to being infallible and many tesla
dragons have been solely to blame for massive
losses of life. There are even legends that the
cyblight and the synthetic were originally a tesla
dragons experiment gone wrong; or right,
depending on the perspective.
Interference Free Zones. Warehouses,
underground bunkers, abandoned research
outposts, reclusive negative planes; tesla dragons
love places that allow them to research and
develop in peace. Their rail spines allow them to
detect even the faintest magical or electrical
interference. Using these like cat’s whiskers, they
will root out places that seem to be devoid of any
magical waves or those with low background
energy. They know these minor changes in auras
can cause problem with their sensitive
experiments and so they may spend years rooting
out the perfect place.
If they can’t find an ideal location, they will
place anti-magic or anti-energy runes all along
their lairs. This can make some research difficult if
the runes are too close, so they will often create a
bubble of these runes, like an anti-energy wave
shield, doing their terrible work inside the shield.
Even the growth of plant life is stunted in these
areas, their small auras being an unacceptable
variable in tesla dragon experiments. If weeds can
cause them distress, their reactions to sentient
trespassers can be downright catastrophic.
They keep relics of their past accomplishments
or failures littered around their lairs. These places
can become a maze of deadly creatures or events
if a tesla dragon has resided there long enough.
Draconic Discourse. Most other dragons find
the ramblings and useless minutiae of tesla
dragon conversation to be insufferable. This trait
acts as a good deterrent for dragons that cannot
best teslas in direct combat. Brass dragons seem
to be an exception, their desire for conversation
being filled, and overfilled, by the tesla dragon’s
need to expound their thoughts.
 A tesla dragon may steal creatures with great
intellect and curiosity. They call this “hiring an
assistant” despite the captive nature of the
assistant. They will provide anything the assistant
needs to live and to continue experimenting, but
they can be quite demanding of the creature.
Resting for things like food, sleep, or even bodily
functions are seen as needless interruptions and
frustrate the tesla dragon immensely. Finding a
new assistant is more troublesome though, and
so assistants are rarely worked to their deaths.
Everything for the Cause. Tesla dragons collect
gold only as a way to fund their experiments. They
may raid other dragon’s hordes or go collect from
smaller caches until they have enough to
purchase the high-quality resources they need to
continue their scientific endeavors. On occasion,
they may simply steal the equipment they need,
but the highly sensitive arcana and machinery
they need can be easily damaged by such heists,
so this is usually a last resort.
Their true treasures are the successes and
failures they have accumulated throughout the
years. They keep the failed experiments as relics
of their work and with the hopes to complete
them one day. A lair may be littered with broken
items like time machines, power armor, sky ships,
warp drives, grey goo prototypes, and even more
fanciful creations. In their inner sanctum they
keep the creations that mix biological, machine,
and arcane. Animals with chrome flesh, legged
fish, humanoids grafted to dinosaurs, dinosaurs
with laser armaments, deadly space capable
clowns, elementals bound to robots, and sentient
cars are just a smattering of the things the tesla
dragon may hold dear. The older they grow, the
wilder and more ingenious their experiments and
treasures become.

120

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 They also collect vast works of fiction and non-
fiction books. The non-fiction helps them to learn
exactly how the world is supposed to work, while
the fiction gives them inspiration for how to break
those rules.
A Tesla Dragon’s Lair
Tesla dragons make their lairs in places devoid of
magic or with low magical energy. They avoid
most populated areas unless they have the
capacity to tune out any errant life or magical
energy. Underground silos, desert plains, shielded
outposts, untouched wilderness, all these places
make ideal locations for Tesla dragons to
experiment in peace.
121
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Lair Actions
On initiative count 20 (losing imitative ties), the
dragon takes a lair action to cause one of the
following effects.
• The dragon activates a magic suppressant
field in a 120-foot sphere around itself. All
magic items become inert, new spells
cannot be cast, and spells currently active
are stopped. This does not stop life energy
or creatures magically animated. The
effect lasts until initiative count 20 on the
next round. The dragon can only use this
action once every minute.
• The dragon overcharges the magical
energy in an area. Whenever a spell would
do damage or heal, it does double the
damage or heals double the amount. This
effect lasts until initiative count 20 on the
next round. The dragon can only use this
action once every minute.
 • The dragon brings an old creation of its to
life. Roll a d4-1, the result is the max CR of
the creature that was summoned from
their past creations. The creature
summoned is given the construct tag and
acts on the dragon’s initiative.
Regional Effects.
The region containing a legendary tesla dragon’s
lair is warped by the dragon’s magic, which
creates one or more of the following effects:
• If the dragon dies, these effect end in 2d4 years.
122
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Creatures within the area are often
magically or mechanically enhanced. They
are either resistant to physical damage or
magical damage, but not both.
• All plant life within 1 mile of the dragon’s
lair is withering or dead due to magical
energy being suppressed in the area.
Whenever you use a spell, roll a d20 as
you cast it. On a 1, the spell simply fails.
When within 300 feet of the dragon, the
spell fails on a 1 or 2.
 XENON DRAGON
Xenon dragons are determined and self-serious,
seeing themselves as champions in a war against
the void. These dragons are born with an inlaid
desire to fight against darkness. Not figurative
darkness, but the literal absence of light. Young
xenon dragons will often playfully fight shadows,
flashing their frills to expunge the darkness. As
they grow, this game becomes less of a fun quirk
and more of a righteous cause. Without light there
is death, and one need only look to the night sky
to see that darkness far outweighs the light.
Xenon wyrmlings are born with shiny metallic
scales and small thin frills. As they grow, they
polish these scales to a chrome or pearlescent
finish, in an effort to further spread their light.
Their eyes begin as a stark white but eventually
become flawless mirrors. Their frills grow in size
and become very nimble, controlling
independently from one another. These frills are
their lifeline, providing their ability to fly, giving
nourishment, and acting as their main weapon in
their holy crusade.
Hall of Mirrors. The lair of a xenon dragonborn
can be a confusing series of illusions to those not
accustomed to this dragon’s quirks. They revel in
light, collecting glowing stones, diamonds, and
magical artifacts that shine constant light. These
items are placed in strategic spots to illuminate
their entire lair. To enhance their brilliance, they
line their lairs with mirrors on every surface
available. If a cave wall is dark enough, something
they seek out in their homes, they will put a thin
sheen of glass over it and polish the surface. This
effect creates a mirror out of an uneven surface,
which helps to bounce light even further in the
cave.
Given enough time, and a properly dark walled
cave, the xenon dragon will lacquer the entire
surface in polished glass, creating a bright,
mirrored lair. The effect is beautiful if a bit
unnerving and difficult on unseasoned eyes.
Due to the high number of mirrored surfaces in
these lairs, glass shadows and shatterlings
frequently break through the mirrors. The xenon
dragon regards these creatures like fleas, blowing
away the darkness that comprises them with
ease. However, an abandoned xenon dragon lair
123
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
can become a festering breeding ground for glass
shadows.
Void Banisher. To the casual observer, xenon
dragons may seem to be a force of good, a notion
they would take some exception to. In their minds,
they are balance incarnate. The do not fight the
forces of evil, nor do they intentionally help the
do-gooders of the world. They are fighting a
higher war against the heat death of the universe.
They understand, better than most, the vastness
of existence and their small place in it. Rather than
become nihilistic, they take it upon themselves to
fight against the slow degradation the void brings.
It may seem a losing battle, but to them it is the
only true battle worth fighting. Every other
conflict is just a meaningless blip across the span
of eternity.
When they look to the sky, they do not see a
beautiful expanse. They see a cosmic battlefield,
where stars are mothers that breed champions of
light on their umbral planets. If a star goes silent,
the xenon dragons may mourn as if they have lost
one of their own. Legends tell of truly radiant
xenon dragons transcending into life as a star, so
it is possible they truly do mourn the loss of astral
brothers and sisters.
Shadow Bane. Though the xenon dragons are
obsessed with their campaign against the void,
they also do not suffer shadows among their own
planes. If some foul beast is using shadows or
energy from the spaces between, they will take it
upon themselves to expunge them. They have a
harrowing enough battle against the
overwhelming force of nothingness as it is
without some fool bringing shadows to life. They
regard creatures made of darkness with particular
disgust, destroying them without mercy. Evil does
not concern them, only those that seek to blot out
light.
Light Waves. The frills of a xenon dragon are
precious to them. They are surprisingly resilient
but if they are torn, xenon dragons will prioritize
healing itself above all other endeavors. Their
frills are extremely sensitive to light waves,
having the ability to reflect, capture, or allow all
light through. They use the energy of the light
much like a boat uses a sail. The don’t so much fly
as they surf on light waves, giving them a
 serpentine flight pattern with frequent changes in
elevation. They can move very rapidly in direct
sunlight but have trouble even getting off the
ground at night unless the moons are full.
When resting, they cause a slight change in
their wings to absorb the light. This is turned into
nourishment for their bodies and explains, to
some degree, why they are so protective of their
wings. This does not provide everything they need
to survive but xenon dragons can go for months
subsiding on sunlight alone. When they do feed,
they go after wild game or recently dead
creatures. They are not above eating carrion and
would rather eat that than kill a sentient being,
but do not care for the taste.
Higher Calling. A red dragon’s lust for gold, a laser
dragon’s obsession with the past, these things are
beneath the xenon dragons. In fact, most
everything dragons or otherwise do is beneath
xenon dragons. They have a higher purpose in
their life and any other endeavor that does not
serve their void crusade is a worthless one. They
may come across as rude to other beings because
they see the nuances of polite conversation to be
a waste of time and effort.

124

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 They do not begrudge other beings for
their desires and goals; they just see them as
insignificant. Those that see the true scope of a
xenon dragon’s purpose may become the
dragon’s acolyte. The dragon will gladly teach
them all they know and share their power,
if it will help push back the void.
Xenon dragon subjects typically
share the same attitude as the
dragon, seeing all quests, good or
evil, as small trivialities.
Make the Night Shine. Xenon
dragons desire the power of the
stars in the sky. To this end, they will
gather anything that mimics or reflects that
brilliance. They collect hordes of diamonds and
silver coins. Their lairs are lined with mirrors,
chrome idols, and glowing stones. They stash any
magical items or scrolls that have the power of
light or radiance imbued into them
and love highly polished sets of
armor, as it reminds them of the
warriors they wish to represent.

125

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 A Xenon Dragon’s Lair
Xenon dragons will seek out the darkest places
they can find to turn into their dens. This may
seem antithetical to their moral designs, but it is
done as a sign of resistance to the darkness.
Taking a bastion of darkness away from the void
and creating a radiant haven of light is considered
a challenging rite of passage for xenon dragons.
Deep caverns, underground ruins, dark sides of
the moons, deep ocean trenches, these are idyllic
places for a xenon dragon to fight for their new
home.
Lair Actions
On initiative count 20 (losing imitative ties), the
dragon takes a lair action to cause one of the
following effects. The dragon can’t use the same
effects two rounds in a row.
•
126
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
The entire lair is bathed in blinding light,
the mirrors letting no shadows survive.
Any creatures that can see are completely
blind until the effect ends. All creatures
exposed to the light (except the dragon)
take 14 (4d6) radiant damage. The light
stays in effect until imitative count 20 on
the next round.
• The cavern is filled with illusions of the
dragon or its allies. Trying to attack the
correct creature requires an Intelligence
saving throw (DC 18 Adult, DC 21 Ancient).
On a failure, an illusion is attacked and
destroyed, on a successful hit, on a
success the actual creature is targeted.
The illusions dissipate once 5 have been
defeated or when another lair action is
used.
 • The dragon uses shattered glass to
summon 5 (2d4) glass specters to aid
them in battle. They have the stats of a
Shatterling but are made of light instead
of shadow and radiate light in a 30-foot
radius. They follow the dragon’s verbal
commands to the best of their ability and
act on initiative count 20.
Regional Effects
The region containing a legendary xenon dragon’s
lair is warped by the dragon’s magic, which
creates one or more of the following effects:
• Reflective surfaces within 1 mile can
become host to Glass Shadows or
Shatterlings and sightings of these
127
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
creatures becomes more common. These
arbiters of darkness will try to assault any
source of light.
• The night sky appears to glow low purples
or oranges. Navigating by the stars is
almost impossible under such effects.
• Scaled creatures within 6 miles of the lair
will begin to grow scales that match their
coloring but shine brilliantly. After several
years, some scaled creatures can have
their entire body coated in these new
scales.
If the dragon dies, the effects fade in 1d4 years.
 ELEMENTALS
The word “element” in the Retroverse is a loose
term at best and meaningless at worst.
Sometimes it means the collection of atoms to
create something, sometimes it is an idea that is
strong enough to be measured, and sometimes its
bees. In this way, elementals can be defined by
nearly anything and be comprised of nearly
anything. Most mages summoning these
creatures will them into existence with inspiration
from common resources. Others can take a more
abstract approach, though this is much rarer and
requires a mind that can even conceive of what a
Sorrow Elemental looks like. Not every elemental
has to come from a specific plane, so long as
there is sufficient magic and materials to create
them.
Elemental Nature. Most elementals do not
require air, food, drink, or sleep. Though some
designed around these concepts crave them
anyway.

BEAT ELEMENTAL
A creature born of coalesced Beat of the World
energy. They appear as multicolored circles and
waves in a vaguely humanoid shape. Even being
near one is an unpleasant experience as the
binding of The Beat interrupts the natural flow. It
constantly produces screeching and buzzing
feedback, sounds that give the impression of great
pain. These sounds can be heard up to a mile
away easily and create a tremendous amount of
noise pollution.
Beaten Beat. Creating a beat elemental is a
harsh process that can be just as dangerous to
the summoner as it is to the world. The energy for
the beat elemental is pulled from the living things
around it, killing many plants and small animals
and sometimes gravely wounding the summoner.
As long as there is enough smaller life to pull
from though, the process can be done safely. Just
do not try to do it again it in the same spot.

128

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 BEE ELEMENTAL Buzzing Brute. Bee elementals are very direct in
Bee elementals blur the line between a construct their approach. When sent after a target, they will
and an elemental. They are a dense collection of pummel them with bee-based bludgeons and
bees that all operate under the direction of their swarm over whatever unfortunate creature gets
summoner. Typically, a creature who summons too close. Skeletons found lying in a dense circle
this type of elemental must involve a live beehive of flowers is a common sign of a bee elemental
in the ritual, destroying the hive in the process. attack.
There is debate about whether the spell channels
the natural magic of honey or if all beehives are
linked to some strange plane of existence.
Alongside this is the debate on how bees could
possibly be an element. These questions matter
very little to the bee elemental.

129

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 CORRUPTION ELEMENTAL
Exactly as the name implies, this creature is
comprised of pure corruption. Unlike b-ugz, these
entities are willfully created, pulling corruption
from its source into a living collection of mistakes.
They look like black static tears in reality, with
lines and edges that are difficult to discern as they
never remain still. They are surrounded by a thin
nullifying field that acts as a barrier between
them and reality. This field keeps the corruption
bound into a solid form, preventing it from simply
dispersing and also doubles as a form of armor
against most attacks. Because of this containment
it is also immune to any attempts to alter the
corruption, as the field completely prevents that
type of energy from coming through.
Blight Born. These elementals are considered a
great taboo. The willing concentration of
corruption into this form almost always results in
the destruction of the land it occupies. A single
corruption elemental can decimate a city, walking
straight through its armies, and corrupting
everything it sees. Even teams of de-fraggers
have trouble dispatching them as the only
creatures that can reliably hit through its armor
are those already inflicted with corruption.

130

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 LASER ELEMENTAL
A laser elemental is a collection of highly
concentrated light, bound in tight rotations. This
creates quite a bit of heat, baking (but not igniting)
anything near it. Its radiance makes it difficult to
look at and even more difficult to discern its next
moves. Damaging it is actually damaging the tight
fields that keep the light spirals contained. As
such, attacking a laser elemental is dangerous
business; the lasers tending to fly off in random
directions with each attack.
Unstable Body. Creating a laser elemental
requires a great deal of energy and time. Pulling
laser energy from a different plane rarely results
in the power needed and so it must be combined
with refined light from the summoner’s home
plane as well. This creates a dazzling multicolored
entity that may originate from several planes. This
makes them inherently unstable and, with time,
each one will eventually rupture. This collapse of
containment can either be a slow process of
attrition or a single violent eruption of lasers.
Either way, it is very dangerous for all living
beings around.

131

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 NEON ELEMENTAL
Neon elementals are incandescent fog clouds that
can sometimes be hard to detect. While inert they
are simply a mass of pale colored mist. As soon
as they come into contact with a form of sufficient
energy, magical or otherwise, they become
glowing beacons of chaos. Their energized forms
become extremely quick, their atoms and moods
agitated. Despite the influx of energy empowering
their life force, they will lash out against the
source. They are especially good guards against
evocation mages, their manipulation of energy
making them the primary target for a neon
elemental.
Uncontained. When originally summoned,
these creatures are typically intended to be used
132
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
to power a construct. Sometimes a simple toy or
display, other times they are fitted into suits of
armor. While mostly effective, the original
container needs to remain magically sealed or the
elemental will escape. Many adventurers
unknowingly release these creatures, thinking the
construct it was contained within was the only foe.
Since it is nearly invisible when inert, the creature
may be left alone and simply wander off. In a
dungeon this is rarely a problem, when broken
from a child’s toy by playing too roughly, it can be
disastrous.
Variance. Neon elementals come in many
forms and colors. Most commonly they are
immune to fire and radiant damage, but different
colors may have different damage immunities.
Consider the different range of colors and damage
types when using a neon elemental as a way to
easily beguile adventurers.
 FLANOIDS
A sickly-sweet dessert monster from the
Nachoverse. What typically begins as a small
slime, consuming lost rodents, can become a
huge problem if left unnoticed. They reproduce by
consuming a medium sized creature (or
equivalent biomass) and then split into three
(sometimes more). Through this process, they can
rapidly take over a city, taking a single life and
replacing it with many more of their own. A
flanoid infestation can quickly become a global
epidemic if it starts in a sufficiently populated and
unguarded area. Paradoxically, consuming a
flanoid is the best way to get rid of them as the
stomachs of most beasts will render the ooze
inert. This means that each time there is a flanoid
outbreak, the local citizens and wildlife must make
a concerted effort to consume or neutralize any
remaining ooze, lest it come back to wreak havoc
later.
Flanoid Army. A typical flanoid grunt is an
unintelligent glob of sugar in a vaguely humanoid
shape. Its only concern is consumption and
reproduction. However, as a flanoid ages, they
become more intelligent. They will begin using
equipment and armor to defend themselves,
letting the grunts take care of flanoid propagation.
Some flanoids, if left alive long enough, will grow
greatly in strength and power, some taking
massive hulking frames while others become
hivemind-like creatures. More than one world in
the Nachoverse has been overrun by a flanoid
infection, leaving the planet completely under
their control. The smarter flanoids then use the
planet’s resources to send out invasions, through
ships, teleportation, or covert eggs. Many of these
invasions are repelled, often enough by a lone
hero or group, but enough succeed that the
flanoids have begun to pose a real threat to other
realities.

133

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 134

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 135

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 GLASS SHADOW ability to reproduce. With enough time and
Deep in the recesses of sentient minds, way back negativity to eat, a shatterling can become the
into ancestral memory, there is something that same size and strength as a full glass shadow.
fears the mirrors. Creatures may use them daily,
spending hours in front of them to get their
appearance correct, but why do they all avoid
their own eyes? It's because they know, there is a
chance, ever so slight, that the thing on the other
side is not just a reflection. If that being can see
into you, it will crave the freedom you possess,
breaking out of the mirror to get it.
Torn Reality. Glass shadows do not exist until
moments before they are created. They are
spawned from all the fears and darkness within a
creature. When a creature gets lost in the
windows to their own soul, the mirror collects
their hate and pain, giving it life and purpose. This
can be avoided by looking away from your own
eyes, but by the time this process has started, few
find the will to stop. They are transfixed in their
own eyes, seeing their reflected body undulate
and move in impossible ways just on the
periphery of their vision. They are always the first
to die as their inky doppelganger crawls out of the
mirror.
Thoughtless Carnage. The Glass Shadow will
always destroy the mirror it escapes from.
Without a reflection, they simply become a
writhing black mass of negative energy, forcing
them to choose a form. They can take any shape
they wish but will often assume a form similar to
the greatest fear of the creature that spawned
them. The broken glass from the mirror is
absorbed into their body as they break out,
creating swimming daggers of reflection. They
use this to rip and tear at any living being they
come across. They have only one motivation, to
kill as many things as they can.
Shatterlings. Sometimes a glass shadow will
consume enough death to create a life of their
own. When this happens, they will seek another
mirror and destroy it, absorbing the shards into
themselves. A “pregnant” glass shadow sparkles
brilliantly, even in low light. Within a few days
they will eject the new glass, along with some of
their own body and create a smaller glass
shadow, a shatterling. The shatterling is like the
glass shadow in most ways except size and the

136

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 137

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


GOBLINOIDS
The Retroverse pulls from all other universes and
realities to comprise its existence. Goblins from all
of these realities make this place their home, as
well as a few that are unique to this reality.
BOOBLINS
Goblins, the evil fodder for an adventurer, hold
much negativity inside themselves. Their entire
lives are filled with conflict, hatred, anger, and
strife. Sometimes this energy collects within a
goblin den, congealing into an almost tangible
force. When adventurers come through, slaughter
the goblins and take their riches, the force acts. As
the goblins die, their spirits are held within the
138
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
goblin den by their collective anger and fear.
Several days later, the goblin spirits will take
form, becoming deadly apparitions called
booblins.
Released from their mortal restraints, they
become even deadlier creatures. They wait in
walls, haunt old traps, and slaughter trespassers
mercilessly. The only cure is eradicating the
ghosts and cleansing the entire den with holy
energy.
Dungeon Bound. Booblins are tied to the
location of their death. They can travel up to one
mile outside of this area but must return to their
den within 24 hours. If they are outside of their
den for 24 hours, or hit with direct sunlight while
outside the den, they fizzle into nothing; their
spirits too weak to survive without the hateful
force that sustains them.
Boo-brained. There is nothing a booblin enjoys
more than fear and murder. Creatures foolish
enough to enter a booblin den are greeted with
terrifying illusions, winding passageways, and
ghostly blades. The energy that sustains a booblin
gives them some magical abilities which they use
to create myriad illusions. They may create chests
of gold to lure greedy heroes, food for hungry
animals, or even humanoids screaming for help.
The illusions will change into terrifying visions
shortly after a creature enters the den. The
booblins will use the illusions to scare and
confuse target, driving them deeper into the den
and their eventual death.
Undead Nature. Booblins do not require air,
food, drink, or sleep.
 CAWBLIN
Dark green wings and a toothy beak stand against
the moonlight while cawblins hunt. An unexpected
mutation or collateral damage in some avian
curse, their exact origin is debatable. What is
known about them paints them as dangerous
predators, waiting in high places to swoop down
and steal gold or lives. They can be found in cities,
abandoned towers, or in small forest canopy
villages. Their nests are adorned with small
treasures and shiny baubles with the leader being
whichever cawblin has the gaudiest décor.
Infighting and theft are common among their
camps, behavior that keeps most clans from
growing beyond a dozen or so members.
Winged Woes. Cawblin represent a regular
threat in many cities, their enhanced mobility
allowing them to escape attempts to catch them.
They can also make their homes almost anywhere
and so choose places that are inaccessible to
more ground bound creatures. When they attack,
they do so in small groups but rarely with any
coordination, simply swooping down and beguiling
targets in a chaotic swarm. Unless directed by
another creature, they only ever strike for two
things, food or shiny objects. Any money they
collect is typically some kind of coin and simply a
byproduct of their desire for more bright things.
Because of this, they
usually stay away from
poorer parts of cities and
favor striking near noble’s
estates or
business
districts.

139

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 GODBLIN
An avatar of the power present in the Plane of
Goblins, the godblin is a goblinoid like no other.
They are not an object of worship, there is no
reverence among goblinkind for the godblin. They
are simply another goblin, albeit one with
immense power. This power roams among the
goblins, striking one at random and giving them
the power of a deity for as long as their body can
maintain it (which is never long). During this time
the afflicted goblin often goes mad with power,
embarking on a path of destruction that leaves
the land scorched beyond repair. In some cases,
the new godblin recognizes the opportunity
presented to them and embarks on a quest to
advance the lives of their kind. The incredible
140
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
power the godblin wields provides much greater
bargaining power, allowing them to grease
political gears or strongarm rulers into advancing
whatever changes the godblin may think
beneficial to all goblinoids. Regardless of their
methods, destruction or diplomacy, the sheer
energy behind the godblin will quickly burn out
the host body, typically within a few months, and
the power will then transfer to another goblin.
Over time, some goblins have begun to dissect the
patterns of the power, and a scant few have been
able to successfully transfer the power from one
to another intentionally, though this rarely last
more than a few transfers. Whether due to selfish
goblins hording the power or due to
overwhelming energy falling into incompetent
 hands, the godblin energy eventually finds its way
back to choosing chaos.
Plane of Goblins. This place is just a myth, so
the goblins persist; a place of reincarnation and
rejuvenation for goblinkind. The truth of this plane
is shrouded in mystery and the goblins who know
about it intend to keep it that way. How would the
world react if it discovered that all goblinoids are
extraplanar beings? If everyone knew that goblins
of every variety, from average toothy scavengers
to titanous monsters of muscle, existed in plane
of their own design; what fear would devour
them? No, it’s better that the plane remains a half-
heard lie, a story told to make goblins feel better
about their lowly place in the world. Good to let
the rulers of each reality think they know
everything, until the time is right to teach them
otherwise.

141

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 GOBBLIN
Created as a cruel combination of hunting goblins
and hunting turkey, the gobblin’s were born with
only one purpose, to flee. They had a different
plan in mind and, like many creatures put under a
boot, beat their creators with their own boots.
Now they can be found in many forests, guarding
it against the type of hunters that slay for fun.
142
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
GOOBLINS
A terrible union of two of the most abundant foes
within the multiverse. These creatures skulk, steal,
and look like a goblin but are made from entirely
from amorphous goo. Their heightened
intelligence, higher than an ooze anyway, gives
them the ability to ambush and scheme. While
their ooze form allows them to sneak into the
most impregnable fortresses. They prefer
to stay in a
goblinoid form,
as slopping
into slime is
painful for
them.
 JAWBLINS
Long ago, an adventurous goblin named Frytz
began a journey to become more than just
another monster to be killed by heroes. He longed
to join the heroes and found solace in the wildlife
around him. Encouraged by the voices of the
woods, he set out to make a name for himself. It
wasn’t long before Frytz discovered his druidic
abilities and powerful friendship in the heroes who
took him in. Frytz and his companions travelled
for many years together, becoming stronger in
their bonds and in their bodies.
A celebration was had by the ocean one
evening, the heroes congratulating themselves on
saving a clan of merfolk. Frytz, being quite
smitten with one of the merfolk, and emboldened
by success and drink, decided to use his abilities to
try and meet her in her underwater abode. The
rest of the night was hazy for Frytz but he woke
up feeling quite satisfied that his past-self had
found loving company.
Months later, he received a letter from the
merfolk, boasting of a child he had reared many
months ago. Elated at his luck and confused as to
the magic required for such an exchange, he
143
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
rushed back to see his child. Dismay caught him
quickly as he was informed a local shark had
given birth to a half goblin child. Ever the hero, he
endeavored to raise this toothy child and teach
them the way of the hero. Or that is how the
legend goes.
Toothy Grin. Jawblins are a terrifying
combination of shark and goblin. They combine all
the best aspects of both creatures into a powerful
force. They prefer to live underwater but will
come to land on raiding parties if food is scarce.
They have a huge mouth filled with rows and
rows of teeth. When a tooth falls out, they use
them to create spears, arrowheads, or other
weaponry. They are quite smart for goblin-kin and
can make deadly hunting packs. Their skin is slick
and tough, giving them excellent protection
against cold waters and foes.
While not evil by nature, they have a burning
hunger that will often drive them to evil acts if
they let it grow. Jawblins have been both the
heroes and villains in many stories and are well
renowned for their combat abilities.
 ROBOLIN
A fairly basic construct with a small boxy design,
reminiscent of those who made it. Robolin are
made by other goblins in an attempt to swell their
ranks or take care of menial tasks for goblins, with
the reasoning changing around those two
concepts depending on which goblin you ask. They
are clunky, prone to failure, and comically inept.
144
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Gobot. Robolins are surprisingly sophisticated
creatures when it comes to their mental acuity.
They can solve problems and reason nearly as
well as other more advanced creations, despite
their appearance and origin. When encountered in
the wild, it’s just as likely they have been sent on
an assignment from their master as it is they are
simply exploring. Each robolin is unique, with
some living a life of simple given objectives and
others enjoying freedom beyond their initial
programming.
 TALLBLIN
This is just a myth as something so strange could
never truly exist. It is spoken of only around
campfires or to keep children in line. The stories
are strange, as they caution against repeating
them because, through them, you might summon
the dreaded beast. But these are just tall tales…
nothing more.
Belief Born. Tallblin weren’t born of some
magical surge or a genetic fluke, but by the sheer
belief in them. As stories of their lanky arms and
penchant for stealing young children spread, this
belief became stronger. Eventually the collective
unconsciousness reached an ill-defined plateau
and a tallblin was born. There can be several in
the world or only one at a time, depending on the
concentration of belief in them within a given
area. No two have ever been known to exist in the
exact same place at the same time though. While
their physical presence will cement belief for
some, eventually the superstition will wane for
enough creatures that the tallblin can no longer
sustain itself and will simply vanish.
145
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Unsettling Body. Tallblin bodies and effects may
vary by region, losing some of the more
traditional qualities and taking on some aspects of
the local lore. On average, it appears to be a tall
goblinoid, standing anywhere from 9 to 12 feet
tall. It is said to have multiple arms or other
appendages that flow from its back. Its arms and
legs are incredibly long, with its knuckles almost
touching the ground, even when standing at its
full height. Some legends say that it moves
impossibly fast, while others claim it can
physically teleport. In all tellings, it brings about
misfortune and interferes with machinery or
electrical equipment; this can be as simple as a
part breaking when it should not or as dangerous
as an energy core destabilizing.
 Mistaken Identity. It is uncommon but not unheard
of for several members of an adventuring party to
be comprised of these creatures. More often than
not, each creature is unaware of their other’s true
identity. This awkward game of secrets can be
quite hilarious when everyone begins revealing
their identities to each other, only to discover they
were all goblins, all along.

TWO GOBLINS IN ARMOR

Teaming up against overwhelming odds, these
goblins decided to become something more. From
the outside, they appear as a somewhat strange
adventurer, but the ruse is not immediately
apparent. In goblin circles, tales of might duos are
told. In truth, there are far more “two goblins in
armor” galivanting about dungeons, saving
princesses, and killing liches than anyone will ever
know. Though they may be heroes, they still serve
goblin-kind and work to slowly expand and
improve the lives of their fellow goblins.

146

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 WEREBLIN
This subset of goblinoids are created by a bizarre
lycanthropy that changes one humanoid creature
into a different humanoid creature. While it is well
known that only a wereblin can infect a humanoid,
many goblin tales are told in reverse. They
proport that a human who bites a goblin will turn
them into a wereblin; a favorite story of goblin
parents looking to startle their children into
compliance. There is obvious falsity in this story,
but few humans have dared to study the claims
themselves.
Tricky Traits. Wereblin tend to be skeptical of
other humanoids, finding life in any society to be
difficult. They regularly find work as scouts,
thieves, or low-level henchmen, as their skills give
them a somewhat frightening appearance, even
147
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
as their boost their natural abilities. As humanoid,
they are lanky, with long faces and remarkably
sharp teeth, but are otherwise indistinguishable
from their kin. In their hybrid forms, they grow
shorter, hunched and coiled, with tight muscles
that makes them incredibly reactive and agile. As
a full goblin, they may keep some distinguishing
traits, such as a beard, tusks, horns, or pointed
ears, but these features are diminished and are
rarely seen as anything more than a goblinoid
oddity.
Family Ties. Golbins who are born with this
lycanthropy often find out while maturing, shifting
into some strange humanoid form during an
already confusing time in their life. Humanoids
who are changed by this curse, can sometimes
find themselves more at home with goblins, either
abandoning their old world or helping to establish
a bridge between their species and the goblins.
Given enough time, entire tribes of wereblins can
be founded, with few among them coming from
the same home. In this way, many creatures find
peace within their curse, finding a family they may
not have thought possible.
Player Characters as Wereblins
A character who contracts lycanthropy as a
wereblin has the following changes.
Wereblin. The character gains a Dexterity score
of 16 if their score isn’t already higher. While in
their hybrid or goblin form, they can use the
Hybrid Fortitude ability (using its own hit dice to
determine the temporary hit points) and the
Nimble Escape ability.
 GRIDTANKS
These large constructs resemble tanks only in the
loosest sense. They are blocky creations with
harsh neon lines that have the general shape of a
tank, that being a wedge and a cannon, with
nothing between the lines except air. They are
mindless, simply roaming and attacking anything
that moves, including other grid tanks. A strange
intersection of the Retroverse and video realities
caused these to be pulled over. While this
normally would have simply resulted in a few
errant constructs entering the realm, awaiting
eventual destruction by intrepid adventurers,
something strange happened: a tank laid an egg.
Clones. Each gridtank is capable of
reproduction, laying a handful of eggs each year.
The eggs are small grid-line triangles which
148
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
appear unceremoniously behind the gridtank as it
moves. After a month or so, so long as it has not
been destroyed, the egg will “hatch.” The triangle
rapidly shifts, adding a few more lines and
growing in size to become a fully formed tank.
Gridtanks do not care for their eggs and do
nothing to protect them, sometimes even
crushing them mindlessly. Gridtank eggs have
many legends out their uses, from aphrodisiacs to
potions brews, almost none of the legends are
true.
Simple Code. The tanks are automatons and
possess no real thoughts of their own. They
follow a very simple program, causing them to be
quite dangerous if they reach highly populated
areas. Attempts to alter their behavior through
magic or will almost always prove fruitless; there
simply isn’t enough mind there to influence. Some
more industrious technicians have found a way to
control them directly, becoming a remote pilot on
a very deadly joyride.
LOW POLY GUARD
Occasionally, gridtanks will be found with a small
battalion of guards. Where exactly these come
from as they never appear when a creature is
looking at the tank, though there are reports of
them popping into existence if a creature looks
away from the tank and then looks back.
 HOLO-BEASTS not require food, air, or water and do not age.
Holograms once used to display wild beasts, these They can move through solid objects, water, and
creatures have broken free from their emitters air as if they were in their natural habitat. They are
and roam the world believing themselves to be resistant to damage made with non-magical
normal animals. They hunt, eat, nest, and even weapons. They can no longer learn new abilities or
attempt to mate. With time, their structure begins traits and are stuck with the programed instincts
to break down and they become unstable, they were created with.
typically lashing out at anything around them in a
chaotic rage. This process can take dozens or even
hundreds of years and docile holo-beasts can
become local legends to communities that live
near them.

Mostly Incorporeal. Because of their

holographic nature, holo-beasts are extremely
hard to hunt and kill. They can inflict damage as
effectively, sometimes more effectively, than their
flesh counterparts. However, they avoid most
attacks, a normal blow only slightly disrupting
their matrix. In addition, they have the ability to
freely travel through walls and floors at their own
will, making trapping these creations nearly
impossible. If you do manage to kill one, they
explode in a shower of harmless lights and
sparkles.
Nesting Anywhere. Holo-Beasts have little
regard for their habitat and behave as if they are
in their element, regardless of how far they are
from it. Bears forage under the waves, sharks
swim through the air, and birds nest underground.
This can be a real problem for local wildlife and
cities.
Making a Holo-Beast: Choose a creature with
the beast tag. They are changed in the following
ways: Their tag is changed to construct. They do

149

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 JETPACK BUGBEAR
Some fool hobgoblin general thought giving
bugbears jetpacks was a brilliant idea. To the
general’s credit, it did make the bugbears infinitely
more effective. They were great assets to the
marauding army, right up until they rebelled. They
slaughtered the guards for the armory, took every
jetpack they could get their hands on, and spread
the spoils to their brethren. Now a somewhat rare
sight, a pack of these creatures can reap serious
carnage on an unsuspecting group. They appear
from the sky, slaughter and pillage, then
disappear as quick as they came.

150

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 KARMA CHAMELEON never attack a creature, except in self-defense,
This creature feeds entirely off the diabolical unless it has assumed the copy form. Once it is in
energy created when another creature commits the copy form, and has killed its host, it will use
an evil act. It will use its powerful camouflage to whatever abilities it can to cause the most
follow this creature, growing stronger with every suffering and evil acts possible, including turning
evil indulgence. As it grows in power, its body on any allies the host once had.
starts to change. It begins to take the form of the Evil Sustenance. The karma chameleon does
creature whose wretched actions it is feeding not require food or water, only a steady stream of
from. Eventually, this will result in a complete evil to feed on.
transformation into an exact duplicate of their Variance. While most karma chameleon are
target. Then, at an opportune moment, the karma attracted to evil, some rarer forms hunt other
chameleon will attack its double, killing them and alignments instead.
taking their place. A karma chameleon duplicate
that kills its host will double down on their evil
actions, feasting heavily on the dark energy they
create.
Three forms. The karma chameleon has three
distinct forms: chameleon, hybrid, and copy. The
chameleon form is extremely weak but is
exceptional at tracking and remaining hidden. The
hybrid form loses some of its sneaking prowess in
exchange for the ability to defend itself. The copy
form is an exact replica of the target it has been
feeding from, with the addition of invisibility. It will

151

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 152

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 KILLER DOLL rooms in haunted houses or certain sections of a
Appearing in attic windows for years, stalking ruined toy store, lest one of these horrible
children through the night, staring at you from creations come slicing at their heels.
just across the room; the Spreading Horror. A problem with killer dolls,
killer doll is a well-known that is somewhat unique to the Retroverse, is the
and feared creature KD-Virus. At some point in the past, the magic
through many universes. animating a killer doll jumped from the arcane to
Their creation stories the biological, allowing the essence of these
differ, from a diabolical fiends to infect inert dolls and convert them.
soul inhabiting them, to Though rare, great precautions must be taken
a vengeful witch imbuing with every killer doll as each one could be a
them with murderous carrier of the virus. If the infection is allowed to
intent. Whatever their spread, it can overrun whole nations with
origins, they all widespread tiny terrors.
share a
consistent
desire to slay and scare.
Wise adventurers know
to stay clear of doll

153

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 KOBOLD BIKER While their harsh lifestyle has made them a bit
In some realities, kobolds have taken their natural tougher than a normal Kobold, they are not as
talent for traps and tinkering and applied them to resilient as they think they are. Several of these
machines. They have a taste for freedom that can kobolds together can pose a risk for unwary
only be satiated by the feeling of going ludicrous adventurers, as biker kobolds have a strong love
speeds down a paved road. Their vehicles are of alcohol, especially with friends. The danger lies
hodgepodge creations, often borrowing parts that in their drunken resolve and ability to gang up on
were never intended to be on a vehicle and forcing an enemy with any assortment of sharp objects
it in into their rides in unconventional ways. What they find lying around.
they can't use for speed, they use for offense. A
kobold biker's vehicle is always covered in spikes,
laced with traps, and just on the verge of
exploding. Their time is short, and they want their
glorious death to be worth witnessing.
Scrappy Brawlers. A Kobold Biker usually has
an over-inflated sense of their own strength.

154

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 LASER KOBOLD
One of the many kobold variants throughout the
Retroverse, these tiny dragons have been blessed
by energy from a laser dragon. At least, “blessed”
is the way the dragon describes it. Laser kobolds
rarely start life like that and are instead slowly
transformed by the radiating power of the laser
dragon. This transformation is painful and
arduous, rarely leaving the kobold’s mind
unscarred. When completed, the kobolds gain an
extra set of eyes and can tap into the same power
of a laser dragon, though to a more limited
degree. These changes make it nearly impossible
for them to live life outside of serving a laser
dragon, something they do with a weird mixture
of reluctance and joy.
155
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
KOBOLD PRIEST
Though kobolds may worship any number of
draconic beings, they are rarely pious enough to
receive the power of their deity. The few that
break this rule can become quite powerful, by
kobold standards. Kobold priests can turn a
normal pack of their kin into a serious threat to a
local town or village. Under their religious
leadership, and with a little magical assistance,
they can even go toe to toe with greenhorn
adventurers.
They can rarely be reasoned with; their
devotion to their god's desires is all consuming.
What little self-preservation they have is
completely abandoned if their deity wishes it. But
most gods know the usefulness of a small and
crafty acolyte. Kobold priests are almost always
long lived under the watchful eye of their divine
patron.
 LASER PUP Forever Pup. Laser pups are overcharged to a
These adorable balls of fluff and hyperreaction cellular level, which is what allows them to create
pose more of a threat to Retroverse citizens than lasers from their barks. As a side effect, they do
most dragons. They begin their lives as normal not appear to age and live quadruple the years of
dogs but within a year of birth begin to exhibit a normal dogs. They will perpetually appear to be
terrible power. Anytime they yip, bark, or howl, a a young puppy. Additionally, they must consume
powerful laser blast shoots from their mouth. vastly more food than their normal counterparts.
They cannot control the blast itself but can be
trained not to bark. Many children find themselves
burned before these dogs are inevitably set out in
the country, the owners unable to put down such
a beloved family pet.
Wild Intelligence. Sometimes, intelligent laser
pups will realize the fear their ability causes. They
will make homes in cities and hold up citizens for
food. Their cute demeanor allows them to go
practically anywhere, guards not giving a second
thought to a roving puppy. Clever thieves’ guilds
have small bands of highly trained laser pups at
their disposal.

156

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 LASER-TOOTH TIGER
The Retroverse breeds many strange variations of
animals, but few become as ubiquitous as the
laser-tooth tiger. A minor alteration to their code
has given then laser claws and teeth. These new
armaments can pass through most objects,
including weapons and armor, with impunity. The
unnatural advantage this has in the fields has
made the laser-tooth tiger a bold and plentiful
threat. They are somewhat smaller than their
natural cousins but make up for their strength in
ferocious speed and increased intelligence.

157

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 MIDITAUR
Roaming the devilish labyrinth of this abyss or
that void has changed some minotaur. As the
infinite mazes expand, they eventually warp, no
longer held by the parameters that created their
seed. Doubling back on themselves in non-
euclidian passages, leaking into or out of different
realities, and sometimes composing themselves
out of impossible materials. If a minotaur goes far
enough into these unknown twists and turns, they
will themselves be changed. This is how a
miditaur is born.

Adaptive Compression. Miditaur are made from

digitized sound waves, their bodies being
recompiled to exist within a flux state made
entirely of sound. They can be anywhere, hanging
in the air until some noise disturbs them. They are
invisible to the naked eye and move soundlessly,
hunting by hanging onto the sounds made by the
world around them. They lack the ability to move
except by travelling on soundwaves. Keen ears
can detect their presence as they distort the
waves they move through, changing its pitch or
adding a warbling distortion to it. When they have
no natural soundwaves to travel on, they create
their own with a tremendous scream.

158

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 MUDDIES they have trouble with the simplest task outside
Clay icons brought to life by magic or machine. of fighting.
Muddies are literal fodder, their only purpose Critical Crumble. Though powerful, muddies
being to weaken creatures before the real are surprisingly fragile. A solid hit to their center
challenge shows up. They attack in swarms, will cause them to shatter, regardless of how
darting about and avoiding as many attacks as much vitality they had
they can. There is no loyalty among muddies and remaining. Built with no
for all purposes they seem without defenses, they seem too
consciousness, only existing to chirp and fight. inept to try and protect
Based on what monster they are supporting, they themselves from this.
may slightly change their appearance and gain a
new ability, but this does not change their minion
like behavior.
Churned Out. Muddies are amazingly easy to
create. A bit of magically enhanced clay, a small
ritual, and they are brought to life. Some gnomish
wizards have even created magical machines that
can create dozens in a day. Because of this, their
existences are worthless, and they are created
with the life expectancy of a few hours. Any that
survive longer than that begin to harden and will
fall apart within a week. During their life, they will
follow the commands of their creator to the best
of their ability. Due to their terrible intelligence,

159

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 NEO BANDITS
The bandits of the Retroverse are more disciplined
than those in other realities. They take their cues
from the exaggerated ideas of villainous groups in
movies of old, breeding rigid hierarchy and honor
with cutthroat greed. Many serve in one of the
eight major clans, but splinter groups arise all the
time. Those that serve a major clan must pay
tribute to their leaders in the form of gold or
treasures. In return they receive more training and
may ascend the ranks of their bandit clans.
Typically, grunts within this organization never
receive these benefits though, and wear the
uniforms more as a way to intimidate people than
out of any loyalty.
Clan of the Foot. Clad in purple, this gang seeks
to bring humanity to a new era by augmenting
their genes. Adolescents are their primary target
for recruitment, offering them freedom from
authority and the discipline they need to take what
they want from life. Unfortunately, this means
that rebellion and incompetence is high among
their lower ranks. They are led by a murderous
psychopath who is more bladed machine than
man.
The Fox Snakes. Masters of stealth and tactical
assault. They have two major forms of attack,
hand to hand combat or long ranged silent death.
High ranking members use magically augmented
sneaking suits, making them resistant to attacks
and environmental effects without sacrificing their
stealthy abilities. There are rumors that their top
agents are meta-creatures, capable of strange
and terrible feats. Their leader changes from time
to time but is always referred to as Boss.
Death Lords. Steeped in ancient mysticism, this
clan has a high focus on magic. Even its lowest
ranking members have access to a cantrip or two.
They strive to fulfill an ancient prophecy that will
restore their master to full life. Despite this
prophecy being fulfilled multiple times, they have
yet to bring their master back permanently. Still,
they press on, determined to defy death in any
way.
Clan Racket. Mobsters in the truest sense of
the word. Racket members seek only to grow their
own power and wealth, a goal they see as hand in
hand. They operate shops, casinos, restaurants,
160
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
power companies, basically anything they can, just
to bring in more and more wealth. They will gladly
steal a potion off you, even if there are ten free
ones nearby. They are led by a mysterious and
respected business tycoon with aspirations of
owning the world.
The Lost. This gang of ruffians is only a clan in
the loosest sense. Adolescents given the gift of
vampirism, their masters lacking the desire to
restrain them. They indulge in mischief and
murder out of a terrible boredom their partial
immortality has brought them. Their affliction is
so far removed from the original vampire that
they have lost many abilities and hinderances
normally attributed to vampires. They see
themselves as great warriors but are little more
than young thugs with sharp teeth. Their
progenitor is rumored to be a delinquent father
who sequestered himself in a far-off land, unable
to raise children after the loss of his love. Because
they are not true vampires, they rely on old and
badly executed magics to bring more people into
their ranks.
FM Grinders. A loose group of artistic ruffians
all led by a mysterious radio DJ. Though there is
much infighting among the different subgroups,
they all band together when faced with a common
enemy. They have a huge grudge against
authority and typically fight back with graffiti art
and civil outreach. They envision themselves as
warriors for the greater good, even if they
occasionally dabble into theft and minor assault.
Their music is loud, their clothing is louder, their
art is deafening.
Beastiforms. A group who has found great
success in melding animalistic shapeshifting and
crime. They have many scams that run from “cute
animal tricks a mark” to “swarm of bats abscond
with all bank’s gold.” Some choose to spend
almost all of their time in animal form, a
dangerous temptation that sometimes results in
them abandoning their clan and just living as an
animal. They claim to be fighting against a greater
extraterrestrial threat but rarely reveal this due to
the belief that many people are infected with
brain parasites. This strange set of actions and
ideals often puts them at odds with most other
clans.
 Dominating Ducks. What originally began as a
team of underachieving misfits banding together
to win an important sports event has since
spiraled into darkness. Recognizing the power in
numbers and boost in political strength that
sports bring, these heroes eventually became the
villains. In recent times, this clan is behind nearly
every sports team, both large and small, and
spends a great deal of time targeting young
athletes and luring them into a life of bullying and
bad deeds. By the time any rising star makes it to
the big leagues, they are likely a secret member
of the Dominating Ducks, only sometimes by
choice.

161

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 OTOTO
The OTOTO are a mistake. A now-forgotten
conglomeration of defense companies wished to
maximize their kill machine’s capabilities at the
lowest possible margin. Rather than pay for the
development and installation of advanced AI, they
simply filled the machines with the liquified
remains of whatever test subjects they had lying
around, cast a bit of animating magic on the goo,
and called it a day. By some dark miracle, this
nonsensical idea actually worked, resulting in the
original OTOTO. This method, allegedly, generated
a record increase of 1.2% in profits that year.
There were no survivors.
Auto-Generation. OTOTO are malicious beings
of twisted flesh leaking from a metal shell. They
have a seething hate of all living things and seek
onto to kill and propagate. They will attempt to
melt, smash, grind, or otherwise smear their
targets into a fine paste. The bio-sludge is then
infused with the same hate and malice, passed
down from the original OTOTO line, which
animates it. The sludge will endeavor to find its
own robotic frame, embedding itself within it and
altering even peaceful construct shells into deadly
and evil killing machines. The cycle will then
repeat itself, creating a near endless supply of kill-
bots; a feat the original creators would have been
sickeningly proud to have achieved.

162

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 PIRITHETI and ignoring most attacks. If it must kill
A horrible monster from the coldest reaches. This something other than its target, it will use its
abominable grey beast is attracted to movement terrible claws and fangs to rip the obstacle apart
and will mercilessly chase down any creature that and then continue its pursuit.
moves in its territory. It runs at impossible speeds
and possesses incredible strength. When it
catches its prey, it attempts to swallow them
whole, picking its teeth with the claws or daggers
its prey used to defend themselves.
Barren Home. Piritheti hunting territory is
always serene but barren of life. They must
consume several pounds of meat daily, burrowing
into the snow and ice to hibernate almost
immediately after they eat. They may roam an
area of several hundred miles, or they could take
residence beside a small village. Whenever they
encounter arctic settlements, they pick off the
inhabitants one by one until they are killed or
consuming everyone living there. They are
creatures of pure carnage and destruction. They
will not kill anything other than their initial target
unless a creature blocks their path, shrugging off

163

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 PIZZA CUBE
A mess of sauce, cheese, and death; pizza cubes
are an insult to the universe itself. Diabolical
magic has coalesced into a hideous cube of
delicious pizza. It can only reside in a place where
the items that comprise it exist in great supply. It
leaks a cheesy sludge everywhere it goes, making
it easy to detect. Despite any calling cards, it is still
a phenomenal threat.
Creatures sucked inside are blinded and cannot
be seen by their allies. Additionally, the unique
mixture of ingredients causes the inside of the
pizza cube to be highly acidic. They have been
known to attack, kill, and digest creatures double
their size in a matter of hours. They spit out any
metals but convert organic
material into ingredients
they use to sustain t
hemselves.

164

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 PIZZA SLIME
Constantly hungry and delightfully odoriferous,
pizza slimes are a horrifying abomination of one
of the most beautiful things in life. This unique
type of slime is a terrible mix of magic and age. It
is said that the first pizza slime was created as a
practical joke that went horribly awry. How they
proliferated from that point is a mystery. While it
is generally known that some kind of intentional
magic is needed to create a pizza slime, most
cautious cooks will keep the dough and cheese far
apart from each other before cooking a pizza, and
even after cooking it will prod the pizza with a
knife before serving it.
165
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Rows of Teeth. Unlike most other oozes and
slimes, the pizza slime is a predatory and hunting
creature. It has developed rows and rows of
spotted teeth (resembling peperoni pizza slices)
that it uses to shred its prey to bits. When
attacking, it will try to engulf the head or limbs of
a creature and spin the teeth around the
swallowed part in a bladed vortex of cheese. Once
their prey is dead, they can spend the next few
days engorging themselves on the slowly rotting
carcass. They prefer larger creatures but have
been known to hunt rats and children.
Pack Mentality. Pizza slimes have a small bit of
intelligence. Just enough to work together in tiny
groups and to ambush their food. A favorite tactic
is to kill a creature and then hang on the ceiling
above them, waiting to drop down on whatever
brave hero comes to the rescue. Packs of pizza
slimes are always made by random chance and
convenience. After feeding, they will often forget
about their allies and slosh off to find their next
meal.
Edible. You can actually eat a pizza slime with
no known ill effects. Some
even say that they
taste better the day
after killing them.
Just don't ask
what the meat is
made of.
Cheesy Nature. Pizza
slimes do not require sleep.
 POWER WOLF
Like their domesticated cousins, power wolves are
canines with overcharged cells. Unlike their cute
cousins, these beasts are fury incarnate. Their
cells do not give them greater life but burn away
at their life force rapidly and cause a multitude of
mutations on their body. Their gnarled visage has
them often being mistaken for wyrmlings or
small drakes. They are angry, hungry, mean, and
powerful.
Neon Mutations. A power wolf’s life force
literally burns hot. The energy expended by the
cells allows the wolf to form extra teeth, shoot
out laser breath, sprout glowing wings, extend
their claws, and grow any number of elongated
bones. These mutations cause them great pain
and drives them into a near ravenous frenzy. This
frenzy is only sometimes abated to mate, but
even that often results in disaster.
Put Down. Power wolves are a menace to life.
They serve little purpose beyond attacking and
consuming. If one is discovered, it is the
responsibility of everyone nearby to hunt them
down and kill them. Even a single power wolf can
destroy a village and a pack of them is akin to a
natural disaster. No attempts at domesticating
these animals, magical or mundane, have
succeeded.

166

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 SCHRÖDINGER’S BEAST
A tormented creature from the realm of the fey.
Captured, trapped, and subjected to terrible
experiments, the beast finally escaped the cycle of
two possible outcomes by becoming both of them
at once. It is simultaneously dead and alive,
flipping between two suspended fates as soon as
it is seen. It goes to great lengths to hide away
from any type of observation but even an insect
seeing the beast can set it into a spiral of
unending redeath.

167

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 UNDYING SLASHER Guardian Hunters. Undying slashers often
Stalking young humanoids through woods and choose an area they wish to protect and will stand
desolated cityscapes is the one of two things this watch over it for hundreds of years. If someone
creature is known for. The other is the inability to transgresses this area, they will hunt down the
die. Undying slashers are rare, with only a handful trespasser, even if they leave the guarded
existing in any given reality. Their motivations are location.
an enigma, their methods are brutal, and their
trail is full of blood.
Force of Nature. Undying slashers have dozens
of possible origins, all of which result in an insane
killing machine. A few are simply the result of
natural selection, a true apex predator. Some are
conjured spirits of destruction, sent to cleanse a
region of debaucherous adolescents. Others are
the result of a human subjected to a torturous
existence, lashing out through magic and death.
Whatever their origins, they are all nigh
unstoppable. When they have found a
group to target, they will not rest until
they have brutally slaughtered the
whole party. Only complete
disintegration, or an impossibly
strong and clever trap, can
keep the undying slasher
from accomplishing their
goals, and even this is
sometimes insufficient.

168

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Undying slashers also seem to be intolerant of WOEBONE
romance. They possess a 6 th sense for any A once normal dragonborn, now tainted by the
creatures romancing each other inside of their poisons of corporate politics. He was driven mad
guarded territory. If the undying slasher detects long before the corruption set in.
love in the air, it will enrage them, causing them to
prioritize those heartthrob targets above all
others.
Unlimited Ammo. If undying slashers are using
a ranged weapon or a weapon that requires
energy, they have an unlimited supply of the
ammunition needed.
Quasi-Undead. Undying slashers do not require
air, food, drink, or sleep. They cannot swim but can
walk along the bottom of a lake or ocean.

169

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 ZOROMIN BEAST
1 of 13 parts of the great consumer Zoromin.
When the parts of the old being were split, they
were stored inside average beasts. These beast,
unfit vessels for such power, were altered in
grotesque ways. They grew large, their bones
jutting from their bodies and becoming a stone-
like carapace. They grew powerful minds but
lacked the sentience to do anything with it. Their
eyes glow with the hot rage of Zoromin. They are
great lumbering beasts, secluded away from the
world, waiting to be released by Zoromin’s Blade.
Altered Beasts. These were once normal
creatures but are now titanous monsters of
170
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
legend. Some began as bears, others as horses,
and some as snakes. As they grew, so did their
power and abilities. They barely resemble their
original forms now, only slightly creating a
silhouette of their previous bodies. They are
strong enough to take on adult dragons with ease
and could crumple cities under their weight.
Thankfully, they avoid populated areas and rest in
remote lands, waiting, feeding, growing.
Preserved Eternity. Despite Zoromin’s influence
on them, they have no desire to die. They will use
their destructive force to crush anything that
threatens them. If they should fall by a normal
blade, the part of Zoromin they have within them
will leave and find another host to begin growing
the creature again. Only by being slain with
Zoromin’s Blade will the beast truly die. However,
this frees part of Zoromin’s spirit to collect
together again. Once all 13 pieces collect, Zoromin
will be born anew.
Immortal. Zoromin Beasts do not require food,
air, water, or sleep. They will not die of old age.
Zoromin Beast Template: Choose any CR 2 or
less creature. Typically, a Zoromin Beast is a
beast or humanoid, but this is not always the
case. The creature gains the following changes:
The creature becomes Gargantuan (titan) sized.
Their AC increases to 20 and they are immune
to non-magical attacks.
Their HP increases by 400
Their Strength, Constitution, and Wisdom
scores all increase by 10, to a maximum of 30.
They can use any basic attack three additional
times on their turn. If the creature has the
multi-attack feature, these attacks are in
addition to that feature.
Add 2d20 to each damage roll they make.
Add 10 feet to the range of any attack they
make.
If a creature uses a weapon, that weapon is
fused to their body and cannot be removed
from it or use that hand for anything else.
If the creature has a bite attack, they can use a
bonus action to swallow a large sized or
smaller creature they bite. The swallowed
target takes 35 (10d6) acid damage each round
they are inside the Zoromin Beast.
 171

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


To understand the Retroverse you must first rid
yourself of the limiters of your imagination.
Nothing is simply “one way” in this universe. Even
the rules and lore we have set down are only one
interpretation and should never dampen the ideas
you have for your own game. There are no
limiters to time, technology, magic, creatures,
societies, physics, or any other set of rules that
would dictate the separation of elements in your
story. Medieval knights can joust with florescent
lights while riding mechanized chickens. Dwarves
can mine out asteroids looking for magic rocks to
craft into alien smiting blaster shells. An army of
cybernetically enhanced ultra-orcs can fight
against a small squadron of neon-armored
samurai, wielding swords made from dubstep. The
true magic of the Retroverse lies in your
imagination and it’s a power you should command
with mind-boggling ferocity.
This works because of the unique nature of the
Retroverse as a reality. To understand it, imagine
a spinning plate on a stick. As it spins it may begin
to wobble. This wobble was the first instance of
the Retroverse existing. Once simply an empty
spinning reality, it soon began to intersect other
realities on this uneven axis. It stole and
supplanted different universes into and away
from one another. Eventually, this cosmic wobble
began to gain a sort of equilibrium by creating
jutting extensions that counterbalanced the
instability. Now the plate was not only spinning,
but it was made of gelatin and was expanding and
contracting in strange ways. This is how it is in its
current state. With every imperceptible rotation it
picks up new bits of one reality while dropping off
a piece in another reality.
This is how seemingly disparate parts can
come together to form a cohesive narrative. It
also explains why some parts of the Retroverse
may be heavily influenced by Norse mythology
while others more closely resemble 16-bit games.
Every universe is intersected eventually and the
Retroverse treats each universe equally, without
any concern for which ones may be “real.”
172
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
The ill effects of these constant intersections
make themselves known as corruption. This is the
one element that may be considered native to the
Retroverse. It is not just an effect on digital code
but something that twists the basest forms that
comprise any construct within this universe. It
attacks, DNA, code, atomic structures, time,
frequency waves, and even pure energy can be
affected by corruption. Without constant
attention, it can easily spread across the
Retroverse and begin to decompose other realities
as well. Thankfully, the Retroverse possesses a
balancing awareness that brings in new heroes
just in time to keep these cataclysms from
expanding too far. At least, so far.
Despite the seeming instability, the Retroverse
continues to expand and shows no sign of
collapsing in on itself. In fact, multiple solar
systems have made their home within this place.
Some have been cobbled together from random
parts while others have been lifted whole cloth
from their original timeline. Whatever story you
want to tell, there is a place for it here.
CUBE
There are countless worlds within the Retroverse
but at the center of most stories lies the planet
Cube. It is a planet of strange proportions and
density. The moons and suns revolve around the
planet, despite their difference in size. This is
because Cube serves a dual purpose as a planet
and as a prison; and what it holds inside has a
strange mass that defies definition and warps
gravity. Deep inside the square-shaped planet, a
powerful force of corruption, called Seed, is held.
Despite the planet’s presence, the deep corruption
sometimes seeps to the surface and beyond.
Cube is in a slow but constant state of flux.
Each face is comprised of nine quadrants with the
center quadrant of a face always remaining the
same. Each quadrant contains the essence of a
certain type of force: Earth, Air, Water, Fire, Good,
and Evil. These quadrants shift from one face to
another, becoming a jumbled puzzle of elements.
The center quadrant of any face is the only
constant, and its power is vastly stronger than the
other mixed eight. It determines the main power
of the entire face. Because of this, the other
 quadrants have their essence warped by the
power of the center quadrant.
For example: A fire quadrant on an earth face
could generate an area of extreme volcanic
activity or a scorching desert. An air quadrant on a
water face could generate huge tropical storms or
even frozen tundra. Every biome is represented
on Cube at one time or another, depending on the
latest Shift.
Shifts are what happens when rows of
quadrants move from one face to another. This
happens from parts of the planet’s face physically
rotating on its axis. The effects from the previous
face wear away but the quadrant’s main essence
remain and become influenced by the new face.
Usually, places near the center of a quadrant
remain only mildly affected by Shifts, while
anything near the edges are completely upheaved.
Shifts are cataclysmic events, creating huge
natural disasters that can wipe out empires in
moments. On top of that, Seed corruption leeks
173
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
from Cube’s core during these events, releasing
and creating terrors of extreme corruption that
must also be dealt with. Thankfully, these events
are well understood and happen at regular
intervals. Most of the time.
In addition to the effects of each quadrant and
face, the environment and its inhabitants play a
role in their environment. Their actions may
naturally bring in six additional Flair elements that
comprise the Retroverse and exert subtle
influences on that location. These forces are
categorized into: Beat, Scire, Dazzle, Blood, Code,
and Cosmic. These forces exist in all places to
some degree but become stronger based on the
actions of the creatures within an area.
For example: A desert area that has been
influenced by Beat Flair may have sand that
moves in waves closely resembling musical
waveforms. A city influenced by Dazzle Flair
would be bright and filled with chaotic nightlife,
whereas a city influenced by Scire Flair would
become a steampunk style city of ingenuity and
innovation. A forest dominated by Blood would
become a brooding area that few can live in and
villages that would find themselves plagued by
ravenous creatures of the night.
CREATING A FACE
A single face of cube has around the same surface
area of the Earth. When creating your own world,
we suggest simply starting with one quadrant and
determining what face it is on. This should give
you enough space to create a few major
continents and a few smaller plots of land, several
large and small seas, and enough variety to start
your adventure. When you expand, make sure to
remember where the quadrants separate and
what any Shifts may have done to that area.
For an easy start, simply roll on this chart to
decide the nine quadrants of your face. The
examples given are not the only way these
combinations could work. They simply exist as
inspiring places to start building your story.
 Face (center quadrant) d6 Quadrants (influenced by Examples
center) d6
1 - Fire 1 Fire An unending conflagration of multicolored fire where only highly resistant
life can flourish.
Heat and ash are the main features 2 Water A boiling ocean where little complex life can live.
that comprise these areas. Fire can
3 Air A flat land baked by scorching winds.
be both a force of destruction and
the spark of life. 4 Earth A desert of great heat and tepid nights.
5 Good A land where fire has restorative properties and breathes life into many
things.
6 Evil A place overcome with beings of fire, where the air is thin and burning.
2 - Water 1 Fire A tropical ocean with balmy days.
2 Water An ocean of unfathomable depths
Very little life can exist without
3 Air An ocean of high winds and large waves. A roving glacial tundra.
water. It permeates everything,
even if we don’t notice it. These 4 Earth A series of large islands with lush forests.
biomes are what happens when 5 Good A land filled with healing springs from a blessed freshwater ocean.
water takes the dominant stage.
6 Evil A sea of monsters and ghosts that few ships can cross.
3 - Air 1 Fire A land of smoldering volcanos and harsh gasses.
2 Water A place of near constant rains and floods. Cities build high into the clouds on
Air is not just what you breathe, it mountain peaks.
is wind, gas, lift, pressure, and the
3 Air A typhoon of immense power than strips flesh from bones.
sky. Biomes dominated by air are
usually vast and moving. 4 Earth A land of great porous mountains, floating lands, and deep caverns.
5 Good Cool winds that carry the tunes of life on them.
6 Evil A diseased land where the very air kills most life.
4 - Earth 1 Fire A region of dormant volcanos and hot springs.
2 Water Huge swamps as large as oceans.
This represents not just the
3 Air Sweeping windy plains of grains and grass.
ground, but the power of most
nature. Forests, plains, wildlife, and 4 Earth Great continents covered in lush forests that repel domestication.
mountains all represent this 5 Good Peaceable lands that easily support most creatures living there.
element.
6 Evil Lands of undead constructs bent on killing anything that moves.
5 - Good 1 Fire A desert full of lush life and frequent oases.
2 Water Languid oceans of crystal water.
Good represents many things to
3 Air Substantially large clouds that host cities and beings of celestial power.
many beings. To most it represents
peace and life, and that thought is 4 Earth Literal paradises for most creatures with lands and small seas that promote
reinforced by the effects of the abundant life.
element. 5 Good A place free from decay and where directly evil actions are punished by the
very world itself.
6 Evil A land of balance where life and death play a precarious game against each
other.
6 - Evil 1 Fire A land overcome with fiery demons and despair.
2 Water Radiated water has turned this into a place of freshwater marauders and
Death and time are the universal undersea leviathans.
evils that plague everything in
3 Air Winds filled with unseen terrors and monsters of impossible size and speed.
existence. These forces combine to
destroy and twist everything within 4 Earth A barren wasteland of ancient cyclic death and undeath.
their domain. 5 Good Great kingdoms that have been overrun by time and death but still stand
fast.
6 Evil A vortex of darkness that consumes all.

174

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Once you have your quadrant themes, design conflict. Life inside a land infused by the Beat is
the areas in a way that suits your story. like living in a rock opera or music video.
Remember that most places have a small mix of Examples: A sea of pirates questing after the
other elements in them. A primarily ocean biome greatest sea shanty ever created and making
still has islands and most mountainous regions plenty of their own along the way. A living forest
feature some large lakes, rivers, and valleys. in constant conflict with an encroaching city and
Building a region that can’t possibly support life the disharmony it brings to the ancient woods. A
can be a fun storytelling tool, but your world brightly colored dreamland where the sun literally
needs to have a place for life to exist in some sings a tune that is echoed by the plants, rocks,
capacity. For places of extremes, consider building buildings, and nearly every other inanimate object
outposts or areas that somehow defy the effects around.
of the land. Their very existence is an interesting
story element to add to your campaign.
BLOOD
ADDING FLAIR
Lands unlucky enough for Blood to become the
While designing your world, think about the
dominant force are places of fierce battle and
unique Flair elements that would augment your
terrifying frights. The days are darker, and the
creation. These forces exist in equal proportions
moons only show when were-creatures prowl. It’s
throughout the Retroverse, and often intermingle,
a true grimdark fantasy, accentuated with neon
but are empowered by the creatures that reside
and synth. Large cities are filled with dense smog
over an area. Their actions can literally shape the
that hides the actions of mob families. Death
nature of the area they live in. In each description
battles are commonplace and only the strongest
we have provided examples on how this may
survive these places. Life inside a land infused by
change areas. This is not the limit of their effects,
the force of Blood is like living on a metal music
just a sampling of how the combinations may
poster or in any number of horror films.
affect your world.
Examples: Harsh mountains habituated by
For a unique experience, try combining two
nomadic tribes of hungry werewolves that think
Flair elements into a single area. Cosmic and
nothing of cannibalism. Fields of tall grass with
Dazzle could create a city run by flashy tycoon old
edges sharper than most swords and filled with
ones. Blood and Beat could create grimdark epics
the bones of those who tried to cross them. A
where only the hardest rockers can save the day.
high-rise city built upon the corpses of countless
Scire and Code could create a forest that is
other cities.
literally programmed by its inhabitants.
Improbable combinations are the lifeblood of the
Retroverse. CODE
The Code forces areas into rigid symmetry and
BEAT efficiency, until it suddenly doesn’t. Areas under
this influence are often highly susceptible to
Areas with a strong affinity to the Beat of the
corruption and the normal rigid lines of creation
World always have a discernable rhythm to them.
turn into wacky geometry and impossible
Trees sway in harmony and music is carried on
locations. When everything is working properly,
the wind. The chatter of city life can become
streets are laid in even patterns, forests grow with
indistinguishable from an orchestra. Some
predicable paths, and mountains scale with
creatures tend to wax lyrical and rituals involving
mathematic regularity. When corruption seeps in,
dancing become prominent. The Beat makes
impossible glitches begin; inhabitants begin
intense and punctuated action commonplace, and
gliding in t-poses, geometry becomes broken, and
the world seems to insist on overly dramatic
things begin fusing inside of other things. When
things become too corrupted the places are
175

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 abandoned and take on the name Vector Wilds.
Literally anything is possible in these areas and
COSMIC
just entering them is an exercise in madness.
An area overcome with cosmic energy will appear
Living in a Code infused area can offer great
alien to most observers. Strange beings from
security and regularity, but even slightly unusual
other realities often slip through cracks here. The
weather becomes a cause for panic. Life inside a
laws of physics are no longer agreed upon in this
Code area tends to be like a videogame, with
land and may change in an instant. It can behave
common systems and glitches.
much like a corrupted Code area does, with
Examples: A city of perfect cubes run entirely
impossible mountains and incomprehensible
by automation, where discrepancies are brutally
spaces, but instead of simply being broken, it
destroyed. A volcano ouroboros, constantly
follows rules you couldn’t possibly understand. All
consuming itself and the lands around it. A snowy
things are possible when the rules of the cosmos
field made of identical snowflakes which create
begin bending, reversing, or simply breaking. Life
strange pillars of snow. A village smashed in on
inside Cosmic lands are like art and books of
itself, where all points are simultaneously
mind-bending horror and cosmic insignificance.
connected and separate. A forest where the trees
Examples: Magnetic deserts where the sands
grow like a crystalline structure, jutting from one
have created floating spheres, which have also
another in a tangle of insane mathematics.
created their own small biomes. A grassy plain
with pockets of reversed gravity where land
DAZZLE animals occasionally fly into the sky. A crazily
twisted labyrinth guarded by a minotaur that
Dazzle is the descriptor given to places with the chases you through pockets of time. A city built
most pizzazz. Fashion, bright neon, shiny sparkles, around the worship of gods that the inhabitants
glittering personalities, all these things represent slew eons ago.
a physical force within the Retroverse. It can begin
with one creature and then spread like a virus to
those around them, a charismatic repetition that
SCIRE
changes hearts, minds, and the very world itself.
This is the power of unbridled creativity and
When other realities hear of the Retroverse, with
invention. Areas like this are science fiction
their vector line mountains and flashing fashion,
brought to life. Cities tower into space,
Dazzle realms are what come to mind. Life inside
holographic villages pop up overnight, and
a land coated in Dazzle is much like cartoons and
woodland life is augmented by cybernetic
action movies of yore.
enhancements. It can be a paradise to some and a
Examples: Cities of music and neon, where
dystopian nightmare to others. Here, magic and
some of the highest crimes are not keeping up
technology meld together in an indistinguishable
with trendy fads. Mines of pulsating crystals that
force. Life inside a realm of Scire embodies the
thrum with synth beats when struck. Skyships
wonder possible in space-age science fiction and
battling with long and bright trailing barriers,
steampunk epics. It is silly ideas taken deadly
musical cannons, and rock star captains. A bard’s
seriously.
guild that has abandoned music in favor of sport
Examples: A roving village built upon robotic
commentating, crass jokes, and team-up insults.
spider legs that is on the run from a swarm of
hoverbike riding gangsters. A haphazard city
carried by balloons, where biplanes have replaced
chariots. A swamp controlled by cyborg alligators
who are in constant war with robot dinosaurs.

176

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 177

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 178

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 179

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 180

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 181

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


Based on the variations of Cube, there are
thousands of different configurations possible. We
have provided one interpretation and only a single
face of it. Please feel free to use it or use the rules
provided to completely rewrite the world to fit
your story.
THE EDGE
Cube is a planet of contradictions and
impossibility. The hardest rules it follows are that
of interesting storytelling and perception.
Questions like “What happens on the edges?” can
be answered with intricate explanations of the
gravitational shifts and equal pressures causing
creatures to simply move from one side to the
next, or as simply as “magic.” Unless otherwise
stated, the world operates as the players would
expect it to operate, our preconceptions governing
the baseline expectations. As always, the lands
and rules we provide are only suggestions and the
more complicated questions of “how does X
work?” should be answered as complexly or as
simply as you like.
LANDS OF CUBE
A single face is approximately this size of Earth,
meaning that there are many places snuggled in
between these major areas that are not listed. Use
these a jumping off points to start your
adventures or fill in your story.
CREEPING PEAKS
“A war of cosmically influenced elevation.”
Once a small cluster of mountains in the corner of
Cube, the hills began spreading like slow
vegetation. Now a blob of mountains marks a
whole segment of this face, slowly creeping
beyond their boundaries. What starts as a small
hill will grow amazingly fast, becoming a full
mountain in around 100 years. The civilizations
that started on flat land have learned to adapt
around these strange living mountains. Their old
cities either rose and slowly changed or crumpled,
creating ruins that the mountains gradually
182
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
consume. If you listen very closely, you can even
hear the peaks eating relics of the past. The
mountains in the center of the swarm have
slowed, but still grow a few inches each year.
The one object they come into direct conflict
with is the Break. This seemingly endless fissure is
the antithesis of the high rising mountains and
stops their progress cold. Attempts at creating an
artificial Break have all ended in unimpressive
failure. Like the Creeping Peaks, the Break is living
and growing; sometimes undercutting and
swallowing entire mountains. There are no
records of a mountain hitting the bottom of the
Break.
Different cults and even cities build themselves
around the ideals they think these two opposing
forces represent. There are religious ceremonies
and traditions surrounding the creation or
destruction of a new mountain. Occasionally
someone claims to speak for the Peaks or the
Break but the true desires of these two natural
anomalies is indiscernible to mortals and many
gods.
Notable Places
Peak’s Womb: A small cluster of mountains at
the center of the Creeping Peaks. The mountains
have risen almost into space and gravity and
reality begins to bend there. Many go there
seeking enlightenment, and some receive it.
Others come away from the tallest peak babbling
about the truth of the universe and our
inconsequential nature against the greater forces.
It is an extremely dangerous area due to the lack
of air, impossibility for backup, and the strange
creatures that have adapted to live there. The
shrieking winds are said to be very harsh on the
mind as well.
The Break: A slithering abyss that cuts straight
through the land. It never grows impressively
wider, instead winding ever forward, or backward,
depending on your perspective. Looking inside, it
resembles the night sky, with huge glowing
stones, bioluminescent creatures, and unexplained
fires sparkling deep within. There is no known
bottom and the deepest research teams have
known to have gone is only a few miles. It is a
 constant source of b-ugz and finding corrupted
creatures near its edge is not uncommon.
Cinder Hive: The largest city of hiveborn in history.
They have burrowed deep into the Creeping Peaks,
unearthing unknowable secrets, dead civilizations
of advanced technology, and lava. The lava has
proven to be the most beneficial to them,
becoming the main power source of their entire
city. It has allowed them to craft mighty machines,
made steam to power their cities, and is even
used to warm homes. They citizens here are not
worried about eruptions, as their advanced
technology allows them to control when and
where these blasts take place.
Their buildings are built directly into or on the
side of the mountains. Bridges, trams, and ziplines
comprise most of the transit in the city. Most
hiveborn can fly though, so these methods of
travel were built for those who emigrate to Cinder
Hive. Their mix of advanced technology and
anachronistic style has made this a hotspot in the
Creeping Peaks.
The entire city is ruled by a hiveborn Queen
and has been for generations. Her main priority
does not lie in right or wrong, but in the continued
survival of her hive. She will take whatever means
necessary to ensure that safety. It is not often that
Cinder Hive goes to war, because of its remote
and highly defensible location, but woe to the
enemies who stand against them.
Adventure Seeds
The queen of Cinder Hive has met an early
death. This creates a power struggle as the
Hiveborn once under her splinter into factions. A
new queen must be created quickly before the city
begins consuming itself. In all the chaos, the need
for strong and neutral adventurers is great.
It’s difficult for people to describe, but a mountain
seems to be sick and dying. You must explore
deep inside its caves to uncover the root of this
strange ailment.
A bright light has begun flashing from deep
within the Break. It seems to be a message, but it
can’t be deciphered. The cults of this icon see it as
a sign of doom. They hire you to escort some of
them deep enough to find the source of the
unknown illumination.
183
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
DRAGON’S DISPUTE
“A land destroyed by zealotry and epic conflict.”
This was once a forest of great pulsing life energy.
It beat with the thrum of the world and the warm
waters gave heat to the mind, body, and soul. That
was long ago, before the ancient war between the
dragons began. Within a generation, the forest
was burned, the wildlife was consumed, and the
flowing life energy dwindled to a trickle. Now,
sects dedicated to one dragon or another fight
over the last remnants of the mana. Good, evil, or
somewhere in between, all hold blame for the
destruction of this land but none can escape from
this conflict, so long as the ancient warlord
dragons still command.
What began as simple cults, dedicated to the
power and ideals of a single dragon, have
developed into entire religions. These religions
grew in strength and power, accumulating enough
followers to build entire cities around them. The
dragons saw this as an opportunity for growth
and the strongest among them became
protectors of their particular city. With the
stability life in a city offers, many came seeking a
place to call home. Warriors, smiths, farmers, and
myriad other trades came to settle in the cities
built upon the ashes of the land. While not every
citizen in the city follows the way of their patron
dragon, few would actively stand against their
might.
Life inside these cities varies wildly depending
on the dragon patron that oversees them. Red
dragons oppress their citizens, demanding slave
labor as the spoils of war. Silver dragons guard
their citizens from the harsh reality of the world, a
fact that can lead to much bloodshed when a
warring army invades. Neon dragons prefer to live
among their people, forging alliances without
outside forces to protect their luxurious city. The
one common thread among each city is the need
for a military force that both protects the borders
and secures their portion of the life force of this
land.
This military force, referred to as Gatherers,
wears the insignia of their city and are constantly
in conflict with other Gatherers. Their main
objective is to secure more mana for their city,
ensuring its life above others. Despite generations
 of conflict, not one city has fallen into complete
ruin under the force of another. Despite all shock-
and-awe tactics or “final battles”, the war, deceit,
and burning of each city continues in a seemingly
impossible cycle.
Occasionally, peace between a few kingdoms is
brought about due to the diligent work of leaders
within the cities. This is almost always short lived
as over a dozen sects persist in their desire to
fight for one more portion of mana.
Notable Places
There is at least one major city dedicated to every
major type of dragon, with smaller villages and
outposts serving the desires of lesser dragons or
dragon-like beings. To most outsiders, the cities
are simply referred to by the type of dragon it is
protected by. They usually have names that are
only used by the denizens of Dragon’s Dispute.
Beat City: Likely the most powerful force in the
realm, due in part to the natural Beat flair, which
is compounded by their strength. Guarded by beat
dragons of many different musical genres, this
city is a melting pot of different ideals and styles.
The Gatherers of this city prefer to use this music
to their advantage, making synth weavers, bards,
and techno vikings the most common foot
soldiers. The entire city is built around one of the
last remaining Mana Fountains, which keeps their
epic style of life possible.
Neon City: Built on the edge of the burned
lands of the Dragon’s Dispute, this city is the most
removed from the conflict. The immense power
this city requires to stay alight precludes them
from leaving the holy war though. This city is
overrun by neon dragons, all squabbling for
control of the city. The eldest among them, the
Glow Father, keeps the city mostly in balance and
allows the infighting of other neon dragons to
keep their numbers low. Their army uses
advanced technology mixed with magic to bolster
their dwindling numbers.
Kalvarcade: Nestled inside neon city is a
building, several stories tall and dripping in neon.
The building is a beacon of extravagance in an
area on the verge of collapse. Despite its high
energy cost, the Glow Father respects the
location’s importance as a distraction (and minor
184
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
tourist attraction) for everyone who visits. Each
floor is a fully stocked bar, diner, and arcade, with
some machines and games being one-of-a-kind
relics from other universes. Every arcade machine
imaginable can be found here, as well as several
ne’er-do-wells hiding in the shadows of the
glowing high-score screens. These small-time
hustlers make a living by skimming what they can
off the top or by targeting unsuspecting patrons
with stacked wagers or outright violence. Several
larger groups use the arcade as a hideout, with
the most notable being the Bling Bling Bandits, a
group notorious for their crafty plans and copious
wealth of game tokens. The Kalvarcade is a risky
place to venture but well worth the trip, so long as
you watch your back.
Heather’s Haven: A small caravan of busses,
vans, food trucks, and mechs that roams the
entirety of Dragon’s Dispute. Legends say it was
named after the first paladin to strike out on their
own, but some older members claim it was
simply named after the first van within the group.
While many common citizens of Dragon’s Dispute
make this roving “home” their home, it is most
well-known for the paladins who created and
protect Heather’s Haven. Life in Dragon’s Dispute
is hard and tends to churn out warriors of great
conviction at an incredibly high rate. Rather than
serve a single dragon or city, these paladins strike
against the current powers that be, aligning
themselves with an outside force that seems to
push against the eternal war of this land.
However, survival of the group leaves little space
for black-and-white thinking and often the
paladins find themselves working for one city or
another in order to care for their own. This has
earned them the moniker Heather’s Heathens
from those who wish ill on the group, a name that
some paladin wear with surprising honor.
Black City: This filthy city matches the color in
its name. Drawing from a sticky black form of
mana, they have built their military around
salvaged cars and battle mechs. The pollution
these machines create shrouds the entire city in a
thick smog and coats the buildings with soot.
There is no proper military force within these
walls, as every single citizen is enlisted,
voluntarily or not, into the fight. They spread
 across the battlefield in metal monstrosities and
pride themselves on glorious death battles.
Gold City: Built high in the mountains, the
rulers of this city see themselves as above the
dragon conflict. Their society is supremely
hierarchal, a system that gave itself over to
corruption long ago. It’s tough to see all the
bodies this high place was built upon from the top.
The Gatherers of Gold City are brimming with
decadence and dripping with titles, ill fit for more
than flexing their perceived strength at the other
cities. Despite what the ruling class would say, the
mana that sustains this city is all but gone and the
rot has begun to show through the cracks. Even
the gold dragons themselves have all but
abandoned this decrepit hive of villainy and scum.
Adventure Seeds
A new mana spring has been discovered by
your party. It’s only a matter of time before
someone discovers it and thousands of lives are
lost trying to claim it. Will you hide it, let one city
know about it first, or keep the power for
yourself?
You’ve been hired to sneak into Blue City and
secret out a dragonborn child of the Glow Father.
Failure to bring the child back could be just as
deadly for you as it could be for the involved
nations.
You’re asked to help eliminate some guerilla
resistance members in the forests around Green
City. You’re then ambushed by a team of the
guerillas, who are gorillas. They make a
compelling argument for displacing the current
leaders in favor of someone more in tune with the
voice of the forest.
185
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
GAIA’S EMBRACE
“The power of nature drummed into an epic
fervor.”
This lush forest is the center of this face, the
power of earth concentrated into a jungle of
intense magic. The woods sing in a harmonious
symphony in moments of peace and sound with a
thunderous opera in times of conflict. The gigantic
woodland is host to millions of creatures from
every conceivable corner of Cube. Elves populate
the trees, trogs skirt The Muck, rai of myriad
evolutions are sprinkled throughout, dark caves
conceal dark creatures, oceanic lakes are home to
mermaids and their kin, dwarves make their
homes in the rich mountains, and all manner of
other creatures call this place home.
Being in the center of a face, this section is
stable, only being affected by Shifts on its sides.
Because of this, the oldest and strongest cities on
this face have made their homes here. Some have
built their societies by pushing back the forest,
while many others have simply adapted around it.
It’s a melting pot of old and new, arcane and
mundane, technological and rudimentary. The
great circle of life is strong here, providing fertile
ground for a lifetime of adventure within a few
miles of your birth.
Despite the stability provided by the forest,
time still takes its toll. Hundreds of lost kingdoms,
abandoned cities, destroyed roadways, ancient
temples, and mythic empires are laid to rest in
Gaia’s Embrace. Their lost secrets are said to hold
the solution to everything from immortality to the
perfect omelet. Many other kingdoms, especially
those in New Kem, are willing to play hefty sums
for the buried treasures of these forgotten
civilizations.
 Notable Places
Deep Wood: To the south of King’s Field, there
is a place simply called Deep Wood. Surrounded
by a ring of death and pain, which is hard enough
to get to by itself, the Deep Wood is a place of
much mystery. The stories told tell of terrible
monsters inside that consume any who can make
it inside, but this is a lie designed to keep people
away. In reality, Deep Wood is a wonderful land,
full of sweet flowers and honeyed winds.
Unicorns, friendly wyrmlings, and all types of fey
creatures have carefully cultivated this place into
their home. The deathly defenses and visage on
the outside are also part of the disguise, with
undead treants and other abominations pushing
away outsiders. Those that make it inside rarely
leave and are often swayed by the sheer wonder
of the place.
There is no established governance but old
dragons and fey do not hesitate to expel or
expunge creatures who come to this bright place
with dark intentions. Those that leave are usually
found near settlements, heavily intoxicated. The
special brew of the Deep Wood creatures making
the expelled question whether they dreamed up
the whole thing since no one around believes their
ramblings about it.
Key’cos: A split city on the ocean called the
Jade Sea, which rests near the middle of Gaia’s
Embrace. Originally just an underwater city of
water dwelling creatures, there was eventually a
land component built. Now the two halves of
Key’cos live in relative harmony, with special
equipment allowing water breathing and
airbreathing citizens to work together and visit
each half of the city. Though much of the city is
balanced, those underwater still hold most of
political power within the city, something that can
often lead to turmoil when differences in law do
arise.
The largest issue that Key’cos must contend
with are pirates. The addition of advanced
technology into this ecosystem has given pirates
quite an edge against simple travelers. Single jet
ski riders, small boats loaded with laser cannons,
assault barges overflowing with battle drones,
these are some of favored tactics of the pirates in
this area. Thankfully, the pirates are always
186
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
battling each other as much as they assault the
city or its residents. Occasionally a pirate king will
arise but there is always another scoundrel
looking to take them down.
King’s Field: Currently the largest living
kingdom within Gaia’s Embrace. Over generations
the kingdom has expanded their land, cutting
away into the forest. Creatures of the woods have
tried to retaliate, and often still do, making the
edges of the kingdom a dangerous place to be. A
large suppressive energy field covers the whole of
King’s Field, eliminating the sound of the forest
and weakening creatures attuned to Gaia’s beat
while inside this field. This has been the saving
grace of the kingdom time and time again.
Sections have been lost back to the wilderness,
but then new sections are carved out in a slow but
steady conflict.
The king is a strange humanoid known as Solus
the Immortal. He resembles a human with a
gangly frame and an elongated head. His origins
are a complete mystery, and he often controls his
kingdom from behind closed doors. In his few
appearances, he has shocked people with his
understanding of the arcane and the mundane but
always seems to lack any shred of compassion or
joy. Many question his motives for ruling the
kingdom and wonder what his ultimate goal is.
The records recount him ruling for at least 2,000
years so far, giving credence to the “immortal”
title. What such a creature could truly want is a
complete mystery to those without a larger view
of time and space.
The Concert Hall of Elements: One of the first
creatures to tap into the Beat of the World,
Elizabeth Deneque, later known as DJ B-Witched,
created this amphitheater, cementing their power
and name in history. As the legend goes, the first
of what would come to be known as synth
weavers came across a naturally occurring stone
bowl, created long ago by volcanic activity. The
strange shape amplified any sound made within it,
allowing B-Witched to harmonize their
performances far beyond what other arcane
musicians had accomplished, weaving magic that
matched the rhythm of the world around them.
They began work to turn the space into the
greatest outdoor concert hall possible, using their
 new attunement to the Beat of the World to carve
into the stone and weave the Beat within every
inch of the space. Only when the shell was
completed did their true plan come to fruition.
Each bit of practice, each new seat created, each
single note, dance move, and bit of energy they
used to modify the amphitheater came together
as they performed an ascendant work of music,
known now as the Sound of Reality. Much like a
master wizard and their empowering runes, the
beautiful performance was amplified by the space
they created, causing the world around them,
from the ground below to the clouds above, to
move along with it. It is unknown what happened
to DJ B-Witched after this, the only thing
remaining of the performer being the
amphitheater and the persistent music carried on
the wind through slowly dancing trees. Those who
stumble across this lost space often report an
incredible compulsion to dance and hearing music
they can’t quite recall the tune of.
187
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Adventure Seeds
A sect of pirates known as the Ashen have
requested your help in taking down another sect’s
battle barge. They promise riches beyond
measure that they have assured you will be
divvied up and the remainder going to the sick and
needy.
After taking one step into King’s Field, you are
greeted by a guard who was told you would be
there. They take you to meet Solus the Immortal
and he has a long list of bizarre and impossible
quests to complete. He warns that failure will
mean the end of the world but will not elaborate
on his meaning.
A raving gnome tells drunken tales of Deep
Wood and offers to take only the bravest and
strongest to see the true treasures. Exiled long
ago, they are simply using greedy adventurers to
help force their way back into Deep Wood.

JET ISLES
“High flying islands connected by precarious
bridges and airships.”
Flying high above a sea of terrible force are the
Jet Isles. These islands are suspended by a
mixture of magic and machinery that allows them
to stay in the same relative position unless
commanded to move. The power required to keep
these islands afloat consumes many resources,
forcing to the Jet Isles to engage in serious trade
and to conserve energy whenever possible.
Despite this, the brilliant peoples of Jet Isles live in
relative comfort and most enjoy a life as free as
the air around them. They travel from island to
island on plains, warp trains, and gyro-mobiles.
Some take this freedom a little too far,
becoming sky pirates who prey on the smaller
islands and even control some of them. Those
that are caught are often exiled to the islands
Mercy or Repentance where they are expected to
serve their sentence in peace. This rarely ever
happens, and most sky pirates are back in the air
before sunset on the day of their exile. Despite
this, the free loving ideals of most Jet Isles citizens
makes much harsher punishment out of the
question. Likewise, most pirates rarely engage in
much more than larceny, harassment, and
vandalism; unwilling to turn too hard into
malevolent ideals. Most pirates.
Another notable difference of the creatures
inhabiting Jet Isles, and something that likely
leads to their more forgiving nature, is that they
are almost all exclusively humanoid animals and
beasts. Their visage and animalistic nature can
make it hard to adapt to the world outside, but the
Jet Isles offers them a home, safe from the
assumptions and harshness of the rest of the
world. Bears, ducks, tigers, and all manner of
other humanoid beasts or were-creatures call Jet
Isles their home.
Notable Places
Whale Island: The largest and most heavily
populated of all the islands. It is run by a council
that is a conglomeration of rulers from each
disparate island. It is of utmost importance that
every voice and group, no matter the size, be
188
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
heard. For this reason, changes to law can be
terribly slow but because all are heard, there is
rarely a need for major changes. The structure of
the councils, organizations, and political seats is
usually indecipherable to outsiders because of the
complex nature of its members. Communications
between these anthropomorphic creatures takes
place not just in the verbal and written space, but
in sights, gestures, smells, and food. Intermingling
of customs and blurring of divides leads to great
stability but can make even a simple town hall
meeting impossible to follow for those new to its
intricacies.
The city itself is ill designed, having simply
been bolted onto over time. The streets are
congested and winding with buildings built on top
of one another, sometimes leaning into one
another. The great minds of the city supplement
the design with technology to keep it from all
crumbling, which only adds to the mishmash
construction of the whole thing.
Mercy and Repentance: Two important islands
within the Jet Island domain, but ones that are not
held in the sky. They are used as penal colonies
for citizens of the Jet Isles deemed too dangerous
to themselves or others to be allowed on the
islands. Over time, these outcasts have built their
own society; one with a deep hate for those that
live in the “sky castles” above them. This
perpetuates the problem, as young rebellious
hearts often join visiting pirates to go and plunder
the Jet Isles. Once they are caught, the cycle
continues anew. Occasionally, they will join in the
Dragon’s Dispute, but the difficulty of the mana
wars makes this an uncommon occurrence.
The islands were created to be a place of
reflection and redemption. Mercy has beautiful
vistas, natural springs, and open fields of slow
winds. It was even once regarded as a great
tourist location for many on this face. Repentance
was slightly harsher, serving as an approximation
of punishment with deadly monsters, hard land,
and dying forests. Both were designed to teach
the value of life in an indirect way but both
backfired. Avarice and boredom destroyed most
of the beauty of Mercy, with one or another group
vying for control. Repentance bred harder
 189

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 criminals, the deadlier ones turning their eyes only a matter of time before the mistakes of the
away from the soft Jet Isles and on more past destroy the future.
challenging endeavors in the world. There is some
conflict between the two islands, but they are Adventure Seeds
joined in their hate against those they see a A failing air delivery business has hired you to
lording above them. help with what could be the job that makes or
Charisma Check: What initially started as a breaks them. Trouble arises when a rival delivery
small tavern, cheekily named to draw in regular company, disguised as pirates, attempts to take
patrons and traveling tourists, somehow fell into down your airships and seal the company’s fate.
an expanding institution for learning everything Off the coast of Repentance, denizens have
from ballroom dancing to public speaking to spotted the breaking of waves. The Below Beasts
monster charming. The tavern was initially are known to break the surface occasionally, but
squared into a small village on one of the outlying this is much closer and getting closer each day.
floating isles but, as their open mic nights and live Will you help evacuate, or help fight?
music increased in popularity, they began A masked vigilante has been cleaning up the
expanding, buying what little land and houses streets of one of the seedier pirate-controlled
were available and enveloping it into a islands. You’re asked to help identify them and
hodgepodge school, focused entirely on bring them in for questioning, or an award
charismatic behaviors. Its campus now covers the ceremony, or maybe have lunch with the
entire island and even expands slightly beyond it. vigilante? You’re not exactly sure what Mayor
Despite its strange appearance and origins, it is Bear was asking you to do.
well known throughout Cube and is the place to
learn about almost every kind of performative art,
and the drinks are still pretty good too!
Below: This is the name given to the entirety of
the sea underneath the floating isles. Long ago,
experiments by the scientists of the Jet Isles,
before they flew and were known as such, were
trying to improve the power and lifespan of their
citizens. They succeeded, but at a huge cost. The
altered beasts eventual became unstable. They
grew into megalithic monsters whose hunger was
impossible to satiate. With the help of other
nations, they drove then new creatures into the
oceans and built lifters for their islands, putting
them far outside the reach of the monsters below.
The deep ocean swallowed them, their huge mass
sinking them to the bottom. As of now, there have
been none who have found another shore to climb
upon, but it is well known that they are still alive,
trapped at the bottom of the ocean, hungry and
drowning but unable to die.
Whenever one is spotted, in a miraculous
breech or from purposeful sea exploration, it has
always changed. New appendages, new abilities,
new evolutionary traits to aid in its agony of
survival. Unless they are somehow stopped, it’s

190

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 NEW KEM
“The brash boundary between life and death.”
New Kem is built upon the ashes Old Kem, a cycle
repeated countless times. These lands are a
breeding ground for evil and conflict, with every
inch of the ground having tasted blood. The
unique properties of the Demon Twins volcanos
make this region an easy spot to rip open portals
to other planes. The first, a largescale demonic
invasion that was repelled generations ago,
resulted in so much bloodshed that it forcibly
loosened the dimensional bonds even further.
Since then, many other factions have used the
weakened dimensional walls to invade.
Conquering robots, legions of undead, corrupted
gods, even alternate versions of New Kem have
taken a chance at pushing into these lands. As
each new invasion is repelled, more life is spilled,
and the lines between worlds grow even thinner. It
is a cycle that seems unstoppable now, except by
a Shift of Cube.
The kingdoms of New Kem are in constant
battle against the invasions and against each
other. Only the strongest survive in these lands
and that has let some strong but unsavory rulers
rise to the top. Because the kingdoms keep the
invasions from spreading to the rest of Cube, the
rulers demand recompence from other kingdoms
in the form of soldiers and arsenals. There is often
a great deal of subterfuge and sabotage between
the kingdoms as they play dangerous political
games with warriors turned politicians. It is a
place of hard peoples, with harsh lives, that cull
the soft-hearted and sharpen the soul.
For an adventurer seeking power, this is a land
of high risk and reward, if they can tolerate the
injustice the kingdoms bring on their people for
the promise of “world security.”
Notable Places
Demon Twins: A pair of volcanoes churning
with evil energy and fire. They appear to be giant
flaming horns jutting from the ground. When they
erupt, they do so simultaneously. This almost
always acts as a herald for the next wave of
invaders.
Hungry Sands: A desert of sand particles that
latch onto metals rapidly and eat at them until
191
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
they are reduced to more particles in the sands.
Those in armor could find themselves buried
without sinking an inch as the sand slowly build
up around them. There are legends of a plastic
city but surely it could not withstand the harsh
iron winds.
Jon City John: Named after a pair of ancient
soldiers who warred for control of the kingdom. It
is the largest city in New Kem and is built upon the
ruins of countless cities before it. This has led to
much confusion on the original name of the city
and who the rightful ruler is. At this moment it is
led by an ancient ultra-buff ceran rontar warrior
who is rumored to have lived forever. This city
acts as the major voice for the realm, securing
much needed supplies from other cities they
consider too weak to handle the invasions they
repel.
Adventure Seeds
The Demon Twins have become more active,
making invasions almost commonplace. Find a
way to quell their fires, if only for long enough for
the kingdoms the recuperate.
An expedition of researchers found something
in the Hungry Sands but have stopped responding
to hails. What did they find and where are they
now?
Mages have discovered a strange arcane portal
ready to open in a remote location. It seems like it
will be huge, large enough for an entire city to be
transported through. What terrible force is on its
way?
NEWTON WASTES
“A vast desert of unlikely possibilities. “
On the south of this face there is a sprawling
desert of tremendous size. Large lakes and oasis
bastions allow a plethora of life to live there that
would not normally be possible. It gets its name
from the strange gravitational forces that twist
the sands into strange creations. There are
underground sand caves, created only by the
repellant nature of certain minerals in the sand.
Great mountains of sand are peaked with snow.
Geometric shapes accumulate and create
multilayered floating dunes, each with diverse but
 interlinked ecosystems. Great magicians and
powerful elemental wielders can shape the sand
to their whim, creating permanent fortresses that
magnetically repel attackers or temporary wizard
towers that move overnight. Very few things in
the Newton Wastes are a constant, which makes
travel here a dangerous endeavor.
The sand of the Newton Wastes is charged
with myriad energies. Some places hold magnetic
charge, some hold an electrical shock, while some
are totally inert until living creatures step into
them. There are patches known as Sick Sands that
cause grievous sores and eventual death. This Sick
Sand is a rich source of power though and many
make a living just hunting down these patches and
collecting them, despite the harm it causes their
bodies. Be cognizant of the color and composition
of the sand around you so that you do not
accidentally call a hail of deadly energy upon
yourself.
Because of the strange nature of the sands and
the weakened dimensional barriers near New
Kem, this area is frequented by strange wonders
from beyond the stars and imagination. Mirages
become reality and reality can fade into nothing
as you adjust to the beings and creations that just
simply shouldn’t be. Natives of the sands know
better than to always trust what they see and that
sometimes walking into an unknown part of the
desert is better than walking into the unknown
thing which blocks your path. Travelling the
Newton Wastes requires a guarding of your water,
energy, and mind.
Notable Places
Gasoline Empire: A harsh wasteland society
with scarce resources and bands of marauders
loosely tied to the strongest among themselves.
In a world of magic and machine, there is no
reason for such a society to rightly exist. Just
beyond the sands there is plentiful resources,
enough to sustain the surprisingly large tribal
gangs. What brings them together is a mix of near
religious indoctrination, zealous action, and a
strong desire to live a life on such an edge. Simply
by one group existing, the nature of the realm
brings another group in to balance them. This
mad lifestyle is a self-perpetuating machine that
192
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
only serves to keep itself in motion. In this way, it
is not unlike most societies in this world or others.
There is a tenuous relationship between the
marauding clans, each one trading with the other
to gain enough resources to destroy a third. The
largest types of commerce include vehicles,
energy sources, weaponry, blood, and knowledge.
If one clan can gather enough of these resources,
they can sometimes gain a large enough foothold
to dominate over the other clans. This is always
short lived as life in the Gasoline Empire is cheap
and the best permanence you can hope for is for a
witness to tell of your glorious death.
Info Dump: A city nestled between a branching
mountain range. Originally a small settlement of
dwarves and gnomes collecting and researching
the peculiar sands and stones of this region. These
precious minerals brought in many settlers who
were hungry for a quick payload of riches. As the
city grew, so did its needs and soon the strange
crystals and sands were not just for research but
also collected to power homes. Despite the
booming growth, the dwarves and gnomes never
lost control of the city and serve as a ruling
balance of science and industry.
Many breakthroughs have been discovered in
Info Dump, from self-cooking pancakes to
overnight cybernetic appendage replacement.
Nothing in the city has been untouched by
technology and few of the citizens live without
some kind of augmentation. This means that,
when the peace is disturbed, things can become
out of hand very quickly. Though uncommon,
riots, protests, and simple vandalism can leave
hundreds of dead in their wake. This is simply
thought of as “the price you pay for progress” to
many Info Dump citizens and leaders. The citizens
often think differently.
Launch Pad: In the Newton Wastes there is a
relatively small area that has a mostly predictable
gravitational rhythm. On a regular interval, the
gravity lessens from the planet’s average to
nearly zero. This effect extends in an uneven line
that equalizes high above Cube. This is quite ideal
for space faring vessels as they can break into
orbit using far less energy and fuel than on any
other part of this face.
 The ease of space travel has brought countless
adventurous souls, from this planet and beyond,
into the walls of Launch Pad. Originally a handful
of rocket platforms, the city now supports life of
many forms and carries dozens of ships up and
down each gravity cycle. The spaceport has even
made a name for itself across the galactic system,
a reputation for interesting trade and tourism in
an already strange universe.
Hartley’s Holo-Hearth: Nestled into the back
alleys of Launch Pad is a series of taverns,
lounges, inns, clubs, and any number of other
recreational establishments, all connected, and all
locally referred to as Hartley’s. This chain of
loosely connected venues is well known for
appealing very directly to whoever enters it, with
the inside having a wholly different aesthetic
depending on the creature observing it. Each
individual sees something different, from different
holographic staff all the way to different
programs on any given screen. It is highly
personalized, with even creatures of the same
family seeing slightly different things. Though the
skeleton of the building is hard to directly change,
hard-light holograms and illusions fill in most of
the gaps and provide tangible games and other
interactable elements for each location. Willing
creatures can let others see the venue as they see
it, but this is rarely done, simply because it
becomes less appealing as soon as a creature
shifts to another view than their own. This
personalization makes every Hartley’s a favorite
Hartley’s and has made those behind it very
profitable and very powerful.
Adventure Seeds
A group of local kids challenge the party to a
rocket boarding contest. After procuring a few
hoverboards you’re informed that rocket boarding
involves riding down the ascending spaceships at
Launch Pad, doing as many tricks as possible off
them, and trying to make it down without killing
yourself.
The Furious Cult of Max has blamed you for
the death of one of their leaders. This is
considered a challenge of clan ownership and you
are compelled into a death race. Get a vehicle,
equip it with enough weaponry and power to take
193
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
down an army, and blow the other racers into the
afterlife.
A refined element from Sick Sand has been
produced in Info Dump. It is impossibly small and
offers near limitless energy. Still in the
developmental stage, and quite unstable, a thrum
of war for control between the augmented begins
to beat. Where will you stand when blood and
electricity flows?
A local hero is Launch Pad, the vigilante
Cowlbear, has decided to take one of your party
under their wing and teach them the ways of the
rogue hero. Cowlbear is well respected among the
populace but the added attention towards your
party can be a bit much.
PRIMORDIAL WILDERNESS
“An iridescent marsh of ancient heroes, horrors,
and dinosaurs. “
An old place from an old world. The Primordial
Wilderness is a strange mix of time-capsuled life
and technologically adapted civilizations. This
oddly colored place overtakes all attempts at a
typical city within it trees. Considered one large
swamp, it seems to be just as much alive as the
creatures who live within it. What the true desires
of such a collected creature are is impossible to
know, but it is well known that it typically only
responds negatively to wanton violence on plant
life. Creatures living here know, if you intend to
cut down a Pulse Tree, you better plant two in its
place.
Despite the swamp’s aversion to plant violence,
animal violence is quite common. Epic battles of
life and death play out in sizes ranging from tiny
to tyrannosaurus every minute. The intelligent
creatures who have adapted to live there have a
strange balance of plant penance, violence against
the wildlife, and salved magics or technologies.
This has led to the creation of many religions and
codes of conduct that are taught to children as
soon as possible. Without following these strict
rules, the Primordial Wilderness will literally eat
you alive.
Technology is commonplace in the Primordial
Wilderness, though little is actually made there.
Villages of trogs may have a leader decked out
 with jetpacks and laser guns of a city across the
world. Some scavenger groups have access to
large mechs that bolsters their ranks. Even beasts
of burden are sometimes given powerful robotic
exo-skeletons. The Primordial Wilderness attracts
the attention of many across the world, such as
scientists, historians, adventurers, and greedy
kings. Very few of these groups ever survive,
leaving valuable equipment behind; something
that attracts even more explorers. When the
citizens of this land find these items, it is
considered a gift of the swamp and is seen as a
great blessing.
Notable Places
The Walking Cities: All across the marshes
there roam giant creatures known as
yggdrasaurs. Upon their backs are various types
of settlements, from small villages for young
yggdrasaurs, to compact cities on the backs of
elders. These wandering settlements create a
unique balance of nomadic and settled life,
allowing for travel without leaving the comfort of
an established home. Typically, the citizens of one
yggdrasaur do not get along with another, citing
ancient feuds and religious doctrine to justify
violence against another. The defense force of
most walking cities is comprised of Dino
Commanders, specialized troops that ride
dinosaurs equipped with technological
enhancements like laser cannons and rocket jaws.
If a city is defeated, the survivors will search for a
pregnant yggdrasaur, stealing and nurturing the
194
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
massive young and restarting their society, and
the ancient feuds, all over again.
Red Roots: Along the southern border of the
Primordial Wilderness the marshes begin to twist
in unusual ways. The Barrier to the south has seen
much degradation, allowing swimming
aberrations and b-ugz to make their way into the
swamp. This has caused numerous confusing
adaptations by the local wildlife. Man-sized
mosquitos, swamp devils, flying alligators,
lightning snakes, squirrelipedes, these things are
common occurrences in Red Roots. This is
compounded by the way the swamp has adapted
to resist corruption, becoming sensitive and
violent at even minor disruptions. Red Roots gets
its name from the water and roots of trees, which
has absorbed so much blood that everything is
stained a deep red.
The Muck: Where Gaia’s Embrace and the
Primordial Wilderness intersect is a great damp
forest known simply as The Muck. Thick mud and
forest rot make it nearly impassable except by
highly specialized animals and equipment. Even
the mighty yggdrasaur will not try passing, their
immense bulk totally negating their natural
strength in such a place. It is a favorite of some
guilds of ill gains because of the difficulty it takes
to get in and out of it. A few pockets of civilization
make their homes in the trees, building bridges
and swinging on vines to avoid the mud monsters
below. Deep beyond the farthest most can travel,
there can be heard the rumbling of a creature
simply known as Zoromin’s Gator.
 Exoto-Park: An excerpt from a travel guide
“Welcome to Exoto-Park. The 10th through 15th
wonder of the world! From humble beginnings as
a simple dinosaur themed amusement park, we
have grown into a metropolis of the fantastic!
Seeking an ideal vacation? Come enjoy our
Colossal Coasters or Dinosaur Rides*! Looking for
a romantic getaway? Take part in out weeklong
“Survival Challenge” where, if you make it out
alive, you’ll be making out for life*! Maybe you are
looking for a new place to call home? Along with
the many beautiful restaurants, shops, and
attractions owned by private citizens, we also
have a plethora of Exoto-Park employment
opportunities! Join out prestigious Wilderness
Guard, who help keep the harmful forest from
attacking citizens and guests! Dinosaur trainers
are always in short supply, we will provide all the
training and all legally required safety equipment!
Maybe you’d like a little adventure in your life?
Exoto-Park founder, Trimbalius Fizzlebang Jax,
was once an adventurer like you, until he founded
the wondrous park you see! There is always a
monster hunt or wondrous artifact he and his
Quest Assistants can provide you with*! So, what
are you waiting for!? Come be part of something
bigger. Come be Exoto-Park!”
“*Exoto-Park, its subsidiaries and all holdings of
Exoto-Park LLC, including but not limited to: Magi-
Land, Trimbalius World, and Desire Island, are not
responsible for the; accidental death,
dismemberment, maiming, curses, evil pacts,
planar shifts, corruption, or other harm; physical,
spiritual, mental, or otherwise, of any Exoto-Park
employees, citizens, or guests.
Adventure Seeds
Surprising no one, many ferocious dinosaurs
have escaped their cages in the city of Exoto-Park
and the party is called in to save as many lives as
possible. They are offered a bonus for each
dinosaur saved and placed back in their pens, but
only a flat rate for saving the park’s guests.
The last surviving member of a fallen
yggdrasaur city has made a pact with something
evil and hungry. They work to build an army
capable of killing the oldest yggdrasaur so the
Sorrow Without Satisfaction can cook and eat it. A
war of epic proportions is brewing.
195
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
An adventuring party who went into The Muck
over 1,000 years ago returns as if they had been
gone only a week. They are shocked at the new
world and ask you to help them adjust but old
feuds and prejudices die hard.
VECTOR WILDS
“A broken empire, overrun by corruption.“
Also called the Broken Lands or the Forgotten
Empire, this is a once great kingdom that has
fallen to the powers of Corruption. The last name
the region went by was allegedly Slate Eagle, but
very little records exist to confirm this. Like many
things in the Retroverse, this land was
transplanted wholesale from another reality.
What little history exists from that realm paints it
as an average medieval empire. There were
warring kingdoms, knights of legend, and
multicolored dragons of all sorts. The kingdom
was able to adapt to Cube only because of their
extreme magic prowess, staving off any advances
from more technologically superior civilizations.
This arcane ability would be their downfall
though, as one too many malicious mages made
monstrous machinations for might and magic.
The stories passed down tell of an epic battle
between heroes from across Cube joining to beat
a techno-lich. The evil wizard had fused their body
with magic and machinery and was burrowing a
tunnel deep into Cube in order to bolster their
power with the corruption inside. The heroes lost
this battle, as the techno-lich struck a flowing vein
of corruption which consumed all involved in its
data explosion. This vein became known as the
Glitch Fountain and proved to be too strong for
anyone to stop. The local kingdoms rescued those
they could, but their rescue efforts were quickly
overwhelmed. They built The Barrier in the sea,
cutting Slate Eagle and its inhabitants away from
the rest of the world.
Today, the land is barely recognizable as the
once great empire it was. The peculiar nature of
the Vector Wilds makes exploring and mapping
these areas a fruitless effort. Land folds in on
itself, new areas are created overnight and then
vanish just as quickly, even the cardinal directions
splinter into unrecognizable signals. Despite this,
there still exist pockets of the land untouched by
 the corruption, standing in strange bubbles that
defy explanation. The creatures who live here are
just as peculiar as the lands around them, with
nonsensical customs and hodgepodge lineage. If
one wishes to explore the Drawline Fields, the Sea
of Errors, or the Fractal Mountains, hiring a guide
from these odd bubbles of civilization is a must.
The Vector Wilds are a beautiful and dangerous
place, something most adventurers find
impossible to resist.
surrounding The Barrier. The aptly named Barrier
City, serves as the capital of this man-made land.
Still technically a part of Slate Eagle, the city
funds frequent excursions into the Vector Wilds
for needed supplies, like freshwater, dirt, and
artifacts they can export.

Notable Places
Slate Eagle Ruins: This once mighty kingdom
has fallen into a grey ruin as it is slowly eaten
away by the forces of this unstable land. The
kingdom was on the farthest edge of the
continent from the Glitch Fountain and has
suffered the effects of it the least. Despite
this, it fell long ago and is overrun by
creatures of madness and decay.
Because the realm was abandoned and
decimated so quickly, many relics of the great
kingdom have been left behind. Crafty thieves and
local villages have made use of many of the
artifacts but legends of the nation’s treasury, the
Mother Load, being buried deep under the city still
persist. It is said this vault could contain
everything from simple riches to a backup and
recovery command magic that could restore the
entire kingdom, if it were ever activated. Whether
it’s a mother lode or mother load, its allure is
more than many greedy or altruistic questers can
resist.
The Barrier: A giant concrete structure build a
few miles outside the border of this corrupted
land. It separates it from the rest of the continent
and serves to protect against corrupted creatures
that would try and infect the rest of the face. Built
centuries ago, it has fallen into terrible disrepair.
Giant sections have fallen into the ocean, some
crumbling to make uneven islands of concrete.
The surprisingly thick width of the wall and these
makeshift islands have made this place an odd
living place for thousands of people.
What started as simple outposts of soldiers
defending the wall gradually spread
into small villages and then small cities build on
top of, on the side of, and in the water

196

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Glitch Fountain: A sheer black volcano pulsing
with straight lines of multicolored energy. This
place is a wound on Cube’s face, serving as a
reminder of the terrible energy the planet holds
captive. It has remained dormant for many years
for ill understood reasons. The most pervasive
theory is that the power at the core of Cube has
given up trying to free itself in this way. Testing
any theories about the spire’s nature is extremely
difficult due to the destructive nature it resumes if
any uncorrupted creatures get too close. And
those who are corrupted often describe hearing a
very compelling voice speaking to their very cells
when they approach Glitch Fountain. The wound
needs to be healed but none yet have discerned
how exactly that can be done.
First Step: The intense level of corruption
within the Vector Wilds impacts the local wildlife
in many strange ways, up to and including
awakening many creatures. While worlds of magic
have things like awakened bears and rabbits as a
somewhat common trope, anything and
everything can suddenly find itself conscious
within this land. Monsters, aberrations, constructs,
plants, rocks, air, even the Code itself can
sometime be warped enough to create a living
thing. This is where First Step comes into play. It is
a small village, resting just on the outskirts of the
Drawaline Fields, and serves as a place of learning
for these newly mindful creatures. The village
itself is a kind of mock test, created to be much
like a “common village” and giving these creatures
a chance to adapt to the world around them,
instead of stumbling about in the larger world and
likely becoming the target of overzealous
adventurers. While initially run by volunteers
from Barrier City, it now is maintained more
regularly by those the test village taught,
awakened creatures who want to help their fellow
misunderstood souls adapt safely to the world
they suddenly find themselves in. This continual
kindness has extended out to the larger world,
populating it with myriad villages, starting with
the Second, Third, Fourth Step and onwards. Each
village like this has the “common village” aesthetic
and is a place where strange monstrosities, like
awakened owlbears, and more common
monstrosities, like humans, intermingle freely.
197
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Adventure Seeds
Warren’s Grove has appeared yet again, and
you have received a letter from an old
acquaintance urging you to help him recover his
stolen duck. Travel to the Hoff Keep and take on
the greatest challenge of your life!
The heroes of the legendary techno-lich battle
have been spotted, still living in the realm. This
impossibility must be researched, and the
corrupted legends eradicated if possible.
An entity calling themselves the Corrupted
Emperor has been using strange black collars to
take control of fully corrupted beasts and b-ugz.
They are amassing an army of corrupted
creatures, claiming Seed has revealed their
destiny to be the ruler of Cube.
A corrupted beast rivaling the power of the
gods has been tearing through the land, slowly
advancing towards the Barrier. You must find a
way to stop it or deter it until the citizens there
can be evacuated. The leaders on the Barrier
refuse to let the evacuation progress.
YUE ISLANDS
“Where the days are brilliant and the night
glistens.”
The ocean floor around these islands is coated
in beautiful crystals and precious stones. Over
time, these are leeched on by the ocean, creating
water that sparkles like glamorous jewelry. As this
water is released into the air, it gives the very air a
harmless shimmering effect. The natural light
from the sun mixes with this effect to make it
appear as if nature itself is about to perform a
beautiful show.
The true wonder begins at night though. Even a
sliver of moon sheds enough light to be reflected
by the air and sea. The light will be caught into
millions of refractants that amplify the light into a
lustrous array of colors. The sky shines a brilliant
purple and the light from the stars is intensified
into a wondrous gleam.
The denizens of these islands have built their
cities to mimic these natural effects and by doing
so have bolstered the natural flair creating them.
There are great cities of chrome and neon lights
and small villages are built with light wells
 designed to capture and use the energy. Forest
creatures, monstrous or otherwise, have
developed camouflage to blend in with the
saturated colors of the forest.
It is much like a dream.
Notable Places
City of Ohm: Built just on the edges of New
Kem, this is a primarily wo’nari inhabited city
dedicated to defense. Though not nearly as hostile
as the other New Kem cities, they still handle
most invasion problems on the Fragmented
Coasts. Because they are not under constant
attack but still have a war bolstered economy,
they have been able to progress their technology
to great heights. The fashion in this city is a
mixture of high-tech weaponry and armor mixed
with glowing accents. Generally a dazzling city to
live in, there is a growing criminal underbelly
focused on exporting advanced tech and
armaments to less discerning nations.
Shimmer Island: A sprawling metropolitan city
that has reached out to the edges of the entire
island. The city is inviting to any semi-peaceable
creature, and many have come here to start their
lives over. It shines bright enough to be seen from
the other Yue Islands. Once a place of bloody
crime, conflict, and subterfuge, it was taken over
by a guild of heroes, known as the Radiami Rebels,
that now keep the peace. Crime hasn’t stopped
though; it’s just become far more subtle.
Prism Caves: Underneath the islands are caves
full to bursting with glowing creatures and pulsing
gems. Some caverns are even dry enough to be
explored on foot. These are not simply banks of
treasure for the taking, they are, in fact, deadly
catacombs. The dazzle properties in the quadrant
affect even the unsavory and malevolent parts of
the world, making these places ideal for foolhardy
adventurers. Though many have attempted to
travel deep into these endless crystal mazes,
none have returned uninjured. And none have
found the source of the terrible discordant music
they hear coming from the depths.
Peppertown: Peppertown is a humble trading
town on the shores of the mainland near the Yue
Islands. The serene beaches and pleasant weather
around Peppertown have created a modest
198
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
tourism industry, attracting those seeking an
escape from the busy life of the larger cities in the
region. The local shops and inns play up the “small
town” aesthetic, offering rustic amenities at big
city prices. This peculiar economy makes it
popular with the crews of travelling trading
vessels and vacationing families.
Peppertown is most famous for a weapons
manufacturing factory that produces large caliber
and high-quality blasters and blaster Rifles,
incorporating the prismatic shimmer the Yue
Islands are known for into their designs and
ammunition. These beautiful weapons, sometimes
called Peppertown Cannons, have a reputation
among adventurers as being more accurate,
reliable, and durable than similar rifles made by
other weaponsmiths. Whether this reputation is
earned is sometimes up for debate among
seasoned adventurers, but for many, owning a
Peppertown Cannon is seen as a status symbol of
a successful adventurer. “Nothing’s truer than a
Peppertown Cannon” is a common marketing
slogan used by the manufacturing facility.
Adventure Seeds
A member of the Radiami Rebels has been
murdered. They are promising to interview new
members and have hinted that anyone who solves
the mystery of their murdered member will be
first in line.
A new gang in Ohm has made a name for
themselves by outfitting dinosaurs with advanced
technology. Rumor has it they are planning a huge
attack on one of the largest banks in the city.
Some dense cousin of a distant prince has decided
they will conquer the Prism Caves to make a
name for themselves. The enlist the party to help
them collect as many “trophies” from the caves as
possible.
ROAMING LOCATIONS
The following are some interesting locations that
could exist in any area to provide something
interesting for your players to stumble upon.
Simon’s Stone: A single gravestone, standing
stark in an unusual place. No matter where this is
found, it will seem greatly out of place, such as in
 an empty field, on top of a building, or in a
bathroom. It has an immaculate skull carved (or
possibly placed) into it. Two red gemstones reside
in the eyes, apparently dormant but able to
protect themselves with incredible hidden
lightning magic. The gems feature inscriptions of a
long dead language. Careful inspection is required
to gleam any real information from this stone and
the gems but also places the observer at great
risk. The gravestone has a somewhat humorous
warning carved into it.
“Here lies a confused lich,
Who defied death but died in a ditch.
If you seek their power, take great heed;
They’ll catch and consume you by your greed.”
Eliset Tower: A somewhat mundane looking
tower, several stories tall, responsible for the
death of thousands of adventurers. The tower is
much like the Retroverse itself, constantly shifting
and rearranging, or sometimes just stealing,
aspects or whole floors from other dungeons.
Each day, it shifts its location to another random
place, sticking mostly to Cube but being reported
to roam across the multiverse, sometimes
appearing in the middle of a completely different
dungeon. Wherever it goes, it takes or transposes
pieces of itself, snagging pieces of dungeons, city
corners, abandoned ruins, dragon’s lairs, etc. and
then replacing them with something else it has
stolen. It is a constantly shifting, vertical dungeon
that nobody has ever reached the top of. The
constant plucking of dangerous areas makes it an
amazing opportunity for adventurers, offering
riches and magical items they might otherwise
have to travel great distances to obtain, often at a
higher cost than they were willing to pay. Though
it is hard to know exactly where this tower will
appear next, glitchimar seem to have an ill
understood connection to the place, feeling its
presence whenever they are nearby. What power
awaits at the top that calls to these Code-blessed
adventurers?
Warren’s Warrens: A place large enough to be
considered a city, built from the discarded waste
of Warren’s Grove. Occasionally, on a schedule
that makes sense to the god Jay-Reth but rarely
does to others, beaten and battered trash will
simply appear in this gigantic heap. This is the
199
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
leftovers from whenever Jay-Reth decides to
remodel Warren’s Grove, meaning the junk is
often littered with dead bodies as well. These piles
of random items; ranging from highly advanced
technological neon buildings to rudimentary CRT
computer screens, with a smattering of medieval
construction and weapons thrown in for good
flavor; form the underlying groundwork for a very
bizarre city. Warren’s Warrens is somewhat like a
city, somewhat like a sewer, and a whole lot like a
dungeon. Whole generations live and die here,
thriving off the junk of a god. In its mazelike
streets, you can find just about anything you could
possibly imagine, assuming you’ve got the coin.
Getting in is often no problem, getting out is a
very different story.
Puusalu’s Void: A bizarre place that is
completely blank, a white void that seems to have
no discernable end or beginning. Once inside,
creatures begin to feel a sense of comforting
warmth that stays with them and gives them the
urge to stay. After some time, creatures inside
begin to fade, literally, becoming more
transparent minute after minute until they
become part of the void itself. Escaping is no easy
task and is nearly impossible without outside help.
The space is named after the first (and possibly
only) adventurer to escape. Nobody believed them
though as the others who find this roving void
almost never escape to tell the tale.
 The following table can be used to help generate
the next dungeon, a larger arc, or the world-
ending big bad. Because of the nature of such
tables, the syntax may need some massaging to
make it viable. If a story seed makes very little
sense, don’t immediately rule it out. Sometimes
the most convoluted or strange idea can lead
down a fun creative path and result in an amazing
adventure you could not have imagined on your
own.

Roll What kind of- -Thing(s)- -Is doing something- -With something else.
1 Mutant Turtle Hunger For Pizza
2 Gas Powered Prince Must Kill The Cyblight
3 Temporal Dragon Have Stolen (from) Death
4 Laser Ninja Are Hunting An Old One
5 Gigantic Goblin Have Lost The Code
6 Greedy Bear Worship Fate
7 Unstoppable Gnome Will Destroy The World
8 Musical B-ugz Must Restore Corruption
9 Ghostly Armies Are Hiding Time
10 Alien Dinosaur Are Enchanting The Omniverse
11 Neon Heroes Are Smuggling Weapons
12 Pirate Wizard Are Fleeing Magic
13 Tiny Wo’nari Must Marry The Beat
14 Robotic Ceran Have Broken Chocolate
15 Radioactive Skeleton Fear Fire
16 A City of Orcs Are Fighting Love
17 Electrified Lich Serve Children
18 Futuristic Time Traveler Have Been Killed by Acid Rain
19 Invisible Marauder Are Helping Sweet Moves
20 Godlike Succubus Are Immune To Fear
21 Wise Actor Have conspired Each Other
22 Weak Content Creators Will Complete Books
23 An evil team Princess Think Little of Gravestone
24 A heroic duo Frog Are Skateboarding With Trash
25 An army Lion Dug Under Water
26 Mystical Teenager Financially Support Starships
27 Ancient Skateboard Have Sacrificed Music
28 Glitched Dancers Dance With Politics
29 Money God Have Aligned With Poison
30 Inept Mosquito Are Crying Over The Hells

200

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 31 Heavily Seasoned Queen Are Grinding Up Doom
32 Dimensional Charlatan Flee From Dad Jokes
33 A Village of Zombie Are Painting Anime
34 Resurrected Actor Are Working Towards Comeuppance
35 Skeletal Human Are Collecting Soup
36 Wandering Imposter Dance With Space
37 Invisible Cloud Accumulate Power With Their Audience
38 Cheesy King Reject Cows
39 Shadow Child Wish For The Ocean
40 Melting Clone Are Bored Of The Apocalypse
41 Holy Soldier Are Watching Air
42 Evil Dwarf Have Poisoned A Utopia
43 Diseased Reptile Are Trashing Unicorns
44 Curious Hag Are Lying About Magic
45 Subjected Influencer Work On Eggs
46 Chivalrous Synthetic Are Singing Clothing
47 Robotic Emperor Are Sneaking Into The Void
48 A Heroic Team of Cleric Are Committed To Bones
49 Dishonest Tiefling Are Hurt By Wizards
50 Psychic De-Fragger Are Cloning Yellow
51 Frozen Cards Scream At Fire
52 Romantic Dragonborn Live With Guitars
53 Starving Cyblight Write Viruses
54 Prophesized Villain Went Extinct By Vitamins
55 Missing Valkyrie Remember Coffee
56 Skateboarding Racoons Are Haunting Themselves
57 Sparkling Father Contracted Exercise
58 Random Bard Protect Lo-Fi
59 Late Dentist Are Buzzing Rare Cards
60 Dull Toilets Excavated Magic
61 Trashy Half-orc Are Turning Into Mystery
62 Flaming Ranger Don’t Understand Dirt
63 Caffeinated Cow Cook Revolution
64 Vitamin Rich Sorcerer Are Cooking Sickness
65 Revolutionary Mimic Pick On Concerts
66 Party Scientist Connect Wild Magic
67 Music Loving Beefcakes Step On The Man
68 Repentant Fighter Have Given Up On The Heavens
69 Sexy Veteran Have Revised Crop Circles
70 Poor Barbarian Won’t Work With Mud
71 Rockstar Boogers Love Gold
72 Henchmen of Bubbles Are Influencing A Guild
73 Pixelated Bees Can’t Remember Puns
74 Partying Beetle Cough Up Milk
75 Destined Rogue Take Pride In Trees
76 Inebriated Mummy Are Revolting Against Cleanliness
77 Flaming Druid Edit Magic Beans

201

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 78 Thankful Mother Ride On Bees
79 Draconic ORB Reference Red
80 Spicy Squirrel Gain Power From Toilets
81 The writings of Warlock Wish to Stop Artifacts
82 Watery Henshin Lick Cows
83 Impatient Moon Separated Buildings
84 Modern Monk Set Fire To Eyes
85 Imaginary Half-elf Have Defiled Time Travel
86 Muscly Hearts Have Stolen From Sadness
87 Athletic Shrimp Relax With Energy Drinks
88 Tired Chosen One Send Mail To Wonder
89 Sacrilegious Trog Partying With Teeth
90 Vile Officer Have Sewn Beer
91 Cursed Vampire Will Reap Blue
92 Rude Robot Chew On Thought
93 Juicy Holo-knight Ignore Wishes
94 Masked Apogee Introduces Dice
95 Statues of Halfling Are Framed For Hearts
96 Famous Synth Weaver Ally With Skateboards
97 Haunted Pop Idols Horde Neon
98 Fallen Paladin Stop Clones
99 Rich Elf Sees Green
100 Corrupted Star Hate Cities

202

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


[TL;DR] You received a letter from an old friend
Wyatt asking for your help in a magical grotto. Go
help him recover his stolen duck.
Warren's Grove appears at seemingly random
times throughout the Retroverse. Never in the
same spot, and never for more than a few days.
Its mythological descriptions lead many to believe
that it is just a tall tale. But it has appeared yet
again, and you are one of the few who know
where to find it.
The Grove is a very simple place. It features a
small lake, a shallow stream, and three small
castles. The castles, colored yellow, white, and
black, are not castles in the traditional sense. They
serve as a gateway to an unknown challenge.
What is inside the castle may not always match
what is outside. The nature of the challenge is
impossible to know before entering and hundreds
of different settings have been recorded, with very
few duplicates over time.
Each time Warren's Grove appears, it is always
preceded by a local item of great value being
stolen. The item is whisked away into the Black
Castle and, if not recovered before the grove
vanishes again, stays there forever. Only one
group of heroes has ever recovered the stolen
item and they refused to speak of it before their
eventual deaths.
You know of its location, a burgeoning forest
within the Vector Wilds, because of the letter you
received. In the small outpost of Hoff Keep, a local
farmer by the name of Wyatt Ferris reported his
prized possession stolen, his duck. The duck had
been with Ferris for years and had even saved his
life on several peculiar situations. In terms of
sentimental value, it was easily the most valuable
item within Hoff Keep. The letter from your dear
friend Wyatt has implored you, and several other
of his close kinsmen, to help him in his plight.
For one reason or another, you have agreed.
Did you come to help your friend? Did you come
203
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
for glorious challenge? Do you wish to have your
name remembered as one of the few to surmount
Warren's Grove? Whatever the reason, you make
haste and find yourself there, with a few days to
spare before it disappears again.
RUNNING THE ADVENTURE
The three castles of Warren's Grove will provide
the characters with three unique quests to
undertake. Between castles they can rest safely in
the grove, or you can ambush them there with
lesser creatures for a more challenging
adventure. When a creature’s name appears in red
bold it is a visual cue to reference your 5E
material for the creature’s stat block. Otherwise,
the stat blocks can be found in Chapter 7:
Creatures.
“Text that is in blocks like this is intended to be
read to the players when they enter a new area,
or because of a specific circumstance. Feel free to
improvise and add to the descriptions to better fit
your game”
The main areas within the adventure are:
Warren's Grove. Named after the person who
first discovered and recorded this phenomenon. A
beautiful grove that contrasts the natural lay of
the land. If it were set within a desert, the grove
would still be green and prosperous. A great place
to recuperate and the location of Wyatt's camp.
The Yellow Castle. A diminutive castle on the
outside, an abandoned entertainment restaurant
on the inside. A cult of Kobolds has made this
place their new temple. They serve a mysterious
drunken god, Cheezers. Crafty and zealous, the
cult gang will not take lightly to your trespassing
into their holy temple.
The White Castle. A more imposing castle hides
a terrible world on the other side. Upon entering
this castle, you are shifted into a different reality,
one where corruption has spread to almost every
living creature. The castle you now reside in is one
of the last bastions for life. It is shielded by a
powerful force that fails every 10 hours, but
quickly comes back. The people inside are battle
worn, shifty, and dying. If the shield keeps failing,
 why are they so insistent that you don't try and
repair the source?
The Black Castle. A striking castle hides a
monstrous dungeon. Exploring deeper and deeper
gets you closer to your goal, but how long can you
keep it up? And with only a few days left to spare
before Warren’s Grove disappears! The true
purpose of Warren’s Grove reveals itself to those
that seek the unimaginable power within.
QUEST HOOKS
Your group being the only ones to get to Warren's
Grove in time is not mere accident. Driven by
some inner desire, you feel called to this place like
a moth to flame. The only question is, can you
stand the heat? Give this information to your
players as possible hooks for their characters and
let them decide what suits them best. They do not
have to choose one of these hooks, these are just
here to make it easier to pull them in on the
adventure.
Guts and Glory
You're brave to some, foolhardy to most. When
you received Wyatt's letter you were immediately
assaulted with daydreams of treasure, battle, and
victory. Without a moment’s hesitation, you set off
to Warren's Grove, imagining the piles of treasure
and adoration you would obtain.
A Friend in Need
Wyatt is a close friend of yours. You and he grew
up together or served together in battle. A bond of
friendship and love links you two together, even
across great distances. It may seem silly that he
wants you to recover his duck, but you would do
anything for your friend in need.
A Hero of Time
History erases all but the most amazing. You
desire not for gold or friendship, only for legacy. If
you can be one of the few to conquer the three
challenges of Warren’s Grove, then surely your
deeds will be remembered for eternity. You're not
just here to do battle, you're here to record your
adventure and ensure that it is kept within the
halls of every great library for all time.
204
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Bootstraps
Things have been better for you. Due to a string of
poor luck and even poorer decisions, you find
yourself broke and hungry. People hound you at
every turn for money you don’t have, often
threatening to beat it out of you. The letter from
Wyatt was a welcome break, and maybe you can
turn things around for yourself. This might just be
your big change to get back on top.
Powerhouse
Your machinations and schemes all mean nothing
without the power to fulfill them. Such an
amazing place must also hold powerful magic.
Artifacts of immeasurable strength slither into
your imagination. What new power could you
wield over others? How easily would they bend to
your will if you were holding all the cards? The
easy part was getting here, the hard part will be
convincing these fools to work with you until you
have all the power you want, which will never be
enough.
Distant Family
Wyatt is some sort of uncle of yours. You did not
know him so well, but he always seemed to take
an interest in your life. He was kind to you and
never forgot a birthday, even though you hardly
ever spoke to him. When his letter came in you
felt a small sense of familial obligation. Maybe
this will give you a chance to bond with this kind
stranger.
 205

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


[Tl;DR] Wyatt has been taken hostage by four Neo
Bandits. Save him and obtain the key for the
Yellow Castle.
NPCs: Wyatt Ferris.
Key Items: Bird Key
Enemies: Neo Bandits, Karma Chameleon
Warren's Grove is a very peaceful place. It's
appearance always overrides the surrounding
area. It can be in a desert, arctic wastes, swamp,
or windy ravine and still be replaced by this
peaceful grotto. Normal plant and wildlife avoid
the area for reasons unknown. As you walk in,
your skin shivers and you feel a tingle of power in
the air. Butterflies fitter about and songbirds sing
in the distance. It is a place of beauty and
tranquility.
tent’s surroundings rings to you as a calling card
of Wyatt. At first glance though, Wyatt is nowhere
in sight.”
1 - NARROW PASSAGE
From the outside, Warren's Grove is an
impassable thicket of greenery. At the south end
there is a small break in the trees that offers
passage. The characters can go through one by
one and will arrive in The Grove after around 10
minutes of travel.
2 – SMATTERING OF BRIDGES
Several small bridges line the steam here. Some
have fallen into disrepair, all have some ivy and
flowers on them. The stream is not deep or rapid
and the characters do not need to use the bridges
to get across. Several small fish nibble at the
water's surface and will act playfully with the
characters if they bend over to observe them.

The adventure begins here. The characters arrive

3 – WYATT'S TENT
together, and all make their way into the clearing
Wyatt has set up a tent with some provisions
as essentially the same time. When they get here,
here. A small ring of stones surrounds a burnt-out
they are breathless at the sheer majesty of this
fire. There are bottles of various sizes and colors
place. It is a small paradise to behold. They will
sitting in the grass outside the tent. An
immediately spot a tent nearby but will not see
Intelligence check (DC 10) will recognize two of the
Wyatt. He has been captured by four Neo Bandits
bottles as Potions of Healing.
(any variety) who want to face the three castles
themselves.“You arrive at Warren's Grove
perfectly in time with the other summoned 4 – CRYSTAL POND
adventurers. You all share one thing in common, a
A small log sits beside an exceptionally blue pond.
connection to Wyatt. Because of that it is likely
The pond seems to have no bottom. Near the
that you have at least heard of each other, and
pond is an ancient pine tree. It towers over the
some of you may even be friends.”
characters at 50 feet in the air. Fruit of various
“After passing through a narrow break in the
other plants grow on it including oranges,
greenery that surrounds Warren's Grove, you
peaches, grapes, and apples. All the fruit is sweet
come to a place of beauty. Birds sing in the
and nourishing and there doesn’t seem to be any
distance, small bugs fly about, and the smell of
way that you could eat all of it. The tree is also
pine and clean water is fresh in the air. You can
host to a vining plant whose leaves can be used as
see three colored castles, white, black, and yellow,
healing herbs. Any character with the ability can
each of different heights skirting the edges of this
create a few lower rarity healing potions by
place.”
spending a few hours and using the pond and the
There is a large tree slightly off center in this
tree. The Karma Chameleon rests in this tree.
clearing. Several small bridges cover a narrow
Wyatt is initially tied up to the tree by the Neo
creek, teeming with life. You can see a tent ahead,
Bandits.
next to a smoldering fire. The messiness of the

206

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 5 – YELLOW CASTLE
A small yellow bricked castle. Calling it a castle is
actually sort of a misnomer. It has the appearance
of a squat castle but is the size of a large barn.
The backside, like all the other castles, extends
into the impenetrable forest beyond. While near it
you can hear electric thrums and whistles. The
large metal double doors are locked, and an
indentation of a bird can be seen on the left one.
Attempts to open the door or pick the lock will
always fail until the indentation is filled with the
right item. A small sign hangs off one nail. It
reads: “Welcome to Drunk-E-Cheezers.”
6 – WHITE CASTLE
While not wider or longer than the Yellow Castle,
the White Castle is taller and more imposing.
Characters who stand close to it can hear thunder
rumbling from inside. They may also notice that
the entire castle has a faint blue aura around it.
On one of the metal doors there is an indentation
of a wine glass. Attempts to open the door or pick
the lock will always fail until the indentation is
filled with the right item. There is a sign laying on
the ground, next to the door. It is nearly
unreadable from age, except for the word
“Indomitable.”
7 - BLACK CASTLE
With the same width and length as the other
castles, this one exudes a feeling of dead when
approached. It appears to grow from the
perspective of any that get within 10 feet. Within 5
feet, the unmistakable stench of rot wafts over
any observer. The stench is rancorous and any
character that smells it must succeed on a
Constitution saving throw (DC 15) or vomit. They
are then immune to the effects of the stench for
the day but can still smell it. Coming from inside,
the sounds of machinery and stone grinding can
be heard. Muffled screams and crying can be
heard under this by anyone who spends time
listening. On the door, a small shield indentation
can be seen. Attempts to open the door or pick
the lock will always fail until the indentation is
207
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
filled with the right item. Written in ever-fresh
blood across the doors reads “Entropy.”
WHERE'S WYATT?
[TL;DR] Wyatt is tied up behind the tree. Four Neo
Bandits attack the party.
Though they were supposed to meet Wyatt here,
he does not come and greet them. This is because
he is tied up behind the large pine tree. When the
players go to investigate Wyatt's tent, or the large
tree, they will be ambushed. Two Neo Bandits will
burst out of the tent and two will swing out from
behind the pine tree.
• Make a Stealth check for both groups of
bandits. If the characters detect them in
the tent they can attempt to ambush
them, though they may not be certain that
the people inside the tent are of ill intent.
• The two bandits in the tent will attack with
melee attacks and the two bandits by the
tree will use ranged attacks. This is
reversed if the characters investigate the
tree before the tent.
• During the battle, a Karma Chameleon will
focus its attention on any evil character
within the group. If there is more than one
evil character, it will lock on to the one
who does the first evil act, no matter how
minor. If there are no evil characters, it will
follow the first character to do any slightly
evil action. It will follow the party from
castle to castle, observing and feeding off
evil actions.
Developments
It is possible, though not likely, that the bandits
will defeat the party. If this happens the bandits
will loot the party, take the Bird Key from Wyatt's
bags, and enter the Yellow Castle, leaving the door
unlocked. Their bodies can be found inside later,
shoved inside the meat cooler.
If the characters take the bandits hostage, they
will find them to be lacking any good information.
They will beg for their own lives and promise to
leave Warren’s Grove immediately. They will
honor their promise to leave peacefully but may
 try to steal a potion or gold from Wyatt's tent
before going. If the party kills them in cold blood,
the executor will catch the attention of the Karma
Chameleon.
If the bandits are forced to be a scout in the
Yellow Castle for the characters they will die in
tragic or comedic ways very shortly into the
building. Electric shock, setting off traps, unseen
crossbow assailants. Anything to create the
feeling of a deadly environment.
The Day is Saved
After the bandits have been defeated, you can
easily save Wyatt, who was tied and gagged on
the north side of the large tree. He will thank you
all for coming and greet each one of you in turn.
He will explain that his duck was replaced by the
key to the Yellow Castle and entrust it to you. The
key itself is bird-shaped and matches the
indentation on the Yellow Castle. At this point he
can visit with the characters but implores them to
hurry, as there are few short days left before
Warren's Grove vanishes.
208
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
From here on he will make healing potions, giving
them to the characters whenever they
successfully complete a castle challenge. The
exact number of potions and potency is up to you,
though they should scale with the characters.
He knows nothing of the three castles, except
what they sound like when close. He has not tried
to investigate them himself as he has been
waiting on the party to explore the dangerous
castles.
Roleplaying Wyatt
Wyatt is a kindly human wizard of an indiscernible
age as his appearance seems to change slightly
every time you look at him. He wears a robe of
dull orange and shiny green and is fond of making
duck puns. “This is a crime most fowl.”, “If it fits the
bill.”, and “Magic isn’t all it’s quacked up to be.” are
some of his favorites.
Level Up
The characters should progress to level 2 before
entering the Yellow Castle.

[TL;DR] Biker kobold cultists have taken over this
abandoned restaurant. The characters must
retrieve a key from the ball pit to unlock the
basement, fight Woebone the Manager in the
basement, and use his handprint to open the roof
door. Once there, a kobold priest will bring a giant
horse head, their drunk god Cheezers, to life and
the characters must defeat it to retrieve the Wine
Glass Key in its mouth.
Placing the Bird Key into the indentation will
unlock the doors. When the players step inside the
will be assaulted with the smell of old cheese and
whiskey. An abandoned restaurant from the
Drunk-E-Cheezers chain, this place has seen better
days. The doors will slam shut behind the party as
soon as everyone is inside. There is an indentation
of a wine glass, the same one as on the front
doors of the White Castle, on the doors. They will
not be able to leave until they have retrieved the
next key.
The building is in shambles. There are broken
arcade machines sitting in piles of shattered glass.
A series of child sized tubes web across the
ceiling, holes gaping all along it. Food, fresh and
years old, is all over the place. There are no
windows to the outside, but nearly every window
inside is shattered. Strange quotes are written
along the walls in both common and draconic,
none make any sense. How the residents live in
such filth is nothing short of a miracle.
NPCs: None
Key Items: Employee key, Wine Glass key,
Woebone's handprint
Enemies: Animatronic Horror, Cheezers' Head and
Hoofs, Pizza Cube, Shatterling, Biker Kobold,
Kobold Priest, Pizza Slime, Woebone the Manager
209
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Random Encounters
If you feel it is time for a random encounter, roll a
d12 and d8 on this table.
2 – 16 1d4 Biker Kobolds
17 – 18 Pizza Slime
19 Animatronic Horror
20 Shatterling
GENERAL FEATURES
Floors. The ceiling on the first floor is around
12 feet high, though it sags in some places due to
damage. Taller (10 feet or more) characters may
have to duck under the plastic child sized piping
suspended on the ceiling. These pipes are broken
in many places and crafty enemies may be
waiting above to drop down on unsuspecting foes.
On the roof, the sky is a soundless and
tumultuous swirling black static. The basement is
overflowing with rotten dough and slime.
Light. Despite the disrepair, the light is typically
good enough on the first floor to see. Several
overhead lights are still working and keep the
place well enough lit. The basement is completely
pitch black with the exception of Woebone's office.
The roof is lit as if it was a clear sky with a full
moon.
Garbage. The floors and walls are covered in
filth and decay. Shiny but useless bits and baubles
are strewn throughout the building. Sludge has
built up in the kitchen area and the basement is
overrun with a mixture of dough and waste. The
roof is surprisingly clean. None of this will
normally inhibit movement but it could make it
difficult if the players wanted to do fancy
footwork around the debris.
Sound. The only repetitive sound is that of the
few operating arcade machines. This is not loud
enough to muffle other loud sounds. Small noises,
such as a stealthy enemy, may be drowned out.
The basement is deadly quiet, as is the roof.
Smell – Rot and waste full this place. To say it
smells bad is selling the stench short. It is nigh
unbearable, and it permeates every inch of this
place.
 210

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 What the Biker Kobolds know:
• They are intensely loyal to the drunken
god Cheezers. The horse mascot whose
face is all over this establishment.
• There are less than 40 of them here.
• There is a monster of terrible strength in
the bathroom. They refer to it as “The
Black Cutter.”
• The Wine Glass key is on the roof. “Within
the mouth of the mighty Cheezers”
• They do not know the combination for the
Ball Pit but know where to find it.
• Woebone is in his office, studying the
ancient texts. The goblins believe him to
be far beyond the strength of the party.
They know that his handprint is needed to
gain access to the roof.
1 – TICKET RECEPTION
The front door leads you into a small reception
area. The locations in this chapter correlate to
map 2.A
“You step into a musty restaurant and a seized
upon by the stench of whiskey and rotting cheese.
In front of you is a row of broken arcade cabinets,
with a handful that are still flashing. To your left is
a check in station with smashed windows. You can
hear faint sounds coming from behind it. There is
the soft sound of florescent bulbs popping above
you. Near the bulbs you can see a latticework of
plastic tubes, bolted to the decaying ceiling,
intended for children to crawl in. There are holes
all throughout the piping. Along the walls are
broken signs pointing to various locations in the
building. Every wall you see is plastered with the
face of a brown horse with a half full wine glass
as its face marking pattern.”
Investigating. If the players investigate the
check in station (Area 6) they can make an
Investigation check (DC 15) to discover two biker
kobolds hiding under the window lips. They will
attack if discovered.
211
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
2 – ARCADE
A long row of arcade machines run against a
translucent plastic wall. There are more machines
on the opposite side of the plastic wall, but it is
too dingy and old to see beyond them. Nearly
every machine is busted or smashed in some way.
Six of the machines still operate, even though they
have minor damage. Each of the operating
machines has a different color screen with the
words “Press Start” on them. The colors of the
screens are Yellow, Orange, Red, Blue, Green, and
White. The games cannot actually be played as
once the Start button is pressed, they flash quickly
and then turn a steady, charged black.
“Along a translucent but grimy plastic wall is a
row of eight arcade machines. You can just barely
see through the other side of the wall, where
there are eight more arcade machines. Most of
them have shattered screens and some others are
folded down on themselves. Six of them appear to
be in working order, though they have also felt the
abuse of time. Each one glows a different primary
color. ”
Arcade Combination. The working arcade
machines all correlate to a combination needed to
enter the Ball Pit (area 8). Each “Start” button on
the machines must be pressed in a specific order.
The exact combination can be found on a board in
the Entrance Booth (area 6). If they are pressed in
the wrong order, any machines that have gone
dark, after being pressed, spring back to life. When
they are pressed in the right order a loud buzzing
can be heard coming from the door on the Ball Pit
(area 8). The characters may figure out the
combination by chance or determination. You may
decide that a short alarm rings after three failed
attempts. If so, roll on the random encounter
table to see what responds to the alarm.
Live Wires. If the characters decide to tinker
with the inactive machines, they must make a
Dexterity saving throw (DC 15) or take 3 (1d6)
lightning damage. The same ruling applies if they
decide to smash the operating machines. If they
smash the machines, the puzzle to open the Ball
Pit (area 8) will still need to be solved but they
will have lost the ability to know which machine is
which.
 Developments. If an alarm is set of when the
players tinker with the arcade puzzle, it will alert
the biker kobold worshipers in the Dining Area
(area 3) and they will hide under the tables,
waiting to ambush the party.
Arcade Machines Titles. The characters may
ask what the names of the arcade games are.
Here are a few names but we encourage you to
flex your pun muscles and come up with your
own. Immortal Wombats, Mind Slayer, Efreeti
Fighter 2, Double Dungeon, Satyr Invaders,
Adolescent Monstrous Samurai Tortles, Magic
Missile Command, Altered Feast, Dragonborn's
Lair, Big Dinosaur Hunter, Electrum Axe.
haven't made any loud noises to attract their
attention. During battle, the biker kobolds will
attack with total disregard for their comrades,
only fighting for themselves. They will attempt to
hide under the table if there are any ranged melee
or spell attacks used by the adventurers.
Developments. If all but one biker kobold is
killed, the last survivor will make a mad dash for
the stage. If they are successful, they will crawl
into the back of one the animatronic horrors,
powering it up, and charge headlong back into
combat with the party.

3 – DINING AREA
“Several different shaped metal tables are set
throughout this area. Having been bolted to the
floor, they seem to be in their original spots. Four
Kobolds in leather jackets drink sour wine and sing
songs of worship to the figures on the stage. Their
singing is oddly harmonious, probably due to the
wine. (or if alarm is set: It is eerily quiet here as
you were pretty sure you heard singing coming
from this area just moments ago. ) Pizza and rot
adorn every table here. The air smells foul and
sweet. ”

Metal Tables. The tables within this area are

metal and have been bolted to the ground. If
fighting in this area, any creatures hiding under
the tables gain half cover while they are under
them. The tables are covered in a slippery goo of
rot. Any creature standing on the tables has
disadvantage on all Dexterity checks while on
the table.
Creatures. Right before the Stage
(area 4) there are four biker kobolds
“worshiping” the figures standing
there. They are conducting this
worship by drinking sour smelling
tomato wine and singing in
draconic at the stage. They have
disadvantage on any Perception
checks and can easily be snuck
up on, assuming the characters

212

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 4 – CHEEZERS & COMRADES STAGE Lockbox. If they have not already been attacked
by an animatronic horror from this stage, they will
“A raised platform serves as a stage for three
be as soon as someone opens the box. One of the
animatronic humanoid animals. There appears to
band members will spring to life and attack
have been a fourth at some time, but the band has
whoever opened the chest. It will scream “Mine,
been broken up. They are all time rotted and
mine!” at the player while attacking. The
covered in mold. Bits of them are falling off and
Animatronic Horror is controlled by a biker kobold
you can see their metal rods and wires peeking
who is wearing and operating the suit from inside.
through the holes in their skin. Several candles
Creatures. The three animatronic horrors on
have been placed around the horse. From left to
stage all have the ability to attack the players.
right they are:
Only one will attack normally. They will cycle
• A green bull whose face droops on broken
through encouraging comments through broken
supports. Its horns hang low, wreathing its
speakers. For Example: “Be nice to each other!”
face in mottled white bone. The body is
“Cheezers’ pizza is best with friends!” “Pizza is the
wide, and you think he was supposed to be
best food pyramid!”
a jovial portly character at one time. He is
Developments. If the characters try and
holding a metal rod with daggers taped to
destroy the animatronic horrors before opening
it. His name tag reads Daggett.
the box then one of them will spring to life and
• A brown horse with a wine glass marking
attack the party. If they have killed one of the
in the center of its face. He appears to be
animatronic horrors and wish to destroy the rest,
in better condition than the others. The
they can easily do so, unless you deem otherwise.
skin has been patched up with cloth,
If you roll an animatronic horror on the random
leather, and what appears to be actual
encounter table after this, simply pick a random
skin. He has been given a leather jacket
animal to be used as a template.
adorned with spikes. Several pins, some
Treasure. In the lockbox there are 42 gold
well done, others made from twisted forks
pieces, several bottles of sour tomato wine
and bolts, adorn the jacket. He is holding
(spoiled ketchup), and a book. The text on the
an axe that has been painted to look like a
front-page reads “Employee Handbook” but the
guitar. His name tag reads Cheezers.
word Employee has been crossed out and
• A purple dragon. The long neck comes
replaced with the word “Divine” in messy common.
from a squat body and is dangling at an
The book is moist.
angle it was not intended. An eyeless and
Locked Door. The door near the stage is locked.
gaping face seems transfixed on the floor.
The key from the Ball Pit (area 8) is needed to
Dust cakes this one, making the purple
open it. The door is sturdy and made of metal and
seem more like a faded black. A set of
wood but is not impossible to destroy. If the door
vestigial wings can be seen on its back,
is forced open, without being unlocked, an alarm
stripped down to simple metal and wires.
will sound. Roll on the random encounter table to
It is holding a large meat hook. His name
see what falls down from the tubes on the ceiling
tag reads Norbert.
to respond to the alarm.
In between Daggett and Cheezers is a large
Added Challenge. For a harder fight, have more
lockbox.
of the animatronic horrors spring to life and
Behind the stage is a well locked door that says
attack the party.
“Employees Only” on it. The word Employee has
been scratched out and replaced with the word
“Faithful” scrawled over it.” 5 – KITCHEN
Opening the door to this room will lead you do a
Stage. The stage is mostly clear of debris. It is 3 greasy and bug infested kitchen.
feet above the floor. There is no danger of starting
“When you open this door a small swarm of flies
a fire if the candles are knocked over.
213

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 escape. On the north wall there are ovens spaces
between small counter tops. Above the stoves
there is a large menu. On the south, another
countertop covered in glass from the smashed
serving windows. Trays and plates are thrown and
smashed all over the floor and counters.”
Slick Floor. The floor here is extremely greasy
and considered difficult terrain. All creatures have
disadvantage on Dexterity checks.
Traps. The oven second closest to the door had
a small wire tied to the handle and the opposite
wall. A successful Investigation or Survival check
(DC 15) will reveal the wire or the heat coming off
the oven. The wire can easily be cut if it is
discovered. Characters who walk past this oven
without deactivating the trap will trip the wire,
opening the oven, which spews fire into the room
in a 15-foot sphere. Any characters within the area
will have to make a Dexterity saving throw (DC
20) taking 10 (3d6) fire damage on a failed save or
half as much on a successful one. Once the trap is
sprung, the oven is inert.
Treasure. If the players open the ovens, they
may find charred bones of other humanoids. They
can find a lump of melted gold (50gp).
Menu. Here are a few ideas for menu items in
case the players ask. We suggest you stretch you
pun muscles and come up with some of your own
as well: Return of the Cheddi, Burger Strikes Back,
Back to the French Fries, Robocoke, 1.21 GigaTots,
Die Ham, Die Ham 2: Ham Harder, PredeTaters,
Indiana Scones, Smoothie and the Yeast, Toast
Custards, Top Buns, Cheese Goo-nies.
they can be found dead in the cooler,)
“The bandits you forced into this castle are all
hanging on hooks in the meat cooler. Surprisingly,
no pools of blood can be seen on the floor. A
small satchel lays in one corner”
(Otherwise.)
“The meat cooler is exceptionally clean. No signs
of rot or mold can be found. There is nothing in
here except for a small satchel in the corner.”
Bulletin Board. The bulletin board has the word
“Pit Password” written in draconic on it. The
rainbow pattern is: White, Yellow, Orange, Red,
Green, Blue. If the characters activate each arcade
machine with the corresponding color, in order,
the Ball Pit (area 8) will buzz and unlock.
Creatures. If the characters did not discover the
two biker kobolds hiding back here while in the
Ticket Reception (area 1) then they will be hiding in
the pile of stuffed animals. If anyone gets too
close or investigates the pile, the two biker
kobolds will attack.
Treasure. The small satchel in the meat cooler
contains a +1 Dagger and a golden human foot
(120 gp).

6 – ENTRANCE BOOTH AND MEAT

COOLER
This is the other side of the Ticket Reception (area
1) counter.
“This small alcove has a large pile of rotten
stuffed animals crammed into one corner. Broken
glass and small red tickets cover the reception
counter. A bulletin board beside the counter has
some words in draconic and a small rainbow
patch painted on it. The stench of the kitchen is
lessened here but still wafts.”
(If the bandits from the grove were sent in first,

214

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


7 – PLAY AREA
“This area, designed to the play of children, is a
nightmare of bright colors. The entrance to the
Fun Tubes that crawl along the ceiling can be
found here. The coloring on the tubes is garish
and follows no particular pattern. Two metal bulls
rest on plastic springs, their horns turned into
handlebars. They creak an unbearably loud tone
when moved or ridden.”
Fun Tubes. Any small sized or smaller creature
can crawl into the Fun Tubes. Each turn they
spend up there requires a Dexterity saving throw
(DC 20) to keep from falling through one of the
many holes or from making a new one. There is
nothing of value to be found in the tubes.
Developments. If a character decides to ride on
of the bulls, you may decide to roll on the random
encounter table to see if anything responds to the
loud noise.
8 – BALL PIT
The description changes slightly If they unlock the
Ball Pit door before getting to this location.
“There is a large twenty by twenty ball pit here.
Four bulletproof glass walls close in the balls on
all sides. The glass walls have been reinforced
with metal mesh and sheeting. There is a heavy
metal door with no apparent handle on it as the
only entrance. In the center hangs a small key tied
to a string from the top of the pit walls. The balls
are dirty, and dozens appear to be broken. ”
Key. The key hangs in the center of the ball pit
by a flimsy string. It is small but not quite small
enough to fit through any cracks in the walls
enclosing this pit. The key opens up the locked
door near The Stage (area 4).
Creatures. 1d6+2 biker kobolds wait beneath
the colorful balls for anyone to come into this pit.
When someone reaches for the key, while inside
the pit, they will all spring up and attack. They are
wearing armor that has been painted in random
bright colors. Because of this, an Investigation
check (DC 17) is required to discover them before
215
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
they attack. Even then, the character will not know
the exact number of biker kobolds unless their
check was 20 or higher.
Added Challenge. For a more intense
experience, have one of the biker kobolds
disappear under the balls with a scream. Add in
1d4+1 pizza slimes that attack the characters and
biker kobolds. Because of their size and nature,
they are nearly undetectable in the sea of plastic
balls.
9 – EXIT
“The exit is a door with a smiling Cheezers’ painted
head on it. The door reads “Cheese you again
soon!” There is an indentation of a wine glass
below this disturbing mural.”
“Beside the ball pit is a door which reads
“Restrooms.” It has a small latch that has been put
onto the outside of the door and locked.”
Exit. It is impossible to leave this place without
the Wine Glass key. The lock on the restroom door
can be easily picked or broken.
10 – BATHROOMS
There are two restrooms, men's on the north side
and women's on the south, that are identical on
the inside.
“There is a short hallway with two doors on the
left. It stinks in here, but not like the rot from
before. It smells like stale water and age. The dust
is thick on the floor, indicating that nobody has
walked in this place for a very long time.”
(Men’s Room) “The men's room is quiet but seems
to be in good condition other than the dust. The
one mirror in the room is cracked and a thick
black slime fills the cracks. There is a pair of
sunglasses on the counter.”
(Women’s Room) “The women's room is in
shambles. When you open the door, you can see
nothing but chaos. The mirror is completely
shattered. A small shimmer of lights flickers in
the corner.”
Creatures. The women's room is host to a
terrible shatterling. If the players step one foot
 into the women's room it will attack relentlessly. It
will dive into reflective surfaces and pop out again
to ambush the party if possible.
Developments. If the characters flee from the
bathrooms, they can attempt to trap the
shatterling back in the hallway. If they fail, it will
follow them until it has been killed or slain
everyone, including any kobolds.
Secrets or Treasure. The sunglasses in the
men's room are Sunglasses of Protection . There
are also three ornate seashells in one of the stalls
(100gp).
11 – EMPLOYEE ACCESS
This area connects both the roof and the
basement.
“This long hallway is filled with cracked crates and
useless shiny objects. Many of the large boxes
have been pried open and blankets or clothing
stuffed inside as makeshift beds. The floor is
covered in debris that cracks and crunches under
your feet. There are doors at either end of the
hallway. On the north side there is a door with
“Roof Access” written on it. “Roof Access” has been
scratched over and “Heaven” has been written
over it. It has a series of thin pistons locking it, all
which lead back to a small glowing panel with the
outline of a hand on it. The other door is unlocked
and says “Basement”, which has also been
scratched out and “Hell” has been written over it.”
Handprint Lock. If the characters try to put
their hand on the scanner to unlock the roof
access door, the scanner will flash read and make
a small buzz. It will read “Manager not recognized”
above the handprint outline. Only Woebone the
Manager's (area 21) handprint will open this lock.
Traps. The southernmost box has a chained
bear trap near it. Because of the debris here it is
hard to spot, requiring an Investigation or Survival
check (DC 15) to spot and deactivate. If a character
steps here, they will activate the trap, taking 10
(3d6) piercing damage. A Strength check (DC 20)
is needed to remove the trap from a trapped
character. While trapped, the character cannot
move away from this spot because of the chain. In
216
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
addition, they must make a Constitution saving
throw (DC 10) or be poisoned until they finish a
long rest.
Treasure. If the characters scrounge this area
they may find 12 gold pieces, hidden throughout
the Kobold sleeping boxes.
Additional Challenge. There are no Kobolds in
this area, but you may rule that a few sleeping
ones can be found. The party could easily sneak
by, unless someone cries out in pain from a trap.
12 – BASEMENT STAIRWELL
This is the first area within the basement.
“As you descend the stairs the air begins to grow
heavy with the smell of yeast. By the time you
reach the bottom, it has become a little more
difficult to breath. You think that staying in this
area too long could be deadly. Spores swirl
around you in a mist. Whatever this basement
used to be, it is now nothing but a den for
overgrown dough.”
“The floor, walls, and ceiling are caked in a thick
yeast or dough. It is sticky but not dangerous, as
long as you don't sink into it. It is pitch black and
even those with Darkvision have trouble seeing
anything through the spore dust.”
“The path diverges into left, right, and center
passageways. You can hear a faint slurping sound
coming from somewhere ahead.”
Dough Walls. The basement has been overrun
with a wild dough. It is not sentient and not
particularly dangerous. If a character sinks into it,
they must make a Strength check (DC 10) to
escape. The DC for this check increases by 2 for
every turn they fail to escape as they sink deeper
into the walls. After three attempts they are
swallowed whole and begin to suffocate. Other
characters can attempt to help but if they fail the
saving throw by 5 or more, they too are sucked
into the wall.
 Yeast Spores. The spores of the dough here are
not dangerous in small amounts. If a character
spends 1 hour or more in this area, they become
diseased. The spores take root in their lungs and
cause sporadic coughing and sneezing as well as
fever and chills. They are considered poisoned
until the spores pass. A healthy character can
recover naturally from this sickness after 1 week.
Creatures who die while suffering from this
disease begin to grow the same dough in their
chest, growing it out and spreading it much like it
has spread in the basement.
13 – STICKY CAVERN 1
“Down a narrow and curving passageway, you
come to a small alcove. A brick wall can be seen
on the far side of this space, with vines of the
dough growing onto it. There is a dead humanoid
sitting against the wall, clutching a flail. He is
wearing a leather jacket and a biker’s helmet. You
can see vines of the yeast stretching out onto the
mask from underneath the visor.”
“There is another humanoid biker on the floor to
the left. Their legs are stuck into the dough up to
the thighs. The wall appears to be digesting them.”
Drippy Walls. The dough here is a bit wetter
than in the last area.
Treasure. The flail the biker is holding is a +1
flail. The other biker has a pack of playing cards.
Observant characters using Insight or
Investigation (DC 18) will notice the cards
have been marked so that the
user can cheat.
Added Challenge. For an
added challenge, have the
bikers attack if the
characters get too
close. Use the zombie
stat block for them.
14 – PIZZA SLIME NEST 1
“The left passageway leads down a short way
before coming to a small cove. The smell of fresh
pizza is strong in this place. Two piles of cheese
and sauce lie on the floor.”
Soft Breaths. With a good Perception check (DC
20) the characters will be able to tell that the
blobs on the ground are slightly moving, as if
breathing.
Creatures. This room contains two pizza slimes,
lying in wait to be disturbed by anyone. Their
hunger is insatiable but if injured too greatly they
may retreat into the dough walls. It takes half
their movement to enter the wall but once they
do, they are gone and cannot be attacked by
normal means.
Developments. If the pizza slimes are allowed
to escape, they may come back to ambush the
character in the Pizza Slime Nest 2 (Area 16).
Added Challenge. For an added challenge, have
two pizza slimes waiting on the ceiling. Any
passive perception over 10 will see them. They
attack at the same time as the pizza slimes on the
ground. When they drop to the floor they will
attempt to drop onto a player's head, grappling
and suffocating them.

217

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 218

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 15 – ANIMATRONICS HALLWAY can all be left alone to finish their meal but will
attack if you return later.
“This long hallway has not been completely
Developments. If the pizza slimes from this
overrun by the dough. You can still see brickwork
room are allowed to escape, they will ambush the
on both sides of the wall. Also, along the walls are
party and the biker kobolds in the Sticky Cavern 2
twelve of the same animatronic mascots from the
(area 18). This includes any that retreated from
stage, six on either wall. They are all hung up by a
the Pizza Slime Den 1 (Area 14).
place behind their neck, their expressionless
Treasure. The half-eaten kobold has a small
heads and arms slouching limply. There are a few
pouch. Inside is 21 gold pieces, 2 Potions of
of the bull and dragon, and a few other animals
Healing, and a roll of red tickets.
including a tiger, and a gorilla. One of the mascots
has been completely stripped of all coverings and
is nothing but a metal skeleton.” 17 – OLD BOILER ROOM
“At the end of the hallway the path diverges left
“The left path led you directly to a door. Opening
and right.”
the door puts you in an abandoned boiler room.
Only two objects of note exist. In the corner is a
Bodies on the Wall. While creepy, none of the
boiler, still running, and still glowing hot. The
mascots here will attack. They will, however,
other is a large pizza cube made of dough and
occasionally shift their heads while they
covered in pizza sauce and cheese. Pineapple
characters are not looking. They can easily be
chunks sprinkle the outside of this monstrosity.”
destroyed while hung up with no ill effects.
“On the north side of this room is a large hole in
Creatures. The animatronic horrors in the
the wall that leads down more yeasty hallways.”
hallway are inert.
Added Challenge. If you choose to do so, any
Boiler. If any player touches the boiler, they
one of these can become active. A fun encounter
take 3 (1d6) fire damage from its surface. If the
would be to cut the party off just as they are
pizza cube can be forced into the boiler, it will
about to walk past this hallway while one blocks
shutter in pain and become immobilized until the
off the way they came. This hallway is designed to
end of its next turn, at which time it will move
build tension for the party, so only break this
away from the boiler and attack the nearest
tension if you absolutely must do so.
target.

16 – PIZZA SLIME NEST 2 Hole in the Wall. On the north side of this room
a large hole exists where the dough has eaten
“The sound of slurping and burbling can be heard
away at the wall. It leads down another
before you even enter this room. There is again
passageway of yeast.
the smell of fresh pizza. Two pizza slimes are
Creatures. A pizza cube made from the yeast
slopping up parts of a kobold they have killed.
and dough and covered in melted cheese and
They seem occupied by their meal. You can see
pizza sauce will attack the party in this room.
something reflective shining in a satchel still
Small bits of pineapple can be seen all over its
wrapped around what remains of the kobold.”
body.
Aftermath. When the pizza cube is killed it
Cheesy Walls. The walls in this room appear to
slumps down and begins to melt from the heat. It
have a thin layer of cheese that it is keeping the
creates a gooey mess on the floor and this room
dough at bay.
becomes difficult terrain.
Creatures. Two pizza slimes eating a biker
Added Challenge. For an added challenge, have
kobold. If the pizza slimes from the Pizza Slime
an animatronic horror burst through the east
Nest 1 (area 14) were allowed to escape, they will
doorway. It will attempt to pick up players and
be here, feasting upon the kobold as well. They

219

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 throw them into the Pizza Cube, even dragging
itself in there with them if it has to. 19 – EMPLOYEE RESTROOMS
“The uppermost left passageway has led you to
“After walking down the hallway offered by the another door. The words “Employee Restroom”
hole in the Boiler Room wall, you come to a fork in can be seen on the door. Opening the door will
the road. You can go left or right from here. The reveal a short hallway with a men's and women's
right path seems to split off into two more paths restroom.”
as well” (Men's room) “This room is quite nice for its age.
The mirror is cracked, and a thick black liquid fills
in the seams. A sloping sound can be heard from
18 – STICKY CAVERN 2 one of the stalls.”
(Women's room) “This bathroom is nearly pristine,
“The left path ends abruptly in another slightly
with the exception of the dust. A grunting can be
moist cavern. Two biker kobolds are in this room,
heard from one of the stalls.”
stuck into the walls, when they see you they beg
for your help.”
Creatures. There is one pizza slime that will
crawl out of a toilet in the men's room. There is a
Helping. Helping the kobolds out of the wall
biker kobold relieving themselves in the Women's
requires a successful Strength check (DC 12). If
Room. The kobold will not immediately attack and
you choose to do this, they will help you with
if they do, they do so with disadvantage because
whatever supplies or information (see What Biker
they do not pull up their shorts before attacking.
Kobolds Know) they have. They are not well
Developments. Both of these encounters can
stocked and only have 2 daggers, 6 arrows, and 1
be avoided if desired. The slime will not be able to
Potion of Healing. If you refuse to help, they will
get through a closed stall quickly enough to
cry out and curse at the characters. Make a
challenge the party.
Strength check for them (DC 17) and if they
Added Challenge. If someone stops to examine
succeed, they will pull themselves out and attack
the black goo coming from the shattered mirror in
the party.
the men's room, they may become transfixed in
Creatures. Two biker kobolds. They will only
their own eyes. If they look in the mirror, they
attack the party if they are not helped.
must succeed on an Intelligence saving throw (DC
Developments. If the kobolds are left and do
20) or become lost in their own gaze. They are
not escape, they will be swallowed into the walls
considered stunned for one minute. If they stare
if you return to this place.
into their own eyes for one minute, the mirror
Aftermath. If you help the kobolds, they will
shatters and a shatterling is summoned, attacking
give you what they can and then head upstairs to
the party immediately.
rest in one of the boxes in the Employee Access
hallway (area 11).
Added Challenge. For an added debate, change
the alignment of one of the biker kobolds to
Chaotic Good and have it appeal to the holiest
member of the party. It is possible that the biker
kobold even serves the same god or patron as
one of the characters.

220

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


20 – EVALUATION CENTER
“This small alcove has a sign nailed into the floor.
It reads “Evaluation Center.” There are three dead
humanoids in a line here, all of them sitting in
folding chairs. A large Bugbear on the left whose
name tag reads Ozzie. A bony elderly human in
the center whose name tag reads Slash. On the
right is a petite elf woman whose name tag reads
Flea. All of them are wearing business casual
clothing and aprons that say “Drunk-E-Cheezers”
on the front.”
Purple Necks. Any character who investigates
the dead bodies will find that they were all
strangled to death. Their throats have been
crushed and postmortem bruising can be seen all
around their necks. A more thorough Investigation
check (DC 15) will reveal that the business casual
clothing and aprons have been fitted over armor,
suggesting that someone put this clothing on
after they were dead.
Developments. The bodies are simply dead,
and nothing happens if you move them.
Added Challenge. For added challenge, have
the yeast spores infect the bodies and bring them
back to life. Use the zombie stat block for them.
Level Up
The characters should progress to level 3 before
entering Woebone's office.
21 – WOEBONE VALDEZ’S OFFICE
“The door reads Manager – Woebone Valdez.
There is a faint heat coming off the door.”
“Opening the door, you see a brightly lit office. In
the northeast corner there is a desk. On either side
of the door stands an animated mascot, a frog
and a hell hound, both of them in very good
shape. There is a filing cabinet near the desk, and
a small liquor cabinet on the opposite side. A
small stack of folding chairs rest against one
corner wall of the room. Along the wall, written
with precision, are a series of quotes with the
heading “The 7 Tenants of Highly Effective Drunk-
E-Cheezers Mangers.”
“Sitting at the desk is a red dragonborn, wearing a
221
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
business suit with a tie. He is clean cut, his entire
demeanor appearing crisp, except for an aura of
corruption around him. His eyes are not solid,
sometimes switching from working pupils to
hollow static. Around him, a halo of angular
blackness bleeds into reality.”
When he sees you, he will stand up from the desk
and introduce himself.
“Ah yes, you must be my new hires! I'm W-w-w-
woebone, your manager, and I believe you came
here for your o-o-o-orientation? Y-y-y-yes, well,
take a seat.” But before you can take a step, he
lunges at you.
Immediate Attack. Unless the characters attack
while Woebone is talking, he will get one full turn
before returning to initiative order.
Wall Scrawl. Woebone may quote the lines
written on the wall while attacking. The 7 Tenants
of Highly Effective Cheezers Managers are:
• Be Aggressive
• Begin with The End of All in Mind
• Put Cheezers First
• Think Victory-Conquest
• Seek First to Dominate, Then to Subjugate.
• Pizzagize
• Whet Your Blade
• Bonus Tenant: Sharpen Your Voice. Do Not
Let Others Speak Against Cheezers
Creatures. Woebone is the primary target in
this fight. The animatronic horrors are only for
show.
Developments. If one of the characters are
knocked unconscious, and Woebone is not in
combat, he will throttle the character until they
are dead. He will then pull out a Cheezers uniform,
donning it on the character, grab a folding chair,
and place the dead character in the Evaluation
Center (area 20).
If Woebone is completely cured of his
corruption he will immediately fall to the ground,
dead.
If the characters flee the room, Woebone will not
follow.
Treasure. Underneath Woebone's desk is a +1
shredder weapon.
Additional Challenge. To complicate the battle,
have the animatronic horrors near the door reach
 out and attempt to grapple the characters. They
will be unable to move from their spot and will
not directly attack. Only bring them into combat
fully if the encounter is far too easy for the party.
Aftermath:
Once Woebone is dead, read the following to the
players.
“As Woebone's body falls, the room begins to dim.
By the time his body hits the ground, only one of
the lights in this room stay on, the rest shattering
with loud pops. Glass flutters down on you like
acid rain. A small shutter shakes the building, and
you hear the sound of a horse laughing from far
above you.”
Woebone's Hand. Woebone's handprint is
needed to unlock the door for roof access. You do
not need his whole body, only his hand. If the
hands have been destroyed in some way, the
characters will have to discover a new way to fool
the handprint lock to gain roof access. Knowing
what Woebone and his hands look like should give
the players a few options should this happen.
When the characters open the roof access door,
read this:
“Pistons hiss as several rods holding this door in
place spring back. The metal door swings open
with a creak and the smell of ozone wafts through
the doorway.”
22 – CONGREGATION SEATING
This is the first area of the roof. Please read parts
22, 23, and 24, before running this part of the
adventure. The kobold priest will finish the
chanting that brings the giant Cheezers head to
life just as the characters reach the top step.
“From the top of the stairs you can see the whole
roof. The sky shines the color of static and the
whole place is bathed in invigoratingly fresh air.”
Several pews sit to your left, empty of life, but
many have dried husks of kobolds sitting in them.
They have hard wooden seats but appear to be in
222
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
good shape.”
“In front of the pews you can see a podium, with a
kobold priest in mid chant. Directly behind him is a
shrine of some sort, adorned with burning
candles. From this distance you cannot make out
the specifics of the shrine.”
On the far side of the roof is a massive horse head
and hoofs. The head is fifteen feet high, the hoofs
about half that. Its fur blows in a sudden chill
wind, but it remains still beyond that. That is, until
the chanting Kobold Priest finishes his prayer.”
Pews. The pews can be used to gain full or half
cover depending on the attack. They have an AC of
10 and 5 hit point, shattering into splinters when
destroyed.
Added Challenge. For an added challenge, fill
some of the pews with 1d6+2 live biker kobolds
who join in the priest's chant but immediately
attack once it is over.
23 – SHRINE TO THE DRUNK GOD
“This is a large shrine to their deity Cheezers. Real
photos of children posing with Cheezers adorn
this small wall. Kobolds have drawn symbols of
love and reverie all over the collage. Drawings of
the kobolds, hugging or drinking with Cheezers,
are mixed in with the other photos. Empty bottles
of dozens of different liquors stretch underneath
the shrine.”
Shrine Protection. The shrine is too flimsy to be
used for cover.
Creatures. A kobold priest is summoning the
power to bring his god to life; the act was costly to
the kobold. Once they finish the chant, the kobold
will fall to the ground. Whether this kills the
kobold or knocks them unconscious is up to the
GM.
Developments. If the characters try to rush the
kobold priest or stop the chant in any way, they
 223

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


will be too late. The final words will fall right
before any blow against the kobold strikes.
Added Challenge. For an added challenge, have
the kobold priest only drop down to half health
and then begin casting spells at the party from
behind the Cheezers head.
Added Challenge. For an added challenge, have
a 1d4 kobolds enter from the stairway every few
rounds. The party can stop them by blocking off
the doorway.
Aftermath. When the Cheezers head is
defeated, you can easily retrieve the Wine Glass
key from its throat. Read this to the players:

“The head, torn and beaten, stutters, uttering one

24 – DRUNK-E-CHEEZERS HEAD
This is the final boss of this area.
“As you gaze upon the giant head of Cheezers, its
massive bulk begins to move. Spinning on some
unknown swivel, it turns and lets loose a
thunderous whinny. The hoofs begin to roll on
their four-wheeled platforms, targeting you.”
“The vacant eyes of Cheezers show you no pity.
Sparks begin collecting around its maw as it
charges an attack. For a brief second, while its
mouth is open, you see the Wine Glass key resting
at the back of its throat. Then it lets loose a breath
of electricity into the sky.
last long and low neigh, and stops moving. Any
kobolds still in the building will shrink into dark
corners and avoid your presence. They are more
than simply afraid of you; you have killed their
god, an act that feels somehow nostalgic. With the
new Wine Glass key, you can finally leave this
place and make your way back to Warren's Grove,
champions of the first challenge.”
Level Up
The characters should
progress to level 4 after
the fight on the roof.

Hoofs. The hoofs can roll around the roof but

become stuck on difficult terrain, automatically
failing any Dexterity saving throw while on
difficult terrain. If they become stuck, they will
remain stuck until the effect ends or they are
removed from the effect's area. Any remaining
kobolds can use their turn to dislodge the hoofs.
Creatures. Cheezers head and two Cheezers
hoofs. The first breath of electricity that it takes is
done out of combat, should not hit any of the
characters, and does not count against its usages.
Beyond that, it will use this ability as many times
as it can.
Developments. If the characters defeat the
head before defeating the hoofs, then the hoofs
deactivate.
If a character is swallowed by Cheezers, they
may retrieve the Wine Glass key but are still
under the effects of being swallowed and cannot
easily leave.

Treasure. There are gems buried into the

Cheezers head's eyes. A large, cracked opal (500
gp) can be found in both eyes.

224

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


[TL;DR] Wyatt has been fishing and creating
potions while you were gone. He gives you some
of both before you go to the White Castle.
NPCs: Wyatt Ferris.
Key Items: Wine Glass key
Enemies: Karma Chameleon
“You brush through the doors of the Yellow
Castle, hearing them creak closed behind you. The
beeps and rumblings of the past adventure seem
like a bad dream in this beautiful landscape. A
light rain spits for a moment and the clouds above
look as though a full storm may be on the
horizon, but it quickly dissipates.”
You can hear the burbling of the creek, the pop of
a fire, and the sizzle of meat in a pan. The smell of
freshly cooked fish and vegetables grips your
stomach tight. Wyatt sees all of you and beckons
you to his tent.”
“He has prepared a small bounty of fish,
vegetables, eggs, and light ale. He has made more
than enough for everyone, and you are able to eat
until you are full to bursting. He motions over to a
spot under the tree where he has laid several
bedrolls for his friends.”
“He then asks you about your last adventure.”
225
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
A MOMENTS REST
Coming back into the grove should be a restful
experience. Wyatt will help the party in any way
he can and will act as moral support for the
players. Speaking with them should be a chance to
reflect on the memorable aspects of their
previous adventure. He will offer solace for any
unfortunate events that may have befallen the
party.
The characters should take this chance to rest
and recover. There are only a few days left for
Warren's Grove, but they will need their strength.
Allow them to spend time role playing with each
other, spending the whole day in preparation or
relaxation. They can take a long rest here without
fear of being attacked.
PROVISIONS
Wyatt will provide the party with a few healing
potions. The exact amount is up to you. He will
also provide them with any basic food or drink
they require. He cannot cure diseases or poisons.
 KARMA CHAMELEON
It is unlikely that any character has been evil
enough for the karma chameleon to change into
its final form yet. It will not attack the party until it
has reached its final stage, but it will defend itself
if attacked. You may want to drop hints to the
players that they are being followed.
For example:

“You hear a rustling in the large tree and see a

branch fall to the ground. When you go to
investigate there is nothing there, but you get the
distinct impression that you are being watched.”

THE NEXT DAY

After the characters have rested and prepared
themselves, it is time to tackle the White Castle.
They will need to put the Wine Glass key into the
door indentation to open the gates. When they do
so, the doors will swing rapidly open, sucking a
gust of air inwards. A swirling portal of green and
blue is just beyond the doorway. Small bits of light
debris, paper, leaves, etc., will be sucked into the
portal. The players must enter this portal to move
to the second challenge.

“Placing the Wine Glass key into the indentation

will start a series of clicking locks inside the door.
Once the last one opens the doors will rush
inwards. A vacuum of air pressurizes around you,
pulling you forward one step with a hard jerk.
Leaves, grass, papers, blankets, all are pulled
towards the doorway. Just beyond the doors is a
large emerald, ruby, and sapphire swirling portal.
The air equalizes quickly but the portal still has a
small pull, dragging air into itself.”

When they enter read this:

“As you step inside, you feel your body being

pulled into another dimension. Behind you,
thunder rumbles in the grove. As your
consciousness moves to the portal's source you
can hear rain beginning to strike the grass in the
clearing.”

226

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


[TL;DR] Castle Indomitable is being overrun by
zombies and corrupted. The world is dead, this
castle is the last place of the living. A corrupted
de-fragger is being tortured with high arcane
energy, augmenting his Stalwart Shield, making it
large enough to protect this place. He suffers
from this process, dying every 10 hours. His
particular layers of corruption bring him back to
life after 1 minute, while he is dead the characters
and NPCs must defend the walls from the sea of
death. A key component of the arcane machine
that is pumping the de-ragger full of energy is a
crystal shield that is the Shield Key needed for the
Black Castle. The third time the shield falls will be
the final time, as the castle will be overwhelmed
with corrupted creatures of intense strength. The
characters must discover the source of the shield,
decide how to handle the situation, and then enact
their plan for escape or make Castle Indomitable
their final resting place.
Castle Indomitable is divided into three acts. It is
heavily focused on roleplay with breaks at the end
of each act for deadly combat. The main arc is
intended to take the characters through a bleak
world, full of tough decisions. It also serves as an
introduction to extreme corruption and the
possible outcome if it is left unchecked. The act
outlines here are to be used as suggestions, not
as rules. Feel free to change them as you see fit.
CASTLE INDOMITABLE
Castle Indomitable is sandwiched between the end
of a sprawling city and a cliff's edge, the roaring
sea behind it and below it by 200 feet. There is a
large patch of land between the city and the
castle, sprinkled with small housings. The grounds
are swarming with undead and corrupted of all
types. Animals, humans, monsters, beasts, etc.
They stretch into the city and overrun any building
as far as the eye can see. It is a sea of death, all
227
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
crashing against the breech that is Castle
Indomitable. This world is dead, with no known
chance for recovery. Only this castle stands in
opposition of that. This is a good chance the really
challenge your characters, put them in dire
situations, and see how they react with
overwhelming odds.
Key Items: Shield key, Castle Indomitable keyring
(Connor and King have copies)
Enemies: Zombie, Ape, Octopus, Jetpack Bugbear,
Cockat-Rex, Holo-Shark, Chainsawrus, B-dr4, B-
du$4, B-4nt, Glass Shadow
All enemies are corrupted. Feel free to add any
other corrupted creatures that you think your
players would enjoy. Keep in mind that 2 or more
layers of corruption can wildly change the nature
of a creature. All the creatures we have listed are
assumed to have only 1 layer of corruption. It is
possible to cure an enemy of corruption, in which
case they will begin to fight for the party but may
switch back quickly if corrupted again.
NPCs: Conner, Alia, Angelica, Piper, Ferris, Jonesy,
“King,” Russell, Alex, Kubrick.
FIRST ACT: THE UNKNOWN
Overview
In the first act, the characters are dropped into the
world while the castle is being swarmed. They
must fight off the horde until the shield comes
back up. Once that happens, the NPCs of this
world will find the characters and introduce
themselves. The players may be met with
skepticism at first, but the NPCs are in dire need of
help.
The characters will have this act to become
familiar with the castle's layout and the NPCs.
Different NPCs have different ideas on the
situation. They are not actively hostile towards the
characters but not all of them welcome the
characters with open arms. The seeds of the
second act will be planted with these moments.
About 10 hours will pass in this time frame.
The characters will have time to rest and
recuperate. Once the 10 hours are up, the shield
will fall, and the characters must help the NPCs
defend Castle Indomitable until the shield comes
 back up. Usually a single minute, but you may
decide longer for an added challenge.
During the ending encounter, the castle walls
will be breached by corrupted. The NPCs will fight
alongside the characters, but you do not need to
roll for them. They act outside of your character's
combat with only short descriptions to describe
how their fight is going. If the characters are in
trouble, you may have an NPC swing in with a
helping hand. If the characters are having no
trouble at all, you may have an NPC fall, requiring
rescue from the characters. The enemies provided
are the main focus of the adventurers' combat.
Roleplay Opportunities
The NPCs will all spend time helping one another
or the characters reinforce the castle. Here are
some suggestions on what they may be doing
when not making repairs. This time should be a
little nebulous, allowing characters to be part of
multiple conversations unless there is a good
reason they cannot be.
• Alex is arguing with Kubrick about who
would win in a fight: 10,000 chickens or
the Tarrasque. Kubrick is on the side of the
chickens but doesn't appear to have a said
a word to start, or engage in, this debate.
• Conner can be seen leaving the Upper East
Hallway (area 23) and locking the door
behind her. She will not explain what she
was doing. She may challenge the
characters to a sparring match, alongside
several of the NPCs, to test their mettle.
• Piper is laughing at a book he is reading
title “The Hare-Haired Maiden.”
• King will be helping Ferris in the New
Kitchen (area 18). He will be stealing bits of
food while they cook.
• Jonesy will be found in the General
Storage room (area 4) playing inside a box
she has decorated to look like a house.
• Angelica can be found in the Magical
Research Lab (area 1) pouring over her
notes about the De-Frag wave. She likely
believes the characters are too ignorant to
assist her.
• Alia can be found admiring her soon to be
treasure in the East Trophy Room (area 8).
228
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Major Story Beats
By the end of the first act the characters need to
be left with these questions. What powers the
shield? Why do people not want to talk about the
shield source? What happened to the world? Is
there any way out of here? What is the De-Frag
Wave?
Ending Encounter: (All enemies have 1 layer of
corruption, except the B-du$4) 1 B-du$4, 3 Jetpack
Bugbears, 3 Laser Pups and a number of zombies
equal to the number of player characters. For an
added challenge, add 2d4 octopus to the fight,
they grapple characters and leave them open for
attack. Creatures cured of corruption will aid in the
fight but must be specially protected to avoid
being killed.
Leftover Treasure
Picking up after the battle, Alex will have killed a
small battalion of corrupted soldiers. He will
obtain magical armor (+1 armor), enough to cover
every player character. There may also be a few
unique armaments left over.
Level Up
The characters should progress to level 5 after
the end of the first act.
SECOND ACT: REVELATION
In this act the character will receive most of the
answers to their questions from act 1. They will
learn of the true nature of the shield. The
corrupted de-fragger, Russell, is stuck in a cycle of
death. He is being overcharged with arcane
energy, making his Stalwart Shield feature extend
around the entire castle. He lives for 10 hours of
pure agony before finally dying. But this death is
not permanent and within a few seconds he is
raised from the dead and subjected to the same
unbearable energy again.
The characters will also learn that the Crystal
Shield key, the only way to open the portal that
the characters came through and the key to the
Black Castle, is an integral part of the machine
pumping energy into the de-fragger. If they take
 the Crystal Shield from the machine, the shield
will permanently fall.
Certain NPCs hate what must be done to
survive, others view it with impartial apathy. Few
like it but they will not let their own lives, or the
lives of their loved ones, be jeopardized either.
Some NPCs have alternate ideas on how to stay
safe. The players must decide what to do with all
of this information. Somehow, they also have to
get the portal working again.
The characters must use the 10 hours before
the shield falls to rest and help reinforce the
castle against another attack. The shield will fall
again, forcing the characters and NPCs to defend
their walls until the shield comes back online.
During this act the characters will notice that
the sea of death its surging outside. It has become
populated with large and imposing beasts, and
they are waiting patiently outside the shield as the
smaller humanoid corrupted continue to bash
away.
During the ending encounter the castle walls
will be breached by corrupted. The NPCs will fight
alongside the characters, but you do not need to
roll for them. They act outside of your character's
combat with only short descriptions to describe
how their fight is going. If the characters are in
trouble, you may have and NPC swing in with a
helping hand. If the characters are having no
trouble, you may have an NPC fall, requiring
rescue from the characters. The monsters
provided are the main focus of the adventurers'
combat.
Roleplay Opportunities
The NPCs will all spend time helping one another
or the characters reinforce the castle. Here are
some suggestions on what they may be doing
when not making repairs. This time should be a
little nebulous, allowing characters to be part of
multiple conversations unless there is a good
reason they cannot be.
• Connor, exhausted from days of fighting,
can be found passed out on the couch in
the Smoking Room (area 6). Someone has
put a blanket over her.
• Alia is tearing down broken boards and
starting a large fire with them.
229
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
• Angelica is examining the doorway portal
the characters came through in the
Magical Research Lab (area 1). She has
already made the connection to the
indentation and the Crystal Shield key. She
knows she will not likely be able to leave
without help.
• Piper can be found reading a children's
story, “If You Give a Dragon a Donut” to
King and Jonesy. King keeps interrupting to
point out how implausible the story is.
• Ferris is getting drunk on his last bottle of
cooking rum. He may be found passed out
on one of the guest bedrooms (area 18).
• Alex can be found sharpening everyone’s
blades and mending whatever other
weapons he can. He is hiding the severe
wounds he took from the last battle.
• Kubrick can be found on the on the Rear
Balcony (area 28) watching the horizon.
He will ask any characters why they are
here, and if this battle is just another stop
on some grand journey.
Major Story Beats
The size and ferocity of the Corrupted is growing
outside. Russell is giving his life, again and again,
to protect these people. The Crystal Shield key is
powering the machine that augments Russell.
Angelica will explain the De-Frag wave to any
curious character.
De-Frag Wave
The De-Frag wave is an idea Angelica has. By
using the same methods used to augment
Russell's Stalwart Shield, she thinks she can
augment his Cure Corruption feature to create a
large pulse that will cure all corrupted within a
large area. The only issue is that he will surely die
in the process. Also, it will only cure corruption for
a mile or so. Everyone that is cured will just be
overwhelmed by the other corrupted swarming
them. But if she had more than one De-Fragger to
sacrifice...
 What Happened to the World
Nobody knows exactly what caused the world to
end. Corruption was always a problem, but it
never caused too much death. One day it began to
spread like fire. That is all anyone knows. Jonesy
thinks it is all her fault.
Ending Encounter
(All enemies have 1 layer of corruption, except the
B-4nt.) 1 B-4nt, 5 Holo-Sharks, 3 Chainsawrus and
a number of zombies equal to the number of
party members. For an added challenge, add 2d4
corrupted apes who will try and pick up the
characters and throw them into a swarm of
zombies. Creatures cured of corruption will aid in
the fight but must be specially protected to avoid
being killed.
Leftover Treasure
Picking up after the battle, you find several shock
troops of various enforcement houses were part
of the attack. The party will obtain magical
weapons (+1 weapons), specifically ones usable by
the player characters. There may be more unique
treasures they find as well.
Level Up
The characters should progress to level 6 after
the end of the second act.
THIRD ACT: EGRESS
This final act is all about deciding exactly what to
do about this situation. The characters must find a
way to retrieve the Crystal Shield key and activate
the portal home. Keep in mind exactly how the
NPCs will respond to this. Will they be helpful?
Have the characters come up with a good
solution? Will the NPCs inhibit the characters?
What sacrifices will the characters have to make?
During this act the characters will notice that
the sea of death its surging outside. It has become
populated with large and imposing beasts that
wait patiently outside the shield as the humanoid
corrupted continue to bash away.
If the characters do nothing, the shield will still
go down after 10 hours active. This time though,
the opposition is overwhelming. Devastating
230
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
corrupted creatures will smash parts of Castle
Indomitable to bits, letting swarms of smaller
corrupted inside. This will be the final stand of the
adventure, regardless of the character's decisions.
Make this abundantly clear to your players, this is
the last chance to escape.
Roleplay Opportunities
The NPCs will all spend time helping one another
or the characters reinforce the castle. Here are
some suggestions on what they may be doing
when not making repairs. This time should be a
little nebulous, allowing characters to be part of
multiple conversations unless there is a good
reason they cannot be.
• Connor can be found on the Guest
Sleeping Chambers balcony (area 18). She
is deep in thought about the upcoming
fight. She points out several larger
shadows beyond the shield wall. She may
also enter the music room and begin
playing a sad tune on the piano.
• Alia is walking around the castle, gathering
up every bit of treasure she can find and
stuffing it into whatever container she can
find. If the characters have any of the
treasures from either of the trophy rooms,
she will demand they return it.
• Angelica is watching Russell. Despite his
screams she is staring intently at him and
the Arcane Engine machine. She plans to
make a run for the portal door if no better
solutions are available.
• Piper is finishing the last touches on one
of his journals. He will give it to the
characters, believing that they may yet
somehow escape. He does not want
everyone's story to be forgotten.
• Ferris is making the best meal he can
possibly come up with. He has cut large
steaks off of many chainsawrus and now
mixes them with some potatoes and
carrots, frying it all in a hearty and filling
combination.
• Jonesy can be found crying in her box
playhouse. She has scratched out all of
the people and her dolls lie in a corner in
 pieces. She fears the end and hates her
part in it.
• King can be found in the Playroom (area
3), sitting at the end of the table. He will
offer to play a quick game of Vectors &
Villains with the characters. His story is
bad, full of tropes and has a stand in for
him that always saves the day. If called
out on this, he will comment that this was
his dad's favorite game to play and that he
was much better at running it. After that,
he will not bother finishing the game’s
story and try to go rest in the Master
Bedroom (area 19).
• Alex is lying down by the fireplace. Despite
healing he may have received; his wounds
have begun to fester. He is sick but
attempts to play it off. Challenging anyone
who tries to help him to a fight.
• Kubrick will be helping his brother with
tonics and teas. He will let the players
know that his brother does not have long.
Major Story Beats
The characters must decide exactly what to do.
How will they leave? What or who will they have
to leave behind?
Ending Encounter
(All enemies have 1 layer of corruption, except the
B-dr4.) 1 B-dr4, 1 Cockat-Rex, 1 Magnetadon, 1
Gravisaurus, and a number of zombies equal to
the number of player characters. For an added
challenge, have a corrupted Cocat-Rex begin to
attack the b-dr4, making a large section of the
lobby impossible to navigate. The two will fight
each other and the party, focusing only on
whoever is closest. Creatures cured of corruption
will aid in the fight but must be specially
protected to avoid being killed.
Possible Endings
These are not the only possible endings, just some
of the most likely ones. Feel free to ignore them if
your story does not take this path.
• Everyone Dies: It is possible that this story
end in a total party kill. This is an
231
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
acceptable ending, though it should be
avoided if at all possible.
• Party Lives: The player characters find a
way to make it through the portal door by
using the Crystal Shield key. Be sure to
explain in detail any sacrifices they had to
make to get to this point.
• Everyone Lives: It is possible, though
unlikely, that everyone, including the NPCs,
make it through this ordeal. If they go
through the portal, they will become part
of your world, going about their own lives
from there. If the party is able to save
their world, they will all be remembered
as heroes.
• De-Frag Wave: If the De-Frag wave is used
it will only be partially successful. You
may decide that it cures creatures for
several miles, or only a few feet. In any
case, the world should not be completely
saved by this act. If anything, this will
allow the world a fighting chance. Or it
only provides enough time for the
characters to escape as the newly cured
creatures are overtaken by the sea of
corrupted.
• Angelica Gets Away: If no better solution is
provided, Angelica will steal the Crystal
Shield key and escape on her own. She
may take a character she likes with her.
• Russel Saves the Day: It is likely that
Russell would have heard any plans of
escape of salvation. He would have figured
the way out, with a little help from
Angelica, and will come to the rescue in
the nick of time. He will shove as many
characters through the portal as he can
before sacrificing himself one last time in
the line of duty.3
Level Up
The characters should progress to level 7 after
the end of the third act.
 ROLEPLAYING THE NPCS
This is a very story heavy mission, and it will rely
greatly on NPC interaction. We suggest you
familiarize yourself with the NPCs here but feel
free to go outside of the narrative given. Add or
remove characters and traits as you see fit. As
long as the players can relate to the suffering and
turmoil the NPCs are experiencing, then this quest
is being done properly.
During combat, don't feel pressured to keep
everyone's stats running. Make a roll (or don’t)
and keep the action moving. Focus on key
elements of the fights, instead of what each and
every NPC is doing every single turn. Every NPC's
stat block is provided for reference in this chapter.
Roleplaying Connor: She is blunt but not harsh
with those in her charge. The last lives on this
planet are at stake and she will not lose more. If
someone puts others in danger due to stupidity or
selfishness, she will warn them first with her
words. Next time it is a whip. There is no time for
games, no time for mistakes, no time for patience
and compassion. It hurts her to be like this, but it
is the only way.

Connor, Human Female:

In a blind furious fight for survival, Connor found
Castle Indomitable. She was not the first here, but
she was the only one who took charge. She
operates under the lie that she had always been
here, a master of the guards. The truth is that she
has no idea where she was before the world
ended, just that she is a good leader and fighter. In
her blitz for life, she gained a layer of corruption
and lost a large swath of her memories. Though it
could be easily cured she would never allow it,
thinking that any painful memories she may have
to relive will distract her from the need at hand. If
asked about her past she will dodge questions or
flat out lie.
She is an extreme pragmatist. Always thinking
ahead, even if the future is bleak. She knows what
terrible thing they do to keep the castle safe and
bears the burden herself. She has all of the keys Alia, Dwarven Female:
to Castle Indomitable, rarely letting go of the An excellent craftswoman, she is responsible for
Arcane Engine room key, hiding the truth from the survival of Castle Indomitable when the shield
anyone who might object. When she can, she tests is down. Her fortifications come at a cost though.
the mettle of those within the castle, so that she She has claimed every scrap of gold and treasure
may better know their limits. in this castle to be hers when they get out of this.
During Combat: Connor takes her time to She is likely to break a finger if she sees anyone
strategize before a fight. She knows her limits pawing at the numerous trophies, gems, and
well, and the limits of those around her. She will heirlooms scattered around the keep.
never knowingly put someone into a situation She has a heavy dislike with dragons and their
they cannot handle. If put in a situation where it is cousins. In the brief snippets of pain, she has let
saving the many or saving the few, she will show, one could gather that she lost her mother
choose to save the many. to a dragon attack, though in what regard she will
never say. She typically refuses to speak to

232

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 dragonborn but the sacrifice that Russell is
making has made her question her stubborn pain.
During Combat: Alia would rather her traps and
defenses do the fighting for her. She can be seen
before a battle rigging quick contraptions that
unleash devastating effects on the battlefield.
When that fails, she turns into a hailstorm of
hammers. She seems to have a limitless supply of
work hammers that she can use to nail a foe from
across the room with.
Roleplaying Alia: Alia cares for those around
her and will do all that she can to protect them.
She will not suffer people taking what is hers but
will gladly give all she can to help. Her
mannerisms may be a bit curt to those who don't
know her. She stands by Connor in her decisions,
though she may question them in private later.

Angelica, Elven Female:

Angelica is not well liked at Castle Indomitable,
and she wants it that way. She exudes an air of
cold logic, but it is just a mask that hides selfish
sadism underneath. It was her brilliant mind that
set up the shield around the castle. She offered
the idea as a necessary evil, and it is, to an extent.
The joy she receives from Russell's pain is
unsettling. She bears the burden of responsibility
for his suffering like a badge of honor.
Her past is full of blood and tears. Whenever
she is asked about it, she will always twist the
situation to make it seem like she had no other
choice. She manipulates people into believing that
she is the victim in every circumstance. Castle
Indomitable may be the first time that was
actually true.
She has some ideas on what she calls a “De-
Frag Wave”, but no one here is “smart enough” to
understand her vision. The wave, if strong enough,
could cure corruption for miles around, but it
would require massive energy, and a massive
sacrifice.

233

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 In Combat: Dirty hands are for the weak
minded. Angelica prefers to take an advantageous
view of the battlefield. She will throw powerful
spells into the fray, doing her best to avoid hurting
her acquaintances. A few scars on her back from
Connor’s lashes have seen to this behavior.
Roleplaying Angelica: Angelica will try and
convince all around that she is a victim. Twisting
words and intentions to better suit her needs. She
understands that she has to get along to survive
but that doesn't mean she can't have some fun
watching people squabble. She may drop hints to
the players about her De-Frag Wave, but she
doesn't quite know how to accomplish it.

Piper, Half-Orc Male:

A solemn disposition finds him spending more
time in books than in the real world. He has lost
his animal companion, a beautiful tiger named
Maw, and wears her pelt to keep her spirit close;
her head resting its mouth like a crown. He keeps
a bookcase filled and in pristine order, refusing to
let “the most precious stories” serve as kindling.
Several of the books are his journals. When he is
not helping to fortify the castle or making arrows,
he can be found rereading the same books, living
in stories or his own past.
In Combat: Piper will stand in the sidelines,
assisting Alia with her traps and firing arrows for
as long as he can. If the battle is too fierce, he will is able to cast a great deal more cantrips than an
resort to his battleaxes and is a fearsome sight to average low-level wizard. He uses these to
behold. As soon as combat is over her can be seen augment his cooking and has become quite the
writing and sketching the details into his journal. talented chef, despite his intentions otherwise.
Roleplaying Piper: Piper is solemn, but not He has served at Castle Indomitable for many
always quiet. He loves a good story and will open years. He credits his long life to the heavy spices
up to anyone that is willing to share a riveting tale he spends all day testing. That and, if he died, then
with him. Before the party leaves, or as he is who would feed everyone? He also knows that
dying, he will give the party his final notebook “So Connor didn't serve here before the world’s death.
that our stories will not be lost.” He could reveal this information, but knows they
need a strong leader, so he chooses not to.
Ferris, Human Male: In Combat: His many years around a kitchen
have made him extremely deadly with a blade. He
A portly and jovial man. Ferris serves as the cook
can toss knives and skewer enemies like an edged
for the survivors of Castle Indomitable. His
wind. He will mix his blade work with his lesser
passion is not in cooking though, it is in magic. He
arcane tricks. Knowing that he is not nearly as
had always wanted to be a mage but could never
powerful as other mages, he relies on creativity
quite get the hang of it. He has tried for so many
and improvisation to get the most he can out of
years but it still unable to cast more than a
his magic.
cantrip. Because of his extensive study though, he

234

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Roleplaying Ferris: Ferris loves a good swear.
The more he can string together, the better. He
tries not to think about the doom that waits
outside. He instead focuses on his cooking, doing
his best to deliver the best meal he possibly can,
even with limited supplies. He may come off as
abrasive at first but will only heckle the
characters because he expects them to do it back
to him.
Jonesy, Human Female Child:
Jonesy is meek and quiet. She believes that the
fall of the world is her fault. A someone excitable
child, her mother paid off an oracle to try and
straighten Jonesy up. The oracle told her that
Jonesy's bad behavior would bring about the end
of the world. She did not believe it and continued
to live a child's carefree life. Then everyone died.
She feels the burden of the world on her
shoulders. She obviously had no bearing on the
outcome of life here, but it has been cemented in
her mind that she is solely to blame for the fate of
millions. She has not told anyone this.
235
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
In Combat: The children are kept in the back
whenever the castle must be defended. Jonesy
has had to kill, and she sobs every time. She
believes that she has already killed them and
doing so again is unbearable.
Roleplaying Jonesy: Jonesy is looking for any
sort of outlet for her pain. She gives all her effort
to helping Ferris and Alia. She ends every
sentence with “sorry” as if it were a period. If she
trusts a character enough, she may reveal her
terrible secret to them; but only if she knows that
the character will not kill her for causing the end
to come.
“King”, Human Male Child:
The actual heir to Castle Indomitable. He demands
that everyone call him King, and nobody actually
knows his true name (except Ferris) and so they
oblige. A loud and selfish child. He does not
understand why people do not just listen to him.
He was trained in combat and in literature; he has
read all the books on the subject, so he should be
in charge! He refused to help with the castle
repairs for a time, but after being threatened with
time outside, he now begrudgingly helps.
He never paid any attention to his castle’s
subjects before the fall. Because of this, he does
not know that Connor never actually served his
family. Were he to learn it, he would likely try to
start a mutiny, with the intention of appointing
himself leader after usurping her.
 He has a key to every room in the castle but
does not let others know that he has it.
In Combat: King has been trained is royal
combat. Not the blood and guts of the arena, but
with refined weapons for gentlemen. He is handy
with a rapier and little else. The few times he has
been forced to defend himself, he has done quite
well, against corrupted living enemies. Undead are
an enigma to his classically trained mind, and so
he will run from them instead.
Roleplaying King: It is never what King says
that is the problem, it is how he says it. He exudes
an air of superiority, even when he needs help. No
amount of heart to hearts or close encounters can
unwrite the conditioning that created this attitude.
Whenever he speaks to someone it is with an air
of mock authority. His chest puffs, his nostrils
flair, and he does his best to keep his voice from
cracking.
Russell, Dragonborn Male:
Russell thinks of himself as a full silver dragon. He
is the protector, the knight in shining armor.
Despite his constant agony keeping the castle in
his bubble, he believes that he is doing the right
thing. He volunteered for this, believing that no
one else could bear the responsibility. If asked
why he will respond “No one can match my
strength, no one could take my place.”
236
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Despite his lofty ideals of purity and justice, he
does grow weary of his undeath cycle. A layer of
corruption will not allow him to stay dead,
reviving him shortly after he expires. In the last
moments before his death, he begs for release. He
will deny any accusations of this weakness.
During Combat: Most combat encounters that
happen are because Russell died. In the event that
he is alive and fighting, he will curse anyone who
would take such a great risk. He can rival Alex in
his destructive force. He will go for whatever the
most ferocious enemy is at the time, gladly
sacrificing his “life” to save those in his care.
Roleplaying Russell: Russell is the last beacon
of righteousness in the world, and he knows it. He
does not scold others for their failings. He simply
refuses to believe that they could be happy being
lesser versions of their potential selves. He is
encouraging and compassionate, if a little stiff.
Alex, Human Male:
Brother to Kubrick. He believes that he was born
without a soul, and that whoever stole it replaced
it with an inferno. He is happy to help prepare the
castle but believes that a sharp blade is the best
preparation. He scans the horizon, looking for the
next great challenge that will attack his walls. He
has a running count on every foe he has killed and
keeps track of everyone else's as well. He is up to
272 and makes sure everybody knows when his
“high score” goes up.
In Combat: He is not completely wrong about
his soul; it is imbued with fire. During combat he is
a blur of death and blood. He cuts down foes with
a jovial cackle and rigid sneer. The few times he
has been injured during combat, he has always
bounced back, the foes around him reacting to
some unseen flame. His weapons become
wreathed in purples and blues before becoming
red hot.
Roleplaying Alex: Alex is a braggart and
aggressive. He may challenge people to a fight
just for fun. He is the only one that can best
Connor in a duel and had to be held back the last
time they sparred. If you can't match his strength,
then you need to stand aside and watch. Whatever
you do, don't steal his kill.
 Kubrick, Human Male:
Alex's brother is nearly mute and eternally stoic.
He is the only one that Alex will not challenge. He
has a fierce gaze that is stern and compassionate
all at once. The only true healer within the group,
he serves his role to the best of his ability. He
looks after his brother above all others but knows
that he cannot protect Alex from himself.
Kubrick has given up on this world. The people
within his care now are the only thing of
importance. Saving the world is simply not a
priority for him.
During Combat: Kubrick knows how important
he is to the survival of the group. He will not put
himself in unnecessary danger, except to save
Alex. He stands as a wall against death when it
comes for his friends. He has had to make hard
choices before and now considers every spell he
casts with great care.
Roleplaying Kubrick: Speech should be
reserved for when it is truly needed. He does not
command during battle and does not speak during
rest. Questions are usually responded to with
grunts and gestures. When he does speak, all
around listen, for it is always words of extreme
wisdom.
237
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
CASTLE INDOMITABLE INTERIOR
[TL;DR] The castle is big and a wreck. It has been
fortified but supplies are low.
General description: Castle Indomitable is a
medium size castle. It was never meant to be
defensible and was built as a symbol of wealth
and prestige. The castle is covered in windows,
both clear and stained glass. Though they have
almost all be shattered, they were once quite
beautiful. The designers also paid no mind to
space economy, and very little to heating. The
main rooms can be quite warm, when the firers
are roaring, but wood is a precious commodity
now. The entire place is in shambles, with
splintered wood shavings mixed with glass and
offal in the corners. Blood stains cover nearly
every inch of the upper and lower halls. Bodies are
thrown off the back balcony and burned
occasionally. It is constantly dark and dreary, with
a light rain that seems to never let up.
 Castle Indomitable 1st Floor

238

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Castle Indomitable 2 nd Floor

239

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 1 – MAGICAL RESEARCH LAB
This is the first area the characters will come into.
When first entering the room from the portal,
read this::
“You are transported into bedlam. A swarm of
zombies, several exuding an air of corruption, are
bursting rapidly through a doorway on your right,
the doors being trampled on the floor. All around,
in places of this building you cannot see, there are
the sounds of combat. Under it all, you think you
can hear a muffled but prolonged scream of
agony.
This room appears to be a magical research room,
with sparse bookshelves lining the walls and a
magic circle in front of you on the ground. There
are tables and chairs stacked around and behind
the massive set of doors you just walked through.
Behind you the portal dies, and the giant doors
slam shut. Their massive closing boom attracting
the attention of the zombies. They skid along the
ground, changing their momentum to attack you.”
Wrecked. There are piles of book and rubble all
over the floor. Any character that is proficient with
improvised weapons will have no trouble finding
something to fight the zombies with. Remember
to keep in mind corruption rolls for the characters
here.
Creatures. 2d6+2 zombies run through the
door; all are corrupted. The corruption makes it
difficult to tell if these are actually zombies or
simply corrupted humanoids. You may want to lay
this moral quandary at the party’s feet, after the
combat is finished.
Developments. If the characters are defeated,
or near defeat, during the battle, several NPCs will
fight their way downstairs and save the
characters from death.
Aftermath. If all the zombies are killed, Connor
and Piper will make their way through their own
enemies and enter the lab. After a pause they will
introduce themselves.
240
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Connor: “Where did they come from?”
Piper: “Not sure but I bet it's a good story.”
Connor: “Hello, I'm Connor, this is Piper, and you
are?”
Added Challenge. To increase the challenge in
this first encounter, add one powerful corrupted
enemy, such as a glass shadow into the mix.
When this room is inspected later:
“This room was used for magical research. The
little books left on the walls confirm it just as
much as what else remains here. In one corner an
L shaped table stands on its side, its alchemical
bottles and liquids spilled all over the floor. The
magical circle appears to be waxed into the floor.
It is marred but still in good condition. Three lines
mark it into thirds and a square of elvish runes
surround the whole thing. The doors you came in
still stand, large testaments to your world. A
small indentation of a shield can be seen on it.
Behind the doors a pile of rubble guards two thick
glass pipes. The glass pipes go deep into the
ground and a thick red energy flows through them
into the floor above.”
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts unless you
want it to.
2 – LOWER EAST HALLWAY
“A short dusty hallway with rubble piled to the
sides. Tapestries of knights and weddings adorn
the sides. Cool air comes in through one shattered
window, fresh blood staining the glass shards.
There is a set of double doors on the west, and
single doors to the north and south.”
 Developments. If the characters decide to take
some of the tapestries, they will gain the ire of
Alia until they return them and apologize.
Treasure. There are three tapestries, all worth
100 gp each. They are bulky and difficult to carry,
impossible while in combat. One is of a large ring
in space, another of an elven wedding, and
another of a beefy armored figure standing atop a
mountain of imps.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
3 – PLAYROOM
“This room was intended for children to play in.
There is a crate of stuffed animals and wooden
toys against one wall. A short minibar on one side
of the room has empty bottles of grape juice and
moldy finger foods sitting atop it. There is a stool
in one corner that spins. Crammed in here is a
long table that seems undisturbed. It has a few
small chairs around it and papers all over its
surface. Bits of brightly colored candy are mixed
with brightly colored dice. The head of the table
has a tower of books sitting beside a small
wooden barrier. You can feel deep inset pain
coming from this end of the table, as if this was a
place of great suffering. There are doors to the
north and south.”
Treasure. There are 2 d20 dice at the head of
the table. An Arcana check (DC 10) will reveal that
they have great power. Using the power in the
dice, as a bonus action, destroys the dice but gives
a creature one inspiration dice or the use of a
cliché.
Traps. If a creature tries to remove any papers
from the table, they take 1d8 psychic damage.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
241
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
4 – GENERAL STORAGE
“This small room is used for storage, but there is
not much to store in here anymore. Mostly empty
crates hold light linens and toiletries. A few spare
blankets can be found as well. One box is full of
board games. Another box is laid on its side, the
inside drawn on with tiny people and windows.”
Jonesy's Secret Place. After a battle, Jonesy can
be found here, decompressing from the attack.
She likes to hide in a box full of linens, the walls
drawn to look like a little house.
Treasure. With an Investigation check (DC 20) a
character can discover a small golden broach with
a chipped ruby inside (500gp).
Act Changes. Between acts, Jonesy will draw
more chaos and destruction inside of her box
house. Eventually she will smash it. This room will
also become emptier, as what little wood is left is
repurposed for fires and fortifications.
5 – GRAND HALL
This is the main hall for Castle Indomitable. It
connects everything together.
“A massive open space with doors on every wall.
In the center is a mural of a large orange dragon
painted into the floor. A charge of energy runs
down its spine, ending in a red flame protruding
from its tail. It has seen some wear but is still
wonderfully done. Blood stains mar its beauty and
rubble covers more than should be allowed for a
work of this magnitude. There is a grand set of
double stairs that lead to the second floor. Small
dead fireplaces are pushed into the corners of the
room, near the doors to the smoking and music
rooms.”
“The north and south entrance doors are
barricaded with heavy furniture. The east and
west hallways are unlocked. There are two sets of
double doors on the north side, flanking the front
doors, that are locked. On either side of the stars
there are single doors that are unlocked.”
Doorways. The doors to the Smoking Room
(area 6) and the Music Room (area 7) are locked.
 The North entrance is blocked, and the doors are
kept in place by nailed in planks. The south
entrance doors are locked and blocked off with
heavy furniture barricades. The doors to the east
and west hallways are closed but unlocked. The
doors to the east and west trophy rooms are
closed but unlocked. They both have a sign on this
which reads “Keep Your Mitts Off! -Alia”.
Battles. Most of the combat in this mission will
take place in this area and in the Upper Hall (area
15). The characters can spend time adding
defenses and setting traps before the battle
occurs.
Act Changes. In Act 1 this area is relatively
uncluttered, offering a huge space to fight in. In
Act 2 This area will become a bit more
constrained. You may decide to make parts of it
difficult terrain because of the battles. By Act 3
the entire floor should be
wrecked and covered in
debris. Unless the characters
spend time cleaning up,
the whole area will be
considered difficult terrain.
242
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
6 – SMOKING ROOM
“The north side of this room is covered in broken
windows and piles of glass. A few chairs and a
couch have been clawed into and destroyed. On
the west wall is a completely empty bookshelf. On
the right is a large table with several drawers
hanging on the underside. Pipes and other
smoking accoutrements can be found littering the
table. Inside the drawers you can find fresh
smoking herbs as well as some other additive
powders.”
Pipes. Characters who want to can take the
pipes and use them to smoke. There are only a
few selections of herbs: Daegon Dark, Ronan's
Battle, and Angel's Kiss. Daegon Dark has a copper
taste that leaves you wanting more. Ronan's
Battle is light and fluffy, with a pinch of apple
flavor. Angel's Kiss is a smooth and sweet blend
that smells like sugar. The herbs do not provide
any benefit to the characters that smoke them.
Treasure. In one of the drawers a solid silver
pipe can be found (50gp). Additionally, a Nature
check (DC 10) will reveal that one pack of smoking
herbs can be used as healing herbs.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
7 – MUSIC ROOM
“The northern half of this room is a mess of
shattered windows and bits of glass. Some chairs
are centered around a grand piano. A quick test
will reveal that the piano, despite being covered in
rubble, is still working and in good tune.
Additionally, a set of drums can be seen near the
shattered windows; it is knocked over but not
severely damaged. A cabinet by the door can be
opened to reveal several string and woodwind
instruments.”
Instruments. The instruments in this room are
all in good shape and work fine.
Developments. If the characters begin playing
music in this room during a restful time, several
NPCs will join them. The NPCs may play with
 them, or sing, or simply enjoy the music. For a
miraculous melodious moment, there will be
peace in Castle Indomitable. It does not matter if
the characters play the instrument well or not.
Treasure. In the instrument cabinet, locked with
the same set of keys that Connor has, there is a
golden fiddle. The placard below it reads “Devil's
Wager”. It plays like a normal fiddle and is worth
1,000 gp. Alia does not know about it but will be
irate if she finds out a character has taken it.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
8 – EAST TROPHY ROOM
“This room was used to display trophies and
treasures of the family of House Indomitable. A
glass covered shelf on the west wall is filled with
generations of trophies for varying sports. Small
paintings are pinned to the wall behind some of
them.”
“The table on the opposite side of the room has
four glass boxes on it. Above the table is a plaque
with the words “Consumer's Teeth” written on it.
The four boxes each have a weapon in them and a
name on them.”
“They are:
• Emerald Sword
• Ruby Axes
• Pearl Arrow
• Sapphire Trident”
Traps. Each glass box is set to its own trap dart
within the walls. The traps have a DC 20 to be
discovered. The trap can easily be blocked or
avoided once it is discovered. Any character that
tries to remove or smash the glass on these
boxes must make a Dexterity saving throw (DC
20) or be hit with a poison dart from a small hole
in the wall. They take 1 piercing damage and must
succeed on a Constitution saving throw (DC 15) or
fall unconscious for 1d4 hours.
Developments. Unless the characters have
made a prior agreement, Alia will challenge them
over ownership of the items within this room if
the characters take them. She will have the full
support of the NPCs in this castle. Encourage your
243
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
players to try and roleplay this situation to a
resolution if they encounter it.
Treasure. There are 22 trophies of various
sizes in the glass shelves( 10 gp each). The
“Consumer's Teeth” are all magical items with the
following stats.
• Emerald Sword: A +2 Longsword with a
beautiful emerald blade. Once per day the
wielder can cast the Shield spell.
• Ruby Axes: Two +1 Hand axes with edges
made of ruby. Once per day the wielder
can cast Fire Bolt from either axe once.
Each axe has a charge and so you can use
this spell twice in a day by using both axes.
The damage does not scale with your
level.
• Pearl Arrow: A +1 Arrow with a head made
of shaved pearl. When this arrow makes
contact with a target, you have two
options. As a bonus action you can either
recall the arrow to your hand or use a
bonus action to have the arrow cast
Shocking Grasp on whatever target it hit.
You can only use the Shocking Grasp
option once per day. The power of the
arrow is in the arrowhead. So long as the
arrowhead can be recovered, the arrow
shaft can be replaced with no ill effects.
• Sapphire Trident: A silver and steel +1
Trident with three sharp sapphires on the
points. Once per day the wielder can use it
to be engulfed in a Water Elemental. You
gain all of its abilities, except Water Form
as you pilot it around. Its hit points are
equal to its natural hit points or yours,
whichever is lower. It takes all damage for
you, except piercing damage, for which
you both take half. The elemental will
remain on this plane of existence for a
maximum of 1 minute, or until you dismiss
it as a bonus action.
Act Changes. By the third act Alia has taken
everything off the shelves and table and stuffed it
into sacks or boxes. The traps have been sprung
or deactivated.
 9 – WEST TROPHY ROOM • Hannah's Tinted Shades: Grants the wearer
+1 to their Charisma modifier but causes
“This room was used to display trophies and
them to see others as nicer than they are.
treasures of the family of House Indomitable. A
Any Persuasion checks or Deception
glass covered shelf on the east wall is filled with
checks made against the wearer have
political awards and accolades. Plaques denoting
advantage.
huge charitable donations or benefit dinners line
• Mahon's Arrow: A small ornamental
the shelves. Small paintings are pinned to the wall
arrow, unfit for combat. Once per day, you
behind some, most depict two people shaking
tell the arrow something you are looking
hands and smiling.”
for and toss it in the air. When it lands, it
“The table on the opposite side of the room has
will be pointing in the direction of the thing
four glass boxes on it. Above the table is a plaque
you seek. There is a 1 in 10 chance that the
with the words “Bird's Gifts” written on it. The four
arrow will be pointing in the exact
boxes each have an item in them and a name on
opposite direction. The GM rolls a d10, on a
them.”
1 the arrow is facing the wrong way.
“They are:
• Mask of Dumpstat: An ugly mask of a
• Phyrehawk's Clear Scale
ferocious monster. Once worn, cannot be
• Hannah's Tinted Shades
removed except by a remove curse spell.
• Mahon's Arrow
Grants the wearer advantage on all
• Mask of Dumpstat
Intimidation checks but disadvantage on
every other Charisma based check,
Traps. Each glass box is set to its own trap dart
including saving throws. People may also
within the walls. The traps have a DC 20 to be
attack unbidden, regarding you as a
discovered. The trap can easily be blocked or
monster.
avoided once it is discovered. Any character that
Act Changes. By the third act Alia has taken
tries to remove or smash the glass on these
everything off the shelves and table and stuffed it
boxes must make a Dexterity saving throw (DC
into sacks or boxes. The traps have been sprung
20) or be hit with a poison dart from a small hole
or deactivated.
in the wall. They take 1 piercing damage and must
make a Constitution saving throw (DC 15) or fall
unconscious for 1d4 hours. 10 – BACK ENTRANCE AND STAIRWELL
Developments. Unless the characters have Taking these stairs will lead the characters to the
made a prior agreement, Alia will challenge them second floor.
over ownership of the items within this room, if
the characters take them. She will have the full
“A massive set of stairs arch around in a lazy
support of the NPCs in this castle. Encourage your
curve, ending on the second floor. Their railing and
players to try and roleplay this situation to a
rugs are in shambles or nonexistent. Under and
resolution if they encounter it.
slightly behind their apex is a barricaded doorway
Treasure. There are 30 plaques on the glass
leading outside. The doors are locked, boarded,
shelves (5 gp each). The “Bird's Gifts” are all
and blocked with furniture, but not broken. At the
magical items with the following stats.
top of the sitars there is a sun-stained spot on the
• Phyrehawk's Clear Scale: A translucent
wall. A large rectangle in the shadow implies that
dragon's scale. It grants the wielder
a massive painting once hung there.”
resistance to psychic damage. Once it has
absorbed 25 hit points worth of damage it
becomes inert. The scale then begins swirl
with opalescent colors and becomes
worth 200 gp.

244

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Sniping. Many long-ranged NPCs will post at
the top of the stairs when the shield falls. They
will pick off enemies as they start to climb the
stairways
Developments. The stairs are painted wood can
be destroyed with great effort. Every NPC will
advise against this because it would trap them on
the second floor.
Act Changes. This area may suffer extreme
damage between the acts. The stairs are
susceptible to flame and may catch on fire if
people use fire magic around them. Any repairs
will take away from other fortifications the party
may want to do.
11 – LOWER WEST HALLWAY
“The west hallway has a slight tinge of rot in the
air. Flies buzz around, making small piles in the
corners. Half-eaten tapestries are on the wall,
their beautiful landscapes having become a
maggot filled hellscape. A shattered window is
caked in bloodstains. From the southern door you
can hear a faint buzzing.”
Flies. The flies in this room are a pain to deal
with and will find their way into the character's
clothing and packs. They are not harmful but can
be used to make the players uneasy.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
12 – DINING HALL
“This room greets you with a rancid stench. A long
table in the middle of the room is filled with
rotten food. The food is crawling with flies,
maggots, and rats. Chairs line the table with a
large, padded bench at the head of the table.
Behind the bench is an ornate and dead fireplace;
it serves as a new home to a family of rats. The
rats are fat and scurry away when you get close
to them.”
245
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Rotten Food. The food in this room is in no way
edible, even to the strongest of stomachs. Rather
than deal with the rot, the room was simply
closed off.
Creatures. The rats in this room will not attack
unless they are backed into a corner. Abandoning
their nest before attacking the characters.
Curiously, they are not corrupted.
Treasure. There are ten sets of pure silver
utensils on the table and floors (1 gp per set).
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to. It is possible for a corrupted creature to
hide away in here, attacking during the normal
rest time.
13 – OLD KITCHEN
“A wall of flies assaults you when you open the
door. The mass of bugs is so dense that almost no
light can protrude through it. Their combined
buzzing is a low roar as they speed past you,
thousands escaping out the hallway window, and
thousands more plastering the wall of the
hallway.”
“The room is rank with the stench of millions of fly
corpses. How long was this door shut? Ovens on
the walls are teeming with life, all collected
around writing masses of pearly maggots.
Occasionally the ovens “burp” expelling gas and
new flies into the surrounding air. There are two
sinks, covered in a half-inch layer of dead flies.
There is one window, still closed and solid, on the
west wall. There is another door on the south wall.
Fly Swarm. Whichever character opens the
door must succeed a Dexterity saving throw (DC
10) or be assaulted by a wall of flies. They crawl
into the character's mouth, swarm in their nose.
The character takes 9 (2d8) necrotic damage as
they wretch up dozens of insects.
Oven Meat. The dinners left in the oven when
this place was abandoned have contracted their
own form of corruption. They regrow devoured
part of themselves, very slowly. Because of this,
the flies never run out of a food source. They will
continue to fester here as long as they are able.
 Developments. If the window is opened, the
flies will stream out like billowing smoke. The
room will clear a bit but will always have
hundreds of flies in it, unless it is cleaned up
considerably. Leaving the doors or window open
will cause flies to inhabit the rest of the castle.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to. Like the previous room, it could serve
as a great place for a corrupted creature,
especially a b-ug, to hide.
14 – MAIN FOOD STORAGE
“A heavy metal door swings away to reveal a
nearly abandoned pantry. The air is stagnant and,
until you opened the door, free of flies. A few
barren hooks and drying ropes hang from the
ceiling. The shelves on the walls are empty except
for a few small sacks and bits of old boxes. The
sacks contain powder that might have been
spices, but it now more dust than anything else.
Undisturbed dust on the floor tells you that no
one has been in this room for a long time.”
Lock. The latch on the door is a bar that you
pull back on. It has a small hole for a lock to be
slipped through. If someone is locked inside, they
must succeed on a Strength check (DC 20) to
break the door latch and escape. If they need to
breath, they can survive for 10 hours before
beginning to suffocate. This closet could easily
serve as a holding area for a creature overcome
with corruption, while the party sorts out a way to
help them.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
15 – UPPER HALL
The stairwell will lead you to this area.
“Reaching the top of the stairs you see signs of
life. Bedrolls rest beside a massive fireplace. The
fireplace is holding a small fire, unworthy of such
grandeur. The doors to your left and right are
barricades or locked. There is trash and refuse
246
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
pushed into the corners. To the north you can see
piles and piles of furniture in front of shattered
windows. The heat from the fire is small but it
warms you physically and mentally. ”
Double Fireplaces. In the center of this room
are huge fireplaces, facing opposite directions.
Large metal pipes extend out the top and into the
ceiling. They are meant for much larger fires than
they are currently housing. Old burnt-out logs,
coals, and ash still fill them.
NPCs. This is where almost all of the NPCs rest.
Sleeping rolls, worn but of good quality, are
scattered through the floor. Some NPCs may try
and sleep in the Guest Bedrooms (area 18), but
these are not especially safe. Connor sleeps in the
Officer's Room (area 24).
Piper's Books. Near the wall to the Upper East
Hallway (area 23) is a solid bookshelf still
standing against the wall. Piper's bedroll and a
small chair are next to it. This shelf contains all
the books that Piper has deemed too precious to
destroy. He will gladly let anyone read them and
will actually encourage everyone, the young ones
especially, to read.
Battles. Most of the combat in this mission will
take place in this area and in the Grand Hall (area
5). The characters can spend time adding
defenses and setting traps before the battle
occurs.
Act Changes. As the acts progress, this area
will become more and more cluttered with broken
defenses. The burnable bits will be used in the
fireplace.
16 – UPPER HALL WINDOWS
“A large wall of windows, once used to gaze upon
a beautiful run of land, are now a series of sharp
holes in the wall. Bits of flesh can be seen, caught
by the thousands of glass edges. Large stacks of
long wooden planks are on either wall.
Bookshelves, chairs, tables, couches, desks,
dressers, bed frames, and myriad other objects
clutter the boarded windows. Their protection
from the horde seems minimal. Looking through
the planks that poorly cover the windows, you can
see a translucent sphere of blue surrounding this
 castle. Beyond it, hundreds of shadowy humanoid
figures, and some larger non-humanoids, throw
themselves against the field. Small cracks and
splinters in its skin grow larger with every impact.
It holds against the death ocean, but for how
long?”
Window Fortifications. This section of the
castle, as the largest open hole, requires the most
effort to fix during the rests.
Battles. Most of the combat in this mission will
take place in this area and in the Grand Hall (area
5). The characters can spend time adding
defenses and setting traps before the battle
occurs.
Developments. If time is not spent to rebuild
the window fortifications, this room will be
swarmed before any other within the castle.
Treasure. At your discretion, the players may
find bits of gold or jewels inside of the furniture
(50 gp total).
Act Changes. The wooden planks used to
rebuild the defenses from the attack in the 1 st act
will use nearly all of the wooden planks available.
The attack that happens in the 2 nd act will use up
all of the wood planks. The NPCs will comment
that this is the last of their wood, and they might
not be able to survive another attack.
17 – UPPER WEST HALLWAY
The doors to this area are barricaded, though not
very well.
“Another short hallway with two doors to the
north and south but missing the window of the
others. Three tapestries hang on the walls. One of
Castle Indomitable, sun shining behind it in radiant
glory. Another depicts a field of trees growing
black apples. The last is a bird’s eye view of a
ringed city, 7 stone walls, filled in with indistinct
buildings.”
Not Blocked. This hallway is not blocked
because some of the NPCs like to try and sleep
the Guest Sleeping Chambers (area 18).
247
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Treasure. There are three tapestries, all worth
100 gp each. They are bulky and difficult to carry,
impossible while in combat.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
18 – GUEST SLEEPING CHAMBERS /
NEW KITCHEN
“A long L shaped hallway is clogged with pots,
plates, and utensils by a clean fireplace. The
hallway grants access to four bedrooms. They are
all identical, except that the last has a full-sized
bed, instead of the smaller beds within the other
rooms. Opposite the bedroom doors, a door to the
balcony has been ripped off. Standing on the
balcony you can see the door on the ground
below. Listening carefully, you can hear the ocean
crash behind you, a faint smell of salt in the air.
Large sections of the railing have been torn away,
leaving jagged wood in their place. The balcony is
stable, but creaks loudly underfoot.”
New Kitchen. Ferris has appropriated this area
to be used a kitchen, since the original kitchen is
unusable for cooking. He has his pots and pans
strewn about the entrance to the hallway.
Sniping Spot. The characters have a very clear
view of the front yard from here. They could
easily make ranged attacks at an oncoming horde
from here.
Too Heavy. Though the balcony is stable, it is
not in the condition is once was. If 4 characters
stand on it at once, there is a 10% chance it will
break, dropping them all 20 feet. This chance
increases by 10% for every character over 4 that
is standing on the balcony. The balcony will creak
loudly and sway slightly as a warning when 3 or
less characters stand on it at the same time.
Act Changes. This area will not undergo drastic
changes throughout the acts, unless you want it
to.
19 – MASTER BEDROOM
“A large room, once clearly the bedroom of the
lords of this house. It has been stripped of all
 things except a large mattress. Some blankets
and a small stuffed dog are piled loosely on the
bed. There is a locked door to the south. This room
is considerably cold, bringing a chill to anyone
who steps inside.”
Mr. Snoofuls. This small stuffed dog belongs to
King. He will be furious at the characters if they
take it.
King. Despite the cold, King refuses to sleep in
the Upper Hall (area 15) and sleeps under massive
blankets in this room.
Treasure. The characters can discover a small
cut in the mattress with an Investigation check (DC
15). Inside is a Deed to Castle Indomitable, a ruby
(5,000 gp), and a portrait of King and his mother
and father. The portrait portrays them all as jovial.
On the back of the portrait three names can be
seen: Anthony, Jade, and a third that has been
scratched out and replaced with the word King.
King will attempt to murder anyone he discovers
has stolen any of these things.
Act Changes. This area will not undergo drastic
changes throughout the acts, unless you want it
to.
20 – MASTER BATHROOM
The door to this room is locked.
“The stale stench of death and the sea fill this
room. A toilet is to your left, dingy and damp. To
your right is an empty sink. Taking the main stage
in this room is a large tub. It is dry, and the bottom
is brown with old blood. There is no body in the
tub, but it seems like there was one recently.”
Windows. The windows in this room are open
but it does not appear that any of the horde have
tried to break into this room.
Act Changes. A corrupted creature should have
somehow made its way into here between act 2
and three, attacking King at night. King will shout
for help and defend themselves long enough for
the party to intervene.
248
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
21 – GUEST RESTROOMS 1
“A large bathroom with two sinks and three stalls.
One of the stalls has a nice large shower, the
water still works and can come out heated. The
other stalls are simple baby Gelatinous Cube
toilets. A small translucent cube, sitting in the
bottom of the seat bucket, collects any waste and
dissolves it.”
Waste Cubes. They are not harmful to living
creatures as they are too small to do any damage.
Creatures. Baby gelatinous cubes
Developments. If the characters decide to feed
the baby gelatinous cubes, the cubes will grow
slightly and may begin to become a hazard.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
22 – GUEST RESTROOMS 2
The door to this room is locked. The NPCs will
advise against opening it.
“Looking inside this room you can see bits of
porcelain and metal floating in midair. Bits of gold
sparkle in the light as they spin. Everything seems
to be moving in slow motion. The toilets and
shower in the back seem to waver, as if by heat.”
Enemies. A massive gelatinous cube has
swollen to the full size of this room. If the NPCs
have not already warned the characters, they will
need to make an Insight or Investigation check (DC
10) to comprehend what they are seeing. The cube
is heavily corrupted.
Doorway. The gelatinous cube cannot escape
the doorway due to its size. If the characters
decide to attack the cube, they are constrained by
the size of the doorway. Only one character can
attack the cube through the doorway before
making room for the next to attack.
 Explanation. If a character asks any NPC, or if
the NPC sees the characters open the door, they
will offer an explanation. They had originally
thought to let the cube from one of the toilets
feast on the bodies of the dead, getting rid of
them with no mess. The cube began to grow
rapidly though. After just a few days it had grown
beyond their control and so they just shut and
locked the door.
Treasure. If the gelatinous cube is killed, 32
gold pieces can be retrieved.
Act Changes. If not killed, the cube will
occasionally be seen with corrupted creatures
within it. Who is putting these creatures in the
cube, and why, is a mystery.
23 – UPPER EAST HALLWAY
The double doors to this hallway are locked.
“A short hallway, barren of any art. A door to the
north and south present themselves to you. You
can hear electrical buzzing and a muffled scream
coming from the north. A tiny single pane window
lets you see into the northern room. There is a
dragonborn with four arms, chained in place,
while multicolored electrical arcs consume his
body. He is crying out in pain.”
Door and Window. The tiny window is too small
for any creatures larger than Tiny sized to crawl
through. The door is reinforced heavy metal and
nearly impossible to open with brute force.
Act Changes. This room will not undergo
drastic changes throughout the acts, unless you
want it to.
249
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
24 – CAPTAIN'S QUARTERS
“A meager bed rests near the east wall. Beside it is
a desk covered in plans, maps, and used or torn
magical scrolls. Near the south door there is a
dresser with neatly folded clothing on top. A full
suit of plate armor stands in the corner, its metal
polished to a mirror finish.”
Captain Connor. Connor sleeps in this room
most often. She does this, not to set herself above
the others, but to be close to Russell and the
Arcane Engine. She does not want anyone else to
bear the responsibility or to hear his screaming.
Armor. Standing in the corner is a wooden
mannequin, fitted with a set of Chrome Armor.
Connor will offer it freely in the 3 rd act to anyone
who has proven themselves great leaders or
warriors. If none are worthy, she will wear it for
the 3rd act. The armor is plate mail and makes the
wearer resistant to damage from 3 rd level spells
or lower.
Keys. Connor’s desk holds the keys while she is
sleeping. The drawer that has the keys in it is set
with an Alarm spell that will ring out for all to
hear.
Developments. If the characters break in here
and steal the armor or keys, Connor may try and
rally the NPCs against the characters.
Act Changes. This room will become
increasingly disorganized as the acts progress,
mirroring Connors deteriorating mental state.

25 – NEW FOOD STORAGE
“This storage area is neatly organized, though it's
not hard to organize five boxes. Four empty boxes
sit against different walls, all empty. The last box
is full of bread, hard cheese, and a few links of
dried meat. This is all the food in the entire castle
and it’s not likely to last much longer.”
Food. There is only enough food in this room to
last another day. Maybe two if it is rationed
heavily.
Developments. If the characters take all the
food Connor will accuse the “newcomers” of
stealing (even if she doesn't know for sure that it
was them) and try to have the other NPCs team
up against them.
Act Changes. The food will run out between act
2 and act 3.
26 – ARCANE ENGINE ROOM
The door to this room is locked.
“Screams leak from this room like water. The air
holds an electrical and arcane charge to it. Near
the center, in a magical circle, stands a
dragonborn de-fragger. Two skeletal arms
protrude from his back, all four of his arms are
chained to poles outside the magical circle. He
screams in agony as pulsating rainbows of energy
are pumped into his body, arching down his
chains.”
“A wave of thick cables connects the circle to a
large machine on the east side of the room.
Levers, dials, and gauges all flicker in a horrible
chorus, driven by the screams of their terrible
orchestral conductor. On the right side of the
machine, glowing with bolts of power, is a small
crystal shield. Behind the machine, pipes coming
from the first floor are pumped into its back.”
Russell. Russell is in this room, four posts
linked to his four arms with chains. His body is
overflowing with arcane energy. He screams,
sometimes soundlessly as he runs out of breath.
He will not respond to the characters. He must
250
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
remain here for the shield covering the castle to
remain active.
Traps. If a character attempts to touch Russel,
without extra protection beyond their armor, will
be zapped with the same energy, ever so briefly.
They will take 21 (6d6) force damage.
Explanation. If the characters discover Russell
on their own Connor (or another important NPC of
your choice) will flank them at the door.
Explaining the situation and why they have to do
this to survive. They will explain that Russell
willingly chose this, which is the truth.
Developments. If Russel or the Crystal Shield
key are removed, the machine will shut down and
the shield will drop. Russell will be at half health
with all of his abilities. He will thank the
characters, while also berating them for being so
foolish.
Levers. Turning several of the levers down will
cause the machine to stop and the shield to drop.
Only Angelica knows exactly which ones will do
this. Turning them down randomly may get the
desired result or it may have unintended
consequences.
Treasure. On the top right of the Arcane Engine
there is the Crystal Shield Key. It is the size of a
buckler shield, though shaped like a kite shield.
Rainbows of energy pulse through it while it is on
the machine. If it is removed before shutting down
the machine, without protection beyond armor,
the character that removed it will take 35 (10d6)
force damage. It cannot be used as a normal
shield.
Act Changes. This room will change only
through character influence.

27 – BODY PILE
This area is outside Castle Indomitable
“Twisted and melted bodies meld together here in
an abominable mass. Cinders of charred remains
keep the pile of death warm to the touch. A sickly
muck of blood and mud has gathered around the
mass and has begun to mold. The smells are
beyond comparison and will stay locked in your
memory until death. It is a wretched, horrible
sight.”
Diseased Treasure. A truly vile character could try
and search for valuables within the mass of death.
An Investigation check will give them 20 gp for
every multiple of 5 they roll. For example, if they
roll a 17, they will receive 60 gp. They must then
succeed on a Constitution saving throw (DC 25) or
become diseased.
Added Challenge. You may decide that some of
the dead here are not actually dead. They may try
and attack anyone that comes too close;
shambling out of the pile to reap chaos.
251
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Act Changes. The pile will grow larger and larger
as the bodies from each challenge are mounted
further.
28 – REAR BALCONY
“A wooden balcony runs around the south side of
the building. It overlooks the cliff side. The sea far
below looks almost tranquil. This space is calm,
the sound of the waves crashing against the reef
drown out any sound from the horde. A bitter chill
grips the air here, but it is well worth the view. The
lulling sense of security is only marred by the pile
of bodies shortly below.”
Quiet. This place is quiet and peaceful.
Characters may come here to watch the ocean. If
so, several NPCs will join them, spending a few
moments in mutual reflection.
Developments. If the balcony is destroyed the
NPCs will unlock the back door and take bodies
out that way. It is more time consuming, leaving
less time to develop defenses and traps.
Act Changes. At the start of the 3rd act, several
NPCs will come out here to enjoy some fresh air
and think about what they want their last stand to
be like. They will talk with the party, asking them
what they might want their final moments to be
like.

[Tl;DR] The clearing is a mess. It is storming and
windy. Wyatt has used some magic to make a
small dry area for the party to rest in. He provides
food and healing potions.
NPCs: Wyatt Ferris, any surviving members of
Castle Indomitable
Key Items: Crystal Shield key
Enemies: Karma Chameleon
“You are ejected from Castle Indomitable, belched
onto the wet grass of Warren’s Grove. Wyatt
beckons you over to his tent, which he has
modified to cling to the tree. A cold drizzle runs
over the entire grove and dark storm clouds
rumble above you.
HOLDING ON WITH OUR HEROES
This is the last time the characters will visit
Warren’s Grove before the Black Castle. In their
minds, this is, seemingly, the last chance to back
out. Wyatt will explain that they have been gone
for several
252
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
days and that the entire grove is on the verge of
collapsing on itself and going elsewhere. He
insists they rest one last time, providing them
with rather strong healing potions and one last
cooked meal, apparently made with whatever
rations he had left and some meat of
questionable texture.
KARMA CHAMELEON
At this point, some characters may be convinced
they are being followed by something. You may
use this opportunity to strike, replacing a
character with the chameleon but we suggest you
do so within the Black Castle instead.
DOORS TO GREATNESS
“The beginning of the end, the final challenge of
Warren’s Grove stands before you. The Crystal
Shield Key recess beckons, a frightful final step on
the way to greatness.”
Once the Crystal Shield Key is inserted into its
hole, the castle doors will creak open. A long black
hallway, with a tiny speck of light at the end, is all
that can be seen. When the characters enter, the
doors shut behind them at some indeterminate
moment in the long tunnel.

“As you push open the massive doors, the
storm behind you swells. You know only a few
have been here before you and almost none of
them have returned. Beyond the doors is only
darkness, with the faintest glimmer of light far
off in the distance. The final challenge in your
adventure through Warren’s Grove awaits.
Wreathed in darkness, pushed forward by an
unnatural storm, an inner voice screaming at
you to turn away, you step into the long dark.
Welcome to the Black Castle.
[TL;DR] The characters must traverse through the
immense dungeon that is the Black Castle. It is
filled with traps and rooms that do not make any
immediate sense. At the end is the god Jay-Reth,
presiding over the entire castle and slightly
changing it as the adventure progresses. The
characters must find a yellow, red, green, and blue
keycard to unlock the final challenge, facing Jay-
Reth themselves in a final confrontation. The
winners will be given the choice of splendor and
riches, or assuming Jay-Reth’s power for
themselves.
NPCs: Jay-Reth, KA-Ram, Nillrik, Jessica, Ketchup,
Hidima, Koll, Wave, Sarge, Zoppi, Veronica, Octtana,
Skulk, Blue, Bud, Marcilius, Hugh, Theodrax,
Cimt’rry, Railbin, Stickypaw, Eromderf, Wraith,
Deep, Grub, Crackleroobbern, Zero Hour Hero, Chad,
Jacques, Wolf, Buisnesstron, Pit, The Overseers
Key Items: Red Keycard, Blue Keycard, Yellow
Keycard, Green Keycard, Automap Screen, Black
Castle Credit Card, Portal Tokens, Pahku Portal
Token
Enemies: Everything and a kitchen sink mimic.
exactly what is coming next. A few common
themes can be found throughout, and we have
worked in places to tinker with character
backstories. The Black Castle is a personal
experience for each adventurer going through it. It
is constantly changing at the whims of Jay-Reth so
feel free to mix and match rooms or even supplant
areas, even if they have already been explored,
with completely new areas the next time a
character goes through them.
CROSS-DIMENSIONAL
Though the version of Warren’s Grove the
characters entered through is the only one from
their reality, it is not the only one in existence.
Many creatures and adventuring parties from other
realities have made it to the Black Castle as well,
through their own version of the Grove, and may
be encountered here.
KARMA CHAMELEON
The Karma Chameleon will strike in this area,
waiting for the most opportune moment to kill and
replace their target. Once they have been replaced,
let the player continue playing the character and
let them know (preferably in secret) they have
been replaced and to role play their character in
that way.
CHARACTER DEATH
In the Black Castle, death is always just around the
corner. There are many ways to revive a character,
but character death may also be a good chance to
let a player explore something new. Due to the
nature of the Retroverse, and of Warren’s Grove, it
is entirely possible for a new character to meet up
with the party, having come from a similar or
totally new dimension.

RUNNING THE ADVENTURE

The Black Castle is designed to represent the
mishmash that is present throughout the entirety
of the Retroverse. As such, rooms do not always
naturally transition into one another. Sometimes
the transitions are subtle, time having melded
some of the older areas together, while other
times it is jarring and can leave explorers with
mental whiplash. This aspect should be played up,
impressing on the players that they never know
253

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 254

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 255

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 256

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 257

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 258

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 259

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 JAY-RETH’S STORY
During this adventure, the characters will slowly
unravel the mystery of the Black Castle and of Jay-
Reth. The stated intention of Warren’s Grove is to
find a worthy heir to receive the power of Jay-Reth,
taking the mantle of that god. The true intention is
to create powerful warriors so that their life force
can be drained to keep the current Jay-Reth in
power. Please see the Campfire Trial rooms (areas
41-47) for a retelling of the god’s past. The
underlying idea is that Jay-Reth’s power has been
passed from creature to creature for eons. All Jay-
Reths protect the universe from dying from
entropy, injecting chaos and energy into the
system to prevent heat death. Noble heroes who
have become the next incarnation of Jay-Reth have
used all their life force to accomplish this, passing
on the godhood to the next in line whenever they
become too weak to hold entropy at bay. The most
recent incarnation of Jay-Reth has not done so and
instead steals the life force of other powerful
heroes to continue their reign. This is the true
reason behind the Warren’s Grove and the ultimate
goal of Jay-Reth, despite everything else they may
say.
characters leave, they appear outside of Warren’s
Grove and will never be able to find it again.
ROAMING MONSTERS
Throughout the castle there are roaming monsters.
They can be found in nearly every room but should
be used more sparingly when the characters
investigate new areas. If the party decides to
backtrack to a previous area, roll on this table to
find out what may greet them on their way. When
adding a roaming creature to a room, consider how
it may impact the puzzles or challenges of that
room. Roll a d12 and a d8 for the table below.
Some of these monsters flicker out of reality when
killed, dropping gold equal to 5 times their CR and
potions, depending on the needs of the party.
Result Monster
2 A Tallblin
3 An Animatronic Nightmare
4 1d6 Chainawrus
5 A Miditaur
6 1d4 Animatronic Horrors
7 1d4 Cyblight (CR total 2d12)

LEVELING UP 8 1d6 Muddies

There is no set path for leveling up in the Black 9 1d6 Goblinods (CR total 3d6)
Castle, as it can be explored almost in its entirety 10 1d6 b-ugz (2d6 CR Total)
from the beginning. As such, we recommend 11 1 b-ug (CR=2d6) adding +1 to the CR each
bestowing levels to the characters after every 10- time you roll this result
15 rooms. Additionally, there are several places in
12 A Holo-Beast (CR=1d6)
this adventure to explore different character’s
backstories and a deep dive into their lives should 13 1d8 Pizza Slimes and 1d2 Pizza Cubes,
likewise result in a level. By the time they are ready alternating each time you roll this result.
to take on the final challenge, they should be at 14 1d2 OTOTO
least level 15. Whenever the characters find a Key 15 1d4 hidden Velocilisk
Card, they should also level up, unless they just
16 1d6 Neo Bandits Working as a team
gained a level in the previous session. After
fighting Cheezers (True) in The Beginning of the 17 A Mimic pretending to be an out of place
End (area 120) they should level up, and again right item
before fighting Jay-Reth in the Den of Halted 18 1d4 Goblin with “Staff” shirts, repairing a
Entropy (area 123). room
19 A Laser Pup or Power Wolf, alternating
each time you roll this result.
LEAVE ANYTIME
20 An Undying Slasher
There is nothing keeping the characters here and
they can exit the Black Castle whenever they like.
There is no immediate penalty to leaving, except
that they may not return, and some actions taken
in the castle may extend beyond it. If the

260

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


VENDING MACHINES
There are vending machines scattered throughout
this castle. Most of them feature basic adventuring
supplies, such as ropes, torches, rations, and
weapons. Some of them can even feature
legendary items, though this is quite rare. A few
machines have specific circumstances surrounding
them, detailed in the room description. The vending
machines cannot be stolen from, with any
attempts simply repelling the attack or magic. The
characters can use their gold to purchase things or
the Black Castle Credit Card (found in area 26). The
items appear as small digital representations on
the machine and appear as fully sized items in the
bottom receptacle, which is always just big enough
to get the item out.
The machines are restocked regularly. You may
choose to have certain items be harder to find or
increase their price, based on the tension of your
game. The price of most items follows its normal
price in game, with magical items the same unless
their limited number has increased the price.
Use these machines as a way to reward your
players or supply them items they may need in the
future. An easy reward for any combat encounter
is a Vending Machine Coupon, giving the characters
a reason to backtrack to one of these machines
beyond resupplying.
When encountering a Vending machine, roll a
d20. Unless otherwise stated, the vending
machines will follow these general guidelines.
Machines may change from time to time,
completely at the GM’s discretion.
261
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
d20 Items in the Machine
Result
1-10 All common adventuring supplies. 2d6
Potions of Healing. 1d6 Stickers of
Enchantment. 1d6 Packs of Slap Bracelets.
2d6 Hyper Water.
11-16 All Items from 1-10. All common supplies,
including specialized gear. 2d12 Potions of
Healing. 1d6 Potions of Uncommon or
Common rarity. Glitched Equipment, sold
for suspiciously cheap prices. 1d6
Boostshroom. A single 1-UP.
17-19 All items from the previous machines and
6d6 potions of very rare or less rarity. 1 El-
Chip of every variety. One of almost any
Rare or lesser rarity magical item,
including weapons. Every Retroverse
Consumable magical item, except b-ug
cores. 1d6 1-UPs. 1 Scroll of the Checkpoint
spell. Any items that may have been lost
within the castle.
20 Everything is available in this machine but
the words “FLASH SALE” appear
somewhere on it. While there does not
seem to be a limit on the rarity in this
machine, only 1d6+2 items can be
purchased before the special sale ends and
the machine shuts down. After 24 hours,
reroll for this machine.
1 - LOBBY
A large room, rimmed with somewhat
comfortable cushioned chairs comes into view.
Behind you, a hallway of utter darkness extends
into seeming infinity. There is a vending machine
sitting beside a reception window. A very bored
synthetic strums their fingers and eyes you
lazily.
KA-ram. The synthetic sitting in the reception
window is named KA-ram. Her appearance is that
of a large and old personal computer, complete
with a CRT monitor face, that has been bolted onto
over time with arms and legs. She is disinterested
in the party and any of the trials they have gone
through. She has no interest in joining the party,
escaping, or bartering. She has a dry sass to her
speech and mannerisms, giving the party the
impression they are interrupting her from
something more important. She will give a brief
 rundown of the castle and the challenges that
await and will only answer a handful of questions
before she closes the reception window, and it
fades from existence.
Behind her, there is a large and low-quality
sticker on the wall, giving a poor impression of a
large office behind her. In reality, the reception
window she serves in is just big enough for her to
stand and sass the players in.
If pressed, KA-ram will give a very brief
rundown of the following topics:
• The general location of the arena (area 37).
• How the vending machines and portals
work.
• The four key cards, their color, and what
they are used for.
• The challenges they may face in the nearby
rooms.
• Any NPCs she may have come across,
mentioning that many others may be in
here, based on the nature of the Black
Castle.
• The fact that the black castle is a
mishmash of idea, other castles, and time.
Window Dressing. The room has several chairs
lined against the wall or each other. There is art on
the walls, depicting different versions of challenges
in Warren’s Grove. A few pictures are recent,
showing the current characters in times of
triumphs or great failures from this adventure, all
in varying art styles.
Vending Machine. There is a vending machine
beside KA-ram’s window. See the vending machine
rules for determining its content.
Locked Door. To the right of the entrance is a
locked door that says “Employees Only” on it and is
locked tight with a strange cube shaped knob. Any
attempts to open the door or subvert its magic will
fail. A strangely shaped key must be obtained
somewhere in the castle (area 58 and 67) and
placed into the knob to open this door.
Sound. There is soft music playing in the room,
coming from no distinct place. An Investigation
check (DC 15) will reveal the music to be a jazzy
rendition of music from the investigator’s
childhood, rotating between character’s pasts at
random.
Leaving. It is possible for the characters to turn
around and leave, walking down the black hallway
they came through. Ka-ram will explain that doing
so will be considered a forfeit of Warren’s Grove
challenge, but nothing of value will be lost in the
process, they will simply lose. The hallway will lead
262
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
them outside Warren’s Grove, into a nearby forest
or street alley, with the characters unable to
return.
2 - DARK PASSAGES.
Long, dark hallways twist in abrupt turns. They
are patrolled by humanoids made of jagged
edges and peculiar, staccato movements. Every
hallway you see fills you with the sense of being
watched.
Security. These hallways are patrolled by Low-
Poly Guards who will relentlessly attack the
players if they are discovered. They follow a set
path, walking slowly up and down each track,
always seeming to always get in front of a player
at the most inconvenient time.
Tactical Stealth. Whatever creatures end their
turn within this area must succeed on a Stealth
check (DC 5) at the end of each of their turns or be
discovered by a guard or an unseen camera on the
walls. The DC for this check increases by +1 for
each turn spent in the area. It resets to 5 again if all
guards are destroyed or the characters can
successfully run or hide from the guards for 1
minute. The guards will not stray from this area
unless chasing a discovered character.
2A. 2B. 2C. - HIDDEN RESPAWNERS
A small closet-like room with nothing but flat
walls and no light source.
False Wall. The walls into these rooms are very
simple illusions, falling to fool an observer after
being touched or by succeeding on an Investigation
check (DC 12).
Monster Closet. If one of the guards within area
2 is killed, it will disintegrate and respawn within
this room after 1 minute. Each room can be
deactivated by a button in its corresponding
Security Room (Area 3a, 3b, 3c).
2b. There are skeletal remains in 2b. The spirit
of the remains speaks to the characters, explaining
they are an adventurer named Nillrik. The spirit
begs for a 1-UP from the vending machine. If
revived, they will help you in the dungeon as much
as they can, though they are devoid of any
equipment beyond basic clothing and never made
it farther than this room.
Nillrik. A rather short Restless adventurer that
has a chipper spirit but often gets themselves into
 trouble. They tend to be somewhat cowardly as
their powers cannot match the threats within the
Black Castle. They do not remember how they
originally died or even how they got into the castle.
They talk about powerful friends they remember
having but cannot remember their names. Nillrik
will help the party as best they can but will avoid
conflict if at all possible. While traveling with the
party, they will ingratiate themselves, serving as an
earnest cheerleader for the party. They use the
stats of an acolyte.
3 - SECURITY ROOMS (A,B,C)
A room thrumming with electric energy and
brightly colored buttons. A strange figure stands
in the center, bathed in blue light from a large
monitor on the wall.
Same Design. Each of these rooms is
functionally the same, with knobs, switches, and
buttons that mostly seem to serve no purpose
beyond being entertaining to fiddle with.
Animatronic Horrors. Each security room has an
animatronic horror in it, each of which appears to
be covered in degraded latex and fabric “skin”
designed to look like one of the adventurers. They
are inactive but will spring into action after the de-
secure buttons are pressed. They will attempt to
reactivate the buttons if given the chance.
De-Secure Buttons. Each of these rooms has a
large, red “De-Secure” button which turns off the
corresponding Hidden Respwaner (Area 2a, 2b, 2c).
Security Monitors. Each room has a large
security monitor that flashes between different
rooms in the castle, giving a brief view of what may
be coming next. An Investigations check (DC 20)
will allow a character to influence which rooms
come up but the screens will only stay on a given
room for a maximum of 1 minute before flashing
to another room.
Vending Machine. There is a vending machine in
room 3c.
263
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
4 - RGB ROOMS (A,B,C)
When you enter this room, light is condensed
down to a single color. The barren stone room is
well-lit, but everything is reduced down to
shades of the single color. The light stops like a
hard line at the room’s borders.
Extravision. Any type of vision beyond average
is effectively useless here, including true sight.
Because everything is lit, just in a single color,
there is nothing extra to see and things like
Darkvision will not be triggered.
Lights. 4a is red and fire-based abilities, effects,
and magics are completely nullified in this room;
red items exposed to the light within the room
begin to vanish and will fizzle into nothing if in the
room for more than 1 minute at a time. 4b is blue
and cold based abilities, effects, and magics are
completely nullified in this room; blue items
exposed to the light within the room begin to
vanish and will fizzle into nothing if in the room for
more than 1 minute at a time. 4c is green and acid-
based abilities, effects, and magics are completely
nullified in this room; green items exposed to the
light within the room begin to vanish and will fizzle
into nothing if in the room for more than 1 minute
at a time. Items that disappear in this way will
appear in the vending machines, for 1d6+1 times
their normal price. The magic in this place will
attempt to take the full item if it can do so but may
also take only the pieces on the item with the
corresponding color.
Enemies. An assortment of b-ugz will spawn in
this room, notably being sheer black. They will not
move from one room to the other and will be
completely invisible to creature’s standing in a
different room. The type of b-ugz is up to the DM,
though their total CR should match that of the total
party’s level. Each one that is killed will cause a
thrumming to occur in the Monochrome Room
(Area 5).
5 - MONOCHROME ROOM
This room is stark white, creating an illusion of a
complete void. You can see doorways, but the
walls, floor, and ceiling are indistinguishable
from each other. A thick black outline of a chest
sits in the center of the room.
Resolution. This room is stark white, until all of
the b-ugz in one of the RGB Rooms (Area 4a, 4b, 4c)
are cleared. At which point, it adopts the color of
 that room as well. When all of the b-ugz from each
room have been cleared, the room will appear with
normal, if somewhat vibrant, color.
Chest. In the center of the stark room is the
outline of a chest. It is impossible to touch until all
color has been restored to the room. After this
time, it can be interacted with. It is a mimic and
killing it will cause it to drop an Auto-Compass. This
item always points towards the nearest unobtained
keycard in this dungeon.
6 - TERROR HALLWAY
Turning the corner, you’re assaulted with
magical darkness. No light can pass more than a
few feet ahead of you into the swirling,
undulating blackness.
Darkness. This long hallway is coated in magical
darkness.
Lost. Any creature who is alone and gets more
than 5 feet away from another ally is attacked by a
shadow. If they kill their assailant, another one will
appear to attack the character at the beginning of
the next round. The attacks stop when they are
within 5 feet on an ally again. If several creatures
are moving in a line, the creature in the lead and
rear must succeed on a Perception check (DC 15) or
get turned around in the darkness, ending up 15
feet away from the nearest ally.
7 - RESTROOM
You open the doorway to see a neat and clean,
modern bathroom, featuring two stalls, a sink,
and a stall. A small vending machine on the wall
has several toiletries, for a price.
Toiletries. The vending machine offering needed
supplies has a series of knobs and dials, allowing
most creatures to obtain whatever they may need
for hygienic care. However, the prices are
exorbitant, with a basic bar of soap costing at least
five gp and higher quality products reaching into
thousands of gp.
Mimic. One of the toilets is a mimic but can be
mistaken for a magical toilet that will fit any
creature who needs to use it. An Investigation
check (DC 20) will reveal it to be a mimic. Until
revealed, it will serve its purpose without revealing
its true identity, until it can safely strike without
being interrupted.
264
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
8 - PORTAL ROOM A1
A room of flat metal walls slapped with banners
and ads for seemingly random products from
throughout the multiverse. A small gateway
stands in one corner, completely inert. You see a
bandit observing it.
Portal. Standing in a single corner is a
rectangular gateway. It has a coin slot on one side.
Inserting a Portal Token will open it, creating a
gateway between this area and Portal Room A2
(area 114). The portal will stay open for one minute,
freely allowing any creatures or objects through it.
Over Their Head. The neo bandit (clan racket) is
named Jessica and will give the players her two
Portal Tokens, in exchange for safely transporting
her back to the entrance. They have had enough of
this adventure and wish to leave. They will pay one
token upfront and the other when you make it back
to the lobby (area 1) safely.
Jessica was originally part of a small team that
just happened to luck their way into another
version of this castle. The other members of her
team have long since vanished, presumed dead by
Jessica, and she has no desire to speak on them or
find out their true fates. If the party decides not to
help or takes too much time going back to the
Lobby (area 1), Jessica will strike out on their own.
They will not likely survive and will be found far
deeper than would ever have seemed possible.
9 - BEDROOM
A brightly colored room with three bunk beds.
There are small toy cars on the roadmap-like
carpet, toys on shelves, and several posters of
bands and movies on the walls.
Sleepy Head. In the top bunk of one bed is an
awakened chainsawrus sleeping soundly and
snoring slightly. They can easily be awoken if
shaken slightly but will not respond to sound. They
call themselves Ketchup and are not certain
exactly when they became aware of their own
mind. They are rude by most standards but are
simply unfamiliar with how other intelligent
creatures communicate with each other. They have
no interest in helping the party, considering
themselves too powerful to bother with assisting
others. If left alone to sleep, the party will discover
them as a dried husk after 24 hours.
Beds. All the beds are comfortable, if a little
small for taller creatures. The bed where Ketchup
 can be found is cursed. If a creature spends a long
rest in the bed, they will be unable to wake
themselves, becoming paralyzed and unable to
respond or understand outside stimuli. Only
shaking them will rouse them. If they are left
asleep, they lose 1d6 hit points every 10 minutes
beyond 8 hours in the bed. If they drop to 0 hit
points, they become a dried husk. Despite this,
creatures who sleep in the bed report feeling very
rested and often insist on staying for just a few
more minutes when roused.
Toys. This room is filled with toys, featuring an
inordinate number of goblins. An Investigation
check (DC 22) in the toy’s chests will reveal badly
beaten action figures based on the party.
10 - BROOM CLOSET
The door seems jammed at first but pushing
open reveals a room stuffed with wooden
brooms. Floor, walls, ceiling, all of it is covered in
brooms.
Brooms. After 1 minute of the door being open,
a single broom will begin moving, attacking the
party as an animated object. At the start of each
subsequent round, another broom will animate.
Closing the door will cause them to become inert
again. No matter how many brooms are destroyed,
there will always be more.
11 - REPEATING HALLWAY
Opening the door reveals a cozy hallway with
soft light bulbs casting a warm glow over
everything. There are photos on the wall of
smiling families, and you can hear rain pattering
on a roof above you.
Repeat. Whichever doorway the party entered
this hallway through becomes the “origin door,”
creating a loop where opening either door at the
end of the hallway causes it to go back to this door.
If the party finds a magical way to exit the loop, the
next doorway they open (regardless of its location
inside or outside the castle) will lead back to this
hallway unless the switch in the Silent Room (area
13) is flipped. Each cycle through this hallway after
the first causes it to become more degraded, with
glitches and unnerving shadows filling the area
while the lights begin to fade, and the walls begin
to melt. Each of these new cycles forces the
265
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
characters to make a Corruption Saving Throw
when they walk into the hallway.
Gems. The “doorway” to area 14 does not exist,
being only a black outline of a doorway with 5
gems embedded in it. These gems light up, staying
lit between cycles, each time the creature in the
Living Room (area 12) is killed. Once all are lit, the
door becomes real and can be opened.
12 - LIVING ROOM
A cozy living room with several comfy chairs, a
large couch, and a table with finger foods and a
large picture book on it.
Repeat. This room is under the same influence
as the Repeating Hallway (area 11) and is part of it.
After the first cycle, b-ugz will begin appearing in
this room.
Table Tops. There are two tables in this room,
one with bits of fresh food, such as cheese slices,
apples, and crackers, and another book on it. The
book has pictures of previous adventuring parties
that have made it to the Black Castle, giving a brief
synopsis of their adventure and always featuring a
picture of their gruesome death. Because of the
changeable nature of Warren’s Grove, feel free to
describe previous adventures you may have had to
fill in the details, even including adventures from
disparate game genres, so long as they end in
horrible failure, even if that’s not how the game
went. The idea is to unsettle the players with
distorted timelines.
Monsters. B-ugz begin appearing in this room,
starting with a CR 1 creature. Each time the enemy
is killed, it causes one of the gems to the Silent
Room (area 13) to glow and grow stronger the next
time the hallway cycle is repeated. It begins as CR 1
and increases in CR by 1d4 each time, to a
maximum of CR 15 b-ugz.
13 - SILENT ROOM
A strange room, overflowing with knobs and
switches; a large monitor watching the hallway
behind you. Several goblins operate the controls,
leaping from their stations when they see you. It
is oddly quiet here.
Silence. No sound can be made in this room,
negating speech and spells that have a verbal
component.
 Goblins. There are 2d4 regular goblins in this
room and 1d4 goblinoids of the GMs choice here as
well. In addition, there is an energy wo’nari named
Hidima ordering the goblins to orchestrate the
terrible events of the previous rooms. Hidima will
attack without a second thought. The wo’nari is
under the effects of dominate person and, if
released from it, will offer to help the party. They
are somewhat distant, lost in a perpetual daze of
trying to remember exactly what happened to
them. They had an adventuring party they came
into the castle with but lost them somewhere
along the way. They’re not exactly sure how long
they have been in the castle, but it must have been
a few years at least.
Repeat Switch. Almost all of the knobs and
switches seem to serve no purpose, except for a
large switch labeled “REPEAT”. It is set to the ON
position and turning it to OFF allows the doorways
out of this loop to become usable again. On
occasion, roaming creatures may flip the switch
again, causing the loop to begin again, though no
work must be done to reopen this room. Any
creature can flip the switch back off again, though
they will be
transported to this
section of the
Black Castle
in doing so.
266
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
14 - SNAKE PIT ROOM
A brightly colored ball pit covers the entire floor.
The balls seem to glisten with an almost
pearlescent luster. There is a single transparent
ball in the center, with what appears to be a
coupon in it.
Pit. This room is 10 feet deep, causing creatures
inside to sink to the bottom. Creatures who move
into the pit must succeed on an Acrobatics or
Athletics check (DC 12) or fall into the balls.
Creatures who fail the check by 5 or more sink to
the bottom, taking 2d6 piercing damage from the
bones littering the bottom of the trap. Creatures
can assist others by making an Athletics check (DC
12), falling in themselves if they fail by 5 or more,
though this does not immediately subject them to
the damage from the bones.
Snakes. After 1d4 rounds, the balls will begin to
unravel, revealing themselves to be snakes. Any
creatures in the pit then begin to take 1d4 piercing
and 1d4 poison damage at the start of their turns
until they leave the pit.
Coupon. The transparent ball can be easily
broken and contains 2 coupons. One is a for free
pizza from Drunk-E-Cheezers and the other is a
50% off coupon for one item at any vending
machine.
Switch. At the bottom of the pit is a lever that
can be found on
one wall. When
flipped, it causes a
stone slab to slide across
the top of the pit, creating a
solid floor and trapping the snakes and
any creatures in there with them. It can be flipped
back to open the pit back up.
Smell. The air in this area is somewhat pungent,
with a hint of rot giving some idea that the pit is
not what it seems.

15 - EXCALI-CHAIR’S REST
Lights shine on you as you enter this room,
quickly followed by cheers and jeers from an
unseen crowd. In the center of the room is a
wrestling ring, with a metal folding chair stuck in
the middle of it.
The Ring. Only a single creature can enter the
ring at once, with all others pushed by unseen
forces and repelled if they attempt to force their
way in by physical or magical means. Once they
step in the ring, they can attempt to withdraw the
chair from the ring with a Strength check (DC 40)
as an action. If they fail, they are assaulted by 1d6
muddies who jump into the ring from high above
the ring lights. Each time a Muddie is defeated, the
DC for the chair is reduced by 1 (to a minimum of
22) and another muddie replaces the defeated one
at the start of the next round. Once the chair is
withdrawn, any remaining muddies disappear. If
the challenger is defeated by the muddies, they will
toss the unconscious challenger out of the ring and
then disappear, causing the DC for the chair to
reset. A creature can only enter the ring once
before finishing a long rest, powerful wrestling
energy keeping them out until then.
Excali-Chair. Only the creature who pulls the
Excali-Chair out of the ring can attune to it, though
others can still use it as an improvised weapon or
furniture.
16 - ART ROOM
Dozens of paintings line the walls in this brightly
lit room. Each painting features the same
smiling figure.
Paintings. Each painting in this room revolves
around a central figure, Jay-reth. He is painted to
be a generous and kind character, in scenes that
depict him giving to the needy, helping the hurt,
and brokering goodwill between nations. Keen eyes
will see that, although each figure in the paintings
is smiling, many of the smiles of the other figures
seem strained and somewhat fearful. The paintings
are masterful work and worth at least 500 gp,
based on their craftsmanship.
Secret Door. Behind a painting of Jay-Reth
guiding the hand of a smiling rai painter, there is a
switch that reveals a secret door right next to it
(area 17) An Investigation check (DC 18) will reveal
the switch embedded between bricks.
267
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
17 - ART PRODUCTION
A small and messy room, complete with dozens
of unused paintings stacked on the floor and
walls. An emaciated rai sits in front of an easel,
chained to the wall.
Painter. The rai painter will introduce
themselves as Koll Mada-Ahthram Crono-Joy-Aba-
Peach and will be immediately thankful for the
company. They ask the party to free them, offering
to paint them and help them escape if they break
the chains that bind them. The chains break easily
if attacked. The painter has no interest in
continuing adventuring and will run from the party
for the exit as soon as they can. If questioned, they
will warn the party of Jay-reth and their offers,
explaining the deal they made with the god for
amazing painting skill. After being given the skill,
they were left in this room, forced to paint only
pictures of the god being wonderful. They were
paid for their work but had to work continually not
to die from starvation.
Koll uses the stats of an acolyte. In combat, they
will stay on the sidelines and heal the party, rather
than dive into the fray.
18 - MINIATURE BATHROOM
A small bathroom, with a toilet crammed next to
a vending machine and a shower stall.
Bathroom. The utilities in this area are heavily
run down, with the water smelling of sulfur.
Vending Machine. The vending machine in this
room sells things at a strange price, with food and
most potions being sold normally but everything
that would have helped Koll escape being sold at
ludicrous prices. If asked, Koll will explain this as
part of Jay-Reth’s twisted sense of humor, allowing
the rai to see their salvation but never paying them
enough to do more than merely survive.
19 - ROCK FALLWAY
An immaculate hallway that is a stark contrast
to everything else around it. The stone is a
brilliant marble, with pillars that rise high above
you, supporting arches in the hallway, with
beautiful art on the ceiling between them.
Banners of the household, both powerful and
old, are draped on the walls between the pillars,
adding to the air of regal pomp here.
 Rocks Fall. About midway through the hall, the
entire place shakes and the ceiling falls in on the
characters. Each creature must succeed on a
Dexterity saving throw (DC 18) or be crushed by the
rocks, taking 6d6 bludgeoning damage. Creatures
who fail the roll by 5 or more are buried under the
rocks, being restrained, prone, and beginning to
suffocate. They can be dug out by other creatures
with a Strength check (DC 14) or can get
themselves out with the same check, made with
disadvantage.
Rocks Rise. Rocks fall at an impossible rate,
refilling spaces quickly and preventing any
substantial clearing of the rocks, making passage
through the hall impossible by normal means.
However, if all creatures are standing at either end
of the hall, they can see the rocks rise back into the
ceiling. This process is gradual and, if a character
turns to look while walking away from the center
of the hall, they may see the rocks rise and fall as
they get farther or closer to the center. Any
creature who does so will be able to hear an
audible cackle in the air, as Jay-Reth enjoys their
troubles.
Vending Machine. There is a vending machine
near the entrance to door to the runway (Ara 21a).
It is filled with an unusual number of stickers and
cosmetic items.
Secret Doors. There are two sections of the wall,
on opposite ends of the hall that appear different
from the rest, being made of cheap red bricks that
have been painted a similar white to the marble
walls. A Perception check (DC 14) is required to
discover and use either one.
20 - BRICKED DOORWAY
Beyond the brick wall you see a vending machine
and a set of plate mail, slumped on the floor.
Vending Machine. There is a regular vending
machine in this room, though it is devoid of all life
extending and healing items.
Armor. The set of human-sized plate armor will
rise, attacking the characters as an animated
armor. Once defeated, two Booblins will escape
and attack the party. If the armor is inspected,
there are two goblin skulls and far too many bones
found inside.
268
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
21A - RUNWAY
You see a long fashion runway, surrounded by
chairs and dimly lit. The curtains shuffle as you
enter the room and the low shadows play tricks
on you, making it seem as though the chairs
might be filled.
Patrons. Many empty chairs line the floor, all
pointing at the stage. The outlines of people of all
shapes and sizes can be seen, but only by
peripheral vision or with true sight. The people are
still, staring directly at the stage. They cannot be
interacted with but will react to any performances
on stage.
VIP Area. In the bottom of the room is a roped
off area with chairs that are slightly nicer than the
ones in the rest of the room. There are the letters
“VIP” written on the back wall.
Curtains. Slight murmuring can be heard
coming from behind the curtains (area 21b).
21B - BACKSTAGE
A thin back room, stuffed with clothing and
cobwebs. A nervous half-orc paces to and fro,
muttering to themselves. They are draped in
strips of cloth, and dozens of accessories.
Fashion Sense. Once the half-orc discovers the
party in this area, they will beg for their help. She
will first introduce herself as Wave then explain
they have become trapped in this place, their fate
tied to those that expect the next show. All of the
patrons in the chairs are expecting the most
amazing fashion show and cannot be released
from this place until they see it. The immense
pressure has caused Wave to stall here for longer
than they can remember, just making more and
more clothing in hopes that someone could help
them put on the show. They ask for the character's
assistance, ushering them to the Dressing Room
(area 23) if they agree and shooing them away if
they do not.
Wave will join the party and help them
throughout the entire castle if the party puts on a
successful show. They will caution trusting Jay-
Reth, as the deals they make always seem to have
a sinister edge. Wave made their way into the
castle to try and gather extravagant designs and
linens, or at least the gold to acquire those things.
When Jay-Reth offered some of these things to
Wave, she accepted readily but did not anticipate
 the impossible standards the clothing she made
would be held up to.
In combat they use the stats of a noble.
Fashion Show. Each character who wants to,
will be able to walk on stage and strut their stuff.
On the runway, each character must make a
Performance check (DC 20). A successful
Performance check by any character will cause
uproarious applause, allowing the ghostly
apparitions to vanish once each character has
made an appearance. Jay-Reth will be sitting in the
VIP area, somewhat obscured by the lights but not
difficult to see. Each time a character reaches the
end of the runway they are met with cheers and
applause, regardless of their Performance check.
Whichever character had the highest check will
feel their bag or pocket grow slightly heavier after
the show. They will discover a unique portal token
in the shape of a Pahku-Pahku holy symbol in their
pocket, attached to a note. The note reads:
“Flair is part of the game. I think you might have
what it takes to be a star. Your friends, not so
much. I’ll make an offer soon. -J”
The token can be used to activate the portal and
unlock the doors in Pahku Portal Room (area 83).
The token may also be purchased from a vending
machine for 5,000gp if the party fails the
challenge in this room. After the show, Wave will
disappear, presumably heading towards the exit.
22 - DRESSING ROOM
A room jam packed with clothing for anybody or
any occasion. Mannequins are scattered
throughout and wave at you once you enter the
room. It smells like mothballs and heavy dust.
Clothing. The characters can find any type of
clothing they want in here. Use this as a chance to
let the characters use their creativity to express
themselves. Wave will gladly help them make any
alterations needed.
Mannequins. The mannequins in here range
from simple busts to fully articulated humanoids.
They are non-hostile and gladly help the
characters, though often move in unsettling
staccato motions. They will take any armor and
equipment the characters need to take off in order
to participate in the show. When the characters
return from the show, the mannequins will be
wearing some of the equipment and pretending to
269
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
be the adventuring party, mimicking movements
and mannerisms. They will give the items back
when asked to do so, having done no harm to the
items.
Additional Challenge. Though the mannequins
are not a threat, one of them may decide to take up
the adventuring idea and steal some of the armor
and weapons left to them. They will leave this area
and can then be found roaming the castle, using
the “borrowed” equipment. If found shortly
afterwards, they will give it back without protest. If
several days have passed, they will defend
themselves, having developed a stronger sense of
self. They are a muddie, modified only by the
equipment they are using.
23 - SECRET HALLWAY
This hallway is lined with sparkling lights, giving
off the appearance of a starry sky.
Side Doors. The secret doors on either end have
hidden handles, embedded in the brick wall from
the Fallway and a cushioned wall from the
Runway. Each requires an Investigation check (DC
20) to discover.
Relaxing Passage. There is nothing immediately
threatening in this hallway, though any creatures
who gain their powers from a more powerful deity
or patron will feel their presence and will much
stronger in this hallway.
24A - MAX-ROOM
Walking into this room, something seems
immediately off. You are over double your
normal size, all of your equipment matching
your new size. A smattering of goblins and
animatronic horrors look up at you and then
flee.
Creatures. There are 2d10 goblinoids (the exact
type is the GM’s choice) and 2d6 animatronic
horrors in this room, though all of them are half
their normal size. They appear quite small to the
party, dealing half damage (before applying
weakness and resistances) and taking double
damage. They will try to flank the party, climbing
on them or using the two pillars in the room to
dodge attacks.
Size. Any spells that affect or change size are
useless in this room. After walking in, the
characters are twice their normal size and too big
 to get through any doors except the set into the
Min-Room (area 24b).
24B - MIN-ROOM
Moving past the giant room and opening the
huge, though not to you, doors, your perspective
changes. Suddenly, everything looms above you,
including the smiling face of the goblins in this
room.
Creatures. There are 1d6 goblinoids in this room
(the exact type is the GM’s choice), though all of
them are double their size, dealing twice as much
damage and taking half damage (before applying
weakness and resistance). They will attempt to
squash the party, forgoing cunning tactics in favor
of brute force.
Size. Any spells that affect or change size are
useless in this room. After walking in, the
characters are half their normal size and too small
to open the doors they came in. One goblin in this
room has a switch that controls the size distortions
of these rooms, that has a simple on-off function
and nothing else. It can be taken from the dead
goblin, or the creature may be convinced to flip it
themselves, with the right incentive.
25 - PORTAL ROOM C1
A plus-shaped hallway, smashed with ads for
faraway kingdoms and strange beverages from
beyond this world. The place hums with
fluorescent lights and latent portal energy,
drawing the eye to a portal gateway in one
alcove.
Portal. Standing against a wall is a rectangular
gateway. It has a coin slot on one side. Inserting a
Portal Token will open it, creating a gateway
between this area and Portal Room C2 (area 51).
The portal will stay open for 1 minute, freely
allowing any creatures or objects through it.
Long Hall. The hallway near the portal is
brightly lit and eerily quiet, save for the sound of
buzzing lights. It is an ideal area to ambush the
characters with one (or more) roaming enemies.
Additional Challenge. For an added surprise,
have two portals exist in this area, with one being
clearly out of place. The out of place one is a large
sized mimic.
270
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
26 - HOLO-MAP ROOM
Blue light emanates from this room, collected in
the center of the room above a raised metal,
circle-shaped platform. Small projectors
assemble a holographic representation of this
room above the platform. Two machines hum,
flanking the back wall.
Holographic Map. In the center of this room is a
holographic map, which expands as the characters
explore the areas while carrying an Automap
Screen. The screens fit in the palm of your hand
and show a rough outline of the dungeon around
you while looking at them. They also record high
detailed rendering of each room you explore, which
can then be viewed in this room. The holographic
map allows a character to view the basic
information of rooms they have visited with the
automap screens as well as set notes and
waypoints which can be viewed on the screens. If a
room changes and a character has not explored it,
the map will not reflect those changes until
investigated.
Vending Machine. There is a vending machine
on the right side of the room. It appears to have
been heavily used and is covered in graffiti and
stickers. You can buy an Automap Screen from this
machine, for 50gp each.
Coin Dispenser. A machine with a large hatch
sits against one wall. It has a single button that
says “convert” on it and a card slot. Putting any
item in the hatch and pushing the button will cause
the machine to either dispense coins based on the
value of the item or to deposit the value into a
Black Castle Credit Card. Items put in this machine
may or may not wind up back in a vending machine
(for a higher price) or may be refused outright
(such as key items or creatures being put in). The
machine will give around 75% the value of an item
if the value is placed on a Credit Card (which can
only be used in this castle) and about 50% of the
item’s value if turned to gold.
The first time this machine is used, it will eject a
credit card alongside the gold. The name of the
character will be on the card and will sometimes
receive funds, regardless of how they are used. A
character can have a negative balance of -2,500 gp
on the card and must repay the balance or strange
magic will keep them locked in the castle. There is
no upper limit to the positive amount you can have
on the card.
 27 - SPLIT THE PARTY HALLWAY
Three doors surround this hallway, on either side
and in the middle, all marked with a strange
rune. Corresponding marks are circled on the
floor, faintly glowing with magical energy.
Runes. Each mark on the floor corresponds to a
single door within the hallway (area 28, area 29,
area 30) and can only be opened by a creature that
stands on that rune for a few seconds. The symbol
will float above their head, allowing them to open
the door with the corresponding rune. The runes
will force the party to split as evenly as possible,
disallowing creatures from entering a room
without a rune or with the incorrect rune. None of
the doors will open until at least 3 characters have
different runes above their heads. If there are not
enough characters, an NPC in the castle may be
convinced to help the characters with this puzzle.
The intent is to split up the party, giving each an
unknown challenge with little to no assistance. If
there are enough characters, several can enter a
room at once, though the distribution must be as
equal as possible. The runes roughly translate to
“Conflict” (Battle Room, area 28), “Agony” (Karaoke
Room, area 29), and “Loss” (Sacrifice Room, area
30).
Hallway Beyond. The hallways leading to the
Tiger Cage Room (area 112) and the Nexus of Doors
(area 111) are blocked by three 1-foot thick, heavy
metal slabs, all featuring the same runes on the
floor, and all being set 5 feet beyond the other.
They are magically charged barriers, resisting
attempts to move through them by magical or
physical force. Each one will slide into the floor as
its corresponding challenge is completed.
271
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
28 - BATTLE ROOM (CONFLICT)
A small pedestal in the center of the room is
surrounded by glowing blue triangles. As you
step towards it, a series of lasers scan you and
heal you. The triangles begin to spin, smashing
into one another and eventually creating a
glowing blue, low-poly replica of you. You hear
the door behind you lock.
Battle. The opponent(s) in this room is a near-
perfect replica of the creature(s) who walk in via
the Linked Shadow spell). They have the same
stats and abilities, except their attacks are tinged
with corruption, forcing a Corruption Saving Throw
whenever they harm another creature. The copy
creature will spend the fight recounting painful
memories from the past of the creature they are
mimicking; not with any malice but in the same
voice as reading a history book. The creature(s)
who walk in the room are healed to their full
capacity before the battle, as if they had taken a
long rest. If they win the battle, the door opens and
the rune is activated, opening the corresponding
slab door in the hallway. If they lose the battle,
they are thrown out of the room with 1 hit point.
NPCs will avoid doing this room, failing
automatically if they attempt it alone.

29 - KARAOKE ROOM (AGONY)
A pitch-black room with a single glowing
rectangle hanging in the back. As the door shuts,
a menu appears on the screen and a microphone
descends from the ceiling. Though you cannot
see them, you can feel eyes watching and
waiting on you.
Singing. The menu on the screen lists off soulful
love ballads and songs of loss, from any and every
genre. The creature(s) who enter the room must
choose a song to sing, putting their entire soul into
it, literally. After choosing a song, they must
complete every verse and chorus with a
Constitution saving throw (DC 18), losing 2d6 hit
points on a failed save or half as much on a
successful one as the pain in their song is pulled
from them. A Performance check (DC 20) done
before the Constitution saving throw will reduce
the hit points lost to 1d6. If a creature drops to 0 hit
points, they are ejected from the room and regain 1
hit point. Multiple creatures may do a song
separately or choose a song to do together. The
exact song is up to the creatures in the room, but it
should likely be a heartfelt ballad of some sort and
should force enough saves to be a challenge. If the
song is too short, the GM can increase the damage
done or insist on another song. Once the room is
satisfied with the song, the rune outside will
activate, and the exit door will open.
30 - SACRIFICE ROOM (LOSS)
A single pedestal, with a large slot at the top of
it, sits in the center of this room, beckoning and
pulling at you as soon as you enter.
Sacrifice. This room only requires 500gp, or an
item equivalent, as a sacrifice for it to be
completed. However, each time a character
attempts to subvert the sacrifice, by magical
means or clever cheating, the amount needed
doubles, rising to impossible levels quickly. If
multiple characters enter the room, they each
must sacrifice 500gp or equivalent, with their
values increasing individually. It will reject blood or
bodily sacrifice, being simply useless. All the items
sacrificed will be available in various vending
machines in the castle but are sold at multiple
times their normal value. NPCs who enter the room
with a player character will likely try and cheat the
sacrifice, so much so that they end up leaving the
272
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
room stark naked. NPCs who enter unaccompanied
will not leave the room at all, though the trial will
be considered complete.
31 - BREAK ROOM 1
A large room with several plastic tables and
metal chairs. There are scraps of food left on the
table and a hairy bugbear rests with their feet up
on a table, seemingly napping. A slightly chill
breeze comes in from the north.
Oddly Calm. This room feels strangely quiet,
with the only sound being the thrum of the vending
machine, the overhead lights, and the gentle
snoring of the one creature in this room.
Lunch Break. If awoken, the bugbear will come
out of their rest swinging, attempting to make
weak and ill-targeted hits at the creature who woke
them. Once calm, they will give their name as
Sarge and explain that they have found good work
in the castle, doing minor repairs and generally
working as a handyman under Jay-Reth. They will
gladly give information about puzzles and traps
the characters have already encountered but are
tight lipped about upcoming challenges. They will
offer a Portal Token to the characters in exchange
for not telling anyone about finding them napping,
then will proceed to continue their nap. If the
characters are insistent about not letting them nap,
Sarge will sigh, read a note from their pocket
(which is a scroll of teleportation), and teleport to
another part of the map to continue napping (the
exact area is up to the GM).
Secret Bathroom. An Investigation check (DC 18)
will reveal a secret space behind a poster of a cat
hanging off a branch. It is a tiny restroom, clean
except for a wastebasket full of food wrappers.
 32A - ICE MONSTER TAMER ROOM
A chill wind greets you upon entering this room.
On one side, a chair rests and looms above you.
A white dragonborn rests in the chair, wearing
clothing ill befitting the environment. They stand,
spin their hat backwards, and white light begins
to swirl in three spots before them.
Battle. The white dragonborn will introduce
themselves as Zoppi, offering a hearty battle in
return for gold and something called an Ice Pin.
They will not fight directly unless forced to, using
their creatures for the battle. If the party has
animal companions or otherwise, they are
encouraged to enter them into the fight but can
battle themselves if they want. The tamer will
comment on this irregular behavior but will not
stop it. Though preparatory actions, such as buffing
the party, are allowed, only three creatures can
participate in the fight, with any more entering
causing Zoppi to withdraw their b-ugz and consider
the battle a forfeit. Attacking or killing Zoppi will
also result in a forfeit, with only the Ice Pin being
an item worth note on the body. If the party is
defeated, the tamer will cast cure/cause cuts to
revive any creatures who fell to 0 hit points, doing
their best not to allow the creatures under their
control to outright kill any opponents.
B-ugz. The creatures summoned to fight depend
upon who or what is chosen to fight. It should be 3
b-ugz (or other creatures at the GMs discretion),
whose combined CR is equal to the combined level
or CR of those participating. They also deal ice
damage, instead of their normal damage, unless
their attacks deal multiple damage types, in which
case the extra damage is ice damage.
Winnings. Before the battle, the participating
players must place half of their current gold (or
equivalent) on a pedestal beside the doors.
Characters who have other creatures fighting in
their stead must also do this, though only once,
even if they have multiple creatures fighting. This
money is lost if the party loses this fight but is
returned in full, with the other winnings if they win.
Upon defeat, the tamer will congratulate the party,
giving them 3,000gp, an Ice Pin, and b-ug cores
corresponding to the creatures they used in battle.
Ice Pin. Creatures who wear the Ice Pin
somewhere on their clothing can use their reaction
to reduce the damage taken by cold damage by
half (before applying weakness or resistance).
Alternatively, they can use their reaction to
273
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
completely negate the cold damage of a single
attack, destroying the pin in the process.
Getting Through. The party is welcome to leave
this room without completing the challenge but
cannot pass through the door into room 32b (from
32a) unless they have succeeded in the battle in
that room already.
Additional Challenge. Have each character who
is fighting (or has a creature fighting) roll a d4,
adding that to the possible CR for a single b-ug
they fight. Do not add this to the cumulative total,
only to a single creature.
Secret Door. A secret door rests behind the
character’s side of the arena, being somewhat iced
over. It requires an Investigation check (DC 14) to
discover and a Strength check (DC 18) to open the
first time. The hallway is full of bones but is
otherwise safe.
32B - FIRE MONSTER TAMER ROOM
A fiery heat pushes back against you, emanating
from flames lining the walls. On one side, a tall
chair of metal sits. A red dragonborn rests in the
chair, wearing comfortable shorts and nothing
else. They stand, smile beautifully white teeth,
and red light begins to swirl in three spots
before them.
Battle. This battle is essentially the same as the
Ice Tamer Room (area 32a), with the only change
being the fire theme and winning the Fire Pin. The
creatures chosen should be different from those in
the other room, or at least a different combination
of creatures.
Dragonborn. The red dragonborn in this room is
named Veronica. They seem obsessed with talking
about their shorts and seem incapable of talking
about anything else.
B-ugz. The creatures summoned to fight depend
upon who or what is chosen to fight. There should
be three b-ugz (or other creatures at the GM’s
discretion), whose combined CR is equal to the
combined level or CR of those participating. They
also deal fire damage, instead of their normal
damage, unless their attacks deal multiple damage
types, in which case the extra damage is fire
damage.
Winnings. Before the battle, the participating
players must place half of their current gold (or
equivalent) on a pedestal beside the doors.
Characters who have other creatures fighting in
their stead must also do this, though only once,
 even if they have multiple creatures fighting. This
money is lost if the party loses this fight but is
returned in full, with the other winnings, if they win.
Upon defeat, the tamer will congratulate the party,
giving them 3,000gp, a Fire Pin, and b-ug cores
corresponding to the creatures they used in battle.
Fire Pin. Creatures who wear the Fire Pin can
use their reaction to reduce the damage taken by
fire damage by half (before applying weakness or
resistance). Alternatively, they can use their
reaction to completely negate the fire damage of a
single attack, destroying the pin in the process.
Getting Through. The party is welcome to leave
this room without completing the challenge but
cannot pass through the doors into room 32a
(from 32b) unless they have succeeded in the
battle in that room already.
Additional Challenge. Have each character who
is fighting (or has a creature fighting) roll a d4,
adding that to the possible CR for a single b-ug
they fight. Do not add this to the cumulative total,
only to a single creature.
33 - ILLUSORY SPIKE TRAP
A pit looms before you, going down around 100
feet and ending in technicolor spikes. Skeletons
of all sorts hang off the spikes, some of them
still writhing. There is a hum of machinery
hanging in the air.
Illusion. The spike trap is an illusion on the floor,
requiring a Wisdom save (DC 18) to see through. In
reality, there is no pit, only a cobblestone floor.
However, there are spikes on the ceiling, coated in
an invisibility illusion. The real spikes require an
additional Wisdom saving throw (DC 18) and
creatures who still see the pit below have
disadvantage on this save. Walking onto the real
floor does not cause the illusion to fade if the
creature has not seen through the illusion
themselves. Stepping out onto the floor will cause
an audible grinding sound and the spikes above will
begin to fall, crushing and pinning any creatures on
it in 30 seconds. Creatures in the path of the spikes
must make a Dexterity saving throw (DC 20) to
make it to one side of the hallway or the other.
Once pinned, initial spikes deal 10d6 piercing
damage and the creature is considered restrained
(escape DC 20). On each subsequent turn, the
trapped creatures take 4d6 bludgeoning damage. If
no creatures (or only dead creatures) are on the
floor for more than 1 minute, the trap resets.
274
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Creatures who die to the trap have their likeness
added to the trap.
34 - SPLIT HALLWAY
This hallway splits into two, coming back
together quite quickly. Each hallway is lined with
mirrors, etched with murals of epic battles. As
you stare at them, the murals seem to slightly
morph, depicting different scenes of triumph and
failure.
The Run Up. This hallway leads to Jay-Reth’s
Arena (area 36) and is intended to broadcast the
blood sport of that place in as epic a way possible.
Use this as an opportunity to build up epic battles
from other worlds, giving a chance for backstory of
ancient heroes and, even possibly, future battles.
As the party walks the halls, the murals on the
mirrors should occasionally shift to other
depictions, both of triumph and terror.
35 - ARENA LOBBY
Light music greets you as you enter the room,
complimented by the smell of cleaning products
and a slightly chilly air. A few seats are scattered
throughout, with only one filled by a code
glitchimar. A metal window slides up and a KA-
ram beckons you over.
Window. The receptionist introduces
themselves as the same from the first lobby, KA-
ram, handwaving how they get from each lobby
window as “the same window, just a difference in
your perspective”. They will gladly answer
questions the party may have had about their
adventure thus far but refuse to give anything
other than vague hints about what lies beyond this
arena. They will also explain the basic rules of the
arena in detail.
Looking For Group. A code glitchimar sits in the
corner chair, appearing sullen and barely noticing
the characters that walk in. If questioned, they will
introduce themselves as Octtana and explain that
their party was killed in the arena and now they are
trying to figure out a way to either escape the
castle or get enough gold to revive them. They will
offer to join the party to help fight in the arena, if
the characters will pay for their entry. After 3-4
battles, they will disappear, having gained enough
money to revive their friends. If they are not able
to participate in the fights, they will leave the
 lobby. Either way, they will eventually revive their
entire party and will collect them to be the final
battle in the arena.
Vending Machine. There is a vending machine,
fully stocked with powerful artifacts and multiple 1-
ups.
Entry. Each time the party wishes to enter the
arena, they must buy a ticket. The ticket is 1,000gp
(or equivalent treasure) and goes up by 1,000gp
more each time they win a fight. To a maximum of
10,000gp per entry. The intent of the entry cost is
to make sure the characters come back multiple
times and have to decide whether they are ready
for the next challenge, or if they should go explore
some more and come back when they are
stronger. As such, the cost is scalable, depending
on the party you are guiding through this
adventure.
Each time they use a ticket to enter the arena,
they are fully healed as if they had taken a long
rest.
36 - JAY-RETH ARENA
Electronic cheers and jeers boom in this
absolutely massive arena. Lining the seats are
holographic projections of people from across
multiple universes watching the battles here.
Drones buzz around you, getting dynamic shots
and multiple announcers in multiple languages
herald your arrival. Far on the other side, Jay-
Reth sits atop a gaudy throne, a duck on a pillow
at their side.
Jay-Reth. Both the god and their duck are not
really there, just well-made illusions that seem
real, even if you can tell they aren’t real. Trying to
interact with them in any way beyond speech is
completely ineffective. The god will mostly sit,
passively watching the combat until near the end.
Their goal is to create an entertaining show,
watching for any creatures who exemplify the
ability to mix combat and cunning, to create a
beautiful display. They will pay special attention to
these characters, selecting them as possible
successors to their godhood and occasionally
granting boons throughout the battle, at their
whim. Use these boons to create dramatic tension
based on how the battle is going.
Battles. Each battle has its own special
environment and arena. The colosseum changes
for each round, providing wildly different
environments to battle in. The goal is to put on a
275
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
show, not necessarily to win the battle. Though
winning is the obvious objective, Jay-Reth may
declare a winner based on their performance,
rather than who actually won the fight. In some
cases this may happen near the end of a battle,
midway through, or even just as the battle has
begun. What “winning” means is ultimately up to
the GM to decide.
1st battle
The battlefield changes to a dense forest of
brightly lit palm trees and buzzing energy. The
foliage is disorienting and characters must succeed
on a Perception check (DC 10) each time they move
away from other characters by more than 15 feet,
or completely lose track of the other players. A
number of Neo Bandits equal to the party, each
from different clans, hunt the party in the woods.
There is also an Ankylobuto, three Chainsawrus,
three Veloscilisk, and a Cocat-rex somewhere in
the forest. The dinosaurs are hostile to all other
creatures, including other dinosaurs of a different
type, but defeating them is not required to finish
the battle. Killing the dinosaurs or using them
creatively will cause Jay-Reth to notice the
creatures who do so, including if the Neo Bandits
do so.
2nd battle
The colosseum changes to a dirt arena with
randomly placed massive spires of black rock,
ranging from 10 feet to 60 feet high, and from 5
feet wide to 20 feet wide, sticking out all over.
Characters can use the rocks to make a Stealth
check against the massive Zoromin’s Beast (Bear)
that claws its way out of the sky, into the stadium.
The beast can use an action to smash one of the
spires of rock, making it harder to hide. Characters
can attempt to climb the spires with a successful
Athletics or Acrobatics check (DC 15-25) to get a
better shot or attempt to jump onto the beast.
Subduing the creature, by combat or other means,
is all that is required to complete the battle.
 3rd battle
The floor becomes lava, with small stones, ranging
from 5 to 10 feet wide, peeking above the floor to
give just enough room to jump from one to the
other. The floor is considered difficult terrain,
though creatures can attempt to skip the penalty
to their movement by making a successful
Acrobatics check (DC 18) at the start of each of
their turns. Failure on this check, or falling in the
lava in other ways, will result in 6d6 fire damage,
as the characters scramble to move to another
safe spot. All the while, a number of Jetpack
Bugbears equal to the party total plus 1d4, will
attack the party. The bugbears will attempt to
throw or push the party into the lava, rather than
face them directly.
4th battle
An army of Muddies rise from the flat clay ground,
surrounding the party as far as they can see. This
ocean of fists and feet attack relentlessly but are
so compacted that only three can ever attack a
single creature at once. Each Muddie has their own
stats but the army has a hit point pool of 10d10 x
10, with only straggling Muddies being left over
after this hit point pool is depleted. Any damage
done to a Muddie depletes the overall pool,
including any excess damage. Dexterity saving
276
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
throws are only made once and are made with
disadvantage. Two muddies are subjected to a spell
or effect for every 5 feet the spell extends. The
design of the battle should be such that the players
feel overwhelmed but are not simply destroyed by
hundreds of Muddies attacking on a single turn.
Only loose track should be kept of each enemy,
with the overall battle being more like that of a
turning tide than a hard numbers affair.
5th battle
The flat dirt shakes and breaks as several
elementals begin to create mini biomes in the
arena. A Fire Elemental, Water Elemental, Earth
Elemental, Air Elemental, Beat Elemental, Bee
Elemental, Corruption Elemental, Laser Elemental,
and Neon Elemental, all appear, at least 20 feet
away from each other. The elementals all create
small areas of their element around them,
extending 15 feet from them, which follows them
as they move. Any creature who enters the area
for the first time on their turn, or who ends their
turn there, takes 1d4 damage of the type
associated with the elemental. The elementals will
attempt to avoid each other, only letting their
areas cross without themselves getting directly
into another’s manufactured biome. An example of
these biomes would be the fire elemental creating
 flaming winds or lava floor, the air elemental
creating a miniature storm, or the corruption Roll Encounter
elemental glitching the appearance of the area 2-5: Nothing
surrounding them. Overlapping biomes will create
6-7: 1d4 Cyblight Drones and 1d4 Cyblight
clashing or melding effects, dealing 1d4 damage of
Warrior
each damage type within the overlapping areas.
When an elemental is killed, their biome stops in 8-9: 1d6 Cyblight Infected and 1d6 Cyblight
the place they died and becomes more intense, Drones
dealing 2d6 damage instead. 10-13: 1d4 Cyblight Drones and 1 Cyblight Warrior
Key. At this point, the GM may choose to reward 14-18: 2d4 Cyblight Infected and 1d4 Cyblight
the party with the Red Keycard instead of making Drones
them continue through any more battles in the
19-20: 2d4 Cyblight Warriors
arena. The GM should use their discretion in this as
not every party will be as apt to go through a 21-22: 3d6 Cyblight Infected 2d6 Cyblight Drones
series of increasing challenges. Feel free to give 23-24: 2d6 Cyblight Warriors
the key as a reward at any point going forward, 25+: 1d4+1 Cyblight Elites
depending on if the players enjoy combat heavy
games or more roleplay focused ones. Do consider
7th battle
adding the Duck Dragon to whichever encounter
A dense and dark forest, with grasping vines and
you use for the last one, as well as some aspects
horrific trees, is bathed in a false moonlight. The
of Jay-Reth’s speech and desires.
forest itself attempts to separate party members,
with Tree Blights and Twig Blights attempting to
6th battle scare, distract, and abduct characters. The two
A dark maze of flashing colored light and
main enemies that must be destroyed or trapped
biomechanical horror surrounds the entire arena.
are an Undying Slasher and a B-R1pp3R (the latter
The maze is only 5 feet wide and 10 feet high. It
being themed after a classic horror monster). The
regularly shifts, requiring an Investigation check
main monsters will stalk the party, waiting for the
(DC 15) every few turns to keep from becoming
right time to attack in order to do the most
lost. The objective is to find and destroy the small
damage and strike the most fear into the party.
energy core, which can be done by simply stabbing
it. Each turn the party is not in combat and
8th battle
exploring, roll a d8 and a d12. The total determines
The entire arena begins to buzz, in an incredibly
what they encounter (if anything). The total on the
literal sense. Octogonal pools of honey rest
roll increases by 1 each time the encounter dice are
dangerously, with a majority covered in a thick wax.
rolled, giving a ramp up to harder encounters until
The party finds themselves inside a giant bee-rex
they reach the core.
hive, though something seems off. The entire place
There is no true path to the core, as the walls
reeks and the honey appears to be dying. The
and hallways do not behave normally. They should
octagons are 15 feet across and the ones covered
find twists and turns that they get lost in easily as
in wax can be stepped on but may erupt and
there is nothing terribly recognizable. They should
release a Bee-Rex Drone or Bee-Rex Soldier
find the core anytime you deem climatic, after
(depending on the GM’s discretion). The main foe is
rolling a 22 or higher on the encounter table.
an Empress Husk who stands at the center of the
In addition, a Miditaur sculks this fight, killing the
arena. There is almost no cover, except for the
party and Cyblight with the same fury.
large wax blocks from a broken octagon or the
Regardless of the outcome of this fight, some
dead corpses of bee-rex. Any area of effect attacks,
Cyblight should be seen exiting the arena and
including spells and effects, that deal more than 20
presumably into the Black Castle proper.
damage to an octagon in a single attack will cause
the octagon to break, turning it into a 10 foot pool
of thick honey. Creatures caught in the honey are
considered restrained (escape DC 14), except the
bee-rex or the husk.

277

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 9th battle
A group of henshin fighters teleport in a
multicolored rainbow into the center of what
appears to be a destroyed city. They pose
triumphantly and their hero theme song begins to
play (GM discretion, we suggest something
annoying). Their leader points to you dramatically,
blaming you for the fate of their beloved city and
vowing vengeance. They cannot be talked down
from this. However, the leader is the only primary
target and the only one required to take down, if
the other remaining henshin can be turned against
their leader.
The henshin team is:
Red Henshin Leader: Skulk. Skulk is a brash
leader of the team but not its original. They are
often overcompensating for the flaws they believe
they have. They have been chosen to replace the
last leader of the team and do not think they are
truly worthy of the mantle. Because of this, they
have adopted a zealous attitude towards good and
evil, believing that any kind of evil, no matter how
small, must be eradicated. They cannot see the
shades of gray the world functions in and have had
a lot of trouble leading their party. Their intense
devotion to righteous action has blinded them to
the fact that their team has been captured and
replaced. Whether this blindness is intentional or
not is unknown.
When the battle is nearing its end, one of the
power henshin will call on the other two, reviving
them with a bust of energy from the Henshin
Network if necessary, and combine their Xords into
a Ultra Xord. Their final gambit will have them
abandoning all shadows of justice, seeking only to
eliminate the party with extreme prejudice.
In a dramatic twist, all but the lead henshin are
muddies in costume. The henshin armor prevents
them from being destroyed in a single critical hit
but they act much the same as other muddies. The
leader of the group seems incapable of seeing this,
despite the rest of their team being inadequate in
battle.
After this battle Skulk may be encountered
within the Black Castle, seeking redemption or
resurrection for their comrades. The blinders have
been lifted and they realize they may have lost
their team long, long ago and in a universe far, far
from here.

278

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 279

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 10th battle
At this point, Jay-Reth will have taken notice of one
particular party member. They will offer to have
them sit the next battle out, if they so choose. This
in itself is a trap as any character who takes them
up on this offer will not be chosen to be Jay-Reth’s
successor, though they will be able to sit the battle
out and rest in the right-hand seat of Jay-Reth’s
projection. Regardless of the cheater's choice, Jay-
Reth will speak to the party directly.
“You have conquered my challenges, traversed
my traps and tribulations, all to come to rescue
this odd relic. A duck, delicious and decadent,
demure but quite demanding. Since you have
searched so far, I dare not disappoint. Here, then,
your fantastic fowl awaits the final… frolic?
Duck, descend! Demolish the daring do-gooders
and do-badders!”

As his speech ends, the duck flies down to the

stadium, growing in size and ferocity to become
the dreaded Duck Dragon. They are flanked by a
few Dominating Duck Neo Bandits, who jump from
the stands.
Key. If they have not already received it, reward
the party with the Red Keycard after finishing this
battle.
The Duck. This is the duck, Wyatt’s duck, the
special duck, the entire reason for this adventure.
Once the Duck Dragon has been defeated, the duck
will go back to its normal size, unharmed and
seemingly unaware of the battle that has just
transpired. It will stick with the party for the rest of
the adventure and may occasionally help distract
enemies or even administer a potion.

37A, B, C, D
These small rooms can be found in every arena,
their doors and style changing to match the theme
but always featuring a large question mark (?) on
the door. Opening them will sometimes give the
players an edge, sometimes set them back, or
sometimes result in something seemingly random
happening. Each time the characters open the door
for the first time in a new arena, roll on the chart
to determine what is in the small room. Though
there can be more than one of the same types of
room in the arena, sometimes that option will be
too complicated or may not make narrative sense,
feel free to roll again when necessary or to simply
choose the best option for dramatic tension in the
situation.
280

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 281

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Roll Room Inside
1 The vacuum of space. Any creatures within 20 feet of the door must succeed on a Dexterity saving throw
(DC 18) or be pulled in. Creatures in space begin to suffocate and lose 7 (2d6) hit points at the end of each
of their turns. The doors automatically shut at the start of the next round and can only be opened from
the arena side.
2 A chest containing 2d4 potions of healing.
3 A random enemy from the current battle.
4 Empty.
5 Any number of b-ugz with a CR totaling 1d8.
6 A massive explosion of arcane energy of any type, hitting any creatures within 10 feet of the door. Any
creatures in this space must make a Dexterity saving throw (DC 15), taking 6d6 damage of any type on a
failed save, or half as much on a successful one.
7 A portal leading to outside the arena, to a random location in the castle. Characters who take it have 1
minute to reenter the portal to resume the fight, otherwise it closes, and those characters are considered
to have forfeited the match.
8 A vending machine mimic (Large sized).
9 A fully functional bathroom, complete with a shower and amenities.
10 A room full of computers and 2d4 goblins. Killing the goblins and destroying the computers will have the
main enemy in the arena collapse, resulting in a victory for the party.
11 A trapped NPC, fully equipped, chosen from any within the castle or a character’s backstory.
12 The skeletons of previous adventurers. They each have a bag of 2d20x10 gp, a potion of healing, and
weapons similar to the current party’s loadout. Use this room as a chance to give the characters an extra
edge with a new weapon, special potion, or useful scroll.
13 A swarm of insects that attack any creatures near the door. Alternatively, the insects may be harmless,
such as butterflies.
14 A walk-in cooler and freezer, full of fresh food.
15 A brick wall, painted to look like a set of doors.
16 A completely black void. Leaving this door open will release 1d4 shadows which will attack anything
within the arena. Stepping inside leads a creature to fall indefinitely.
17 A vending machine.
18 A trapped chest (DC 18) containing 2d4 potions of healing.
19 A pedestal containing a +1 or +2 version of a weapon used by the creature who opened the door.
20 A mirrored arena where a similar battle with a different party is taking place. Completing the main
objective in this arena still counts as a win, though leaving the arena will cause the mirrored realities to
separate and all creatures to return to their original one. It is possible for a mirror dimension party to do
this to the main party as well, saving them from certain defeat before returning to their world.

Enemy creatures may also attempt to open the

doors, though this should be somewhat rare.
Enemies opening these doors can give the GM an
opportunity to balance out the battle by granting
the enemies a boon or reducing their numbers.

282

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


38 - RESTFIRE ROOM
A somber darkness surrounds you as you walk
this hallway. Ahead a small glimmer turns into a
pulsating, multicolored fire. A heavily scarred
knight sits on a stone bench, their somber face
searching the flames for a question they can’t
put into words.
Despondent Champion. The character by the fire
is a celestial rai named Blue. They are a morose
knight who has seen far too many battles and lost
too much to the castle. If asked, they will inform
the party of the challenge in the coming rooms.
They will speak in somber tones, telling of a
legendary reward at the end, treasure beyond
comprehension. They will refuse to go on the trip,
saying it cost them too much already. They will not
explain what they have lost.
Blue speaks as though they know more than
they actually do. Any concrete details, beyond the
basic details of the campfire trials, are hard to pull
out of them as just when they seem on the verge
of giving you useful information, they trail off with
a sober chuckling. They will gladly share a place at
the fire and offer what minor help they have, which
is essentially basic rations and small bits of
adventuring gear.
They are non-hostile but will defend themselves
if needed. They use the stat block of the Knight.
The Challenge. Rooms 41-45 and 47 all feature a
similar challenge. The fire in the center of this
room is sustained by life energy. While it is a
vibrant warmth in this room, it is draining to take it
beyond this place. Creatures must take the fire, by
mundane means such as a torch or by magical
ones such as fire spells, to each consecutive room.
In the center of the following rooms is a long
fluorescent bulb, sticking out of a pile of bones.
These monuments can only be lit by the
multicolored fire from the original room and must
be defended from the attacks of the creatures
within each room. The fire will burn a single color
or multiple colors, based on the desires and
personality of the creature wielding it. Whatever
creature is wielding the fire must use their reaction
at the end of their turn to expend a hit dice to keep
the fire going until the end of their next turn. If they
do not, the fire will die out immediately and the
challenge of the room is reset. Once the fire has
been moved to the fluorescent monument, it can
be sustained as long as no neon creatures snuff it
out. If a creature snuffs the fire, any other creature
283
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
within 10 feet of it can use their reaction to expend
a hit dice to restart the fire, if no creature does so,
the fire dies at the start of the next round. The
neon creatures seem to have some semblance of
their position as a part of a trial and will never
attempt to snuff out the fire more times in a round
than the party can use reactions to maintain it,
even if there are more enemies than members of
the party. In any case where a hit dice can be
expended, a creature with 0 hit dice remaining can
expend hit points equal to their maximum hit dice
number in order to maintain the flame. Once all the
neon creatures have been defeated, the flame
maintains itself in that room and can be used to
transfer the flames into the next room by the
same means as the last.
39 - ESCAPE TUNNELS
A sizable stack of rocks poorly attempts to
conceal a pathway in the castle walls. The dark
hallway is ominous and has a slow breeze that
smells of death flowing from it.
Blue. They will warn the party that none who go
in that tunnel have returned. They will make no
attempt beyond this to stop anyone from entering.
Conversion. These hallways were dug into the
walls of the castle and are in the process of
becoming part of the castle’s basic structure. The
deeper the characters go in, the more sporadic the
bricks and floor become, giving way to somewhat
fresh dirt. No matter how deep they go through, a
few bricks will still be found scattered into the
walls around them, as the castle attempts to
absorb this new area.
Curse. This hallway appears to be an attempt
made by previous challengers to escape the castle
by different means. Creatures who walk down it
will feel as though they are walking a mostly
straight pathway, with light creeping just around
the next small bend (which are actually harsh
corners). The light is an illusion that leads each
creature further and further in, imitating the
rapturous light at the end of the tunnel. Any
creature who spends more than 1 minute in the
tunnel must make a Wisdom saving throw (DC 20)
or be convinced that something of great value (an
escape, a room of treasure, a way to save
themselves or others) is at the end of the tunnel.
They will become obsessed with this concept,
doing all they can to dig further into the winding
tunnels. They will think of nothing else, not even
 food or sleep, and will literally work themselves to 40 - TORCH CLOSET
death. They can repeat the saving throw every 6
This random room seems incredibly out of place
hours or can make the saving throw again if they
for the somber mood of the room preceding it.
are outside the tunnel. If they fail the initial save
The knight is somewhat amazed at your
but succeed on a later one, the curse on their mind
discovery but remains in place, both physically
is mostly broken, though thoughts of the tunnel
and mentally.
and its potential will remain in the back of their
minds until death.
Secret. A creature must succeed on an
Investigation check (DC 18) to see through the
illusion of the seemingly obvious “supply closet”
door hidden on the wall.
Torches. This room is full of dozens and dozens
of torches, all piled on shelves and in a heap on the
floor.

41 - CAMPFIRE TRAIL 1
Darkness extends all around you, broken only by
a flickering fluorescent tube just a few steps
ahead of you.

Doorway. The way between each challenge

room is a small arch doorway made of swirling
darkness. Pushing through it is fairly easy but must
be done with intense intent, the darkness only lets
those who seek to challenge it through.
The Darkness. In each trial room there is a
seemingly endless expanse of darkness beyond the
light in the center. Once the trial has ended, by
defeating all of the shadow creatures inside, the
room’s true dimension will come into place,
Remains. The remains of many adventurers will
snapping the characters to relative positions within
be here, with decayed bodies that are slightly
the new space, as if they had always been standing
fresher the deeper into the tunnel the characters
there.
explore. The exact amount is up to the GM, though
Encounter. 2d4 Animatronic Horrors made of
no single creature will have anything more than
bright neon light step into the room. They will
500gp worth of gold or gemstones, a +1 piece of
attempt to use their action to snuff out the
armor or weapons, and 1d4 potions of healing. Use
campfire tube in the center of the room. If they do
this as an opportunity to both entice the characters
so, the room will plunge into darkness until the
into the trap and to help them resupply.
flame is restored. The creatures are immune to
Treasure. At the farthest end of the tunnel is a
radiant damage but are otherwise, functionally the
pickaxe that has a +3 magical bonus when used as
same.
a weapon. It is just as effective as a regular pickaxe
Mural. After the battle is finished, the flame will
when used for its intended purpose but does not
burn intensely, shining its light on a story painted
take any wear and tear, except when striking other
on the room’s new walls. This room features a
magical objects. It cannot be destroyed except by
black nothingness which is then broken by an
magical means. For each hour spent digging into
explosion. The picture collects, turning into galaxies
this tunnel, a gemstone of 1d20 x 10gp will be
which shine brightly but then begin to fade. As the
found. Though a creature may feel as though they
lights go out, there is a sense of desperation in the
have made great progress digging, after 24 hours
mural, of breaking down, before it begins to fade
the tunnel will have only been deepened by 1d4-1
back into the black void at the beginning of the
feet.
mural.

284

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Additional Challenge. Inserts an Animatronic
Nightmare, made of shadow and immune to
necrotic damage, to bring more feat to this
encounter. It can use its Shadow Warp ability to
appear to be anywhere in this room at any given
time.
42 - CAMPFIRE TRIAL 2
Pushing through the darkness again leads you
into another dark room, its fluorescent bulb
crackling in anticipation.
Encounter. 1d4+1 b-du$4 (DC6) and 1d4+1 b-1¢k
(CR 2) made of bright neon light step into the
room. They will attempt to use their action to snuff
out the campfire tube in the center of the room. If
they do so, the room will plunge into darkness until
the flame is restored. The creatures are immune to
radiant damage but are otherwise, functionally the
same.
Mural. The mural in this room begins with a
sped-up version of the loop in the previous room. It
goes in small circles, slowly morphing across the
wall until they are encapsulated in a set of
knowing, piercing green eyes. The universes and
even a hint of the loop can be seen in the eyes.
Additional Challenge. Consider having a neon
b-¢ (CR 11) fly into the area, casting terrible bright
light over the entire arena.
43 - CAMPFIRE TRIAL 3
Walking through the portal, the following room
seems only barely lighter, the darkness having
an almost perceptible weight to it.
Encounter. 1 Glass Shadow and 1d4 Shatterlings
step into the room, their reflective surfaces being
made out of brightly lit, multicolored glass. They
look much like a fractured rainbow. They will
attempt to use their action to snuff out the
campfire tube in the center of the room. If they do
so, the room will plunge into darkness until the
flame is restored. The creatures are immune to
radiant damage but are otherwise, functionally the
same.
Mural. The walls here start with a story of a
beautiful human man with green eyes that seems
familiar to the party but none can quite place why.
The figure extends their arms, letting out a wave of
energy. The energy catches up to the swirling
universe at its peak, halting it in its decay. The
285
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
mural zooms in, melding into tiny and mixed
vignettes of creatures enjoying their lives, unaware
of what has happened to the universe.
Additional Challenge. The glass from these
creatures could easily transform into a few
Chrome Ooze enemies that confuse and dazzle the
party.
44 - CAMPFIRE TRIAL 4
You cannot tell the difference between the
portal and the next room anymore and only
notice you are in a new space when you see the
barely flickering neon light in the center.
Encounter. 1d2 Killer Dolls for each character in
this room appear from the shadows, each made of
different colored neon light. They will attempt to
use their action to snuff out the campfire tube in
the center of the room. If they do so, the room will
plunge into darkness until the flame is restored.
The creatures are immune to radiant damage but
are otherwise, functionally the same.
Mural. The mural begins with the previous god-
like character as they shift between watching the
joy of others in the stable universe and exerting
power to keep it frozen. Each shift shows them
growing old, fading in power and stature until they
appear unable to stop the decay of the universe.
Additional Challenge. You may decide to use
neon Killer Dolls Full of Bees or to have each color
of each doll grant it immunity to a different type of
damage, in order to really challenge the party.
45 - CAMPFIRE TRIAL 5
The darkness in this room swirls around you,
pushing against you on some imperceptible
level. You feel like your spirit is suffocating
whenever the light is not on.
Encounter. An Adult Neon Dragon made of
purple neon light steps from the shadows. They
will attempt to use their action or one legendary
action (each round) to snuff out the campfire tube
in the center of the room. If they do so, the room
will plunge into darkness until the flame is
restored. The dragon is immune to radiant damage
but is otherwise, functionally the same.
Mural. The central deity character of the past
stories is old, their powerful eyes watching over
dozens of small scenes, eventually focusing on a
powerful champion. There is a meeting of the two
 in a grassy field, followed by a small montage of
the god wordlessly explaining the decay of the
universe. The mural ends with the two linking
hands and the power of the god transferring into
the new champion. The transformation leaves
them glowing in a halo of light, their eyes changed
to a brilliant green while the previous god fades
into nothing. The fading god wears a gentle smile
of a life well lived.
Additional Challenge. For an interesting
encounter, have a neon Tallblin make an
appearance midway through and begin to harry
both the party and the dragon.
46 - MIRROR ROOM
The shadows have vanished, and light bathes
this room from unknown sources. A mural runs
the walls, showing united hands and a transfer
of power to dozens of silhouettes. It ends with
an entity reaching out to a giant mirror on the
far wall.
Mirror. A large mirror stands at one end of the
room, showing the characters within it. The
reflection is not perfect, showing a more idealized
version of each character, as they see themselves.
Each creature looking into the mirror is affected,
seeing their compatriots as they imagine
themselves to be.
Treasure. There is no treasure in this room, the
reward appearing to be the ability to gain the
power of Jay-Reth for one deserving adventurer. Or
the reward could also be the friends made along
the way? Maybe there was no treasure to begin
with? The exact message of this room is somewhat
unclear and poorly explained The characters
should be left questioning what the message of
this room really is.
Mural. A series of humanoid silhouettes, some
recognizable as legendary heroes by their stature
alone, move in succession along the wall. Each has
their hands linked, one to the next. They all share a
similar detail among each one, glowing green eyes,
each pair uniquely their own but each brimming
with the untold power of a god. The final creature
is fully detailed, recognizable as the current Jay-
Reth, and is extending their open hand towards the
mirror, suggesting a transfer of power to those
who see themselves in it.
Secret Door. A tunnel has been dug into this
room and sealed up by a series of bricks that do
not quite match the rest of the room. Creatures
286
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
with a Passive Perception of 15 or higher will notice
the off-color bricks, slightly disrupting the mural.
An Investigation check (DC 20) of the spot will
reveal small cracks in the masonry, giving away a
dark tunnel, with a few minor flashes somewhere
further in. It leads to area 47.
47 - CAMPFIRE TRIAL 6
A familiar darkness grips you in the small
passage, interrupted by intermittent flashing
from a buzzing, fluorescent tube. The tube is
sticking out of and being gripped by a skeleton.
Small piles of gold coins can be seen scattered
on the floor.
Encounter. Grabbing some of the neon flame
from previous rooms will allow the party to light
this fire in the same way. However, the light is
within a skeleton’s ribcage and lighting the bulb
will awaken the skeleton, which will begin to glow
brightly, with a bright white body and green eyes,
and the skeleton will attack the party. It will not
snuff out its own flame during combat. It will fall
dead, the light still intact, once it hits zero hit points
and the light will illuminate massive piles of gold,
extending out to the walls. Except for a small 5-
foot circle in the center of the room, the floor is
difficult terrain where the gold is. The skeleton is
immune to all physical damage but is otherwise
functionally the same.
Mural. A shocking mural covers the walls, done
in a completely different style than the rest. It
appears to be carved into the walls with rocks,
blunt instruments, and even bone. It portrays the
most recent incarnation of Jay-Reth offering their
power to a successor, only to steal the
“successor’s” life force. The cycle continues,
degrading until the scratching becomes impossible
to discern.
Skeleton. The skeleton’s remaining clothing
vaguely resembles the styles of one character in
the murals. They have a +3 pickaxe like the one
found in the Escape Tunnels (area 39), which is
how they seemed to have made their way into the
place.
Treasure. Once the battle is finished, 50,000 gp
can be found. They are minted with Jay-Reth’s face,
making them potentially hard to use or exchange.
If a creature has drawn the eye of Jay-Reth, a coin
or a number of coins, will wink at them. This can be
noticed by creatures with a Passive Perception of
15 or higher.
 Additional Challenge. Other
skeletons may pop from the
gold, each with glowing green
eyes. These skeletons are
immune to spells, magical effects, and damage
from magical weapons. Only mundane weapons or
raw strength can be used to kill them. These
skeletons represent some of the husks left over
after Jay-Reth steals their life force. They fall when
the neon lanturn skeleton dies.
48 - ROBOT CRAB CLAW HALLWAY
You step into a completely different room, filled
with a light haze of smoke and coated in
sparking wires. Through the smoke, you can
detect quick movement.
Ultra-Arm. This entire area is the inside of a
gigantic crab robot’s arm that has been removed
and ended up as a makeshift hallway. There are
some bits of the original castle jutting up through
the metal “floor” of the arm, suggesting this arm
fell and replaced a previous section of the castle.
Henshin feel a particularly strong connection to the
Henshin Network in this area and make ability
checks with advantage.
Robolins. Moving throughout the arm are 2d6
Robolins, making repairs to the severed arm in an
unending dance. They never seem to be done and
an Investigation check (DC 14) will reveal that some
of them are undoing the work of others to manage
their own repairs. They take no notice of the party,
deftly dodging out of the way, unless attacked,
directly interrupted from their repairs, or if the
missing henshin or power core are disrupted. If the
core is still active, defeated Robolin’s in this area
will be completely revived and reassembled, even
pulling parts from the surrounding area, after 1d10
minutes. Revived Robolins will return to repairing,
ignoring other characters unless they are triggered
to attack again by the same sorts of disruptions as
before.
287
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Power Core. At the far end of the top claw is a
glowing apparatus that radiates energy. It is
guarded by an oddly still henshin. It has a clear
“on/off” switch and an Investigation check (DC 14)
makes it clear the Robolins are being powered by
the radiating energy it is giving off. An Investigation
check (DC 18) will reveal that this is only an
auxiliary power station for this mech, having been
somehow augmented to keep its power increased
and sustained for an unknowable amount of time.
Attempting to shut down the core will result in
every Robolin attacking the offending characters.
Missing Henshin. The henshin standing in front
of the core does not move. Attempting to attack
them will result in every Robolin attacking.
Removing the helmet will reveal a desecrated
corpse of a laser dragonborn inside. An Arcana
check (DC 18) will reveal that the henshin has
infused their life energy and utilized their
connection to the Hanshin Network to keep the
power core charged. In essence, they are trapped,
their spirit still powering a failed attempt to repair
part of their mech. Unfortunately, their spirit is too
degraded, making any attempt to recover or speak
to the spirit impossible. Shutting down the core and
taking their recaster out of the area will allow
them to finally rest.
Their recaster seems to have a spider theme,
hinting that this place was not their original mecha
and that there was some larger story behind
everything that happened here.
Doorways. The doorways in this area are a mix
of large holes and makeshift hatches, further
leading into the theory that this arm was not part
of the original hallway.
 49 - PORTAL ROOM D1 Cracked Wall. There is a crack on the north wall,
requiring a Passive Perception of 14 or higher to
Shopping mall music greets you as you enter
notice. It can be destroyed with a Strength check
this area. This room appears to be in dire need of
(DC 18) or by any explosion. It leads to the Secret
upkeep, with piles of food containers and such
Stash (area 59) and can be seen through before
littering the floor and graffiti covering the walls.
destroying the wall.
Multiple ads cover the walls, all for
unrecognizable products or realms you have 51 - PORTAL ROOM C2
never heard of; all of the ads are vandalized in
one way or another. As you step into the somewhat familiar and
sterile environment of a portal room, you are
Portal. Standing in the far corner is a immediately accosted by a glitching aberration, a
rectangular gateway. It has a coin slot on one side. powerful B-ug has been harassing the portal
Inserting a Portal Token will open it, creating a apparatus and now turns on you.
gateway between this area and Portal Room D2
(area 108). The portal will stay open for 1 minute, Portal. In the corner is a badly damaged portal
freely allowing any creatures or objects through it. gateway. It must be repaired, using a Patented
Activating this portal will cause a bit of the garbage Portal Repair Package that will become available in
in the room to be sucked into the portal. vending machines after entering this room for the
Garbage. Because of the piles of garbage on the first time. An Investigation check (DC 25) or any
floor, this area is considered difficult terrain. NPC or creature who resides within the castle can
tell the characters how to use the repair package.
When repaired, it has a coin slot on one side.
50 - BROKEN DANCE PUZZLE ROOM Inserting a Portal Token will open it, creating a
gateway between this area and Portal Room C2
Stepping out of the door you see a room that
(area 25). The portal will stay open for 1 minute,
looks to have been much larger at one point.
freely allowing any creatures or objects through it.
There are four pedestals, with two of them
Encounter. A B-4N3t4R (CR 16) has made this
having human statues posing in what seems like
room its residence and can be found smashing into
mid dance and the other two being reduced to
the portal. It appears to be attempting to enter the
rubble on the ground. One wall has a small
portal, though its reason for doing so is impossible
mural of dancing silhouettes on it.
to discern. If it can enter an open portal, it will
duplicate itself, splitting into two near identical
Locked. The doorway into Portal C2 (area 51) is
copies with half the remaining health of the
locked by the puzzle mechanism in this room.
original. It can do this as many times as it would
Puzzle. It is clear that this room originally had a
like but the copies cannot be recombined.
puzzle designed around rotating statues that were
Additional Challenge. If the characters enter this
posing in different ways and facing in different
room through the portal, you can create an
directions. Unfortunately, two of the four needed
additional challenge by having the portal shut
were smashed by the crab claw of the previous
down when only half of the party has gone
room. The puzzle is incredibly easy to figure out,
through, splitting the party. Be cautious, as this
with four silhouettes of different poses etched into
could trap the party in a room with a very difficult
the wall above the doorway. (The exact poses are
enemy. If they enter the room in this way, ensure
up to the GM but we recommend they be silly.) A
they have the ability to leave somehow, either
creature could rotate the pedestals and statues
through the portal allowing some characters
easily to match the silhouettes. However, to solve it
through, an NPC coming through the portal with
now, two humanoid creatures must get on the two
some extra tokens or a repair kit, or by giving them
broken pedestals and be turned by their comrades
a scroll of teleportation or similar magic.
to the appropriate position. There are indentations
Roaming Threat. It is possible the b-ug escapes
in the pedestals, forcing the characters taking a
this room and begins seeking out other portals. In
statue’s place to stand within them and then be
this case, several B-4N3t4R, with very low
rotated to activate and open the door to Portal
maximum hit points, may begin roaming the castle.
Room C2 (area 51). It cannot be opened from the
They will attack characters and interrupt
other side.
challenges indiscriminately.

288

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 52 - LINK ROOM
Stepping through a USB shaped door, you notice
an immediate change in reality. The walls are
covered in falling green symbols and your body
has changed.
Doorways. The doorways into and out of this
room look like large USB ports with metal doors
haphazardly welded around them.
Data Transfer. This area has black walls,
covered in glowing and descending green zeros
and ones. After entering this room, each creature
becomes represented by flat textured, low-poly
representations of themselves. Each turn they end
spent in this room requires them to make a
Corruption Saving Throw. The exit doors are non-
existent until the encounter is finished.
Encounter. Inside the center of the room are
1d4+1 B-ugzw3r3 (CR 5), all of whom are
represented in the same low-poly fashion as the
other characters. They serve as a wall against any
creatures going through this area. They will attack
but will prioritize stalling and corrupting creatures,
doing their best to drag out a confrontation.
Lingering Effects. If a creature gains a layer of
corruption in this area, you can choose for that
layer to be the low-poly version of themselves to
be permanent. This will impose disadvantage on all
Charisma based ability checks until the layer of
corruption is removed.
289
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
53 - COLD HALLWAY
Dingy plastic flaps hang from the ceiling and a
cold wind wafts through this hallway. It’s
impossible to see beyond the second set of
plastic drapes. Ice has built up on the walls and
floor.
Freezer Strips. Several sets of long, freezer
curtain strips are in this hallway. Each time a
character steps through one, the temperature
changes to be colder if heading towards the
Snowball Hallway (area 54) or warmer if towards
the Break Room (area 31). There will be slight snow
in these areas, getting to about three inches by the
last set of curtains right before the Snowball
Hallway.
Snow Silhouettes. The characters will likely
notice interesting shapes in the snow, many of
them representing snow angels or snow devils.
Random footprints in the snow will lead between
them but don’t seem to go anywhere or come from
anywhere in particular, tracking in confusing
spirals. These shapes and designs serve as a
distraction for the Disco Assassin who is hiding in
ambush on the ceiling. It will dart between the
different areas, using the snow and the freezer
strips to confuse and hide. It will not chase
characters beyond this area but will ruthlessly
attack them anytime they go into the hallway. If it
is more than 15 feet away from the characters, it is
not visible and is considered to have full cover.
 54 - SNOWBALL HALLWAY
The hallway before you stretches about the
length of a football field, sloping upwards to a
precipice that is forty or so feet above the lowest
level. It is snowing heavily in this room though
there is no wind, causing a remarkably calm
blizzard and soft edges of snow reaching up the
walls of the space. Strange snow sculptures
adorn the area.
Snow. As the characters get closer to the
Snowlder at the far end of the room the snow
becomes deeper and harder to navigate. Halfway
into this hallway the ground becomes difficult
terrain. Within 20 feet of the Snowlder, the ground
is impossible to navigate without a successful
Athletics or Acrobatics check (DC 16).
Key. A glowing Yellow Keycard sits on a raised
dais, right before the Snowlder. The dais is not
completely free of snow but seems to only be
lightly dusted. Any attempt to remove the key will
result in the Snowlder trap activating.
Secret Doors. The secret doors in this area are
just covered by snow. Unless a creature has extra
senses that allow it to know about the doors, a
creature must be within 15 feet of the door and
have a Passive Perception of 18 or higher or make
an Investigation check (DC 20) within this space.
Opening the doors from either side requires the
character to displace around 24 cubic feet of
snow.
The Snoulder. The Snowlder is a 10-foot
diameter snowball. It is tightly packed though will
pick up snow or other creatures as it rolls forward.
Attempting to disturb it or the key in any way will
result in the Snowlder trap activating. It will begin
moving towards the other end of the hallway at 20
feet every round, on Initiative Turn 20 if in combat.
If it rolls over a character, they take 33 (6d10)
bludgeoning damage and 14 (4d6) cold damage.
Characters can choose to run, taking no damage if
they escape into another room, or they can try to
dodge it with a Dexterity saving throw (DC 22),
taking half the damage on a successful save or full
damage on a successful one. The Snowlder will
carry creatures it rolls over to the end of its path,
dealing an additional 66 (12d10) bludgeoning
damage at the end of its route. It will not collect
the key in its rolling.
Snowmen. When the Snowlder trap is activated,
several snowmen will attack or rise from the snow,
they use the Muddie stat block.
290
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
They will attempt to grapple or otherwise engage
as many characters as they can, keeping them in
the path of the Snowlder. Another 1d4 will spawn
on Initiative count 20 (after the Snowlder moves)
appearing in inconvenient spots for the characters.
They are immune to cold damage and vulnerable
to fire damage but are otherwise functionally the
same.
55 - T-CURSE HALLWAY
A mannequin stands in the center of this t-
shaped intersection, their arms outstretched to
the side in a pose reminiscent of the hallway’s
design. Faint magic can be felt in the air by any
accustomed to the arcane.
The Curse. Creatures who make an Arcana
check (DC 18) will recognize that the mannequin is
cursed, though any creatures proficient with
Arcana will recognize some sort of magic on it. If a
creature comes within 5 feet of the mannequin
(something nearly impossible not to do if traveling
down the hallway) they must make a Constitution
saving throw (DC 16) or be afflicted with a T-pose
Curse until they finish a long rest or are cured by
magical means. Creatures with Corruption make
the saving throw with disadvantage. If a creature
touches the mannequin, they automatically fail the
saving throw. The mannequin cannot move or be
moved. A creature afflicted with this curse loses
the ability to move their body directly, being
formed into a rigid t-pose. They can still move,
though they appear to be gliding along the floor or
turning at odd angles to perform simple actions
(such as attacking, opening doors, drinking potions,
somatic components of spells, etc.) All attack rolls,
Acrobatics checks, and Athletics checks are made
with disadvantage. In addition, most “simple”
actions require a DC check (DC 10) to succeed at.
The full extent of actions that require this check is
up to the GM. The creature can still speak, their
face being unaffected by the curse. If the creature
 passes the saving throw or the curse is removed,
the creature is immune to this curse for 24 hours.
56 - GREENHOUSE SPACE
The smell of fresh air and healthy plant life
greets you as soon as you step through the
foggy glass doorway. The air is heavy with
moisture and plants of all kinds thrive and
bloom along the walls, floor, and ceiling.
Diffused light radiates down from opaque glass
all around you. A large tree with shining black
apples dominates the scene.
Groundskeepers. Somewhere inside this area is
a bee hiveborn named Bud, who tends the
greenhouse. They are assisted by a few friendly
dryads and blights of various kinds. These helpers
are rarely seen unless the plants are threatened.
Bud will gladly offer anything within the area, be it
food or flowers, without any desire for coin. They
will ask the party to stay for a while though,
requesting stories and company as the best form
of payment. They have no interest in leaving the
castle, having found their ideal place here.
Bud is a kind groundskeeper and gentle to an
almost troubling degree. Their passive demeanor
should at first come across as somewhat aloof or
even sinister. The party should discover somewhat
quickly that Bud is simply doing their best to listen,
without any attempt to interject. They leave large
holes in conversations without the need to fill
them in, letting the words hang where they were
left. They will do all they can to help the party but
prefers to let the party learn how to care for
themselves.
Bud cannot explain exactly how long they have
been here, as they lost track many ages ago. They
are aware they have lived far longer than any of
their kind, suspended by some sort of magic in this
place. They have accepted their potential
immortality with quiet grace, seeing it as an
opportunity to grow more life around them.
Bud is non-hostile but will get defensive over
unwarranted damage to the plants. If attacked,
they will disappear into the foliage and rely on the
blights to defend the greenhouse.
Food. There seems to be almost every type of
vegetable and fruit imaginable in this area, with
everything being “just around the corner,” even if
the dimensions of the area wouldn't normally
accommodate for that. Walking through, one can
become easily lost, if they wish to do so, but will
always find their way back to a central black apple
291
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
tree near the exit trail if they desire to head back.
All creatures have advantage on Stealth checks
within this room.
Black Apples. Much like Bud, black apple tree
may appear sinister at first, but it is quite mundane.
The black apples are a novelty, looking strange but
tasting delicious. They are a perfect mixture of
crunchy, juicy, sweet, and sour and creatures will
remember and crave the taste all the way to the
grave. Keen characters may remember seeing
black apples elsewhere; this is their origin. Bud will
explain that this has been their life’s work and they
are simply reveling in completing the task of
making a perfect apple.
Glass Walls. Although the walls and ceiling are
made of glass, there is no way to escape the castle
this way. The panels appear to be nearly
indestructible and close inspection of the obscured
outside area will reveal sinister dark figures darting
around. Staring too long at these shadows will
cause a creature to be filled with dread, their
imagination creating fearsome creatures out of the
shadows.
57 - REVERSAL HALLWAY
The floors and walls transform into a dazzling
checkered pattern that makes you feel dizzy just
by looking at it.
Gravity Reversal. This hallway twists around
itself, reversing gravity for any creatures who walk
all the way through it. Any objects and effects the
creature may use or cause also act as if gravity has
been reversed for them. While walking through the
hallway it is impossible to tell this is happening.
Walking back through the hallway will reverse the
effect, regardless of which way they entered. If
gravity is reversed for a creature, they walk on the
ceiling, which may or may not result in danger or
hijinks. In most cases, the ceiling is stable but if a
creature falls through, they will continue into the
air a maximum of 100 feet, at which point the
effect will end, causing them to come crashing
back from that height.
Moving walls at the entrance ensure a creature
can only take one path when moving through this
area, shifting the effect on the creature each time.
Quirky Encounters. For a little extra humor or
challenge, consider that some creatures in the
castle may have already gone through this
hallway. They may have even built nests or homes
in places of the castle based on their reversed
 gravity. Use this as a chance to place important
items or difficult creatures in hard-to-reach places.
58 - LASER DRAGON TREASURE ROOM
You are greeted by several purple-hued kobolds
upon entering this room. They are friendly and
immediately dive into explaining the vast piles of
junk you see before you.
Treasure. This tiny room is jam packed with
seemingly useless junk and guarded by 2d4+2
Laser Kobolds. The total value of the items in the
room exceeds 100,000gp but a History check (DC
10) must be passed to recognize any singular item
as more than junk, though the exact value would
require appraisal by an expert on such items. The
kobolds, though not experts, will happily share
what they know about the items, almost in a
bragging manner, but will guard the items
jealously for their “master.” Their Master is the
Laser Dragon (Cimt’rry) that runs the Inner Castle
(area 65).
Example Items. This room should be filled with
a mixture of items from the player’s world and
table in-jokes. Here is a list of some items that may
or may not be in the room, based on your
campaign’s needs. A holographic red dragon card
(100gp), a signed brutalball ball (500gp), a box of
48 records from various artists (worth 50gp each,
2,400gp total), bedazzled shoes belonging to a
long dead god (1000gp), a complete set of actions
figures from the 9th arena battle (area 36, 100gp
each, 1000gp as a set), a pack of discontinued
hyper-water flavors (100gp), an overdue video
cassette that radiates a threatening aura (500gp),
2d4 Dire Gems of varying colors (250-500gp each),
1 Kai Sphere (10,000gp but hard to sell), 3 distinct
Kaiju Scales (5,000 each), Woebone’s nametag
(50gp), several dozen unopened packs of slap
bracelets (150gp per pack), holo-vids of pasts and
futures that never came (10-100gp).
Cubetroller. The most prized item in the room is
a Cubetroller, prominently floating above a
pedestal made just for it. The kobolds in this room
will not let any characters within 3 feet of it. The
controller is in a magically sealed, transparent,
graded container. The credentials on the container
confirm its validity and A+ condition. The Neon
Dragon in the Inner Castle (area 65) has the only
key, and the container cannot be forced opened
with anything less than a wish spell.
292
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Extra Guards. Hidden in and among the piles of
collectables are several more Laser Kobolds, the
exact amount being enough to dissuade the party
from simply taking all the treasure here, at least
without a fight. Other defenses can also be called
upon by the kobolds, including 2d4 Chrome Ooze, a
reprogrammed Cyblight Elite, and a Disco Assassin
(which will follow the party instead of directly
interfering).
Easter Egg Key. Hidden deep within the piles of
items is one-half of the Easter Egg Room key. It is a
bee-shaped figurine with a hole going from where
it’s head should bee and extending to its wingless
back. When combined with the other half of the
key, by placing the brush inside the bee, the key to
the Easter Egg Room (area 123) is complete.
Secret Door. This “secret” door is a normal
wooden door, painted to look like the bricks of the
castle. Any creature with a Passive Perception of 10
or more will notice it.
59 - “SECRET” STASH
Within seconds you realize this room should not
be. It looks more like a rounded burrow, a literal
hole in the wall that something has filled with
flashy items.
Un-valuable. This poorly hidden room has about
5,000gp worth of stolen collectables from the
Laser Dragon’s horde (area 58). It appears the
kobolds have not been as loyal to their master as
they say they are. The room is mostly filled with
gaudy and expensive looking collectables that,
while flashy, only have value as a sum total.
Secret “Door”. There is a small crack in the south
wall, requiring a Passive Perception of 14 or higher
to see. It has made the wall weak, allowing it to be
destroyed with a strength check (DC 18) to access
the Broken Dance Puzzle Room (area 50).
60 - BUS STOP
A full cement room with walls painted to look
like a city and sky surrounding a bus stop. A
vending machine in the corner looks weather-
beaten and is seated in vining plants. There are a
few long blue benches with a “bus stop” sign
next to them and mundane ads plastered on the
glass walls that surround them.
Rest Area. This room is surprisingly cool with a
pleasant wind blowing in from an unknown source.
 Characters can choose to rest here, without fear of
being accosted by anything not already hostile to
them. Light seems to radiate from far away,
shifting as if clouds are covering the sun on a cool
summer afternoon. There is a slight murmur and
occasional horns can be heard in the distance but
are never close.
Vending Machine. There is a well-stocked
vending machine in this room, though it has a
tendency to get jammed, requiring a Strength
check (DC 16) to make the items drop. Everything
inside looks sun-bleached.
Secret Door. An Investigation check (DC 18) will
reveal a secret door, painted to look like a faraway
building. It leads to a long, dim hallway that leads
to Break Room 2 (area 80a).
61 - OMNI-GYM
Artificially cooled air hits you as you walk into
this space. Strange equipment lines the walls
and large mirrors make the place appear larger
than it actually is. A single elf sits on a bench,
pulling and dropping weights in a rhythmic
pattern, completely oblivious to your entrance.
Gym Equipment. There is a plethora of gym
equipment in this room, most of it modular and
many things that seem to defy understanding. If a
character needs to find a specific type of machine
or weight, they will almost always magically find it
nearby. Any equipment that leaves the room
dissolves and reappears in the room within 1
minute of it leaving.
Spotter. The elf in this room is named Marcilius
and they are incredibly absorbed in their workout.
Until directly disturbed, they will ignore the party,
even looking right past them if they move from
machine to machine. If disturbed, they will be
slightly irritated at first but will quickly change to
being excited about having other people here. They
will offer anyone who spends an hour exercising
with them a set of Black Castle Fitness tank tops,
which can be worn over or under armor and grant
a +2 to any Athletics checks made while wearing
them.
Marcilius is a bit intense and full of energy. They
have been bodybuilding for several hundred years
and are incredibly picky about the character’s form.
They will gladly offer to teach battle techniques
and share any information they have about the
castle to those willing to pump some iron.
Unfortunately, they have been in this area for so
293
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
long that any information they have for nearby
rooms is several years old and the rooms they
describe may no longer exist.
They are non-hostile, except to those who
disrespect this place. They use the berserker stat
block; except they use weights that deal 2d8
(versatile 2d10) bludgeoning damage. They have
only a passing interest in leaving this area and will
eventually return to their beloved gym after only a
day or so of adventuring.
Clunk Guard. The equipment in this room is
watched over by sensors that detect abuse of the
equipment, including attempted theft. Once the
alarm is set, it will ring for 30 seconds, summoning
1d6 holo-beasts (which ones are up to the GM) to
subdue the offender. These creatures last only as
long as the alarm is sounding and serve only as a
deterrent, often choosing to push or move the
offenders towards the exit and only attacking
directly to get towards that goal.
62 - ORIGINAL STONE HALLWAYS
Walking these halls, you feel the age of
millennia all around you. The bricks are charcoal
black, absorbing almost all the light that hits
them. Unlike the rest of the mishmash that is
this castle, this hallway seems like it belongs
here.
Age. This small loop of a hallway is tight,
constricted in ways the rest of the castle does not
appear to be. The walls, though 5 feet apart, feel
much closer just by their size and black bricks.
There is clutter in the hallway, such as chairs,
desks, old armor, and more than a few skeletons.
These are one of the few remaining pieces of
original architecture from the first inception of the
Black Castle. An Investigation check (DC 22) will
reveal etchings in the stone that have been almost
completely polished away by time. It tells the
incomplete story of a war between reptile-like
humanoids, featuring a few dragons, and ape-like
humanoids, their ranks bolstered by a giant
cybernetic entity. The story appears to end with a
meteor striking a battlefield between the two but
there are some allusions to a cyclic nature in the
conflict. The story on the walls can be embellished
as needed and only serves the GM to express the
time that has passed since the original Black Castle
was created, with such a conflict having long
passed into legend or quite possibly never having
happened.
 Living Armor. A pair of goblins have taken up
residence inside a set of armor, attempting to pass
themselves off as an adventurer named Hugh
Maughn. Their only major goals are keeping up the
charade and finding a way out of the castle. They
are terrified of Jey-Reth and will do all they can to
help the party, so long as their goal is exiting the
castle. If they feel like they cannot exit with the
current party, they will strike out on their own,
attempting to find another party to align
themselves with. They use the stat block of the
Two Goblins in Armor. They are aware that they
are not the first to attempt this kind of escape but,
as they’ve never seen anyone who tried it fail, they
suppose it must work.
63 - PADDLE GAME CONVERSION ROOM
This room is almost empty except for a set of
glowing, slightly raised, circular platforms. The
entire place thrums with a bizarre energy.
Pixelation. The door into the Paddle Game Room
(area 64) will not open (and does not actually exist)
until each creature in a given party steps on one of
the platforms and becomes pixelated. A creature
can step on and off the platform, entering or
reversing the pixelated state, though non-pixelated
creatures cannot enter the Paddle Game Room.
While pixelated, you take double damage from
non-pixelated creatures, appear flat but always
seem to be facing the observer, and deal half
damage (before applying weakness and
resistances) to non-pixelated creatures.
Leaving. After you have been pixelated, the door
into the Paddle Game Room (area 64) appears and
opens and the door to the Original Stone Hallways
(area 62) disappears. To open each door, the
characters simply have to become pixelated or
reverse the pixelation. No doors exist if there is a
mix of pixelated and non-pixelated characters.
294
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
64 - PADDLE GAME ROOM
As you enter this room, triumphant and
compressed music loops from an unknown
place. A pixelated team stands across from you,
guarding a flat white rectangle that stands in
stark contrast to the flat black walls and simple
neon blue outline of the room. A low-poly
dragon head with a scroll in its mouth floats and
rotates an indiscernible and permanent height
above you. A small glowing ball drops to the
center of the room and a buzzer sounds.
The Game. A team of Neo-Bandits equal to the
party’s number + 1d4 stands on the opposing side
of the field. The game plays like a version of
soccer, where catching the ball is acceptable, and
the entire back wall of either side is a “goal.” There
is also a large paddle on either side, slowly moving
in an attempt to block the goals. The objective of
the game is to score three points by getting the
ball past the opposing team’s paddle to touch the
back walls. The ball moves somewhat slowly,
flipping between each side of the field on
alternating rounds, unless acted upon by another
creature. The ball cannot be destroyed but can be
acted upon by magic and will respond to damage
by bouncing against the direction it was hit. A
creature can use its action to attempt to grab and
throw the ball, making an Athletics or Acrobatics
check (DC 10 minimum to catch). Any creature in
the line of the ball can make an opposing check to
catch or deflect the ball. Each time the ball is
thrown at the back wall, the paddle rolls a d20,
blocking the ball if it rolls higher than the throw.
Damaging the ball, through spells or attacks, in an
attempt to push it towards the other goal, grants
advantage on the rectangle’s roll. Creatures who
touch the rectangle take 7 (2d6) lightning damage.
Creatures who enter the side of the field that is not
their own take 7 (2d6) force damage when they
enter and at the start of each of their turns until
they return to their side of the field. Attacking
other players and warping the ball through magic
is allowed.
Prize. The winner of the game will receive the
dragon’s head, which features a scroll. The scroll is
an invitation from Cimt’rry the Laser Dragon,
offering a “most wonderful dinner and entertaining
evening” to the reader. Once the scroll has been
read, it flashes into light and vanishes, granting the
party access to the Inner Castle (area 65).
 65 - INNER CASTLE (GROUNDS) Quest Outline. To obtain the Blue Keycard the
characters must obtain it from the Laser Dragon,
As you walk through the locked door you are
Cimt’rry, something they can easily do simply by
taken aback by the abrupt change in scenery.
asking them. The dragon is a gracious host,
You are on well-maintained manor grounds, with
offering the party nearly anything they could ask
trees flanking your sides and leading on a path
for but will not allow them to leave. They are
directly to a manor. The sun is setting impossibly
considered part of the dragon’s horde, collectables
to the west. A laser kobold in a butler’s uniform
that must be maintained and kept in pristine
bows at your entrance.
condition. Part of this collection process is an
inability to “let you go soft” and the dragon will
Entrance. This area cannot be entered without
subject the party to regular fights against different
permission, gained by winning the invitation scroll
groups of monsters every evening. Over a short
in the Paddle Game room (area 64). No attempts to
period, the dragon’s control over the character’s
open the door, magic or mundane, will work.
lives will grow more intense, including choosing
Kobold. The laser kobold in this area will
foods, leisure activities, and sleep patterns, all in an
introduce themselves as Theodrax and offer
effort to keep their “collectables'' in mint condition
refreshments to the party. Theodrax is a male
(the extra battle scars from fights are either healed
kobold who wears a tuxedo, styled like a secret
quickly or considered to make the characters more
agent, with a few extra pockets that hide fun but
valuable). The characters may attempt to end the
useless gadgets. They are kind, though their speech
containment by killing the dragon, reasoning with
is direct and abrupt, ending without extra
the dragon, or by bargaining something that is
explanations unless requested. They will attempt
more valuable than they are. The last option can
to lead the characters into the manor and to
prove to be quite difficult because the characters
relieve them of their equipment, though they will
are far more valuable to Cimt’rry than any piles of
only insist with words, never resorting to violence.
gold.
Manor Grounds. This large space completely
Checkout Anytime. The players also find
encompasses the manor and is remarkably
themselves trapped here by magical means, with
beautiful. It is comfortably cool, and the air feels
any attempt to leave, either through the entrance
fresher than anything else in the Black Castle.
to the plaza or by magical means, simply leading
There are small gardens of varying flowers
them right back into the plaza. This effect ends if
scattered all over and a long row of them against
the dragon dies or if it is convinced to let the
the manor. It appears to always be night or dusk in
characters go.
this area, with just enough light to see but not
Kobolds. Throughout this area are many Laser
enough to disperse tricky shadows. Looking in the
Kobolds, some of which are directly named NPCs.
“sky” will reveal stars or a recently set sun, all of
The characters may run into more throughout and
which is a powerful illusion, requiring a Wisdom
there always seems to be one more than they
saving throw (DC 24) to see through. In reality, this
recognize throughout their stay. These kobolds are
is just a huge room within the Black Castle.
mostly loyal to Cimt’rry but do engage in small
The Master. The owner of this castle is an
acts of rebellion, sometimes as harmless pranks,
Ancient Laser Dragon named Cimt’rry. They
sometimes as dangerous acts of spite. They will
attempt to come across as soft spoken, but the veil
treat the party as honored guests and, if instigated
slips often and their somewhat capricious and even
into combat, will attempt to capture the party or
sometimes cruel nature comes out. They often
flee, instead of killing them as they know the
contradict themselves and enjoy spinning tales
consequences of harming Cimt’rry’s treasures.
that are more fiction than fact. Their jealous nature
only extends so far as controlling others and any
attempt to hold them accountable for their own
actions sends them into a rage. They are just as
vicious with their words as they are with their laser
breath. They spend a lot of time in other forms,
mostly humanoid but sometimes bestial, only
relaxing as a dragon when in the castle grounds or
their own bedroom.

295

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 66 - ENTRANCE PLAZA not in this area, these cleaning kobolds will do their
best to explain the treasures inside but have
Another kobold greets you at the door,
limited knowledge of each item’s history and
introducing themselves as Railbin and expresses
relevance.
how glad they are to see you and how pleased
Treasure. There are shiny baubles and encased
the “Master” will be too. The room they are
treasures all over the room. For some added
standing in is large, with a few items and
impact, make one of the items in this room an item
paintings on display as well as seats and chairs
of great value from one of the character’s
of various generational designs scattered about.
backstories. Here are a few items they may find
inside: Weekend at Merlin’s 4 Holo-disc (2,500gp),
Precious Oddities. The treasures on display
A sealed box of Oops All Bones (500gp), The
follow the theme of the Laser Dragon’s horde,
Muffler from a Werecar (500gp), a nearly
being things of great sentimental value or only
complete set of teeth from Fredmore the Mother
valuable as collectables. There are signed CDs,
(100gp incomplete, 1,000gp completed), A
sports jerseys, inscrutable paintings, gold-plated
Pixelated Roast Chicken (500gp, heals 6d4+6 upon
figurines, movie scripts, and a few other odds-and-
eating), Spif’s Glasses (10,000gp), 1 Bedlam Crystal
ends.
(GM’s choice), Belt of the Champ (15,000gp), A
Kobold. Railbin is a female kobold in an anime-
Divine Arm weapon (GM’s choice), 2 Headband’s of
style mech maid outfit, complete with lights and
Heroes (GM’s choice), a key to the Cubetroller
lasers that accentuate the outfit’s power. They are
display case in the other treasure room (area 58).
kind, with about half of their speech seeming to be
Easter Egg Key. On a side display, resting on a
quotes from animated films. If questioned on this
small stand with no glass case, is a large inkbrush.
trait, she will state it is at her Master’s request,
There is bright, swirling purple paint on the brush
though she will express finding some joy in
that is still wet. The other tip has the head of a
confounding guests with more obscure quotes. She
smiling lizard. When combined with the other half
and Theodrax will offer (and somewhat insist) on
of the easter egg key, by placing the brush inside
taking the character's equipment and giving them a
the bee, the key to the Easter Egg Room (area 123)
tour of the building, with the exception of the
is complete.
Master Bedroom (area 68) and the Kid’s Room
(area 72), which they will say are private.
Delicious Scent. There is the faint aroma of 68 - MASTER BEDROOM
delicious food that can be picked up here. If
questioned, the kobolds will state that dinner is The walls bend strangely inside this room,
being prepared and will take place in the Dining seeming to curve just enough to make the space
Room (area 73) with the Master shortly. seem larger than it should be. It is draped in
exotic fineries, centering on a bed that shares
the same curving properties as the room itself.
67 - DISPLAY ROOM Along the walls are signed photographs of other
adventuring groups.
You step into a large space filled with a
confusing arrangement of riches and junk. Gold
Personal Bedroom. This space is locked off
figures are proudly displayed alongside mass-
except by those allowed in by Cimt’rry themselves.
produced dolls. A few laser kobolds go about the
The dragon does not have to be persuaded hard to
work of cleaning all of the “treasure” on display.
allow guests into their room, either for showing off
There is a tension here and the kobolds eye you,
their photos or for more private interests.
looking for, and maybe hoping for, some sort of
Bending Corners. The room seems to enlarge to
response to the displays.
fit any creature that comes in it comfortably but in
reality is using tricks of perspective and some
Kobolds. There is always at least one kobold in
slight transmutation magic on the occupants to
here, each dressed in a unique uniform, that is
make the room and creatures within seem
guarding and cleaning the treasures. If questioned,
consistent to each other and their own perception
they may speak of the “Master’s other treasures”
of the room. The room is not limitless but can
(area 58) and how these are just the ones fit for
house up to thirty Medium sized creatures
display, both because of their more limited value
comfortably before the magic begins to distort.
and their perceived rarity. If Theodrax or Railbin are
296

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 The same magic is on several pieces of furniture as
well, including the bed, the couch, and any chairs
that are brought in.
Orb of Polymorph. On the bed stand is a
glowing green orb and has 2d12 charges of the
spell polymorph in it. Cimt’rry uses this on
themselves to appear in humanoid forms most
often, mostly so they can move around the castle
easily, but will also allow other creatures to use it
for fun.
69 - MASTER BATH
Shining chrome tiles mixed in with black and
white ones give this room a dazzling appearance
that distorts sight. There are rows of fine
amenities, including rarer regional toiletries, all
leading the focus to a massive bathtub that is
full of steaming water.
Bent Bath. This room is under the same effect
as the bedroom, with spaces seeming to have near
limitless room to stretch. The bath fits many inside
and is always full of water that is just barely too
hot. Anything the characters could need for their
personal grooming can be found in this room and
be used freely, with Cimt’rry’s permission.
70 - BALL ROOM
Music wafts from this room before you even
enter it and is just a bit too loud when you step
inside. Many humanoid figures dance to the
music all across the floor, their strange and
disparate costumes clashing or melding with the
tunes offered. A few kobolds dart in and around,
some of them even joining in the ongoing ball.
The Ball. When this room is not being used for
anything else, it has a continual ball going. There
are animated mannequins, all wearing “treasure”
from the Laser Dragon’s collection. The music
played is equally disparate, always moving from
genre to genre, with a higher focus on pop hits
than anything else. The mannequins are adept
dancers, being magically animated to match
whatever style of music is being played. They will
only attack to defend their clothing, caring nothing
for their bodies. They use the stat block of the
Muddie.
Multi-use. This room also serves as part of the
training area for the party. It can be quickly
rearranged to make representations of taverns,
297
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
dungeons, or other places the characters may need
to visit to keep their skills sharp. Most of the time,
the mannequins will play the part of whatever
creatures are deemed necessary by Cimt’rry,
though the dragon will occasionally throw in a real
version of a more powerful creature, to keep the
characters sharp. How they obtain these creatures
so deep in a dungeon is unclear.
Mini-Adventures. Each night, Cimt’rry will devise
a miniature version of an adventure for the
characters to go on. These adventures are always
trope filled and bland, such as saving a princess or
slaying goblins. They follow a three-act structure
where the characters meet in a central location
(usually a tavern), are given a mission by a
shadowy figure, and then finish the mission with a
fight. These “adventures” should be quick, and you
may even reduce them down to a handful of rolls
to determine the outcome. The idea is to make the
characters very bored, very quickly, with tired,
pointless adventures. To further explore Cimt’rry
and their obsession with pop culture, with a
complete inability to truly appreciate it, have some
“adventures” be lifted whole cloth from movies or
TV shows, with all the important character
moments glossed over in favor of more action.
71 - GRAND HALLWAY
This short and wide hallway is lined with
multiple paintings, photographs, caricatures,
impressions, and many other types of art, all
centering on Cimt’rry. Though some depict the
dragon alone, many have other groups in the
frame as well. This hallway seems dustier than
the others, though every piece of art is well
maintained.
Art. All of the art installations here center
around Cimt’rry, though many feature other
characters as well. The other creatures in the art
range from previous adventuring parties, political
leaders of different realms, famous artists,
musicians, actors, wondrous landmarks, and even a
few videogame characters (whether these are
cosplayers, or the actual characters is left to the
imagination). The art is not incredibly valuable,
except to Cimt’urry. For added flavor, add in a few
NPCs from the character’s background, especially
those that may have gone missing or were
supposed to be dead. If asked, Cimt’rry will be
forthcoming with information about every piece of
 art in here, the kobolds may only know a little
about each one though.
Armor. Like everything else in his horde, the
armor lining the walls here has great value to
collectors. There is the armor of heroes, villains,
and many props from movies. It will defend itself if
attacked or if an attempt to steal it is made, using
the stat blocks for animated objects and gaining
bonuses based upon how powerful the armor or
weapons may be.
Empty Space. There is a noticeably empty spot
on the wall, saved for an installation featuring the
current party and Cimt’rry.
Stolen Artifacts. Many of the landmarks
depicted in this art have gone missing, giving the
party the impression that Cimt’rry may have
somehow absconded with them. Cimt’rry will not
deny this but may dodge the exact specifics of how
they did it and where the monuments are now.
72 - KID’S ROOM
This small room is littered with interesting toys
and trinkets from across the universe. A bunk
bed with bright pony sheets and superhero
sheets on either mattress sits in one corner.
Posters line the walls and there is a closet and
dresser overflowing with clothing.
Locked. This room is locked by a few regular
locks, a small assortment of magical ones, and a
name bonded lock that only allows someone given
express permission by Cimt’rry to enter the room,
this last one opening all the locks on the door but
being just as easily taken away by a word from the
dragon. Both Railbin and Theodrax can access this
room, possessing all the needed keys and
permission.
Kid’s Stuff. There are no noticeable children in
this castle, though this room looks as though some
kids do live here, including the mess children would
typically leave. The items are of little value and a
good percentage of them are broken or torn in
some way. Cimt’rry has the kobolds keep this room
in this way in an effort to make it feel like there are
children living here. The jealous dragon desperately
wants children, but the opportunity has never
arrived, or so they state. In truth, Cimt’rry realizes
their own possession and commitment issues but
chooses to blame their lack of children on being
unable to find a suitable partner for raising their
offspring.
298
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
73 - DINING HALL
A long table stretches across the room, with one
end featuring an overly large and opulent chair
that almost seems as gigantic as the table. A
plentiful bounty of differing foods is steaming on
the table, and you can see some of your
favorites scattered throughout.
Food. The first time the characters enter this
room, there will be whatever food their characters
love most on it, piled in heaps larger than they can
eat. Cimt’rry is attempting to make a good
impression and win over the characters with this
act. Over several days, the food will change into
whatever Cimt’rry thinks is best for their living
collectables, regardless of the desires of or effects
on the characters. No matter the consequences or
flawed logic of Cimt’rry, they will not relent on the
food provided. Any continued arguing with Cimt’rry
over food will result in them withholding all food
for a short period.
Nightly Meals. Cimt’rry will demand meals with
the entire party every night. During this time, they
will either regale them with “interesting” stories or
ask the characters to regale them with their own
stories. They will also use this as a chance to keep
tabs on the characters, noting any inconsistencies
in their stories and becoming enraged if someone
does not make it to dinner.
Tall Tales. Here are a few story suggestions to
get you started with Cimt’rry’s nights. Some of
them may be true, some may be false, some may
be embellishments, you decide.
• “One time, at band camp, I ate an entire
marching band”
• “I have been dabbling in creating life and
have had more successes than failures.”
• “Did I tell you about the time I pretended to
be both the hero and the villain, just for
fun?”
• “I have reason to believe we are living in a
simulation.”
• “I was at Tonugrah when the walls fell!”
• “I once ran for president of the universe.”
• “Jay-Reth is actually afraid of me.”
• “I was once in the middle of a love
dodecahedron, full of gods and
supermodels.”
• “I’ve been to every plane of existence; I stay
here because I like it more.”
 74 - KITCHEN
75 - STORAGE CLOSET
A sizable kitchen with enough room for the half-
dozen or so kobolds running around here to Opening this door reveals a large space, much
work. A wo’nari is over the oven, yelling at the larger than it should be, full of dried and canned
other workers and managing several pots of foods.
delicious smelling food.
Dimensional Pantry. Each time this door is
Kobolds. Many laser kobolds scramble around opened, the temperature and contents inside
here when the cooking is being done, which is quite change. It appears to be linked to several
frequently. They are very good at avoiding each extradimensional spaces that are all used for
other and the party, making a point to try and storing different types of food. The binding magic
ignore anything other than their current task. of this building seems to be weakest at this point
EZ-Chef. A noticeably out of place moon wo’nari and given powerful enough magic and a good
is here and they appear to run this place. Their enough distraction, may prove to be useful as a
name is Lain Stickypaw, though most everyone possible escape route. Anything less than a 7th
kobold in the kitchen refers to them as “boss” level spell will be ineffective and then only if
instead. They have been taken in, the same as the Cimt’rry is wholly distracted. Escape this way will
other characters, and are expected to act as the result in the dragon beginning to track the players
“chef collectable” they were obtained to be. They in an effort to drag them back. There is no set
bristle against the contaminant but have accepted solution for using this way to escape so allow the
they could not manage escape by themselves. characters to experiment with different ideas to fill
They will help the party plot to escape in any way in the gaps.
they can.
Lain borders on rude but only because they feel
as though their time is being severely wasted here.
Their skills in the kitchen are impeccable and they
are able to seamlessly blend nutrition and taste in
a way only a master could. They are the last
remaining member of a party of collectable
several sets ago but will not talk about this openly,
as this information being revealed would upset
Cimt’rry.
If the party decides to attack Cimt’rry, Lain will
join in happily. They use the stat block of an
assassin. Unless the party has spent some time
bonding with Lain, they will be quite selfish in
battle. If they can escape with the party, they will
travel with them only far enough to get close
enough to the Lobby (area 1) to leave the Black
Castle.
Food. Stealing food from the kitchen will result
in harder foes for the characters to face and abuse
of Lain.

299

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


76 - GUEST HALLWAY
You see a small hallway with three doors on one
side and a window at the end. A few paintings
hang on the wall, each of them seems
somewhat familiar.
Art. The art in this room, which includes
paintings, tapestries, and statuettes; are all
centered around the party. While there are some
representations of the party during their time in
Warren’s Grove, there are also some from before
that adventure or even from the character’s
backstory. Cimt’rry has been following the party’s
exploits for some time and wanted to have some
high points captured in the art. The art has little
value, except to others who idolize the party.
Window. Looking through the window here will
show an illusion of a vast rolling plan of white
flowers. An Investigation check (DC 18) will break
the illusion.
77 - GUEST ROOM 1
This room has a few beds in it with several
amenities that stand out to a few on your team.
Highly Personalized. This guest room is
designed to be a peaceful resting place for a few
members of the party. The items and layout of this
room changes heavily depending on what
characters in your party it was designed for. It is a
shared space though and some items may cross
between characters’ interests. Most basic amenities
can be found in this room, and it can comfortably
house four Medium sized characters.
Hidden Gems. An Investigation check (DC 18) will
reveal a small set of floorboards that are uneven.
Underneath the boards is a small crawl space, big
enough to fit a single Medium sized creature. There
are nearly completely decomposed bones of a
humanoid figure, adorned in tattered clothing that
once appeared vibrant. There are a few remaining
golden teeth and small accessories, worth a total
of 1,000gp.
Window. The window here is much like the one
in the hallway but offers an illusion that is highly
personalized to those inside. Whatever they see in
the window is something all the creatures who are
intended to stay in this room find agreeable. An
Investigation check (DC 18) will break the illusion.
300
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
78 - BATHING ROOM
A stark white room nearly blinds you as you step
into the oddly sterile bathroom. Even after a
moment here, the bright white tile and intense
light is hard on your eyes.
Everything Needed. This bathroom is
immaculate and well stocked, offering some
personalized grooming items within.
Additional Challenge. Make the toilet a mimic,
just for fun.
79 - GUEST ROOM 2
A guest bedroom, complete with several beds
and littered with things that catch your eyes.
Oh, Them. Like the other guest room, this room
is designed to be used by some specific party
members. Unlike that room, there are some
remnants from a previous adventuring party here.
(If the party is not large enough to need the use of
this room, it is filled with items meant for a
different party.) Questioning the other items in
here will result in Railblin explaining that Cimt’rry’s
“previous collectables” had lost their value and
were no longer here. There are several common
and uncommon magical items in this room,
including leftover magical weapons and armor, all
of it marked with things like signs of
personalization, family crests, or even blood. The
characters will be asked not to disturb the items,
but any pilfering of the items will not be
questioned, so long as it is not done directly in
front of the staff or Cimt’rry. The items are not set
and should be used as a chance to bolster the
team with minor magical items. Whatever is left
over will be removed during the next day at dusk,
the room being cleaned of anything not belonging
to the current party.
One Remains. One member of the previous
party is still within the manor grounds, a restless
named Eromderf who cannot be discovered until
this room is explored. A casual walk around the
backside of the manor grounds will reveal a few
skeletal fingers sticking out of the ground to any
characters with a passive perception of 15 or
higher. Eromderf will attempt to help the party
escape in any way they can, doing their best to
remain hidden. If they are discovered by the
kobolds, they will simply vanish within a few hours,
quietly disposed of by Cimt’rry.
Eromderf has only scant memories of their life
before being a restless, knowing only their hate for
 Cimt’rry. They are very absentminded and have
trouble following basic commands. Despite this,
they are a potent magic user, using the mage stat
block in battle. They are kind and silly, enjoying
juvenile humor openly and with great joy. Though
their spacey and childish nature makes them
somewhat difficult to hide, their help in challenging
Cimt’rry is impossible to deny.
Mimic. There is a mimic in this room, pretending
to be something from the previous party. If it does
not attack the party, it will be discovered after a
day or so, munching on one of the kobold staff.
80 - BREAK ROOM 2
Electricity buzzes above you and there is the
scent of food cooking in the air. The room
appears to be a break area, with a few chairs, a
table, and a small counter featuring two
microwaves and a coffee machine on it.
Microwave. One of the microwave doors is
slightly ajar and the scent of a burrito wafts from
it. In reality, the microwave is a mimic and is using
the allure of a hot burrito (which is not a mimic) to
trap adventurers. The other microwave is just a
microwave.
Multi-Mimic. At this point, the characters may
have become frustrated at dealing with so many
mimics in this castle. Do not relent in this. The
Black Castle is full of mimics, as Jay-Reth loves the
things, and no object should be trusted. We advise
making more mimics than we have laid out in the
adventure and to especially use them when the
party may be preoccupied with a larger threat. You
might go so far as to have a magical weapon or
armor set the characters picked up earlier become
a mimic in the heat of battle.
Coffee Machine. The coffee machine seems to
have day-old coffee in it. Investigating the grounds
will reveal a potion of healing hidden within.
Vending Machine. There is a nearly empty
vending machine in this room, featuring only minor
food items.
Secret Door. There is a secret door behind a
large poster of safety rules on the far wall,
requiring an Investigation check (DC 18) to discover.
The rules on the door all deal with safety
regulations for worshipers and workers of Pahku-
Pahku. Though they seem different, all of them boil
down to “don’t get eaten.”
301
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
81 - BLANK ROOM
The room is stark white, with walls that are
there but hard to define. The doors stand in stark
contrast to the definition of this space and
almost seem to be floating in nothing. There is a
small, yellow and black sign on the wall.
Sign. The small sign resembles a caution sign,
with several symbols adorning it that mean danger
in different contexts and to different species. It
reads “There is nothing in this room. Do not
investigate.” Except for the secret door, the sign is
correct. It is, however, impossibly clean, empty, and
quiet here. Creatures who spend more than 5
minutes in this room must make a Wisdom saving
throw (DC 20) or become frightened of the room,
forcing them to flee it.
Secret Door. There is a secret door on one wall
that is almost impossible to detect against the
blank walls. An Investigation check (DC 22) will
reveal it. It leads to the Racetrack Room (area 86).
82 - PAHKU-PAHKU TEMPLE
A massive hall stretches before you. Several
onyx pillars, covered in carvings of indistinct and
threatening specters line the walls. A large
empty throne, with a strangely rounded seat,
sits at the end of the hall, flanked by two large
doors.
Locked Doors. The two doors behind the large
throne are locked, both of them being openable
from the same key. The key can be purchased from
any vending machine for 5,000gp.
 Side Doors. On the opposite sides of the room
there are two smaller doors. They lead to the
Employee Room (80a) and the Blank Room (80b).
Temple. This room is dripping in prestige and
pomp. There is gold inlaid into the pillars, accenting
the myriad screaming faces of the specters. The
large throne is made of gold and velvet, with a thin
platform bolting it to the floor. It is worth 10,000gp
but is far too heavy and cumbersome for all but
the most dedicated adventurers to take. A set of
holy clothing rests in the middle of the seat. A
large rug on the floor depicts the god Pahku-Pahku
consuming universes.
Holy Robes. The clothing in the seat is ancient
holy clothing for the servants of Pahku-Pahku.
Though it can be worn by anyone, those who serve
Pahku-Pahku can attune to the robes like a magic
item and gain +2 to their Spell Attack and Spell
Save DC.
83 - HALLWAYS TO PAHKU’S DOMAINS
Small murals on the walls tell a story in this
short hallway.
Opposing Stories. Each hallway tells the same
story, from opposing sides. The great Pahku is
consuming a planet and powerful wizards are
attempting to repel the god. One of the murals is
302
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
told from the acolytes of Pahku’s perspective,
where the god is seen as a cleansing force. The
consumption of the planet is represented as a holy
union, where pain and suffering end and the evil
wizards are portrayed as harbingers of suffering.
Their power is not enough to match the god’s and
the planet is consumed, though the spirits of the
wizards refuse to integrate into the new paradise
inside Pahku-Pahku, choosing instead to become
vengeful wraiths that try to corrupt paradise.
The other mural is from the perspective of the
wizards, who are simply attempting to protect their
planet from being consumed. Pahku is initially
portrayed, not as a terrible evil, but much like an
apocalyptic force of nature. In this mural, they are
seen speaking to joyful followers of Pahku,
discovering the god’s true malice. After their failed
attempts to protect the planet, through barriers,
attacks, and teleportation, they use their last
remaining power to become wraith-like creatures,
a sort of spiritual lich, and begin their quest to kill
the god and reclaim all that has been lost.
Whichever hallway tells which story is up to the
GM.

84 - PAHKU PORTAL ROOM
A small, curved room pulls your eyes to a raised
platform. Hovering above the platform is a large
dark portal, with harsh pixelated edges. Inside
the portal you can see faint blue lines.
Portal. There is nothing of interest in this room
except the portal. The portal is deactivated,
requiring a special token from the Runway and
Backstage (area 21) to activate. If the characters did
not succeed in the challenge of that room, or if
they fail this challenge and must try again, the
token can be purchased from a vending machine
for 5,000gp. Stepping through takes the characters
to the Pahku Challenge Arena (area 84), appearing
in the left portal in that area. They can still be seen
through the portal but entering through the portal
they were ejected from takes them to the other
side of the Pahku Arena Challenge.
85 - PAHKU ARENA CHALLENGE
Stepping through the portal, you are greeted
with glowing blue walls and strangely dark
hallways. There is an eerie quiet about this place
that sets unease in your bones. This labyrinth
feels out of place, not just in the castle, but in
reality, itself.
Challenge. The labyrinth has four strange
potions scattered throughout. The exact locations
are up to the GM but should not be right next to
each other. In the center of the labyrinth is a small
room with a locked door. The door cannot be
opened and any attempts to move inside the area,
through teleportation or by moving through the
walls, fails. There are four ghosts inside, which can
phase through the door but no other walls in this
area, and begin to hunt for characters after 1
minute, with another ghost joining the hunt every
minute after. Inside the small room is an exit portal
and the Green Keycard sitting on a small dais. The
door to this room opens, and the characters can
leave, once all four potions are collected.
Ghosts. The ghosts in this challenge should
pertain specifically to the characters within it. They
can be dead NPCs, previous characters, or slain
boss monsters. If the Karma Chameleon has killed
and replaced a character, bring the dead character
back as a ghost here. If no such options are
available, simply make the ghosts dinosaurs of
your choice.
303
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
The ghosts will relentlessly hunt the characters,
using all of their abilities to kill them. Whenever
they exit their small room, they do not immediately
know where the characters are. If they cannot see
or hear the characters, they will roam the halls of
the labyrinth until they find them. If a ghost is
killed, it simply returns to the center room and is
placed last in the rotation of ghosts to appear from
the room, respawning with half its max hit points
but recovering no expended abilities or spells.
Ghosts here are exactly the same as their
physical counterparts, except they gain the
following attributes.
Resistances. They are resistant to acid, fire,
lightning, thunder and bludgeoning, piercing, and
slashing damage from non-magical attacks.
Immunities. They are immune to cold, necrotic,
and poison damage.
Condition Immunities. They are immune to
being charmed, exhausted, grappled, paralyzed,
petrified, poisoned, prone, and restrained.
Ethereal Sight. They can see 60 feet into the
Ethereal Plane when they are on the Material
Plane and vice versa.
Incorporeal Movement. They can move through
another creature’s or object’s space (though not
through the walls of this area) as if it were
difficult terrain. They take 5 (1d10) force damage
if they end their turn inside an object or creature,
other than another ghost, which it can occupy
and move through freely.
Ethereal. They can enter the Ethereal Plane
from the Material Plane and back again as a free
action once on their turn. It is visible while on
either plane but can only be interacted with by
creatures on the plane it currently inhabits.
Potions. The scattered potions in this area are
highly pixelated and blue. They are likely in the
corners but otherwise should be placed in areas
which require the characters to explore and often
be put in danger. If drunk, the potions will allow the
drinker to interact with creatures on the Ethereal
and Material plane freely and at the same time for
1 minute. During this time, all ghosts in this area
are Frightened of the potion drinker. The potions do
not have to be consumed for the door in the center
room to open, simply obtained.
Goodpellets. Every 5 feet in this maze is a
single, glowing and floating, goodberry. They are in
a state of suspended animation and do not begin
degrading until taken. Unless in combat, or other
 unstable activities, the orbs can be avoided easily.
Otherwise, a creature must succeed on a Dexterity
saving throw (DC 12) or knock the berry to the
ground. Failing by 5 or more will crush the berry.
The ghosts cannot interact with the berries. When
a berry is interacted with, in any way, it makes a
small pinging noise, which the ghosts can hear, no
matter where they are in the maze.
Sound. This entire maze is impossibly quiet, with
every sound being quite muffled. Footsteps are
almost inaudible unless stomping and voices carry
only a few feet. This does not affect spellcasting or
other abilities reliant on sound and should mainly
be used to unsettle the characters. The ghosts may
occasionally scream, especially when a goodberry
is interacted with, letting the characters know the
ghost’s approximate location.
Portals. The portals to either side of this area
correspond to each other, warping characters to
the other side of the labyrinth. There is a single exit
portal in the center room, leading to the Pahku
Portal room (area 83). There is otherwise no
escape from this room, magical or otherwise. The
ghosts cannot interact with the portals.
Additional Challenge. To add a bit more tension
to the room, have a Pizza Slime, that is Large sized
(Damage Dice are d10) that is immune to all
damage, hunt the characters. It will eat the berries
in its path and destroy the specters as well but is
only focused on the party. It cannot leave this area
and will dissolve into goo once the fourth potion is
obtained.
86 - PORTAL ROOM B1
A single, short streetlight shines above a
telephone booth in the corner of this room. The
light hums and the air is still.
Environment. Like other rooms in the castle, this
area is painted to give the impression of being
outside. While the phone booth is to scale, the
streetlight and any other items in the room are
painted to be tricks of perspective. The murals give
the illusion of nighttime, and the streetlamp is the
only source of light in this unnaturally dark room.
This room is surprisingly clean and unsettlingly
quiet, giving the characters a slight chill of unease
when they enter.
Phone Booth Portal. This portal is unlike the
others, not being an obvious place to teleport. If a
creature picks up the phone and places it to their
ear, they are instantly teleported to Portal Room
304
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
B2 (area 102) with no perceptible transition. While
this normally requires a token to be put in the
phone, much like the other portals, the first time it
happens in either room, the phone will have
already received a token.
Disorientation. Transporting between these two
rooms is an instantaneous and seamless process.
The users have no idea they have been teleported
into a new room and to onlookers, the user simply
vanishes. Both of these portal rooms are almost
completely identical, with the only difference being
the position of the exit door.
87 - RACETRACK ROOM
The sound of huge motors assaults your ears as
you step into an area buzzing with electricity and
intense speeds.
Racecars. This area is a compacted racetrack
with a purple and a white vehicle that drive on two
rails set into the track. They are covered in cool
decals and have speakers that blast roaring engine
sounds from them. Despite their appearance, they
are made of rather flimsy plastic and prone to
coming off the tracks. Regardless of where a
creature is on the track, they must make a
Dexterity saving throw (DC 20) at the start of every
other turn, to avoid being hit by either car. On a
failed save, they take 11 (2d10) bludgeoning
damage and are pushed to the nearest unoccupied
space. Failing the saving throw by 5 or more will
have them falling onto the hood of the car and
being pushed to the opposite side of the track by
the start of their next turn. The pushed creature
can use their turn to get off the car, making an
additional Dexterity saving throw (DC 20) getting
off the car regardless of their success but taking 11
(2d10) bludgeoning damage on a failure. Whenever
the car hits a creature, or is hit (AC 18), it must roll
a d20. On a 1, the car spins off the tracks and out of
control, Each creature in its spiraling path must
succeed on a Dexterity saving throw (DC 22) or
take 22 (4d10) bludgeoning damage, being pinned
under the car if they fail the throw by 5 or more.
On the following turn, the second car will crash,
flipping over the first and causing the same
damage, and forcing the same saving throws, as
the first. If both cars are stopped in this way, they
will no longer be a danger to the party, unless they
leave the room and enter it again, by which time
the race will have been reset by whomever is
 controlling it. The drivers appear to be inanimate
mannequins.
Ambiance. This area is noisy, with cheers
coming from seemingly nowhere and the roaring
“engines” of the cars. Traversal and combat here
should feel frantic and fast paced as the party
attempts to avoid being run over. It’s obvious that
someone is in control of the cars, as they
sometimes speed up, attempting to hit the
characters, though who exactly holds the controls
is unknown.
Additional Challenge. Though this room is
designed to be a minor roadblock, you can increase
the challenge by having holo-beasts litter the area,
delaying the party with combat while the holo-
beasts that are smashed by the car simply appear
elsewhere in this room.
88 - TANK COMBAT ZONE
A large black space stretches out before you,
being bound by long gridlines and harsh right
angles. Several primitive shapes slowly traverse
the field. One stops, takes notice of you, and
aims a large blocky appendage at you.
Immediate Combat. As soon as a character
enters the room, they should be attacked by the
Gridtanks.
Gridtanks. There are 2d4+2 Gridtanks in this
area, all randomly placed whenever this room is
entered for the first time. They will fight amongst
themselves if the party is not within range.
Whenever one is destroyed, another will appear
after 1 minute. Each time one is destroyed, this
timer is reset. There can be no more than twelve in
this room at a single time.
Shifting Environment. This large area is not
entirely set in stone and will shift as it is traversed.
Large stones, sheers walls, fake buildings, and deep
caverns may appear and disappear. At Initiative
count 20 (or when it seems thematically
appropriate) roll a d20. On a 10 or less, nothing
changes. On 11-17, a single obstacle moves from
one space to another unoccupied space. On 18-19 A
completely new obstacle enters the arena in an
unoccupied space. On a 20, a new obstacle (or
gridtank or holo-beast if thematically appropriate)
enters an occupied space and the impacted
creature is pushed to the nearest unoccupied space
and must succeed on a Dexterity saving throw (DC
20) or take 11 (2d10) force damage. While the
actions of this room seem somewhat random, they
305
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
are actually controlled by the goblins in the
Battlezone Control Room (area 88).
Secret Door. There is a secret door at the far
side of this room, appearing as a misaligned grid
line in the wall. An Investigation check (DC 14) will
reveal it and allow it to be opened.
Additional Challenge. To surprise the party, have
1d4 Low-Poly Guards occasionally waiting behind
cover they attempt to take refuge behind.
89 – COMBAT ZONE CONTROL ROOM
Electronic whirring and curses in goblin can be
heard as soon as the door opens.
Controls. This room controls the Gridtanks in
the previous room, as well as the shifting
environment. 2d4+2 goblins are in this room,
running the controls. They will attempt to flee,
rather than face directly. If forced into combat,
they will attempt to surrender or attack enough for
an escape to present itself.
Leader. Also at the controls is a mecamorpher
synthetic named Wraith, who does not run when
the party enters the room. They have a militaristic
appearance, resembling a videogame
representation of a tank with legs. They explain
that they were told by Jay-Reth that the true
challenge was taking out other adventurers within
Warren’s Grove and saw this as the least risky way
to do it. The goblins, while not allied with Wraith,
did look up to them for having the highest score in
this game, racking up several thousand points in
“kills,” against both adventurers and other tanks.
Their sheer skill at the game caused the goblins to
be too intimidated to attack them, forming a close
analog to a friendly rivalry.
Wraith will only briefly discuss their objectives
with the party before drawing their blade. They use
the stats of a Gladiator and gains the Pack Tactics
ability when there are allied
goblins within range. They also
have a Shot attack: Ranged
Weapon Attack: +7 to hit,
range 60/120 ft., one
target. Hit: 11 (2d10 + 4)
fire damage. The attack
comes from a small
cannon on their chest.
Wraith is overly confident
in both speech and battle
and will not join the party
under any circumstances.
 90 - BACKROOM 1
Stagnant air greets you in this oddly still room.
Tan wallpaper and carpet line the area, with
several fluorescent lights buzzing in the ceiling.
The quiet holds an energy that feels both
familiar and dangerous.
Liminal. This room and the following rooms are
mostly empty spaces, with the absence of anything
immediately noticeable being something used to
unsettle the characters. They should get the idea
that this space is not something to be explored,
that they are not supposed to be here.
Unsettle. While these rooms should be
unsettling, we caution putting anything
immediately spooky (such as enemies, skeletons,
or bloodstains) in the first room or so. Allow the
characters to explore a little more, using their
curiosity to draw them further into the rooms.
Secret Door. The secret door in each
consecutive room is simply a door covered in
wallpaper. It appears to be out of place if observed,
requiring an Investigation check (DC 10) or a
Passive Perception of 14 or higher to be recognized
as a door. The DC increases by +2 for each new
room (Max DC 18, until Backroom 5 (area 93).
Compressed. The following rooms will get
smaller but will feature the same basic layout and
markers of this room. As each room gets smaller,
they should appear not to shrink but to appear to
be “cut from” larger rooms, with geometry
becoming erratic. The hallways between them
feature the same design and cutting effects.
91 - BACKROOM 2
The room before you appears no different than
the last, except that it is slightly darker.
Return Trip. If the characters come back
through this room from deeper ones, have the
lights go out as soon as they enter. Then will then
be ambushed by 1d4+1 Shatterlings.
Compression. This room has the same basic
construction as the last but may have several
small incongruities. Examples could be walls that
just out only a few inches, misaligned lights, or
small stains that follow along one axis but not
another.
306
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
92 - BACKROOM 3
The world around you becomes noticeably less
cohesive in this small and dark space. The floor
beneath you twists and the walls sway.
Moving World. This small space is disorienting,
with a flickering light above that accentuates the
moving walls and carpet. The wallpaper and floors
shift and twist, like a glitching video game texture.
Creatures who can see the effect must succeed on
a Wisdom saving throw (DC 12) or have their
movement speed halved in all of the Backroom
areas. They can repeat the saving throw every
minute, ending the effect on a success. Attempting
to fix or break the above light will cause the party
to be attacked by an incredibly bright Holo-Beast
(bear).
Return Trip. If the party comes back through his
room, it will be pitch black and knocking can be
heard from inside the walls.
93 - BACKROOM 4
Light assaults you as you enter this tiny space.
The loud electrical humming is nearly
unbearable.
Moving World. Like the previous room, the floor
and walls “move” in this area. However, the light in
this room is incredibly bright and buzzes loudly.
Compact. This space is incredibly small but has
all the notable features of previous rooms.
Opening any of the doors is difficult.
Return Trip. Unless the light is broken, nothing
will change for this room. If the light is broken, any
characters without darkvision or a light source
must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw (DC 16) or
somehow become lost in the pitch black and tiny
room. They will then begin to take 3 (1d6) psychic
damage each turn until they either succeed on the
saving throw or use a light source to illuminate the
room.
 94 - BACKROOM 5
Light has abandoned you, but the buzzing
persists.
Darkness. This room is coated in magical
darkness, allowing creatures to only see a
maximum of 1 foot ahead of them with any light
source or darkvision. Only truesight can pierce the
darkness and even then, this area appears dank
and dim.
Non-Euclidean. This area begins to break down
as soon as it is stepped in. Though the room is
relatively small, creatures exploring it can get
easily lost. Each creature in the room must make a
Wisdom saving throw (DC 18) each minute or
become hopelessly separated from the rest of the
party. Creatures who fail the saving throw by 5 or
more will never be able to find the door which they
came in without help, regardless of any future
successful saving throws. The room is as large or
small as it needs to be at any given time, with
space and sound contorting to collect or separate
the party as needed.
Monsters in the Dark. Separated creatures will
be attacked by either a Tallblin, Shatterling, b-
R1pp3R, or a Corruption Elemental (GM’s choice).
Secret Door. There is a secret door behind a bit
of torn wallpaper, requiring an Investigation check
(DC 24) to find. While it is possible for the entire
party to find this door, it is recommended to twist
the room in such a way that only one or two
discover it at once.
95 - BACKROOM 6
A glitching portal twitches and spirals before
you. Swirls of errant black lines twist and
converge in the flowing, dim light.
Random Portal. This portal is always active and
will take a creature to a random portal within the
rest of the castle. Creatures who jump through at
the same time will still be randomly teleported.
Roll a d8 to determine which room they teleport
to.
d8 Portal Location
1 Portal Room C1 (area 25)
2 Portal Room B1 (area 86)
3 Portal Room A1 (area 8)
4 Portal Room D2 (area 108)
307
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
5 Portal Room C2 (area 51)
6 Portal Room A2 (area 114)
7 Portal Room B2 (area 102)
8 Portal Room D1 (area 49)
96 - OTOTO GROTTO
A hard black space is accented with glowing
shrubs, trees, and vining plants. All of the plant
life is a harsh primary color and growing out of
the remains of broken robots.
Battle Lab. Several OTOTO creatures are in this
room (1d6+1) and are fighting an endless sea of
robolins (3d8). Their mindless battle is only
interrupted by the party, who they attack just as
readily as each other. There is no allegiance and no
teamwork amongst the creatures, with slaughter
being their only goal. If one is killed, another will
respawn after 1 minute in a random location within
the room. Dead robots, be they robolin or OTOTO,
will begin to grow plants out of them at a rapid
pace.
Layout. The “walls” created by the broken
remains of other robots and the incongruous,
digital plants growing from them give the room the
basic outline of an OTOTO face. These “walls” can
be traversed, as difficult terrain, or give 3/4 cover if
hidden within.
Sound. Sounds in this room feel digitized, with
layers of compression being added over things
such as speech and combat.
Secret Door. There is a doorway poorly hidden
behind a single large tree growing from robotic
remains. A Perception check (DC 13) or Passive
Perception of the same will allow a creature to
discover it. The creatures in this room will no
longer engage a creature who steps
through this doorway.
 97 - HOT SPRING REST
Hot, moist air wafts towards you. Swirling steam
beckons you to walk deeper.
Hot Springs. There is a relaxing hot springs rest
in this room, with long hallways offering a gradual
transition into the steam. Benches are placed in the
hallway, giving creatures a place to rest based on
what level of steam they want. The entire place is
lightly obscured, limiting vision in the hallways to
10 feet at most and in the bath itself to a maximum
of 5 feet. Taking a short rest in this area will heal a
creature twice the amount of each hit dice used. A
long rest here will remove up to two levels of
exhaustion.
Party of One. There is a cosmic dwarf named
Deep Johnson resting in the springs. They are
beautiful, with a permanent smile on their face and
a beard full of odd trinkets they have collected
from visitors. He has been lounging in the water for
a long time, possibly years, and is excited to see
the party. They have general knowledge of the
castle but as it existed many years ago. Any
information they offer is approximately correct at
best and some information is for rooms that no
longer even exist. They have no desire to leave and
will only attempt to keep the party by having long
conversations that never seem to have a point.
Deep is keen on whatever gossip they can
squeeze out of the party. They will gladly trade
gossip for gossip, sometimes using the veil of truth
or dare games to get more juicy details out. Their
happy demeanor is infectious and most creatures
who rest in the pool find themselves sucked into
Deep’s stories, personal questions, and giggly aura.
If attacked, Deep will dive under the water and
vanish. They will return after 1d6 days. Where they
go during this time is a mystery.
Negative Version. On occasion, this room will
shift to a negative version of itself, with acid steam
coating the place. Creatures within take 3 (1d6) acid
damage each turn until they leave the area. Have a
creature roll a d20 each time they or the party
(one roll for either situation) enter the area. On a 1,
this room shifts to the acid version, reverting to its
original state once each creature leaves. In this
alternate version, Deep cannot be found.
Hot Tub. The hot tub is under the effects of the
spell Temporal Tub. If the characters fall asleep,
use this opportunity to reset some traps and alter
a few areas within the castle. Alternatively, you can
use this to transport them for a spooky adventure
to Sui’kune Lake (Lasers & Liches Halloween
308
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Special 2018), with the exit portal to that realm
leading them back to any number of portals in this
castle.
98 - LAST CHANCE HALLWAY
Gentle muzak resonates in a cool and clean
hallway. A few padded chairs line the walls and a
sty-ceran sits reading a magazine. A vending
machine buzzes and a strange platform rests
next to locked doors.
Calm Setting. This area is incredibly, and
somewhat infuriatingly, calm. The padded chairs
are comfortable, if a little well worn. The room
seems air conditioned and is just a little colder than
comfortable. Several magazines and bent up
novels are scattered across small tables with such
titles as “Villains Monthly,” “Rolling Golems,” and
“Dim Matter.” The music above is jazzy renditions of
pop music and is occasionally interrupted by
announcements that warn the party that this is the
final stop before an irreversible encounter.
Help Window. Another receptionist window is
here, with KA-Ram again meeting the party and
letting them know very little about the challenges
ahead. They will insist that the characters get all
their things in order, as the doors ahead are the
gateways to the final challenges of Warren’s
Grove.
Secret Door. A decorative tarp of Jay-Reth
standing triumphantly with the words “The future
is safe; the past is Us!” is covering a secret door.
The secret door is rather obvious once the tarp is
moved, requiring only an Investigation check (DC
12) to discover it behind the tarp.
Vending Machine. There is a fully operable
vending machine here. It is completely stocked and
holds most items available.
A Little Help. A sty-ceran named Grub is resting
in a chair, reading a copy of “Space-Time”
magazine. They seem quite bored and, while they
will notice the party arriving, will not talk with
them unless engaged first. They will offer to fight
 99 - TRIFECTA TRIALS
A shallow triangular pool is surrounded by three
comparable pearlescent floors. The triangular
floors each have a slightly raised obsidian
platform in the center of them. The entire area
thrums with ancient energy and a lonely,
familiar tune resonates softly in the air, just
quietly enough that you’re not sure if the sound
is real or in your head.

Challenge Room. This area is designed to

challenge the party in different ways, with each
platform offering a trial suited to whatever
creature wants to face it. Only one creature can
participate in the challenge at a time and any
assistance from other creatures will cause the
challenge to end (only during the challenge,
previously applied bonuses and boons will not
affect the challenge). Only a single creature can
only receive the boon from completing a single
challenge and cannot participate in another.
Challenge of Charisma (99a). The northmost
in the coming battles (area 119, 120, 121, and 122),
triangle is the challenge of charisma. Standing on
for a split of the treasure. They use the stat block
the pedestal will cause a shadow version of the
for a veteran.
participating creature to rise from the water (via
Grub is somewhat of a mystery, as they refuse
the Linked Shadow spell). The shadow will loudly
to speak much beyond basic commands and
proclaim two truths and a lie about the creature
affirmations in combat. They are relentless in
they are copying, preferably centering on
battle and take great pains to protect the party
embarrassing or revealing secrets the rest of the
they sign up with. They will not leave to explore
party is unaware of. The participating creature can
more of the castle and will offer no help or
choose to ignore the game or declare the lie a
information on the surrounding areas. If they are
truth, ending the game and failing the challenge. In
able to help the party complete the final few
either case, the shadow disappears, and the
battles, they will take their share of the gold and
challenge cannot be attempted by the same
disappear into the world.
creature again. If they own the truth (and by
Save Point. There is a strange platform next to
extension, accept themselves), they are granted
the vending machine. It has a cardboard sign taped
the Boon of Charisma. They can choose to have
onto the wall behind it that says “SAVE POINT OUT
advantage on a single Charisma based ability,
OF ORDER” in sloppy black marker. An Investigation
attack roll, or saving throw once before finishing a
check (DC 20) will reveal a missing energy core
short rest.
which can be found in the Repair Room (area 116).
Challenge of Strength (99b). The westmost
Repairing it will allow a creature to cast the spell
triangle is the challenge of strength. Standing on
Checkpoint a single time on a creature without
the pedestal will cause a shadow version of the
expending a spell slot, at double the normal cost of
participating creature to rise from the water (via
the material components. It will generate a small,
the Linked Shadow spell). Floating above the duo
gold plated, wooden statuette of the creature who
will be a glowing Bedlam Crystal (the color should
used it.
correspond most directly to an attribute of the
Red Keycard. The double doors that lead into
participating creature.) The shadow will bow and
the final encounters for this castle (area 119) are
draw their weapon before rushing towards the
locked by the Red Keycard.
crystal. The shadow will attack the participating
character only if they try to take the crystal for
themselves or prevent the shadow from reaching
it. If the participating creature attacks the shadow
309

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 but then backs off, the shadow will ignore them 100 - HALL OF MIRRORS
and resume struggling to jump up towards the
This small hallway is lined with distorted mirrors
crystal. Any interruptions from the party will cause
that reflect the party in all sorts of silly, ghastly,
the shadow to vanish, forfeiting the trial. The
and bizarre ways.
crystal will always be just out of reach, disallowing
attempts to fly at it and magical means used to
Fun-House Mirrors. This small hallway is lined in
snag it from the air. To obtain it, and complete the
many mirrors that bend and wave in different
challenge, the participating creature must lift up
ways, offering a humorous distraction for the
their own shadow (No DC), metaphorically lifting
party. An Investigation check (DC 25) will reveal
themselves, and allow the shadow to snag the
that something is not quite right with the mirrors.
crystal. Once this inner strength has been
Though it is hard to see because of all the other
displayed, the creature will be given the Boon of
distortions, some abnormal twists will appear, such
Strength and the shadow will vanish with the
as darkened eyes and asynchronous movements.
crystal. The Boon of Strength allows them to
These distortions become even greater each
choose to have advantage on a single Strength
successive time the party moves through this area,
based ability check, attack roll, or saving throw
reducing the DC to discover it by 5 each time. By
once before finishing a short rest. In addition, the
the third time they go through the passageway, a
Bedlam Crystal will appear somewhere in their
Glass Shadow will break through one of the
belongings within 1d6 days.
mirrors and attack the party. If it is defeated, the
Challenge of Will (99c). The eastmost triangle is
mirrors will return to “normal” but begin the cycle
the challenge of will. Standing on the pedestal will
again. There are, at max, 24 mirrors in this
cause several shadows to appear, all of them being
hallway.
simple illusions, except for one copy of themselves
(via the Linked Shadow) spell. The shadow copy
will politely ask the participating creature to move, 101 - STRANDED ROOM
while the copy takes their place on the pedestal.
A load of bricks and broken glass are splayed on
The illusions will then begin to replicate a moment
the floor, scarred around two children’s sized
of failure from the participating creature’s past,
beds. A toy box with windmills is next to a
either from their backstory or from during the
dollhouse of a house that feels familiar.
campaign, whatever would be more impactful. The
Everything is covered in cobwebs, including the
shadows will play whatever parts are needed while
two small skeletons pushed into the corner.
the copy will urge the participating creature to
reject this past, promising they can change it here
Transposed Room. This room appears to have
and now. This is a lie, as the challenge is only
been transported, whole cloth, from a somewhat
passable if a character accepts their past, reliving
dark Victorian household. The bricks and glass that
and ultimately moving beyond their failures,
line the floor and following halls are from the
becoming more whole in the process. Any
room and are pulled from the walls to open up
attempts to change the past (by any meaningful
pathways into other rooms in the castle.
degree, errors in memory notwithstanding) will
Split Ghosts. There is spiritual energy in this
cause the trial to end in failure. Moving through
room, tied to the small skeletons in this room, but
whatever memories are needed and accepting the
the energy is not strong enough for the ghosts to
past as it will grant the participating creature the
do anything more than appear as hazy visions just
Boon of Will. They can choose to have advantage
outside the periphery of the party.
on a single Wisdom based ability check, attack roll,
Toys. Several toys in this room are worth quite
or saving throw once before finishing a short rest.
a bit but to the right collector, including Cimt’rry.
(A note: This challenge in particular may be
This includes but is not limited to a bizarre stuffed
emotionally challenging in some ways. As always,
skeleton (5,000 gp), a dollhouse (2,000 gp), and a
please consult with your players before moving
collection of vampire themed trading cards
forward with situations like this. As a backup, you
(incomplete set, 500 gp).
can have them participate in a simple game, like a
“shell game,” that requires a Perception check of DC
20 or more.)

310

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 102 - PORTAL ROOM B2 leave the castle but is afraid they cannot do it on
their own, choosing instead to hide. They will offer
A single, short streetlight shines above a
cooked rats to the party in return for helping them
telephone booth in the corner of this room. The
reach the entrance.
light hums and the air is still.
Crackleroobbern is a timid creature, an
especially strange trait for a trog. They will offer to
Environment. Like other rooms in the castle, this
help the party but will request they try to escape
area is painted to give the impression of being
instead of carving a path forward. They use the stat
outside. While the phone booth is to scale, the
block for a bandit captain and are a coward in
streetlight and any other items in the room are
battle. They will focus on defending themselves,
painted to be tricks of perspective. The murals give
taking cheap shots at enemies, and trying to make
the illusion of nighttime, and the streetlamp is the
sure the party has enough potions. Each time the
only source of light in this unnaturally dark room.
party takes a long rest, Crackleroobbern will
This room is surprisingly clean and unsettlingly
somehow have found 1d4 potions of healing while
quiet, giving the characters a slight chill of unease
everyone was resting. If the party has 12 or more
when they enter.
potions found by Crackleroobbern, he will no
Phone Booth Portal. This portal is unlike the
longer find potions until more are used.
others, not being an obvious place to teleport. If a
Conversion. Scattered amongst the floor and
creature picks up the phone and places it to their
walls, nearest the fresh tunnel, are bricks and tiles
ear, they are instantly teleported to Portal Room B1
of multiple variations from different rooms found
(area 85) with no perceptible transition. While this
within the castle. This room is still in a state of
normally requires a token to be put in the phone,
transition and it seems as though whatever state it
much like the other portals, the first time it
will eventually end in has not been decided.
happens in either room, the phone will have
already received a token.
Disorientation. Transporting between these two
rooms is an instantaneous and seamless process.
The users, they have no idea they have been
teleported into a new room and to onlookers, the
user simply vanishes. Both of these portal rooms
are almost completely identical, with the only
difference being the position of the exit door.

103 - UNKNOWN ROOM

A somewhat fresh tunnel carved into the wall of
the previous room leads into a nearly empty
space with flat black walls. A small campfire sits
in the center of the nothing, though the light is
not reflected on the walls.

Troubled Trog. A heavily armored, spiny trog

named Crackleroobbern sits next to the campfire
on a small mound of rocks. They are cooking a few
rats on a stick. If questioned, they will explain they
dug the room to get out of the eye of Jay-Reth.
They explain that the castle expands as it needs to,
with rooms being added directly by Jay-Reth for
entertainment or by the actions of the creatures
inside. The room they are currently in is fresh and
will eventually be filled in to look as though it has
always existed here but, for the time, it exists in a
nebulous space that Jay-Reth can’t monitor without
directly entering it. Crackleroobbern would like to
311

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 104 - WOEBONE’S OFFICE
A plaque on the door read “Manager-Woebone
Valdez.” Inside is a familiar location, with the
chairs, desk, filing cabinet, and stuffed
animatronics Sitting behind the desk, its hands
crossed, is a b-ug, with the smiling face of
Woebone.
Battle. The characters can choose to simply
close the door and walk away from this encounter
once they see who is inside. If they choose to fight,
the new Woebone will pursue them relentlessly
through the castle until it is killed. Use the stats of
a B-ugKn1g4t (CR 17). During the fight, it will shout
out constructive criticism of the party’s
performance in the fight, in a somewhat
condescending way.
Masks. Right outside the door to this area are
several old and damaged, plastic masks. Each one
is the face of a Cheezers mascot, though Cheezers
themselves is missing. Wearing the mask in
tandem with a successful Deception check (DC 18)
will cause the b-ug inside this office to ignore the
characters. This is how the staff goblins manage
this particular creature and, as such, players may
occasionally see goblins roaming the castle in
these masks.
Woebone’s Office. This room is almost identical
to the one explored in Drunk-E-Cheezers, down to
the subtle smell of rotten dough lingering in the
air. The only major differences are the tenants on
the wall being changed and a secret door behind
the stacks of chairs.
Tenants. The 7 Tenants of Highly Effective
Cheezers Managers have been clawed out with
deep gashes in the walls. They have been written
next to in haphazard paint to read:
• Be Corrupted
• Begin with Corruption in Mind
• Put Infection First
• Think Corrupt-Infect
• Seek First to be Corrupted, Then to Corrupt
• CORRUPT
• Infect your Blade
• Bonus Tenant: Seed is the center, Seed is
all.
Secret Door. There is a “hidden” door behind the
folding chairs, requiring a Perception check (DC 12)
to see.
Treasure. There is little of value in this room,
except an orange Headband of Heroes in
Woebone’s desk. It appears to have been slightly
312
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
modified to be used as either an odd headband or,
more likely, a formal tie.
105 - ARMORY
This hidden room is lined with metal doors, all of
which are labeled things like “Tiny Armaments”
and “Miscellaneous,” all in multiple languages.
Harsh fluorescent light shines against the
somewhat damaged tile floor.
Supplies. Not every single item that could be in
these rooms will actually be located here. You can
safely assume that any needed mundane
equipment, like swords, bedrolls, rations, bottles,
and armor, can be found in one or more of the
rooms. The limit to what items are available is up
to the GM.
Languages. Each door has a series of small
plaques, denoting what is inside. There are plaques
for Common, Dwarvish, Elvish, Giant, Gnomish,
Goblin, Halfing, Orc, Abyssal, Celestial, Draconic,
Infernal, and Undercommon. The plaques start
about eye level for a medium sized creature and
end around 6 inches above the floor. Several doors
are missing a few plaques, some of which can be
found on the floor, others which are simply gone.
104a Tiny Armaments. Inside this room is
mundane equipment, including armor, weapons,
ammunition, and supplies, all designed for Tiny
sized or even smaller creatures.
105b Small Armaments. This room is full of
dwarven, gnome, halfling, kobold, and goblin styles
of armor and weaponry, all of it placed
haphazardly and in small piles. The characters
should get the impression that this room is
frequently used and nobody who enters cares
much about the conditions of it.
105c Medium Armaments. This room is well
maintained, with armor hanging nicely, trunks of
organized supplies, and clean weapons. It’s clear
someone maintains this room but that very few
enter it. All of the weapon and armor features the
holy symbol of Jay-Reth in one way or another.
105d Large Armaments. This room is dusty,
with a few scattered footprints in the dust. It is
much like the Medium Armaments room, but
slightly more cramped.
105e “Hug” Armaments. This room appears to
be misspelled on the door but is done so in every
language. Inside the room is a Huge sized teddy
bear, taking up almost the entire room. There is
also a +3 club, designed for a Huge sized creature.
 105f Gigantic Armaments. Though the sign on
this room promises a plethora of equipment, there
is only a single metal helmet in this room. It is for a
Gigantic sized creature and is bent to fit inside. How
it exactly got into this room is a mystery.
105g Miscellaneous. This room is a smattering
of common magical items and things that either
don’t fit into a regular category or whoever
maintained these rooms didn't care enough to put
where it goes. If a character has lost an item
special to them in any way, such as a powerful
weapon or an heirloom, it might wind up here
eventually, if it doesn’t appear in a vending
machine. Such important items will be trapped.
Traps. You may decide that some items are
trapped, based on how much they are needed or
how greedy the characters are being. They require
an Investigation check (DC 20) to discover and
thieves’ tools (DC 18) to disarm. They will likely do
no more than 14 (4d6) damage of any damage
type, based on the trap.
106 - EMPTY TAVERN
A quiet tavern almost completely devoid of
people. A tiefling sits in a far stool, nursing a
drink of some kind.
Transposed Room. It is clear that this is another
area that was taken from somewhere else,
evidenced by the south end of the room cutting
directly in half, including a table and a chair that
are fused into the black brick wall. A sign above the
door reads “Level Zero.” The wall above the bar has
a stark purple and white keytar hung on it and a
book titled “10001 Dad Jokes'' can be found behind
the counter.
Time Worn. None of the original food or drink
remains in this place but several empty plates,
bowls, and bottles are scattered throughout. The
entire place looks to be in good shape though dust
has creeped into the corners.
Character. The tiefling sitting in the lone corner
is the owner of the tavern, or what remains of it, is
Ferasali "The Zero Hour Hero" Zyon. They own this
business and keep the tavern open in hopes of
helping other adventurers and finding some of
those patrons that came with him (almost all they
have lost track of over time). They make a few
different types of drinks, from teas to alcohol, from
resources around the castle. They sell strong but
cheap ales and mixes for around a gold or so but
have more expensive aged wines and
313
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
dimensionally rare tea for hundreds or even
thousands of gold pieces. Their original stock ran
dry ages ago and so everything they have comes
from within the castle walls or from bartering with
other adventuring parties.
They are generally friendly and will offer some
information about the local area, explaining in good
detail the rooms they may have seen themselves.
They can tell the character the basics of areas 100
to 117, explaining that many of these areas appear
to be directly pulled from other locations, rather
than being deliberately styled to challenge
adventurers.
Secret Door. Behind a loose set of shelves is a
“secret” door that looks to be the door to what
would have been the kitchen. It requires an
Investigation check (DC 14) or inquiring with
Ferasali about it to discover.
Roleplaying Zero Hour Hero. After years of
adventuring as a synth weaver, Ferasali Zyon,
known as the “Zero Hour Hero,” made the decision
to settle down. Using the funds secured by their
adventuring, and the sizable influence they accrued
over the years, they were able to turn a somewhat
small inn and tavern into a well-loved hotspot. The
tavern, named “Level Zero,” has served as the base
of operations for many young adventuring parties
as well as a place of wisdom and refuge for
characters facing any number of troubles. Ferasali
is happy to welcome most anyone to their
establishment, taking great joy in giving subtle
advice to those in need as well as keeping tabs on
the city through the stories told around him.
When his business was partially absorbed
into the Black Castle, he was initially miffed,
especially as only around half of the first floor was
taken. Being quite proud of the business they had
made; they feel the small sampling of it reflects
poorly on their inn. After a short time, they have
accepted this new location (if only for a time as
they do wish to return eventually) and have taken
up their former place at the bar, helping any who
come through with whatever advice or provisions
they can spare. They have learned quite a bit about
the Black Castle but only reliably know about the
nearby rooms, which they report have also been
appropriated by Jay-Reth from other realms.
They will gladly join the party to travel
through the castle, more out of curiosity and
boredom than anything else. They will offer their
quick wit to help the party avoid violent situations,
resorting only to violence if left no other option.
They will likely only adventure for a relatively short
 while, needing to return to their bar when they feel
they’ve done enough exploring and collecting of
supplies for their tavern. While traveling, they may
regale the party with stories heard from other
parties, saving their own exploits for those they
grow fond of. They have perfected the art of the
dad joke, mixing subtle puns and overt non-
sequiturs into every conversation and spell.
107 - FALSIFIED TOMB
The entrance to this room is covered in sticky
cheese webs. Beyond this mess, you can make
out a worn golden couch with an emaciated
figure laying across it. The air in this room feels
ancient and filled with memory.
Transposed Room. This area has brickwork and
a general energy that makes it clear it did not
originate from this castle and was imported from
elsewhere. Bits of the black castle still prevail, such
as black bricks being fused to the walls and the
main threat in this room has been replaced.
Secret Room (107a). A tapestry on the wall
hides a hole, leading to a secret room. It requires
an Investigation check (DC12) to find. Inside is a
zombified body, wearing a badly damaged, jewel
encrusted gold crown (20,000 gp). Its body is
broken and smashed and shoved into this room
haphazardly. The secret room itself has walls that
appear to be an uneven mix of black brick, wooden
planks from the tavern (area 106), and the tomb.
Cheese Webs. The cheese webs must be cut
away with a magical weapon that deals slashing
damage. Creatures caught inside can use their
action to cut free with a magical weapon or
succeed on an Athletics or Acrobatics check (DC
18). Either way, their movement speed is reduced
by half for 1 hour or until they spend an additional
action cleaning themselves.
Missing Weapon. By the end of the stairs there
is a holographic representation of a golden mace. It
disappears if anyone tries to grab it. If made real
through abilities or magic, it shatters as soon as it
is used, dealing no damage.
Couch Creature. On the couch is a Cyblight
Warrior, draped in fine linens. It may not
immediately be recognizable as anything beyond a
zombie, until it is attacked. When the party enters
the room, it will rise and assume a threatening
posture. It is immune to all magical weapons. It will
attempt to infect the party as best it can and
seems to derive some joy from throwing
314
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
characters into walls, the couch, or the webs (if any
remain). Once defeated, a voice box on it will begin
to play, giving a somewhat silly rendition of an evil
monolog. The goals of the monolog seem to be
revenge themed but are not entirely clear. The
speech seems to go in circles sometimes and may
repeat, maybe intentionally and maybe not, as the
entire thing is boring and incredibly generic.
After Battle. Once the monolog has ended, the
speaker on the cyblight begins to make sounds of a
collapsing building. Low-poly models of dirt and
debris fall from the ceiling. The fake falling ceiling
will shake, as if the entire tomb were collapsing. A
Perception check (DC 5) is all that is required to see
through the fake collapse. Creatures who fail the
saving throw become afraid of the room and
attempt to flee in any way.
Additional Challenge. To give the characters a
challenge, have any cut down cheese webs become
Pizza Slimes and flank the party during combat.
108 - PORTAL ROOM D2
Entering the room, you find yourself staring at
somewhat bored faces of three bandits, all of
them giving you a lazy handwave.
Inhabitants. The neo bandits in this room are all
engaged in some activity, from playing cards,
eating food, or painting the walls. If pressed, they
will explain that they are an adventuring group that
got lost in the castle and decided to simply take up
residence within this room. If asked about leaving
they will state that they simply can’t, choosing
instead to live in a place they hate but (mostly)
understand, rather than take the chance of leaving
and ending up in a reality too different than their
own. In their minds, so long as they stay in the
castle, their friends and family live on in their
minds. They will help the party in whatever ways
they can, but it is nearly impossible for them to
leave the comfort of the two portal rooms they
seem to like so much.
The leader of the group is a punk elf named
Chad (FM Grinders). He has a relaxed demeanor
and will do what he can to protect his friends but
has a cowardly streak that manifests as inaction.
The second member of the group is a human
named Jacques (Clan Racket). They are somewhat
flamboyant and have a quick tongue. They enjoy
spouting a little double meaning wit whenever they
can. They are worried about their friend Jessica,
another neo bandit they believe to be dead.
 The final member of the group is a quiet gaia
wo’nari named Wolf (Beastiform). They spend
most of their time as a grey dog, a form they seem
to derive much joy from. They have a simple
demeanor and are happy to simply be around
those having a conversation, rather than join in
themselves.
Portal. Standing in the far corner is a
rectangular gateway. It has a coin slot on one side.
Inserting a Portal Token will open it, creating a
gateway between this area and Portal Room D1
(area 49). The portal will stay open for 1 minute,
freely allowing any creatures or objects through it.
Activating this portal will cause a bit of the garbage
in the room to be sucked into the portal.
109 - FLOODED ROOM
Cool and clean water slowly laps against the
edges of a small walkway. In the water are
several shadowy figures, some that are certainly
sharks. The water is lit with underwater lights
near the top but goes deep enough that those
scant lights cannot illuminate the bottom.
Locked Doors. Once the party has entered this
room, the doors shut and lock behind them. An odd
hole rests in the center of each door, requiring the
misshapen trident “key” to open. The doors are
metal and cannot be picked open, though they are
susceptible to magic.
Creatures. There are 1d4 Jawblins and 3d4+3
Reef Sharks with lasers on their heads in the water.
One of the Jawblins is holding the key (a
misshapen metal trident) to exit this room. The
Jawblins are initially hostile though they can be
bargained with. In combat, they will prefer to attack
from a distance and allow the sharks to do most of
the work. The sharks can sacrifice one of their
attacks to make a laser attack. [Laser +3 to hit,
range 30/ 60, 1d8+1radiant damage on a hit].
Water. The water is 90 feet deep. At 30 feet
deep, it becomes dim. At 60 feet it becomes dark. It
is generally clear but unsafe to drink.
110 - “LAVA” ROOM
The door opens into a room filled with bubbling
lava that laps against the hot platform you’re
standing upon. Several metal disks hover around
a foot or so above the lava, radiating heat
themselves.
315
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Illusion. This entire area is a massive illusion,
with no actual heat or lava existing. Cardboard
cutouts represent monsters inside and the floor is
painted, quite nicely, to imitate lava. The chains and
disks are very real, and the undersides are caked in
dried mud. When creatures enter this room, they
must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw (DC 25)
or be convinced the illusions are real. While
convinced, any damage they take is psychic.
Creatures who fail the saving throw can make an
additional save if an allied creature tells them
about the illusion or if they see them walking on
the lava (or some other such impossible event). If
they fail the second saving throw, they are still
convinced of the illusion and cannot repeat the
saving throw for 24 hours.
Swinging Disks. If a creature thinks they are
crossing lava, they must use the disks to navigate.
Each disk is about 5 feet away from the next.
Jumping from one to the next requires a successful
Acrobatics or Athletics check (DC 15). A platform
can hold up to 500 pounds before the chain snaps,
falling into the lava (or simply clattering to the
floor). If a creature falls into the “lava,” they take 22
(4d10) “fire” (psychic) damage immediately and can
make a Dexterity saving throw (DC 18) to scramble
back up. If they start their turn in the lava, they
take 44 (8d10) damage. A creature in the lava can
make a simple Athletics or Acrobatics check (DC
15) to scramble back up on a disk.
Creatures. There are 3d4 flaming Goblins in the
lava. They are cardboard cutouts on simple rails. If
a creature has fallen for the illusion, the goblins
will attack from afar with arrows made of flame.
Fooled creatures must try and kill the goblins as
normal whereas creatures who see through the
illusion must simply hit them once, destroying the
cardboard and, seemingly, vanquishing the goblins
in a single strike.
Additional Challenge. You may decide to add a
B-4nt (CR 9) into this area. It is immune
to fire damage and deals only fire
damage with its Fist Burst attack.
Consider doing so especially
if most of the party have
succeeded on the saving throw
against the illusion but one- or
two-party members are still fooled.
 111 - PIXELATED CLOSETS
The floor, walls, and ceiling in this room is a
chunky, low-resolution texture of what looks like
a science fiction military base, complete with a
T.A.U. logo scattered throughout.
Doors of Doom. Each door has a small switch
beside it, causing it to raise into the ceiling with a
distinctive hiss and whine. All doors are exactly the
same as the one beside them; the texture on the
door appears somewhat stretched upwards and
scrunched inwards. Each door has something
unique inside and multiple doors can be opened at
once. They usually stay open for 10 seconds, unless
something is standing in the way.
111a. Inside this room is 2d8 worth of CR of
B-ugz (CR 2 max per b-ug). If there is not enough
space, more b-ugz will teleport inside the room
whenever there is enough space to do so.
111b. Sitting on the floor of this room is a Potion
of Invisibility.
111c. Hanging in the air in this room is 1d4 Rings
of Protection.
111d. Shoved into the corners of this room are
1d4 Potions of Supreme Healing.
111e. This room has a B-du$4 inside. Once there
is enough space in the room, 2d4 worth of CR of
Bug-z (CR2 max per b-ug) begin to teleport into the
open space. There is also a small switch in the back
of this room that unlocks 110h.
111f. Floating in the center of this room is a
highly pixelated +1 Shield.
111g. Scattered in a somewhat random pattern
on the floor are 4d4 Potions of Healing.
111h. This room will not open unless unlocked by
the switch in room 110e. Floating in the center of
the room is a BFB-9001.
Additional Challenge. You may decide to make
this room more torturous by having B-ugz (1d4,
ranging from CR 1d4) teleport with green flashes
into the room each time a door is opened,
regardless of what is inside.
112 - NEXUS OF DOORS
A stark cement room with dark green walls and
a series of doors, all of them featuring roman
numerals. A small bit of scratch paper is taped
to the wall near the southernmost door.
316
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Unknown Doors. The westmost door has the
numeral “I” on it, with the other doors going in
sequential order and the eastmost door having the
numeral “VII” on it. Only a single door can be open
at any given time, with each other door closing and
locking if any other is opened. The southmost door
is the natural entrance for this room and does not
follow this rule but is instead locked by another
method.
Paper. The note on the door states that people-
eating tigers are behind each door except for door
7. It is completely false as the only door featuring
actual tigers is door 7, with all others leading to
(relative) safety.
Trail. There is a noticeable trail on the floor
between door III and VI.
Additional Challenge. This large and open area
presents a great place for the characters to battle
any roaming monsters that have been chasing
them. Consider surprising them by having such a
monster stand on the other side of whichever door
they investigate.
113 - TIGER CAGE
Several thick steel bars separate this room in
half. Behind the bars are the remains of a tiger
enclosure, with scattered bones visible among
the scraps of cloth and toys.
Cage. The lock to the cage appears to have been
melted, whether it was on purpose or because of a
failed attempt to get in is unknown. Inside are
scattered bones of assorted creatures, including
some basic animals, goblins, and even a small
dragon. Two complete tiger skeletons can be
found, one considerably older than the other. If
disturbed, these two tigers use the stats of the
Laser-Tooth Tiger. They are vulnerable to
bludgeoning damage, immune to poison damage,
and immune to being exhausted or poisoned.
Vending Machine. The vending machine in this
room is trapped, requiring an Investigation check
(DC 14) to recognize the trap (DC 20 to disarm). If
the vending machine is used without disarming the
trap, it will explode. Any creatures within 15 feet of
the machine must make a Dexterity saving throw
(DC 16) taking 44 (8d10) fire damage and 22 (4d10)
piercing damage on a failed save, or half as much
on a successful one. If the trap is deactivated, it has
the same items as other vending machines. If it
explodes, there are no items remaining.

114 - PORTAL ROOM A2
A jumbled mess of boxes and barrels clutter
your path so badly that you must squeeze
around and over some just to move through
here.
Portal. The portal here acts the same as the
others and leads to Portal Room A1 (area 8).
Difficult Terrain. This entire area is cramped,
with all of it being considered difficult terrain and
the middle section of the room requiring Medium
sized creatures to become prone just to navigate
it.
Mimic. One of the crates is a mimic and will wait
until only a single creature is in this room to try
and pick them off.
Storage. The items found inside the crates here
are mostly worthless, such as bricks, broken
supplies, bits of constructs, and other detritus from
around the castle. An Investigation check (DC 18)
will reveal two small stashes though. One will be a
stash of bones, some of them recent, possibly
revealing the mimic. The other will be a small
golden figurine of Cheezers (3,000gp), 4 healing
potions, a satchel with 33 gold pieces, and a Small
sized leather jacket.
115 - MEMORIES OF THE LOST HALLWAY
This long hallway is lined with marble statues
that all seem familiar. A worn red rug stretches
out in the center of the room, offering the only
bit of color here. Otherwise, this hallway is stark
and cold.
Those Gone. Each party that explores this area
will encounter statues that are unique to them. The
statues use a mix of transmutation and divination
magic to rearrange their structure to resemble
creatures from the party’s memory. This could be a
single creature from a backstory or a well-loved
NPC from recent memory. The character the statue
is based upon does not have to be dead but should
be one the party does not currently have contact
with. The statues can speak but will not otherwise
move unless attacked. The statues are not actually
connected to the original creature they are based
upon, only copying the representation they find in
the minds of the party. As such, their answers to
questions and mannerisms will be based upon
those thoughts alone. A few recommendations
would be some Kobolds from Cheezers, any “lost”
317
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
NPCs from Castle Indomitable, any party members
that have been lost in this adventure, killed
creatures from within this castle (potentially
focusing on an unnamed goblin or foe from Jay-
Reth’s Arena), or characters from any party
member’s backstory. Each one of these statues will
call out to party members as they pass, enticing
them to conversation with any number of kind
words, jeers, or questions, based on the creature’s
relationship to the party. Engaging in conversation
is not inherently dangerous, as the statues will
only attack if attacked, though the lasting scars of
harsh words or harsh truths present their own
problems.
If attacked, a statue will become fully animated
and attack the offending creature. They use the
Stone Golem stat block and, though they speak and
act like the characters they are modeled from, they
lack all of the original creature’s powers and
abilities. They are, in truth, mindless golems put
here to hamper the party. While in combat, they
will prioritize the creature that attacked them and
ignore the others unless they get in the way. If they
defeat the offending creature, they will go back to
their place along the wall. If defeated, they will
crumble into small chunks of broken rock.
Defeated golems will not be replaced.
Keep in mind that there are only 14 statues in
this room so which NPCs you wish to have
represented is somewhat limited.
Additional Confusion. You may decide to use
this opportunity to confuse the players, bringing in
NPCs from other games or worlds or even
characters none of the party have ever met. While
this can fit within the narrative of the Retroverse
taking from other realms, your party may find
these random characters too strange to be used
more than sparingly.
116 - ANCIENT HALLWAY
A short black hallway with old black bricks.
Cobwebs line the walls, and a thick layer of dust
is on the floor. Old tapestries, paintings, and
armor line the walls, barely recognizable
seemingly due to age.
Original Hallway. This appears to be another
part of the original Black Castle. It is completely
dark, and the bricks have a slight gray hue to them.
The paintings and tapestries that still remain depict
a world so old that a History check (DC 24) will
only reveal scant details of legends long forgotten.
 Succeeding on that check will impart the idea that
whatever this castle used to be must have come
from another reality or even a previous cycle of
creation.
Original Traps. This room has spike traps, poorly
hidden behind the torn tapestries. A Perception
check (DC 10) will reveal the set trap and the
activation bricks in the floor. Stepping on them will
activate the trap but, due to its age, the trap will
become stuck and ineffective. However, after 1
minute the trap will suddenly activate and harm
each creature inside. Each creature in the hallway
must make a Dexterity saving throw (DC 22), taking
28 (8d6) piercing damage on a failed save or half
as much on a successful one.
Eldritch Armor. Looking at the two armor sets
along the walls, it is immediately apparent they are
not intended for humanoids, or any other
recognizable species. Harsh angles and unknown
outcroppings depict their truly alien origins, which
could only be mistaken for humanoid in the dark. A
sense of dread fills any who looks at them. Though
some extrapolations could be made as to what the
creatures inside might have looked like, no
creature will have any hope at recognizing exactly
what wore these sets. Adding to the confusion,
each set is notably different, with the only
consistent theme being difficult to perceive angles
and a design that rebels against gravity. The armor
may be of some value (up to 1,000 gp) to research-
oriented academies.
318
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
117 - REPAIR ROOM
Unknown computer stations, lined with multiple
screens depicting places from all over the castle,
run across the walls. There are half-built robots,
several workbenches, cabinets of tools and
strange parts, broken vending machines, and a
small group of goblins that stare at you as you
enter.
Repair Room. This room holds all sorts of items
needed in the upkeep of this castle, whatever that
may mean. Constructs, mannequins, traps, vending
machines, bits of portals, and all manner of odds
and ends litter the room. None of it is inherently
valuable but the players may discover some uses
for them.
Goblins. There are 2d6+2 goblins in this room,
all wearing orange vests that say “Staff” on the
back. The goblins in this room are non-hostile but
will be very wary of the party. Given enough
incentive, either through friendship, bribery, or
threats (with a low threshold for all three) the
goblins will explain their purpose in castle repair.
They will quickly share what information they
know about the castle but not every goblin services
every room or challenge; some are specialized just
to repair machines and monsters, others to fix
damaged walls, others to reset traps. They will also
explain that, while the castle is incredibly magical
and could be easily maintained through arcane
acts, their master (Jay-Reth) hates the basic
maintenance required, thrusting the labor of
repairs upon the goblins. Despite the menial work
they have to participate in, they are quite fond of it
and may joke or outright lie to the characters if
they think it will be amusing. The goblins will also
explain that, while they are mostly known and safe
throughout the castle, they still have to be as wary
as the party does as not everything recognizes
them as castle staff. Which goblin does which task
is up to the GM.
Monitors. On several screens across the room
there are live images of the castle. Use this as an
opportunity to build dread, reveal secrets, or puzzle
the players. They may see a harrowing enemy
close by, see a room from a vantage point that
makes a hidden door appear incredibly obvious, or
watch a goblin access a puzzle they had struggled
with.
118 - HOLO-TIGER ROOM
A black hallway ends abruptly in a blue glowing
hologram of a tiger.

Holo-Beast. The tiger on display cycles through
different animations, such as running or sleeping,
and is harmless until disturbed. If any creature gets
within 10 feet of it, the animation will change into
that of the tiger sniffing the air. It will then move
out of its hovering space and begin to attack the
party. It is a holo-beast, using the Tiger stat block
as a basis. When dispatched, it will reappear here
anytime the characters take a short or long rest
and will then hunt the party until it is killed again.
Malfunctioning Platform. The platform creating
the hologram is broken, becoming unstable and
allowing the holo-beast to act as it does. It can be
repaired by the goblins from the repair room (area
116) or destroyed. It has an AC of 14 and 20 hit
points. Either solution will cause the holo-beast to
stop its pursuit the next time it is destroyed; either
regaining its place in the air if repaired or simply
disappearing if the machine is destroyed.
Plaques. There are plaques on the wall
describing the tiger, though some illumination is
required to read them. They regard the tiger as an
amazing creature from another reality. The words
written seem to treat it much like a unicorn and are
filled with inaccuracies, such as alleged magical
powers and mysterious “secret bones” somewhere
inside it.
119 - OCTAGONAL CORPORATION
PATHWAYS
A long, gray-toned, business-stale hallway lies in
front of you. Glowing fluorescent lights shine
above. The torso of a robot quickly swivels to
face you and speaks. “Hello and welcome to
*glitch sound* Consumer Pro*glitch sound*
Headquarters. Due to higher-than-expected foot
traffic, we ask that you wait here for our next
available representative.”
Waiting. Nobody will come to assist the party,
no matter how long they wait here. The chairs in
this waiting area are quite comfy.
Invaded Space. This is an office complex that
has been taken to augment the Black Castle. It
appears to be from a grimy “future-past” reality
where automatons intermingled with humans far
earlier in history. There are several robotic torsos
sprinkled throughout, each of them offering
information to any who ask. This place was
deemed a worthy base for cyblight and they have
taken residence in the outermost ring (118e). The
319
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
cyblight are only hostile if attacked or if a party
member is interesting enough for them to desire
their distinctiveness in their collective. The infection
is not immediately apparent and only becomes
completely apparent the deeper this area is
explored.
Smashed Window. The entire place slowly
descends, making each level slightly lower than the
last. A smashed window in the first area allows the
party to look down to (and enter) area 119a from
here.
Cyblight. Each subsequent area increases the
amount and type of cyblight that will be
encountered. Most appear to be the remnants of
businessmen and women that worked at this
office, made apparent by their ripped formal attire.
A scattered few are also wearing sanitary worker
clothing or pizza delivery uniforms. Keep in mind
that there may also be cyblight from within the
castle, making goblins and other monsters a
distinct possibility. Once the cyblight infection is
found here, it must be eradicated, or it will begin to
spread throughout the rest of the black castle.
Room Clyblight Inside
118a 1d4 cyblight infected
118b 1d6 cyblight infected, 2d4 cyblight drones,
118c 1d6 cyblight infected, 1d4 cyblight drones
118d 1d6 cyblight drones, 1d6 cyblight warriors
118e 2d6 cyblight drones, 2d6 cyblight warriors
119a. This is a mishmash of a lobby-like hallway
and an introduction to the corporation. Along the
pathway are several home consumer goods
models the company is known for, such as pancake
makers, Arcane Kicks (red), and pens that work in
zero gravity or ultra-gravity. On the other side are
armaments the company is known for, such as
repeating laser rifles, AEN goggles, and the Buster
Bracelet. Each of these items is enclosed in a glass
case, featuring a plaque describing its creation
process and market appeal. The items can be easily
stolen as an alarm will sound and a nearby robot
torso will tell the offending creatures to standby as
law enforcement is contacted, but nobody will
come.
119b. This inner area is a meeting room with a
large octagonal table in the center. It has a few
cyblight roaming in it and a failed infected corpse
lying on the table. A box of donuts and a few open
bottles of water still rest on the table, giving the
impression that the cyblight took over during a
 meeting. On the wall is a single slide of a projected
presentation that reads “Killing and Replacing a
God. How do we Make it Profitable?” in cosmic sans.
The computer in charge of the presentation has
been assimilated by the cyblight infection and the
slides cannot be changed.
119c. This hallway once served as a modified
version of the open office idea. Along the walls are
computers and desks, with some of them being
pulled out or thrown to the side. A single rail runs
through the floor for the entire length, allowing the
“monitor” robot torso to check on anyone working
in this terrible hallway. The monitor is stuck along
the path, due to the moved desks. A few cyblight
remain at their computers, either attempting to
continue their work or dismantling whatever
technology remains to use for their spread. The
entire area is considered difficult terrain as even
mostly clear spots are filled with detritus;
composed of photos, mementos, and small knick-
knacks from desktops.
119d. A hallway that is noticeably more vibrant
than the rest, though it is also being consumed
with aberrant cyblight technology. Velvet ropes are
scattered in the hallway, originally protecting
paintings of the different CEOs of the corporation.
(Pick a random sampling of backer names to fill in
the dozen or so needed.) Eventually, a Synthetic
becomes the CEO, and the next five paintings are
all labeled Buisnesstron Version 1-5. Each
subsequent painting is just the same synthetic,
slightly altered based on the fashions of that era,
from boiler hats and vests to dystopian cyberpunk
neon. The party will also find more resistance in
this area as the cyblight here attempt to hinder
their progress by blocking or restraining, though
they will still only attack or infect if harshly
provoked.
119e. The inner sanctum of this area is a
grandiose office, overrun with cyblight technology
and workers. A huge desk in the center has many
thick cables running through and over it. There are
massive windows behind the desk, originally
intended to look over a city, that are filled with the
view of black bricks. A figure is behind the desk,
recognizable as Buinsnesstron, though they are
overrun with cyblight tech. They will introduce
themselves as Buisnesstron Version Omega and
offer the party donuts and coffee. As before, the
cyblight in this area will not directly attack but may
restrain or block character, especially while
Buisnesstron is speaking.
320
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Buisnesstron is cordial, offering up any
information when asked. They will gladly discuss
the following things:
• The origin of their company in door-to-door
vacuum sales.
• Busnesstron’s takeover as company leader,
a mostly non-violent affair that only
involved a little time travel.
• Any number of products the company
offers, as well as the unique business
opportunities and employment benefits
that come from seeking a job with the
corporation.
• The company’s future plans to replace the
gods, and how the cyblight infection has
changed that.
• Why have they not yet left this area? Jay-
Reth has kept them at bay by limiting their
access to magical gear but cannot do so
forever. Especially now that the party, who
seems to be dripping with magic at this
point, will be joining them.
• What will the party’s job be after being
assimilated? They intend to use the party
as a strike force to absorb the powers of
and then kill Jay-Reth, and then strike
against whatever other gods they can
afterwards. They seem compassionate
about any resistance the party may have to
this idea but stress that this is not personal,
only business.
After reaching this far, the party will be forced
to fight their way back out. If they do not agree to
work for Buisnesstron, each cyblight in the area
will attack the party, as well as an OTOTO that
appears in the hallway, blocking the party’s escape.
Buissnesstron uses the stats of a Cyblight Elite.
Killing Buissnesstron will stun each cyblight in this
complex (the entire area 118) for 1 minute, though
the OTOTO will not be affected. If Buissnesstron is
not destroyed, the cyblight will begin to exit this
area and attempt to conquer the castle. Unless
each cyblight in this area is killed, Buissnesstron
will be revived in 1d8 days and will then send out
the cyblight to infect the castle again.
Alternatively, the party may either become
infected, by choice or by being knocked
unconscious. In this case, they retain most of their
agency and gain the Hive Brain ability but cannot
act directly against the wishes of the cyblight.
Though their quest inside the Black Castle will
remain somewhat the same, they will be set on a
path to slay or infect other gods once they leave.
 Make sure to discuss this possibility with your
players as there will be some loss of agency if this
happens.
Whether the party wins or loses the fight, they
will find (or receive) a set of Murphy’s Armor in this
room as well as a Universal Reversal Card.
Buissnesstron will explain, either as part of the
“hiring” process or as their last gasp, that the card
is intended to be used on Jay-Reth in the final
encounter.
321
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
120 - BEGINNING OF THE END
Opening the double doors, you are hit with a chill
wind. You are standing on a metal railing,
connected to an octagonal rooftop. A gigantic
horse, with pizza shaped spots and a wineglass
face marking, is illuminated by a blinking neon
sign that reads “Drunk-E-Cheezers Home Office.”
The horse stoops its head to look at you and
whinnies with the voice of an apocalypse.
Cheezers. The party stands atop the Drunk-E-
Cheekers main office building and now
faces the true avatar of the company
(Cheezers True). It is a gigantic horse,
featuring the distinct marking of cheezers but is
not a bipedal creature like the mascot. It will
remain mostly dormant, only
observing the party for several moments before it
strikes or is struck. Much like the head from the
first adventure, this construct is coated with fake
fur and skin, though this one seems to be in much
better condition than the one overseen by the
kobolds. When describing the creation, it should be
a sufficient mix of silly and scary, offsetting its
nonsensical nature with terrifying power.
Environment. Rain and lightning fill the sky and
the rooftop is slick. The flashing light of the sign
bathes the entire place in purple and orange light,
reflecting harshly against the cheezers construct.
There are several benches scattered over the roof,
once used in worship of the god. Much like the first
encounter with Cheezers, the area beyond this
platform is simply a sparking void. Creatures can
fall off the edge of this roof, the fall into the void
being unsurvivable without flight as it seems as
though the roof is the only place that truly exists
here.
Doors. The doors to the Northeast and
Northwest in this area are phantoms, visible only
as a ghostly outline. Once Cheezers True is
defeated, they will both materialize. At the same
time, the northernmost doors will become
phantoms as well. These grand double doors will
only become solid once the challenges in the
following rooms (area 120 and 121) are completed.
The Westmost door requires the Blue Keycard, the
Eastmost door requires the Yellow Keycard, and
the middle double doors require the Green
Keycard.
Temporary Retreat. After entering this room,
there is no way to exit without killing Cheezers
(True). If the party has all four keycards, there will
be no possible retreat from this area. However, it is
 possible they have not acquired all they needed. In
this case, they can retreat back to the castle, but it
has begun to decay. Each room that is not directly
in their path to the required keycard(s) can be seen
falling away, crumbling into a black void, from
which there is no escape. In this case, use this as an
opportunity to rearrange rooms as well, pulling on
rooms they may not have exploited to create a
unique route to the item they need. There is no way
to fully exit the Black Castle at this point.
Rest. Given the option, the party can rest here,
provided no wandering monsters attack them.
121 - BUG’S MAW
Through the doorway an unending buzzing
greets you and immediately drills into your
mind. The room is instantly recognizable as part
of the plaza from Castle Indomitable. The air is
filled with energy and dread as the room reflects
a sunset coming from an unseen sky.
Arena. A stairway leads up and around the
room, ending 20 feet up in a broken platform. The
ceiling of the room ends around 60 feet in the air.
The walls are solid black bricks, harshly carving out
this room from its original location. There is
sunlight and moonlight, being let in from unseen
windows and holes in the building. The light moves
quite quickly, distorting an entire “day” worth of
light into around an hour. There is enough light,
regardless of the time, to see reasonably clearly,
though the moonlight will still pose potential
complications for magic and lycanthropy.
B-ugz. The challenge in this room comes from
three waves of B-ugz. The waves are denoted by
the light in the room shifting from “sunlight” to
“moonlight”. The b-ugz will shift in gradually with
the changing of the light, appearing in such a way
that makes it seem as if they have always been
there. They will appear in random places, their
locations having no immediate strategic value. As
soon as a single one is noticed, they will all attack.
After a wave is defeated, the characters can take a
short rest before the next wave appears.
• First Wave. B-0l3th (CR 10), 2d4+1 B-1¢k (CR
2)
• Second Wave. B-x3ld3R (CR 13), 1d4+2 B-
nt1¢0r3 (CR 3)
• Third Wave. B-x3L (CR 19), 6d6 B-ug 1.0 (CR
1)
322
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
Tail Trap. On the second and third wave of b-
ugz, the dragon mural will occasionally become
real and attack anything on the bottom floor. On
initiative count 20, each creature on the floor must
succeed on a Dexterity saving throw (DC 16) or take
5 (1d10) bludgeoning damage. If the creature fails
the saving throw by 5 or more, they also take 5
(1d10) fire damage. Creatures on the stairs and
within 5 feet of the door are out of the range of
this hazard. The mural will go quiet after all the b-
ugz are defeated.
Stair Trap. On the third wave of b-ugz the stairs
will begin to distort and shift. On initiative count 10,
each creature on the stairs must succeed on a
Dexterity saving throw (DC 16) to remain in place.
The stairs move like an escalator, alternating
between shifting clockwise and anti-clockwise.
Depending on what side a creature is on, they may
be pushed 20 feet towards the floor, or 20 feet
upwards and off the broken stairs. Creatures who
fail the save by 5 or more fall from the stairs and 7
(2d6) bludgeoning damage from the fall.
Static Buzzing. There is a huge amount of noise
in this room, a constant droning that sounds like a
mixture of television static and a swarm of bees.
Creatures must shout to be heard over the sound.
Creatures in this area have disadvantage on rolls to
retain concentration on spells, due to the noise
being all consuming.
Familiar Faces. Any NPCs who were lost from
the Castle Indomitable questline will make an
appearance here. They are not the actual creatures
but will behave like them in personality and
combat, except that the adventuring party has
become their enemy. Replace one of the potential
b-ugz with these NPCs, dropping in a few with each
wave. You can either use their stat block or
supplant them with a b-ug stat block. In the latter
case, have the NPC’s face appear on a b-ug, the
more discordant this appearance the better. During
the fight they will taunt the party, saying things
such as: “It was all for nothing.” “We weren't even
real.” “Why didn't you try harder?” “I’m not
corrupted, you are.”
Additional Challenge. To increase the challenge
of this area, have time move more rapidly and
waves of b-ugz overlap. Decrease the cycle time to
5 minutes instead of 1 hour. This has the possibility
of overwhelming the characters very quickly so be
cautious with this approach.
 seeking only to test the party and themselves to
122 - A FINAL SUPPER their absolute limits.
Light assaults you, the air smells burnt, your Lair. There are different mirrors every five feet
body begins to sweat from the heat. Before you along the walls of this room, giving this place a
is a bright room of mirrors, A large banquet dizzying effect that can be difficult to adjust to. This
table, with a smaller card table on the end, rests area is considered the Ancient Xenon Dragon’s lair,
near the center of the room, covered in delicious with the mirrors reflecting effects and abilities it
looking fresh food. You feel a presence in this may use. Unless 12 mirrors are destroyed (AC 8, 1
area with you. hit point), the dragon’s Solar Charge ability is
constantly active and creatures resisting its Frill
Unseen Dragon. The Ancient Xenon Dragon in Burst actions make the saving throws with
this room sets west of the entrance door and Disadvantage.
watches the party as they come in. Because of the Rest. Pit will allow the party to take a long rest
bright light and multiple mirrors that line the walls, here, if they so choose. They do not wish to fight
they are difficult to see. A Passive Perception (18) the party at anything less than their full power.
or an Investigation check (DC 14) will reveal them. Food. The food on the table is a mishmash of
Once they begin to speak, they can be discerned different cultures, from inside the Retroverse and
without a check. beyond. Turkey, snails, cous-cous, sushi, super
The Right Hand. The Ancient Xenon Dragon in sushi, curry, tacos, stir-fry, shadow steak, hyper
this room is named Pit and will introduce burgers, poaketails, empanadas, pizza (with
themselves kindly to the party after they have pineapple and without), candy canes, an untold
spent several moments in the room. They serve number of cheeses, rice, rice pudding, tofu, fish,
under Jay-Reth, seeing the god as the true roast shoes, and dozens of other things, both silly
representation of their ideals. If the party has not and serious.
already discovered the origins and purpose of Jay-
Reth (from area 41-47), Pit will explain the true
power of Jay-Reth, how they stop the universe
from collapsing, and the line of succession of that
power. They do not know that Jay-Reth has been
stealing power, rather than passing it on, and will
take great offense if this idea is even suggested. Pit
will explain that the coming battle is one they look
forward to but not one they have often. Few who
make it to this castle have the power to make it
this far and none have had the ability to
handle the power Jay-Reth needs to
pass on. This is where Pit comes in,
as a judge of strength. Only those
who can best Pit in a battle to the
death will have proven themselves
capable of handling godhood. Pit
considers this battle to be their life’s purpose and
treats their possible death as a reward, not only for
themselves, but for the stars they wish to protect.
Pit will join the characters in a dinner, allowing
them to rest as long as needed and being quite
cordial before the battle begins. They have a regal
demeanor to them that appears forced. There is an
underlying silliness to their words and speech that
makes it hard to take them as seriously as they
want to take themselves. In battle, they are
relentless and will show no honor or mercy,

323

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Alternate Realities. Each mirror features a
different reality, showing the same basic situation
the party finds themselves in, slightly altered. We
encourage you to make your own and offer a few
as suggestions: A cowboy reality, a reality where
Pit is a giant human and the characters are tiny
dragons, an idealized reality (like the one in area
46), a reality where each creature is dressed in
Victorian style clothing, a reality where everyone
has giant wobbly heads, a reality where everyone
is sexy goblins, a reality where every creature is
dead and has been that way for some time, and
one where the characters and dragon are replaced
with the players and the GM. The mirrors reflect
one another as well and the infinite loop causes
each reality with the reality to become more
distorted until they become an indecipherable
mess of fractal shapes and colors.
Bending Area. Thanks to the mirrors in this area,
the intense perspective magic in this room is
almost impossible to notice. It will always be just
as large as it needs to be to accommodate the
coming battle.
Additional Considerations. Shatterlings and
Glass Shadows may appear from the mirrors or
glass in this location. If so, they break a single
mirror when created. The alternate realities in the
mirrors may also serve to give the players hints
about successful strategies in this fight. In a pinch,
a dying reality may lend a hand to this one, sending
a healing spell in the nick time of need or
distracting the dragon momentarily.
123 - DEN OF HALTED ENTROPY
An empty black void envelopes you as soon as
you open the door. Time in this space is halted,
something you notice by the density of the air
and how everything has staccato stop-and-go
movement until acted upon. An opulent throne,
nonsensically large and quite ridiculous, floats
before you. Jay-Reth sits, cross legged, in a
relaxed and menacing pose. A smile crosses his
face, reveling in the cliche he has become. He
stands, feet flat in the air, and descends unseen
stairs. They speak, gentle and calm.
“Congratulations. You have come beyond what
any in eons have done. You have bested the
challenges of the castle, proven your worth, and
are on the cusp of your reward. One of you may
become a god today. The others, you will live
lives of wealth and opulence, far beyond what
324
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
you thought possible. There is only one more
thing to do, show me if you can handle the
power I wield. Please, do not hold back, I will not
show mercy.”
Monolog. During Jay-Reth’s monolog, it is
impossible to attack them. Spells and attacks are
simply wasted, flying against an unseen shield just
barely covering Jay-Reth. Once it has finished,
combat will start as normal, with no chance for a
surprise round.
Questions. There may be questions the party
has for Jay-Reth, or they may simply attempt to
insult the god. Jay-Reth is fickle and does not take
insults lightly. Whomever has insulted them the
most, through words or actions, they will
mercilessly attack and attempt to slaughter. Like
the monolog section, Jay-Reth cannot be attacked
until he decides the encounter has begun.
Jay-Reth. During combat, Jay-Reth will begin to
slowly transform, showing their true appearance
as the Godblin. By the time he has reached half his
maximum hit points, he should have turned into a
snarling goblin, with grotesque features
accentuated by a too long life and stealing of life.
Near the end of the fight, his appearance should be
aberrant, with bones leaking through skin, black
ichor draining from his eyes, and any semblance of
his regal demeanor replaced with terrible malice.
In combat, he will not allow mercy, even for the
goblin’s he summons. This is the final test, and he
is willing to wait another millennia for a
“successor” than to spare even the slighted bit of
compassion for those he battles. There is no honor
here, only carnage.
The Void. This space has a floor, though it
cannot be seen. It is a flat open area that is exactly
as big as it needs to be for a raw, one on many
fight against a god. There is no exit from this
reality, by mundane or magical means. Once Jay-
Reth drops to 0 hit points, a glowing white door
appears near the party which leads to The
Beginning of the End (area 119).
Beating a God. When the Godblin (Jay-Reth)
drops to zero hit points, the challenge is complete.
Jay-Reth will fall to the ground, recover 1 hit point,
and regain his previous appearance. All summoned
goblins will fade into the void. It is then up to the
characters to decide exactly what to do.

POSSIBLE ENDINGS:
Continue the Cycle
Jay-Reth will offer to make good on his bargain,
bestowing the power of a god to a chosen party
member and showering the others in riches. He will
give each player that wants to leave up to two
legendary magical items of their choice, up to ten
rare or lesser magical items, and a Fanny Pack of
Holding filled with 1,000 electrum. He will then
cordially escort the other characters out of the
Black Castle, closing the door behind them. As one
last sign of good will, he will greet Wyatt’s duck,
bending down to lament that their time together
must come to an end, before embracing the bird.
When finally left alone with the chosen character,
he will clasp their hand and drain them of their life
essence, using the character’s strength to fuel their
reign for another millennia. You may allow the
character to make a Constitution saving throw (DC
22) to save their soul from being consumed. If they
succeed, they can be resurrected at a later date,
though they will begin at level 1. On a failure, even
their soul is consumed, and they are gone forever.
The players who left the castle will be returned to
their own realms and lives after leaving Warren’s
Grove, secure in the knowledge their friend is
looking over the universe.
Refusal of the Call
The characters may decide to refuse Jay-Reth’s
offer. At which point the god will lunge at the
chosen party member and latch on. They will begin
draining their energy. If the party decides to kill
Jay-Reth, they must do so within a single round,
otherwise the chosen character will be drained and
Jay-Reth will assume their full strength again. They
will become invincible (via their monolog ability)
and attack the party. The characters can retreat
through the glowing doors and must make their
way through the castle, all while being followed
and attacked by Jay-Reth. If Jay-Reth follows them
through the castle, he can be attacked again but
cannot be killed, only slowed down. He will stop his
pursuit if they are able to Exit Warren’s Grove, but
the characters will spend the rest of their life
feeling his gaze just around every corner.
If they successfully kill Jay-Reth, a possible task
since he will have only 1 hit point at first, the castle
will begin to crumble. The characters can escape
through the white door and must navigate the
castle as it collapses. Each room they enter will
325
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
only maintain itself for 1d8 minutes before
collapsing into nothingness, killing players left
inside. This extends out to Warren’s Grove, with
everything being sucked into nothing. If the player’s
escape, they can keep all they have earned. Their
victory will come at a high price though, as the
suspended animation of reality begins to take its
toll. The world will begin to fall apart, much like
Warren’s Grove, just at a much slower pace. If
nothing is done, the universe will cease to exist,
collecting into a singularity within 500 years.
Though this ending sees the characters survive,
their stories are far from over.
Replacing a God
If the characters have obtained the Universal
Reversal Card, they may use it on Jay-Reth.
Depending on the circumstances, Jay-Reth may
know the card is in the party's possession and
attempt to take it. If the card is used whenever Jay-
Reth is stealing the energy of the chosen character,
the effect will reverse. The card will erupt into
flames and reverse the flow of power, pushing Jay-
Reth’s godhood onto the chosen character. They
will then assume the mantle of Jay-Reth and what
they do with that power is up to them. The
previous Jay-Reth will crumple into a goblin husk
before dissolving into nothing. The Black Castle will
remain standing and can be explored quite
leisurely, especially with the help of the new deity.
If this ending is chosen, ensure the players have a
chance to rescue or revive any NPCs they may
have lost along the way, should they choose to do
so.
If no characters are capable of helping the
chosen character use the card, and they are unable
to use it themselves, Wyatt’s duck will somehow
manage to obtain it and activate it themselves. In
this case, the magic melds strangely and the duck
will become the new Jay-Reth. They will treat the
party as they treated it, with kindness or carnage.
Either way, the cycle of Warren’s Grove will begin
anew, with a powerful duck at its helm.
Hit the Bricks
Once Jay-Reth has been defeated, he is in no
condition to stop the party. They can simply leave
out the white door and exit the castle normally.
Duck Ending
Deliver the duck. Wyatt thanks you. What more
were you expecting? A good deed is its own
reward. Time to quack off to new adventures.
 124 - SECRET EASTER EGG ROOM The Deal. The Henshin will explain that this
room wasn’t supposed to be accessed and now the
An almost naked lizardfolk and a gold-and-black
timeline is all messed up. A portal will appear on
Henshin sit over a card table of scratch paper.
the back wall of the room and the duo will offer
They are laughing at a picture the lizardfolk has
the party three options.
drawn when you open the door.
The first option is to exit this room and resume
their adventure. They will remember this
Secret Orchestrators. The two creatures in here
encounter only like a dream and will eventually
will introduce themselves as overseers and seem
forget it. In exchange, they will give each character
to know everything about the party. They claim to
one magical item of legendary or less rarity. Every
be stronger than Jay-Reth and are using the god in
magic item is available.
a what they describe as a silly game. They will
The second option is to leave Warren’s Grove.
behave in a somewhat flustered manner when
They can keep everything they have and Jay-Reth
speaking, answering any questions the characters
will forget ever having seen the party. Wyatt’s
may have only briefly. After a few questions they
Duck will not be returned but there will be no other
will hurriedly make the characters an offer.
ill effects in the future from this choice. In Addition,
Story Beats. Bits of everything the characters
each character will be granted one wish, with the
have gone through will be on the table, either in
duo having no desire to twist their wishes, except
illustrations or scratched notes. The lizardfolk and
to generate more interesting stories in the future.
Henshin will try to hide this to the best of their
The third option is to restart Warren’s Grove,
ability. If asked about it, they will brush it off as a
without restarting the characters themselves. They
comic they are working on
have all their levels, abilities, equipment, etc. and
Non-Combat. If attacked, the party will find
can restart the adventure as if they had just
themselves back in the hallway, staring at the wall
arrived. Everything else in this adventure is reset to
where the door once was. They will remember the
right before the characters arriving. Any characters
encounter like a daydream.
that were met along the way, arrive as if they were
part of the original party. The duo is very keen on
this idea and are excited to see what kind of stories
will be told with this option. If this option is chosen,
this room will not exist in the second incarnation.
If the third option is chosen, grant the
characters great leeway to break the adventure in
ways they could not before. They should get some
satisfaction from stomping out challenges that
nearly killed them before. At least for the first few
sessions, the world should be at their fingertips.
However, trading back through time is not
something reality takes lightly. It is almost
inevitable that glitches will seep through. Use this
as a chance to remix some parts of this adventure,
adding, subtracting, or twisting elements to
surprise the characters.
With these glitches, come b-ugz, something we
suggest adding copious amounts to the replay.
They should encounter many of these aberrations,
especially when they find a duplicate key item or
artifact.
In addition, consider certain actors in the world
that may remember the reset, such as the Cyblight
or Jay-Reth and how they may change their desires
based on the knowledge that an incredibly
powerful party is coming for them.

326

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)


APPENDIX A: SAFETY
SAFETY INCLUSIVITY
Lasers & Liches is a game made for everyone. It is
a safe and strange place to explore new concepts,
unfamiliar beliefs, and characters that are not you.
It is a place where all can be included, regardless
of their race, creed, nationality, sex, gender, ability,
identity, or otherwise. Discrimination, of any kind,
against players or game masters is unacceptable
and is not tolerated by the designers of Lasers &
Liches. If playing this game, we implore you to be
open to new ideas on humanity, even if (and
especially when) they seem strange to you.
This is not to say that you cannot explore these
topics in our game. An inclusive table, with players
that have consented to exploring difficult subjects,
can be an excellent way for all involved to learn
and grow. To help in this, we have provided a few
resources in hopes that you can make your table a
better place for all. You can find more tools at
LasersAndLiches.com/safety but here are a few
we strongly recommend you implement.
SESSION 0
Having a Session 0 can be a great way to
introduce your players to the world and discuss
possible situations that may come up. You do not
need to divulge the entire story but should give a
brief overview of topics that are likely. Listen to
your players and GM if they remark on things that
they would rather avoid (leading into Lines &
Veils), and make sure that a group consensus is
reached on what kind of game they want to play.
This is also helpful to make sure the game you’re
playing/running, is one that everyone wants at the
time. A gritty noir mystery may be great fun, but
your players may be in the mood for a
swashbuckling skyship adventure. You do not
have to run/play in a game you do not want, and
session 0 lets you know that before you spend
weeks or years on a game.
LINES & VEILS
During Session 0 the GM can gather the Lines &
Veils from the rest of the table. Put simply, Line
are parts of the story that simply will not be
implemented or discussed. If the GM feels a Line
may be problematic to their game or requires
more clarity, they should discuss that privately
with the person who set the line. Please keep in
mind that not everyone may be willing to speak
327
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
about why they want to completely avoid a
particular subject. When a line is set, it should be
respected by everyone at the table. The key here
is open communication and understanding
between all parties involved.
Veils are subjects that should be hinted at but
never fully explored. “Fade to black” moments or
rumored actions that are spoken of in gentler
terms. Veils are things players may be
comfortable including in the game but do not
need, or want, all the details for.
THE X-CARD
The X card is a card with an X on one side and
some positive symbol (such as a smiling face) on
the other. When implementing this tool, clearly
establish exactly how it is recognized. A simple
tap on the card, holding the card up, even flipping
the card over are all great ways requiring varying
amount of attention per your group size and
sensitivity. When the X Card is activated, it means
that you are treading into uncomfortable territory
for one of the players. Because of Session 0,
everyone should have reached a group consensus
on acceptable content, but this serves as a gentle
nudge back towards that. This card should not be
saved for only the worst moments as holding off
until then may be too late. Set the bar early and
work together as a team to guide the game
onwards.
Ultimately, your game will be full of your own
rules. These tools are not here to stifle your game
or your creativity, but to bolster your storytelling
ability while making your table one of empathy
and accountability. If you want to use only a few
of these tools or none of them, that is your
prerogative, but when playing our game, we
strongly recommend using these guidelines in
public and private games.
SELF-HARM
We all struggle with mental health. Some of us
more than others. The character Wyatt in our
content is dedicated to Wyatt Ferris, who lost that
fight. If you, or someone you know, struggles with
thoughts of suicide, please seek help. We are a
huge community and there is help for you.
You’re not alone.
The National Suicide Prevention Lifeline offers
free, confidential crisis counseling 24/7/365. You
don't have to be suicidal to call.
1-800-273-8225 @800273TALK
 They assemble our outlooks, influence our
APPENDIX B: INSPIRATION perception, and can change reality around is. To
me, there is still no greater human trait, no more
While thinking about inspirational material, I didn’t amazing marvel of creation, nothing we have
just want to produce a list of things. If you’re into done that can outshine the way we tell stories.
our game, you likely already have your own list. Because when the marvels are gone, all we have
There are some things that are seminal to my left are the stories. Make sure you tell good ones,
experience and influence my game style. Japanese the ones from your heart.
Role-Playing Games (JRPGs) and cartoons played Anyway, if you want to understand me and
a huge role in my development. It helped me some of the influences behind this game better,
refine a taste for the absurd, while realizing the check out some of these items. This is not a list of
absurd must be grounded in its own internal logic all the things that inspired Lasers & Liches
for any of it to resonate with the audience. I hope directly, just a list of things I feel have influenced
to have done that, and broken that rule, well me in ways that helped create this game.
enough for our universe to resonate with you. Otherwise, this game is exactly what you bring to
Early in design we decided we did not want to it. I just made some rules, you’ve made the game.
just reskin items and call it ours. We wanted to
mix the old and the new into something that was 2001: A Space Odyssey
fresh and respected our mutual past. There are Chrono Cross
other games that cover some of the things we The Dark Souls series
have in our world with greater detail and that’s The Kingdom Hearts series
cool! There is always room. The beauty of our All Godzilla
game is not that we know every single reference Forest Gump
from your childhood or the most intricate details Any Sentai show
of any given genre. It’s that we know you’re Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles
bringing that to the table. The things from your The Xanth Series
past, the moments, games, movies, books, music, The Dune Series
environment, slang, and world you grew up in Digimon
comes with you. It is gracefully laid atop the The Muppets
Retroverse and quickly transforms it into Pokémon
something deeply personal. Final Fantasy Tactics
I think this is important because it brings to Gloryhammer
light something uniquely human. We are a Pink Floyd
collection of stories, and not just our own. We are Transistor
the stories we tell others; we are the stories we
hear from each other; we are the stories of -Chris
those long gone. To be immortal
in this reality is to have your
pages passed beyond
your body. We can only
prove we exist almost
exclusively through the
act of telling tales. In
everything, we bring our
stories with us.

328

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 We’ve been asked many times about what I don’t have as many videogame influences
inspires us and there’s not just one thing. There’re because I have stuck to RPGs and other “serious”
a million things that spark my imagination and games that have dominated the market for a long
helps to inspire and influence my art. I try to let all time. There are three games that deserve
the things I loved as a kid be the main focus of my mentioning though, because they taught me you
art style; vibrant colors, clean lines, lots of can be funny, colorful, and badass: Borderlands 2,
draconic features, pink and blue mashups, synth, Saints Row the Third, and War of the Monsters.
over the top gear/weapons, and all the mysticism These are most of the major influences on my art
of a crazy neon glow. I was introduced a few years style and I do all I can to respect the legacy of
ago to this specific aesthetic thanks to Far Cry 3: these franchises. They have provided me with so
Blood Dragon. It had crazy monsters and synth many good times in my childhood and continue to
action I didn’t knew I needed so much in my life. inspire my art. Whether that is vibrant neons,
Then Kung Fury came out and I realized that it chiseled muscles, or wicked dinosaurs.
was totally my thing; those colors, the action, the
fact that you don’t need to achieve realism to be -Lluis
completely awesome. This is where the
Retroverse began for me.
Other media where I draw from and try to pay
homage in my art are the games and movies that
made me who I am. Jurassic Park and Valley of
Gwangi and One Million Years BC had me
completely charmed and scared of dinosaurs. I’ve
also been influenced a lot by pretty much every
kaiju movie in existence, specifically 90s era
Gamera films, with all the spikes and mean
monster designs. Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles ,
Street Sharks, X-men, Thundercats, Mazinger Z,
Power Rangers, and Digimon might be the biggest
influences in my childhood. I strive to emulate
these vibrant cartoon color palettes in my art;
bringing back all the strong colors and
designs we had back in the day!

329

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 COPYRIGHT NOTICE Lasers and Liches Test Waves,
APPENDIX C: OGL CONTENT Lasers & Liches, LLC 2019-2022.

The following is a list of the content that was

either used from System Reference Document 5.1
(SRD5.1) or content within this document that is
considered Open Game Content (OGC) and is used
under the Open Game License (OGL) in the
beginning of this file. Items mentioned within the
appendix are considered OGC.
Any content that directly references, or is, OGL
content is in Red Bold. If the content is not
mentioned here, or is not in Red Bold, it is
considered the property of Lasers and Liches, LLC.
And is NOT OGC. You may not edit, sell, reproduce,
or otherwise use the content
except for your own personal use in
private games. You may stream,
record, or broadcast your games
using this content in video or audio
formats, so long as you state that
you are using (in part or whole) the
Lasers & Liches system either in your
broadcast or in the broadcast
description. You can print copies of this
material for your own personal use.
You may not sell the copies or claim
them as your own content.
.

330

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 Permission to copy, modify and distribute the files collectively
known as the System Reference Document 5.1 (“SRD5”) is
granted solely through the use of the Open Gaming License,
Version 1.0a. This material is being released using the Open
Gaming License Version 1.0a and you should read and
understand the terms of that License before using this material.
The text of the Open Gaming License itself is not Open Game
Content. Instructions on using the License are provided within
the License itself. The following items are designated Product
Identity, as defined in Section 1(e) of the Open Game License
Version 1.0a, and are subject to the Conditions set forth in
Section 7 of the OGL, and are not Open Content: Dungeons &
Dragons, D&D, Player’s Handbook, Dungeon Master, Monster
Manual, d20 System, Wizards of the Coast, d20 (when used as a
trademark), Forgotten Realms, Faerûn, proper names (including
those used in the names of Spells or items), places, Underdark,
Red Wizard of Thay, the City of Union, Heroic Domains of Ysgard,
EverChanging Chaos of Limbo, Windswept Depths of
Pandemonium, Infinite Layers of the Abyss, Tarterian Depths of
Carceri, Gray Waste of Hades, Bleak Eternity of Gehenna, Nine
Hells of Baator, Infernal Battlefield of Acheron, Clockwork
Nirvana of Mechanus, Peaceable Kingdoms of Arcadia, Seven
Mounting Heavens of Celestia, Twin Paradises of Bytopia,
Blessed Fields of Elysium, Wilderness of the Beastlands,
Olympian Glades of Arborea, Concordant Domain of the
Outlands, Sigil, Lady of Pain, Book of Exalted Deeds, Book of Vile
Darkness, Beholder, gauth, Carrion Crawler, tanar’ri, baatezu,
Displacer Beast, Githyanki, Githzerai, Mind Flayer, illithid, Umber
Hulk, Yuan-ti. All of the rest of the SRD5 is Open Game Content
as described in Section 1(d) of the License. The terms of the
Open Gaming License Version 1.0a are as follows: OPEN GAME
License Version 1.0a The following text is the property of
Wizards of the Coast, LLC. and is Copyright 2000 Wizards of the
Coast, Inc ("Wizards"). All Rights Reserved. 1. Definitions:
(a)"Contributors" means the copyright and/or trademark
owners who have contributed Open Game Content;
(b)"Derivative Material" means copyrighted material including
derivative works and translations (including into other
computer languages), potation, modification, correction,
addition, extension, upgrade, improvement, compilation,
abridgment or other form in which an existing work may be
recast, transformed or adapted; (c) "Distribute" means to
reproduce, License, rent, lease, sell, broadcast, publicly display,
transmit or otherwise distribute; (d)"Open Game Content"
means the game mechanic and includes the methods,
procedures, processes and routines to the extent such content
does not embody the Product Identity and is an enhancement
over the prior art and any additional content clearly identified
as Open Game Content by the Contributor, and means any work
covered by this License, including translations and derivative
works under copyright law, but specifically excludes Product
Identity. (e) "Product Identity" means product and product line
names, logos and identifying marks including trade dress;
artifacts; creatures characters; stories, storylines, plots,
thematic elements, dialogue, incidents, language, artwork,
symbols, designs, depictions, likenesses, formats, poses,
concepts, themes and graphic, photographic and other visual or
audio representations; names and descriptions of characters,
Spells, enchantments, personalities, teams, personas,
likenesses and Special abilities; places, locations, environments,
creatures, Equipment, magical or supernatural Abilities or
effects, logos, symbols, or graphic designs; and any other
trademark or registered trademark clearly identified as Product
identity by the owner of the Product Identity, and which
specifically excludes the OPEN Game Content; (f) "Trademark"
means the logos, names, mark, sign, motto, designs that are
used by a Contributor to Identify itself or its products or the
associated products contributed to the Open Game License by
the Contributor (g) "Use", "Used" or "Using" means to use,
Distribute, copy, edit, format, modify, translate and otherwise
create Derivative Material of Open Game Content. (h) "You" or
"Your" means the licensee in terms of this agreement. 2. The
License: This License applies to any Open Game Content that
contains a notice indicating that the Open Game Content may
331
Kris Leask (Order #38729720)
only be Used under and in terms of this License. You must affix
such a notice to any Open Game Content that you Use. No terms
may be added to or subtracted from this License except as
described by the License itself. No other terms or Conditions
may be applied to any Open Game Content distributed using this
License. 3.Offer and Acceptance: By Using the Open Game
Content You indicate Your acceptance of the terms of this
License. 4. Grant and Consideration: In consideration for
agreeing to use this License, the Contributors grant You a
perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive License with
the exact terms of this License to Use, the Open Game Content.
5.Representation of Authority to Contribute: If You are
contributing original material as Open Game Content, You
represent that Your Contributions are Your original Creation
and/or You have sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed
by this License. 6.Notice of License Copyright: You must update
the COPYRIGHT NOTICE portion of this License to include the
exact text of the COPYRIGHT NOTICE of any Open Game Content
You are copying, modifying or distributing, and You must add
the title, the copyright date, and the copyright holder's name to
the COPYRIGHT NOTICE of any original Open Game Content you
Distribute. 7. Use of Product Identity: You agree not to Use any
Product Identity, including as an indication as to compatibility,
except as expressly licensed in another, independent
Agreement with the owner of each element of that Product
Identity. You agree not to indicate compatibility or co-
adaptability with any Trademark or Registered Trademark in
conjunction with a work containing Open Game Content except
as expressly licensed in another, independent Agreement with
the owner of such Trademark or Registered Trademark. The use
of any Product Identity in Open Game Content does not
constitute a Challenge to the ownership of that Product Identity.
The owner of any Product Identity used in Open Game Content
shall retain all rights, title and interest in and to that Product
Identity. 8. Identification: If you distribute Open Game Content
You must clearly indicate which portions of the work that you
are distributing are Open Game Content. 9. Updating the License:
Wizards or its designated Agents may publish updated versions
of this License. You may use any authorized version of this
License to copy, modify and distribute any Open Game Content
originally distributed under any version of this License. 10. Copy
of this License: You MUST include a copy of this License with
every copy of the Open Game Content You Distribute. 11. Use of
Contributor Credits: You may not market or advertise the Open
Game Content using the name of any Contributor unless You
have written permission from the Contributor to do so. 12.
Inability to Comply: If it is impossible for You to comply with any
of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the
Open Game Content due to statute, judicial order, or
governmental regulation then You may not Use any Open Game
Material so affected. 13. Termination: This License will
terminate automatically if You fail to comply with all terms
herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming
aware of the breach. All sublicenses shall survive the
termination of this License. 14. Reformation: If any provision of
this License is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be
reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable.
15. COPYRIGHT NOTICE Open Game License v 1.0a Copyright
2000, Wizards of the Coast, LLC. System Reference Document
5.1 Copyright 2016, Wizards of the Coast, LLC.; Authors Mike
Mearls, Jeremy Crawford, Chris Perkins, Rodney Thompson,
Peter Lee, James Wyatt, Robert J. Schwalb, Bruce R. Cordell,
Chris Sims, and Steve Townshend, based on original material by
E. Gary Gygax and Dave Arneson.
 APPENDIX D: MAPS

332

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 333

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 334

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 335

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 336

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 337

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 338

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 339

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 340

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 341

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 342

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 343

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)

 344

Kris Leask (Order #38729720)